-
https://d1y502jg6fpugt.cloudfront.net/40908/archive/files/8a773cdebf88786b33eb06ed755cbd1f.pdf?Expires=1712793600&Signature=h2JCTqLCfnRSslA1MErn8KZaFS0ijnXbFXS803njnHBWELRmzuRF%7E-tVKkCbnmm%7ExAIiulvMmYP1Y8ZPkCsyE%7ESbErc99sxUoSu9wccSduImuY1QUKBKg-WMCmzYXBKnIMcLvc5QFLe5Xao3l-pTLbtFOPcW%7EGRuM2pdw3uqKo0q5uveqNe%7E8SCHq8-ifGlR-xrAbGsPpNSTK6zBFkj-3l0vx1ivL9AeSaHZfegtuVGudqRQePElaTh5MeKudo-FjnTwAYTOD2ObNph8%7ER1rl2Vox9fnOL9dc%7EA8HJi0u9aQG9PiJ2AjhcsmuS-naurhS%7E62dw3UaSE4gOru0HnvlQ__&Key-Pair-Id=K6UGZS9ZTDSZM
43092e4b51dd212083a9444583e9ec9a
PDF Text
Text
1992-1994 Catalog
Fayetteville Technical Community College
P.o. Box 35236
Equal Opportunity/Affirmative Action College
Fayetteville. N.C. 28303-0236
(919) 678-8473
(910) 678-8473
Afl9rNovember1~ 1993
�WELCOME TO FTCC!
As you prepare to advance your education, it is our hope you will take time to consider
what you really want from a college. If you are looking for quality instructors, a friendly campus
environment, all at an affordable price, you will want to investigate Fayetteville Technical
Community College.
In the past, FTCC has provided educational opportunities that have made a difference in
the lives of thousands of residents of Fayetteville and Cumberland County. Today our goal is to
provide you that same opportunity.
FTCC offers 60 credit programs in the Curriculum Program division and hundreds of non
credit courses through our Continuing Education division. We feel sure there is an FTCC course
or program that will meet your needs.
FTCC realizes the importance of the decision you are about to make. Please contact the
appropriate office listed below if you have further questions.
Please call us with your questions.
Admissions .................................................. 678-8473
Adult and Continuing Education ................................... 678-8386
Academic Program Areas
Business............................................... 678-8466
General Education and Public Service ......................... 678-8467
Health ................................................ 678-8264
Technical and Vocational ................................... 678-8338
Co-op Education .............................................. 678-8453
Counseling .................................................. 678-8419
Dean of Students .............................................. 678-8387
Financial Aid ................................................. 678-8242
Health Services ............................................... 678-8450
Information
Student Services ......................................... 678-8419
Continuing Education ..................................... 678-8386
Job Placement ................................................ 678-8418
Learning Resources Center ....................................... 678-8305
Library ..................................................... 678-8247
Registrar .................................................... 678-8252
Switchboard ................................................. 678-8400
Veterans Services .............................................. 678-8395
�FAYETTEVILLE TECHNICAL COMMUNITY COLLEGE
BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Harry F. Shaw, Chainnan
Thornton W. Rose, Vice Chainnan
Mrs. Tommie B. Evans, Secretary
Name
Expiration Date
Appointed lh
Harry F. Shaw
June 30, 1993
Dr. Marye Jeffries
June 30, 1996
Wayne T. Williams
June 30, 1994
Mrs. Maxine G. McCoy
June 30, 1995
Artheneus Dew
Thornton W. Rose
Mrs. Lura S. Tally
Michael C. Boose
June
June
June
June
30,
30,
30,
30,
1993
1996
1994
1995
County School Board
County School Board
County School Board
County School Board
William C. Dukes
Henry T. Pulliam
Mrs. Tommie B. Evans
Dr. Sue L. Kimball
June 30,
June 30,
June 30,
June 30,
1996
1994
1993
1995
Governor
Governor
Governor
Governor
ATTORNEY
L. Stacy Weaver, Jr.
-----
Board of County
Commissioners
Board of County
Commissioners
Board of County
Commissioners
Board of County
Commissioners
�TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
Purpose of Catalog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Student Responsibility .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Academic Calendars. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
1
2
The College
General Information . . . . . . . . .
History of FrCC. . . . . . . . . . . .
FrCC Purpose Statement . . . . .
Accreditations and Associations.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
..
..
..
..
.
.
.
.
..
..
..
..
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
..
..
..
..
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
..
..
..
..
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
.
.
.
.
..
..
..
..
.
.
.
.
..
..
..
..
.
.
.
.
..
..
..
..
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
..
..
..
..
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
..
..
..
..
.....
.....
.....
.....
.
.
.
.
4
4
6
7
...
...
...
...
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
11
14
14
16
......
......
......
......
......
......
.
.
.
.
.
.
.......
.......
.......
.......
.......
.......
17
18
18
19
20
20
Alumni Association ................................................... .
Student Activities ..................................................... .
Student Government Association .......................................... .
Fitness Center
21
21
21
22
Admissions
Admission Policies and Procedures .
Admission of Transfer Students. . . .
Credit for Non-Traditional Learning.
Readmission of Former Students. . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
..
..
..
..
.
.
.
.
Financial Information
College Expenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Financial Aid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Residency Classification for Tuition Purposes. . . .
Student Insurance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tuition Waivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Refund Policies .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
....
....
....
....
....
....
...
...
...
...
...
...
........
........
........
........
........
........
Campus Life
Student Life
Student Development . .
Career Development. . .
Cooperative Education .
Counseling Services . . .
Faculty Advisement . . .
.
.
.
.
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
.
.
.
.
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
...
...
...
...
...
..
..
..
..
..
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
...
...
...
...
...
..
..
..
..
..
.
.
.
.
.
....
....
....
....
....
...
...
...
...
...
..
..
..
..
..
.
.
.
.
.
22
22
23
23
24
Health Services .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
24
�Job Placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Students with Disabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Student Housing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
24
25
25
Academic Life
Learning Resources Center . . . . . . . . . . . .
Academic Policies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Grading Procedures .......... . . . . . . .
Honors and Awards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Requirements for Graduation. . . . . . . . . . .
Standards of Progress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Competencies for FrCC Graduates
Student Obligations ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Student Regulations. . . . . . . . . . .
Student Records. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
.....
.....
.....
.....
.....
.....
.....
.....
.....
.....
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
.......
.... ...
.......
.......
.......
.......
.......
.......
.......
.......
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
25
26
29
30
32
33
34
35
35
37
Continuing Education. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Curriculum Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Course Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
39
45
125
Program Information
Administrative Staff and Faculty
Administrative Officers and Staff. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
Faculty ............. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
-
294
299
�NONDISCRIMINATION STATEMENT
•
The Board of Trustees and the administration of Fayetteville Technical Community
College are fully committed to the principles and practice of equal employment and educational
opportunities. Accordingly, Fayetteville Technical Community College does not practice nor con
done discrimination, in any form, against students, employees, or applicants on the grounds of
race, color, national origin, religion, sex, age, handicap or political affiliation. Fayetteville
Technical Community College commits itself to positive action to secure equal opportunity
regardless of those characteristics.
Fayetteville Technical Community College supports the protection available to members of
its community under all applicable Federal Laws, including TItle VI and VII of the Civil Rights
Act of 1964 and 1991, Title IX of the Education Amendments of ] 972, Sections 799A and 845 of
the Public Health Service Act, the Equal Pay and Age Discrimination Acts, the Rehabilitation Act
of 1973, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, and Executive Order 11375.
For information concerning these provisions, contact:
Vice President for Personnel
Fayetteville Technical Community College
P.O. Box 35236
Fayetteville, NC 28303-0236
�PURPOSE OF CATALOG
The purpose of this catalog is to provide a general description of Fayetteville Technical
Community College and give detailed information regarding the various programs and services
offered by the College. Inasmuch as the educational process necessitates change, the information
and educational requirements in this catalog represent a flexible program which may be altered
where such alterations are thought to be in the mutual interest of the College and its students.
Each student is given an approval letter and educational plan upon acceptance to a program.
Students are expected to follow the.course requirements specified in the educational plan.
'.
The provisions of this catalog do not constitute any offer for a contract which may be
accepted by students through registration and enrollment in the College. Fayetteville Technical
Community College reserves the right to change without notice any fee, provision, offering or
requirements for admission or graduation. The College further reserves the right to require a stu
dent to withdraw from the College for cause at any time.
Each curriculum shall be governed by the requirements in effect on the date of enrollment
as specified by the student's educational plan. If a student withdraws from Fayetteville Technical
Community College and subsequently returns or does not remain continuously enrolled (summers
excluded), the requirements in effect at the time of return will govern.
STUDENT RESPONSIBILITY
All programs establish certain academic requirements that must be met before an acade
mic award is granted. Advisors, department heads and deans are available to help the student
understand and arrange to meet these requirements, but the student is responsible for fulfilling
them. If, at the end of a student's course of study the requirements for graduation have not been
satisfied, the respective certificate, degree or diploma will not be granted. For this reason, it is
important for each student to acquaint himself or herself with all academic requirements through
out his or her college career and to be responsible for completing all such requirements.
--
~
I
�1992-93 ACADEMIC CALENDAR
:.
::
"
::
::
l~
.:
Registration
Schedule Correction
Orientation
Classes Begin
Last Day to Add
Last Day for Refunds
Student!Faculty Holidays
Staff Holidays
Last Day of Term
9n; 11/26,27
11/25
Registration
Schedule Correction
Orientation
Classes Begin
Last Day to Add
Last Day for Refunds
Student!Faculty Holidays
Staff Holidays
Required Leave Days
Last Day of Term
11/17,18,19
12/1
11/18
12/2
12/8
12/11
12/2l-I/I,18
12/23-1/1,18
12/23,24
3/4
Registration
Schedule Correction
Orientation
Classes Begin
Last Day to Add
Last Day for Refunds
Student!Faculty Holidays
Staff Holidays
Last Day of Term
Graduation
2/23,24,25
3/9
2/24
3/10
3/16
3/19
4/12
4/12
5/27
6/10
Registration
Schedule Correction
Classes Begin
Last Day to Add
Last Day for Refunds
Student!Faculty Holidays
Staff Holidays
Last Day of Term
Graduation
8/18,19,24,25
9/1,2,3
9/8
8/31
9/9
9/15
9/18
10/13,14,19,20
8/24
8/26
8/31
9n
9n
10/17
10/19
10/21
10/26
11/26,27
11/26,27
12/12
1/11
1/13
1/19
1/18
1/18
3/6
5/3
5/5
5/10
6n
2
3/8
3/10
3/15
4/12
4/12
5/1
5/20; 7/12
7/12
7/12
7/12
7/16
7/5
7/5
7/9
6n
6/10
7/5
7/5
8/18
8/20
4/27,28; 5/3,4
5/20; 6/1
6/1
6/1
6/1
5/20; 6/1
6/1
6/1
3/2,3,8,9
8/18
6/26
�1993-94 ACADEMIC CALENDAR
Registration
Schedule Correction
Orientation
Classes Begin
Last Day to Add
Last Day for Refunds
Student/Faculty Holidays
Staff Holidays
Last Day of Term
8/30,31; 9/1,2
8/24,25,30,31
10/19,20,25,26
8/31
9/8
9/14
9/17
8/30
9/1
10/25
10/27
11/1
11/25,26
11/25,26
12/18
Registration
Schedule Correction
Orientation
Classes Begin
Last Day to Add
Last Day for Refunds
Student/Faculty Holidays
Staff Holidays
Required Leave Days
Last Day of Term
11/16,17,18
12/1
11/17
12/2
12/8
12/13
12/20-31; 1117
12/22-28,31; 1/17
12/29-30
3/4
1/4,5,10,11
Registration
Schedule Correction
Orientation
Classes Begin
Last Day to Add
Last Day for Refunds
Student/Faculty Holidays
Staff Holidays
Last Day of Term
Graduation
2/22,23,24
3/9
2/23
3/10
3116
3/21
4/4
4/4
5/27
6/2
3/1,2,7,8
Registration
Schedule Correction
Classes Begin
Last Day to Add
Last Day for Refunds
Student/Faculty Holidays
Staff Holidays
Last Day of Term
Graduation
5/19,31
5/31
5/31
6/6
6/9
7/4
7/4
8/17
8/19
5/19,31
5/31
5/31
5/31
6/6
7/4
7/4
7/8
9n
9n
9/6; 11/25,26
11/24
3
9/6
9/6
10/23
1/10
1/12
1/18
1/17
1/17
1/17
3/5
3n
3/9
3/14
4/4
4/4
4/30
4/26,27; 5/2,3
5/2
5/4
5/9
6/25
5/19; 7/12
7/11
7/11
7/11
7/15
8/17
�GENERAL INFORMATION
Fayetteville Technical Community College, as a comprehensive community college,
adheres to an "Open Door" admissions policy. High school graduates, persons achieving a North
Carolina equivalency certificate (GED), and adults who show potential for post high school edu
cation may be admitted to courses which are appropriate to their educational potential. Successful
implementation of an "Open Door" admissions policy requires an emphasis on admissions coun
seling services. As part of the admissions counseling process, Fayetteville Technical Community
College utilizes an initial ASSET Success Seminar, a personal interview, and an evaluation of the
applicant's prior school record to determine potential for success. When the admissions counsel
ing process indicates that an applicant lacks sufficient academic background to pursue credit
courses, he/she will be directed to the Developmental Studies program prior to entry into a
diploma or degree curriculum. If the applicant lacks a high school diploma, he/she will be given
the opportunity to pursue studies to achieve an Adult High School Diploma or a North Carolina
equivalency certificate (GED) prior to entering a regular curriculum. Admissions to curricula are
open to applicants without regard to race, color, national origin, religion, age, sex, handicap, or
political affiliation.
HISTORY OF FTCC
From a building of 38,000 square feet, a faculty and staff of nine people, and an enroll
ment of 50 students, Fayetteville Technical Community College has experienced phenomenal
growth from 1961 to present. Now in its third decade, FTCC provides programs to meet the voca
tional, technical and adult education needs of Fayetteville, Cumberland and surrounding counties.
FTCC currently is housed on a 111.6-acre campus with a physical plant of over 400,000 square
feet and has a full-time faculty of 193 people, an enrollment of over 10,000 curriculum students,
and a total operating budget of over 28 million dollars.
FTCC originated in 1961 as the Fayetteville Area Industrial Education Center under the
auspices of the City Board of Education operating in the old senior high school while facilities in
the Honeycutt area were being finished. In 1963, the North Carolina General Assembly created
the Department of Community Colleges for the expressed purpose of providing for the establish
ment, organization, and administration of a system of educational institutions. Located throughout
the State, these institutions offered courses of instruction in one or more of the general areas of
two-year college parallel, technical, vocational, and adult education programs. The authority for
this newly created department was vested in the North Carolina State Board of Education. The
Center became a part of this system at that time.
The Center's progress in providing quality educational programs resulted in the Board of
Trustees requesting that the status "Technical Institute" be given the Center. This request was
granted by the State Board of Education in September, 1963, and the name Fayetteville Technical
Institute was adopted. With the status of "Technical Institute," the Board of Trustees was granted
authority to award the Associate in Applied Science Degree and Associate Degree in General
Education in addition to the diplomas offered in numerous programs.
4
�From its beginning in 1961 to the present, FrCC has seen the construction of a number of
buildings such as Lafayette Hall, Cumberland Hall, the Paul Thompson Library, the
Administration Building, the Student Center and Center for Business and Industry, and the
Advanced Technology Center. FrCC's growth has not been limited to the numerous buildings
which have been constructed. It has grown in enrollment and in educational programs as welL
Effective January I, 1981, the North Carolina Community College System was transferred
from under the control of the State Board of Education to the newly created State Board of
Community Colleges. This Board will lead the North Carolina Community College System into
the third decade of educational challenge and beyond.
In January 1988, Fayetteville Technical Institute became Fayetteville Technical
Community College when the North Carolina Department of Community Colleges and the North
Carolina State Legislature allowed all the technical colleges and institutes in the State to refer to
themselves as community colleges. The change was in name only as the purpose and mission of
Fayetteville Technical Community College remains intact.
5
�FTCC PURPOSE STATEMENT
The purpose of Fayetteville Technical Community College is to provide low-cost voca
tional-technical, general education, college transfer, and continuing education programs which
meet the needs and desires of its students and community. To improve the educational base of
society, FTCC encourages life-long learning and strives to prepare students for further educa
tional experiences.
FTCC identifies the educational needs of applicants and assists students in satisfying these
needs at a minimal expense. Each adult who applies will be admitted to a program appropriate to
his/her abilities and interests. The College is in partnership with the public school system through
the Tech Prep program. Further, agreements with four-year colleges and universities for transfer
of technical courses, and FTCC's College Transfer program, support the educational continuum
from high school through the baccalaureate degree.
Curricular programs reflect the changing technical, commercial, industrial, and health
needs of Fayetteville, Cumberland County, and surrounding areas. Various curricula offer certifi
cates, diplomas, and associate degrees. FTCC offers courses and programs at times and places
convenient to prospective students. Courses are also available for high school graduates who need
additional academic preparation before attempting college work.
FTCC provides instruction in the basic life skills needed to contribute effectively to soci
ety. Continuing Education programs are designed to meet specific needs in basic educational
competencies, high school completion, upgrading occupational skills, and other avocational or
practical skills required for the rapidly changing technological advances in the community.
Revised: April 27, 1992
6
�ACCREDITATIONS AND ASSOCIATIONS
ACCREDITATION BOARD FOR ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY, INC. (ABET)
The following curricula offered by Fayetteville Technical Community College are accred
ited by the Technology Accreditation Commission of the Accreditation Board for Engineering
and Technology, Inc.
1. Civil Engineering Technology
2. Electronics Engineering Technology
AIR CONDmONING CONTRACTORS OF AMERICA
The Air Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration Technology program at Fayetteville
Technical Community College is a member of the Air Conditioning Contractors of America.
AMERICAN BAR ASSOCIATION
Fayetteville Technical Community College's Paralegal Technology program is approved
by the American Bar Association.
AMERICAN BOARD OF FUNERAL SERVICE EDUCATION
Fayetteville Technical Community College's Department of Funeral Service Education is
approved by the North Carolina State Board of Mortuary Science and the American Board of
Funeral Service Education.
AMERICAN DENTAL ASSOCIATION
FTCC's Dental Hygiene and Dental Assisting programs are accredited by the American
Dental Association. The American Dental Association is directly concerned with dental and den
tal auxiliary education. Through this council, the Association accredits all auxiliary dental pro
grams to insure quality educational training for auxiliary personnel who will provide dental health
care to people.
AMERICAN PHYSICAL THERAPY ASSOCIATION
The Physical Therapist Assistant program at Fayetteville Technical Community College is
accredited by the American Physical Therapy Association.
7
�AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR ENGINEERING EDUCATION (SOUTHEASTERN SECTION)
Fayetteville Technical Community College's Civil and Electronics Engineering
Technology programs are assisted through institutional membership in the American Society for
Engineering Education, Southeastern Section.
DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNITY COLLEGES
Fayetteville Technical Community College is chartered by the North Carolina State
Department of Community Colleges, as specified in Chapter 115D of the General Statutes of
North Carolina.
JOINT REVIEW COMMITTEE ON EDUCATION IN RADIOLOGIC TECHNOLOGY
Fayetteville Technical Community College's Radiologic Technology program is accred
ited by the Joint Review Committee on Education in Radiologic Technology.
JOINT REVIEW COMMITTEE FOR RESPIRATORY THERAPY EDUCATION
Fayetteville Technical Community College's Respiratory Care Technology program is
accredited by the Joint Review Committee for Respiratory Therapy Education.
JOINT REVIEW COMMITTEE ON EDUCATION FOR THE SURGICAL TECHNOLOGIST
The Surgical Technology program at Fayetteville Technical Community College is
accredited by the Committee on Allied Health Education and Accreditation. This accreditation
decision was made upon the recommendation of the Joint Review Committee on Education for
the Surgical Technologist (JRC/ST), which is sponsored by the American College of Surgeons,
the American Hospital Association, and the Association of Surgical Technologists.
NATIONAL LEAGUE FOR NURSING
The Associate Degree Nursing Program of Fayetteville Technical Community College is
accredited by the National League for Nursing. This type of approval is national in scope and vol
untary rather than required by law. The standards set by the accrediting body are uniform
throughout the United States. The achievement of NLN accreditation by a program signifies that
it has met the national standards of excellence for programs in nursing of its type.
8
�NORTH CAROLINA BOARD OF NURSING
Fayetteville Technical Community College is approved to offer a two-year associate
degree program with a major in nursing and a one-year practical nursing education program. Both
programs qualify the graduates to write the National Council Licensure Examination for the
respective levels of preparation. Candidates who successfully complete these examinations are
licensed to practice nursing.
NORTH CAROLINA DEPARTMENT OF INSURANCE
Fayetteville Technical Community College is approved by the North Carolina Department
of Insurance for the purpose of pre-licensing education.
NORTH CAROLINA DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION
Fayetteville Technical Community College's High School Diploma Program meets the
standards required by the North Carolina Department of Public Instruction for the purpose of
awarding high school diplomas.
NORTH CAROLINA REAL ESTATE LICENSING COMMISSION
The North Carolina Real Estate Licensing Commission approves and certifies all funda
mental and advanced real estate instructors and approves the following courses:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Fundamentals of Real Estate
Real Estate Law
Real Estate Finance
Real Estate Brokerage Operations
Introduction to Real Estate Appraisal
Valuation Principles and Procedures
Application of Residential Property Valuation
Introduction to Income Property Appraisal
Advanced Income Capitalization Procedures
Application of Income Property Valuation
NORTH CAROLINA STATE BOARD OF CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT
EXAMINERS
Fayetteville Technical Community College is approved by the North Carolina State Board
of Certified Public Accountant Examiners for the purpose of mandatory Certified Professional
Education credits.
9
�SOUTHERN ASSOCIATION OF COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS
Fayetteville Technical Community College is accredited by the Commission on Colleges
of the Southern Association of Colleges and Schools to award associate degrees, diplomas, and
certificates.
(Note: The Southern Association of Colleges and Schools is a regional accrediting agency
for the purpose of identifying and accrediting institutions which meet their standards for
quality and scope of higher education.)
UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION
Fayetteville Technical Community College is recognized by the U.S. Department of
Education as being an institution of higher learning and is qualified to receive federal assistance
in its higher education programs.
PROFESSIONAL ORGANIZATIONS
The College has membership in several educational associations which carry on a variety
of programs and services that will provide the institution with informational services, research,
consultants, and workshops on many of the varied problems and issues in which we are engaged in
technical and trade education on a national and state level. Also, FrCC employees hold individual
memberships in professional organizations related to their interests and areas of responsibility.
I. American Association of Community Colleges
2. American Council on Education
3. North Carolina Association of Adult Educators
4. North Carolina Association of Junior Colleges
5. Southern Association of Colleges and Schools
10
�ADMISSIONS POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
Fayetteville Technical Community College adheres to an "Open Door" admissions policy
for general admission to the College; however, various curricular programs have their own spe
cific requirements for admission beyond the regular requirements to enter FrCe.
Associate Degree, Diploma. and Certificate Admission Requirements:
1. Applicants must submit an application form, including a residency statement.
2. Applicants must be high school graduates. A state equivalency (GED) certificate or GED
test results which meet N.C. equivalency standards are acceptable in lieu of a high school
diploma. Official transcripts verifying secondary school completion must be sent to the
Director of Admissions, FrCC, P.O. Box 35236, Fayetteville, NC 28303-0236.
3. Applicants who have previously attended any other college or post-secondary institution
must request that official transcripts of all work attempted be sent to the Admissions Office.
4. Each applicant is required to submit a medical history statement; the information provided will
be used in health care. FrCC does not discriminate on the basis of handicap in the recruitment
and admissions of students and the operation of any of its programs and activities.
5. Approved health area students must submit physical exams on forms provided by the
Admissions Office. Under the FrCC Communicable Disease Policy, students who enter a
health program or other program with potential exposure to blood or other body fluids will
be required to have begun or completed all immunizations as specified in the pre-entrance
medical record prior to admission. Those students who reject immunizations could jeopar
dize their ability to fulfill clinical requirements. The prospective student will also be
required to sign a statement releasing FrCC from any liability related to the failure to have
the immunizations.
6. Each applicant is scheduled for an ASSET Success Seminar (placement battery). Previous
school records and ASSET results will be used in conjunction with the student's personal
aspirations to help plan a workable educational program.
7. ASSET requirements for admission to other than health areas may be waived by the
Director of Admissions upon receipt of official transcripts if the applicant:
a. has completed 24 quarter hours of transferable college-level course work.
b. has made the following minimum scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT); total
score, 750 with verbal and math scores at or above 350 each or ACT composite score of
18 or higher.
c. has earned an Associate Degree or higher from a regionally accredited college and has
completed the required prerequisite courses.
8. The following programs have prerequisite course requirements. In addition to published
program requirements, the College reserves the right to identify and require specific prereq
uisites before allowing students into certain courses. The identification of prerequisite
requirements will be through normed test results and/or transcript evaluation.
11
�Alg. I
Accounting
Associate Degree Nursing
Architectural Technology
Auto Service Technician
Business Computer Programming
Civil Engineering Technology
College Transfer
Criminal lustice/Protective
Services Technology
Dental Assisting
Dental Hygiene
Electronics Engineering
Technology
Emergency Medical Science
Funeral Serv ices Education
General Education
Machining Technology
Nursing Assistant
Paralegal Technology
Pharmacy Technology
Physical Therapist Assistant
Practical Nursing
Radiologic Technology
Respiratory Care Technology
Surgical Technology
Surveying Technology
High school courses*
Biology
Alg. II
X
X
X
Medical
Exam***
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Dept.
Interview**
X
X
X
X
Chemistry
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
*Grade of "C" or better
** Qualified applicants will be scheduled for a departmental interview.
*** Approved students must provide a completed medical examination form.
9.
Associate Degree Nursing and Physical Therapist Assistant Admission:
a. Completion of the FrCC College admissions process including submission of an applica
tion, high school and college transcripts and the ACT/ASSET Seminar prior to February
15th.
b. Completion of high school (or college) algebra, chemistry and biology. NOTE: Science
courses must have been taken within the last five years with a final grade of "C" or better.
Courses taken to satisfy pre-requisite requirements may be attempted only twice.
c. Minimum scaled scores of 45 (WRITING SKILLS), 45 (READING SKILLS), and 40
(NUMERICAL SKILLS) are required. Applicants who do not meet stated minimum test
requirements will be referred to Developmental Studies courses. After having completed
recommended remedial and deficiency courses with grades of "C" or better, students will
be retested.
d. Applicants will be ranked according to the following criteria and scheduled for a
Departmental Interview accordingly.
1. Students will be assigned points based on the highest scaled score achieved on each
section of the ACT/ASSET Seminar.
2. High school rank for applicants who graduated from a Cumberland County high
school. Graduates within the top 10% will be assigned 20 points, the top 15% will
receive 15 points and the top 25% will receive 10 points.
12
�3. Applicants will receive consideration for prior college level courses if at least fifteen
(15) quarter hours of work required in the program has been completed with a grade of
"c" or better and a minimum grade point average of 2.5. Points will be assigned based
upon the overall grade-point-average attained.
3.75-4.00 = 60 points
3.50-3.74 = 50 points
3.25-3.49 = 40 points
3.00-3.24 = 30 points
2.75-2.99 = 20 points
2.50-2.74 = 10 points
4. Applicants selected for a departmental interview will receive points for the interview
rating (maximum 15 points).
5. Applicants selected for admissions based upon the criteria listed in items 1 through 5
will be notified by letter on or about April 15th. Additional applicants may be selected
for consideration on a standby basis. All other applicants will be notified of their stat
us. Applicants processed after September 1, 1992 may reapply for the following year
and will be reconsidered with all other applicants for the next class.
6. All applicants offered admission to a health program must submit a completed medical
form supplied by the Admissions Office.
* These requirements
apply to all applicants who did not complete the admissions
process prior to September 1, 1992.
10. Special Credit Student Admission - Persons who wish to take courses but not pursue a
degree, certificate, or diploma should complete the Application for Admission, Residency
Statement, and Medical form. Special credit students must comply with the regular
Admissions policy when they decide to pursue a degree, certificate, or diploma.
11. International Student Admission - International students must complete the Admission
Application and the International Student Application. Official transcripts, official results of
the Test of English as a Foreign Language, a completed pre-entrance medical record, and a
completed financial certificate must be submitted to the Admissions office.
All prospective non-immigrant students wiIl be required to place on deposit funds equal to
the first year expenses prior to approval and issuance of the form 1-20.
13
�ADMISSION OF TRANSFER STUDENTS
Students who have attempted course work at other colleges and universities must submit
official transcripts of all post-secondary work. Transcripts will be reviewed during the admissions
interview and transfer credit awarded according to the following criteria:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Prior course work must be equivalent to FrCC courses required in the degree or diploma
program being sought.
Course work must have been completed at a regional association accredited college (i.e.,
Southern Association of Colleges and Schools or regional counterpart) or an institution
holding professional area accreditation status (ABET, ABA, ADA, AMA, etc.).
Course work must have been completed with a grade of "c" or better.
Major subject area transfer credit must be approved by the departmental chairperson.
Transfer students must complete a minimum of 24 quarter hours of resident credit at
FrCC to be eligible to receive an associate degree, unless a SOCAD participant.
A record of transfer credit awarded is available on the FrCC student educational plan pro
vided at the time of approval. Official FrCC transcripts will not be provided until the stu
dent has completed the fIrst term of enrollment at the College.
CREDIT FOR NON-TRADITIONAL LEARNING
FrCC will evaluate non-traditional educational records for the possible transfer of credits.
Full documentation must be provided before an evaluation can be made. Transfer of credit of
non-traditional work is limited to no more than 75 percent of the AAS degree or diploma require
ments.
If a student changes curriculums, he/she may be allowed transfer credit for applicable
courses taken and passed in the previous curriculum. These grades will be treated in the same
way as transfer credit and will carry no quality points for averages in the curriculum.
A.
Advanced Placement Examinations
Applicants to the College may request transfer credit for subjects covered under advanced
placement examinations. CLEP and DANTES General Exams and Subject Area Exams are evalu
ated for transfer credit. Test scores must meet ACE (American Council on Education) recommen
dations. Advanced credit awarded at prior colleges must be supported by official test score reports
to be considered for transfer credit.
B.
Military Service Training
Military service school records may be submitted for transfer credit evaluations. The ser
vicemember is encouraged to submit a "Request for Evaluation of Military Experience" (form
DD295). Servicemembers should submit AARTS (Army/ACE Registry Transcript System)
transcripts for evaluation. Service school diplomas and MOS (Military Occupational Specialty)
14
�Evaluation Score Reports are acceptable in lieu of the AARTS Transcript. Military service experi
ences are evaluated using ACE Guide recommendations.
C.
Industrial and Professional Training
FrCC will consider the evaluation of credit for documented professional training and cer
tification. Transfer of credits is considered using The National Guide to Educational Credit for
Training Programs.
D.
Experiential Learning
FrCC does not consider experiential or life experiences for transfer credit evaluation.
E.
Proficiency Tests
FrCC students who plan to challenge* a curriculum level course must contact the depart
ment chairperson of the appropriate department to request a proficiency examination. Proficiency
tests are given under the following conditions.
1. Students have passed a preliminary screening test given by the department chairperson.
2. Students must be registered for the course in order to take a proficiency exam.
3. Proficiency exams must be taken within the first four class days of the quarter.
4. Students who pass a proficiency exam at the "C" grade level will be assigned a "P"
grade and will not be required to attend further class sessions.
5. Veteran students and other third party recipients may not use courses passed by profi
ciency for the purposes of educational entitlement. Students who pass a proficiency test
are encouraged to add additional courses in order to maintain full-time status.
*CLEP examinations will be the required proficiency test where available. Students will
be referred to area CLEP examination sites for testing when appropriate.
F.
Tech Prep Advanced Placement
Cumberland County High School Graduates who participated in the Tech Prep Program
will be awarded proficiency credit based upon the recommendations of the Cumberland County
Tech Prep Curriculum Development Committee. Credit for FrCC course work will require com
pletion of the designated high school course(s) with a minimum grade of "C".
15
�G.
SOCAD
Fayetteville Technical Community College is a Serviceman's Opportunity College (SOC)
and supports the concept that military personnel should be encouraged to begin their post
secondary education while serving their country. FTCC also participates in the SOCAD network
with degree completion programs available to the serviceman in Accounting, Air Conditioning,
Heating, and Refrigeration Technology, Associate in Arts, Associate in Science, Banking and
Finance, Business Administration, Criminal Justice-Protective Services Technology, Business
Computer Programming, Foodservice Management, General Education, General Occupational
Technology, Industrial Management, Marketing and Retailing, Paralegal Technology, Public
Administration, and Real Estate.
RE·ADMISSION OF FORMER STUDENTS
Any student who withdrew from the College and wishes to return must contact the
Student Development Office to reactivate his/her application for admission.
1.
A student who withdrew for unavoidable reasons may be eligible for re-admission at the
beginning of the next quarter.
2.
A student who was suspended for unsatisfactory academic progress is required to re-apply
for re-entrance through the Admissions Office. Re-admissions decisions will then be made
by the Admissions office based upon a review of previous grades, consultation with
instructors and department chairpersons involved, additional achievement and/or interest
testing, and interviews to determine the reasons for unsatisfactory progress. In cases
where the probable causes of unsatisfactory progress while previously enrolled have not
been removed, re-entry to curricular studies may be denied or re-entry approved under
specific conditions which can include change of curriculum, remedial course work, and
probationary status.
3.
A student who was dismissed from the College by disciplinary action may re-enter only
upon approval by the Dean of Students.
4.
A student who withdraws from the institution and re-enters at a later quarter, including
students who have completed at least one or more quarters, will be subject to curricular
requirements in effect for the following fall quarter. In cases where students re-enter at the
beginning of fall quarter, they are subject to the requirements of the curriculum at the fall
quarter re-entry.
5.
Any student indebted to the institution is ineligible to re-enter until all financial obliga
tions to the institution have been satisfied.
16
�COLLEGE EXPENSES
Tuition and fees are assessed on a quarterly basis and are due at registration. Payments
may be made by cash, personal check drawn on an in-state bank, VISA or Mastercard. Personal
checks drawn on out-of-state banks, second party checks, counter checks, checks without printed
name and address, and checks in excess of actual costs are not accepted. A student is not consid
ered as registered until fees are paid.
Estimated costs* for an academic year (9 months) are shown below. Estimates are based
on 1992-93 tuition costs and a course load of 14 credit hours. A student is considered full-time if
he/she is taking 12 or more credit hours.
All students will be charged a student support services fee each quarter:
In-State Tuition:
$185.50 per quarter or $556.50 (3 quarters)
$742.00 (4 quarters)
*Under 14 hours: $13.25 per credit hour
Out-of-State Tuition:
$107.50 per credit hour, through 13 hours
$1505.00 for 14 or more credit hours
Books (Estimated):
$200 - $250 per quarter
*Thition and fees may change because of legislative or institutional policy subsequent
to publication of the Catalo".
NOTE: Tuition rates are not determined by full-time or part-time status of students. These
rates are based on state requirements which set maximum tuition charges at 14 credit hours.
*Supplies may consist of uniforms, shoes, tools, equipment and instructional materials.
Itemized costs for each program are available upon request.
**Estimates exclusive of board and room, child care, and transportation costs, if any.
Other Fees:
1. Additional expenses required to cover uniforms, instruments, tools, malpractice insur
ance, and dues to student associations are detailed in the institution's recruitment
brochures.
2. Tuition for students taking 14 or fewer quarter hours is $13.25 per quarter hour for in
state students and $107.50 per quarter hour for out-of-state students.
3. Parking stickers are issued upon payment of the parking fees. Students are held respon
sible for all parking regulations as stated in the Rules and Regulations Bulletin.
17
�4. All prospective graduates will be charged a graduation fee of $15.00.
FINANCIAL AID
Financial Aid Office (Student Center, Room 126)
Fayetteville Technical Community College operates with the assumption that no student
should be denied a college education due to lack of fmancial resources. As far as possible, stu
dents are aided in meeting college costs through careful planning and various forms of fmancial
aid and other third-party support.
The Financial Aid Office at FTCC administers the various Title IV financial aid programs
under policies established by the College and guidelines provided by the U.S. Department of
Education. The College Financial Aid and Scholarship Committee recommends policy changes
and awards a variety of scholarships.
Financial aid at Fayetteville Technical Community College is offered to all students
enrolled in eligible curricula who meet eligibility requirements. Most aid is granted on the basis
of need rather than scholastic ability. The Financial Aid Office utilizes the College Scholarship
Service (CSS) to analyze applicant data and determine student eligibility for fmancial aid. All
applicants and FTCC students are urged to apply for financial aid. The "FAFSA" application
package is available in the FTCC Financial Aid Office and should be completed as early as possi
ble. Applicants are urged to read the directions carefully and fill out the form completely and
accurately. The FAFSA application form covers all forms of fmancial aid offered at the College
with the exception of scholarships.
Various resources are available through the Financial Aid Office located in Room 126 of
the Student Center.
RESIDENCY CLASSIFICATION FOR TUITION PURPOSES
Every applicant is required to provide information regarding his or her length of residency
in North Carolina. The tuition charge for legal residents of North Carolina is less than for non-res
idents attending Fayetteville Technical Community College. To qualify for in-state tuition, a legal
resident must have maintained his or her domicile in North Carolina for at least twelve months
prior to his or her classification as a resident for tuition purposes. Copies of the applicable law
(G.S. 116-143.1) and implementing regulation are available in the office of the Dean of Students.
Initial classification of residency for tuition purposes is made in the Admissions Office. Appeals
and requests for re-classification should be addressed to the Dean of Students.
18
�Responsibilities of the Student Relative to Residency Classification
1.
If you currently are classified as a nonresident for tuition purposes, it is your right to peti
tion for a change in classification to that of resident if you claim that you are now and, for
at least the twelve-month period immediately preceding the date of such petition, have
been a legal resident of the State of North Carolina. The fact that you have resided in the
state for twelve months does not in itself constitute in-state residency. You must be able to
show proof that you have indeed taken steps to become a legal resident. Examples are: fil
ing income tax in North Carolina, registering for voting, listing personal property taxes,
automobile registration, etc.
2.
If you currently are classified as a resident for tuition purposes, it is your obligation to
petition for a change in classification to that of a nonresident if you have reasonable basis
for believing that change in facts requires such a change in classification. Failure to fulfill
this obligation may result in appropriate disciplinary action including, but not necessarily
limited to, cancellation of enrollment. If it is determined that in fact you have become a
nonresident, the effective date of change in applicable tuition rates shall be the next quar
ter following the date of change in facts which required the change in classification,
unless you are deemed eligible to further enjoy the in-state tuition rate under the statutory
twelve-month grace period. If you claim eligibility as a member of the Armed Forces or a
dependent relative of such a member to be charged the in-state tuition rate under GS 116
143.3, you must submit the appropriate application prior to initial enrollment or re-enroll
ment for which you claim the tuition benefit. You must submit the application prior to
each successive academic year of enrollment.
3.
North Carolina laws require that each student supply all information requested relative to
residency classification for tuition purposes. Failure to do so would result in classification
as a nonresident for tuition purposes.
STUDENT INSURANCE
All students, either full- or part-time, who are charged a Student Support Services Fee are
covered by a master student accident insurance plan carried by the College. Students are insured
while attending school during the hours that school is in regular session or participating in or
attending an activity (other than an athletic activity) exclusively sponsored and supervised by the
school, and traveling directly to or from such activity (other than an athletic activity) in a vehicle
furnished and supervised by the school.
Students participating in athletic activities which are a part of their regularly scheduled
instruction are covered by this insurance. Students participating in organized intramural sports are
also covered.
19
�The student accident insurance plan does not guarantee payment of all medical costs, and
the student is responsible for the payment of all costs in excess of those paid by the insurance pol
icy. A copy of the student accident insurance plan for the College is available in the Health
Services Office.
TUITION WAIVERS
1.
Senior citizens aged 65 or over are entitled to free tuition.
2.
High school students enrolled in a community college curriculum class under Huskins Bill
Programs or concurrent enrollment provisions are exempt from tuition.
3.
When an employer, other than the armed services, pays tuition for an employee to attend a
community college and when the employee works at a North Carolina business location,
the employer is charged the in-state tuition rate.
4.
Out-of-state service members and their dependents stationed at a North Carolina base are
eligible to be charged the in-state tuition rate. This waiver is for the academic year.
Continuing students must re-apply each fall term.
REFUND POLICIES
TUITION REFUNDS for students shall not be made unless the student is, in the opinion
of the College, compelled to withdraw for unavoidable reasons. In such cases, the student's
tuition may be refunded if the student withdraws within ten (l0) calendar days beginning with the
ftrst day of classes as published in the school catalog.
Eligibility for refunds for summer sessions is reduced to ftve calendar days beginning
with the ftrst day of classes for each session. No requests for refunds will be approved after the
periods indicated.
Tuition refunds will not be considered after that time except when a course or curriculum
fails to materialize.
BOOKSTORE REFUNDS are made under the following conditions:
A. Students are allowed ten (10) calendar days beginning with the ftrst day of the quar
ter to return textbooks for refund or credit as outlined below.
B. Books which have not been used, damaged, or marked in will be accepted for 100%
refund or credit from students in the following categories, provided proof of purchase
(cash register receipt) is furnished at the time books are returned:
20
�(1) registered in error (must present signed drop/add form indicating such and sales
receipt);
(2) course canceled (signed drop/add form and sales receipt);
(3) purchased in error (must present schedule of courses and sales receipt);
(4) courses dropped and/or added: (signed drop/add form and sales receipt);
(5) books which are defective or damaged at the time of purchase.
C. All refunds, other than credit toward a purchase of additional items, will be made by
check, issued by the Fiscal Affairs Office. No cash refunds will be made for
books/supplies returned at any time after purchase.
ALUMNI ASSOCIATION
The Alumni Association of Fayetteville Technical Community College was officially
founded in November 1984. The purpose of the organization is to foster a mutually beneficial
relationship between the College and its graduates.
Each member enjoys the benefits of continued use of campus resources such as the library
and job placement, the receipt of a quarterly newsletter, and involvement in cultural and social
activities on campus. There are no membership dues assessed.
The activities and growth of the Alumni Association are guided by a twelve member
Board of Directors who are elected from within the membership.
The members of the Alumni Association are dedicated to advancing the growth and devel
opment of their alma mater, and to helping each other become better, more productive people.
They share a pride in the past with a focus on the future.
STUDENT ACTIVITIES
Student activities are an integral part of the total development of students at Fayetteville
Technical Community College. Through participation in these activities, students receive practi
cal experience in the responsibility of citizenship. All students are encouraged to participate.
Intramurals, club membership, educational, cultural, and social events are provided. Activities are
open to all students without regard to race, color, national origin, religion, sex, age, handicap or
political affiliation.
STUDENT GOVERNMENT ASSOCIATION
The Student Government Association represents the student body in institutional affairs at
Fayetteville Technical Community College. Members of the Student Government Association are
21
�assigned to serve as members of an institutional standing committee. The president of the Student
Government Association serves on the FrCC Steering Committee. The president, as head of the
student body, also serves as an ex officio member of the FrCC Board of Trustees.
FITNESS CENTER
The Fitness Center, located in the Horace Sisk Gymnasium, is available for all students
and personnel on campus. The Fitness Center provides personal fitness appraisals by a profes
sional staff, and offers support groups for weight loss, stress management and exercise.
STUDENT DEVELOPMENT
The Office of Student Development at Fayetteville Technical Community College is
located in the Student Center. Counselors are available to assist students from 8:00 a.m. to 9:00
p.m. each day, Monday through Friday.
Students, faculty, and staff who need assistance should feel free to contact staff personnel
in the Student Development Office.
Students are urged to come to the Student Development Office any time during school
hours. A counselor will be available to assist all students with career plans, personal concerns, or
educational counseling.
The Student Development Staff is responsible for the following functions:
7. health services
1. admissions
2. alumni or follow-up
coordination
3. career development
4. counseling
5. financial aid
6. graduate job placement
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
new student orientation
recruitment
registration
student activities
student housing
testing
The foregoing services are provided to assist students in achieving their educational goals
as quickly as possible. Students should feel free to come in any time for assistance.
CAREER DEVELOPMENT
Assistance with the development of realistic career goals and plans is available through
the Career Center. Through the Career Center an individual can talk with a trained counselor and
work jointly in solving problems associated with career choices, daily choices and educational
planning. The Career Center offers information on career-related topics, including job descrip
22
�tions, duties, working environments, earnings, minimum entry skills, and the education and train
ing required for entry into the job market. Special testing, including aptitude and achievement
tests, are utilized to aid the career development process. Career Center services are available to
students, staff and faculty, and members of the community.
COOPERATIVE EDUCATION
Cooperative Education offers an extension and application of classroom instruction
through a supervised work experience that is related to the student's educational goals. It is an
educational plan designed to use the "laboratories of the community" in business, industry, and
civic agencies to the best advantage of the students, the school, and the employers.
The principle of this concept is that classroom instruction along with practical experience
is the most effective way to obtain a balanced education. The program is designed to provide the
necessary tools to prepare the student for the transition from school to work.
COUNSELING SERVICES
Counseling Services, located in the Student Center, offers a variety of services free to all
students, Monday through Friday, from 8:00 a.m. to 9:00 p.m. Students are seen on a walk-in
basis, or appointments may be made in person or by calling 678-8419.
Staff: The counseling staff is composed of competent professionals with extensive training
in counseling and guidance, who are experienced in assisting students in developing skills and
attitudes needed to deal effectively with their surroundings. Responsibilities of counseling are
shared equally between counselor and student, and the counselor respects the ability of the indi
vidual to make realistic choices among options presented.
Admissions Counselin&: Counselors interpret test data, review transcripts, make course
recommendations, and assist students in viewing alternatives as they prepare to enter Fayetteville
Technical Community College. This process may involve career counseling. In such cases, coun
selors assist students in making a thorough self-appraisal of interests, abilities, and personality
traits so that they may utilize this information in making a wise career choice. Additional
career/vocational counseling services are available through the Career Center, Room 113, Student
Center.
Educational Counselin&: Students who are uncertain regarding their major course of study
or who are experiencing academic difficulty are aided in making more meaningful academic
choices.
Personal Counselin&: Many students have personal concerns which may interfere with
their academic success. The counseling staff provides an atmosphere in which students may dis
cuss problems with the assurance that all counseling information is confidential and would be
released only with the student's written consent.
23
�Group Counseling: Counseling Services provides a variety of small group experiences
ranging from personal growth groups, to study skills groups, to career decision-making work
shops. Students who wish to improve communication or interpersonal skills may participate in
growth groups where they can experiment with new types of behavior in a safe and accepting
environment. For those students experiencing academic difficulty, study skills groups provide
instruction and supervised activity designed to improve study skills and habits. Students can gain
insight regarding their interests, abilities, and decision-making styles, as well as the world of
work, while participating in career decision-making workshops.
Referrals: Those students with long-term counseling needs or serious problems, such as
personality disorders which require special treatment, are referred to appropriate agencies.
FACULTY ADVISEMENT
The Faculty Advisory System at Fayetteville Technical Community College is an integral
part of the instructional and student development programs of the College. The system is
designed to provide the student with current and complete information, assistance with procedural
tasks, and educational program planning. All of the advising of students will be done in a caring
and compassionate manner by willing and able faculty. For this system to work best, you must
establish a mutual relationship that will help you to increase your chances for academic success.
HEALTH SERVICES
Health Services at FTCC are handled by the Health Services Coordinator. Each shop and
lab is equipped with first-aid kits. Basic first aid is available. Students are referred to an area
health care facility when treatment is required. Health counseling is provided by a trained staff
member. The Health Services Coordinator will act as a referral agent as necessary.
JOB PLACEMENT
The Placement Office is available year round to assist graduates entering the job market.
The Placement Office maintains placement records on students, initiates contacts with prospec
tive employers, arranges and coordinates job interviews between students and employer represen
tatives and maintains current information on employment opportunities including salaries.
Follow-up studies of FTCC graduates are conducted yearly in order to provide current informa
tion on graduate placement, including type of employment, geographic location and salary scale.
A list of part-time jobs available locally is posted on the Placement Office bulletin board
for student use.
24
�STUDENTS WITH DISABILITIES
The College recognizes its responsibility under Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of
1973 to provide equal access to education for students with disabilities. Support services are
available to the hearing impaired, visually impaired, orthopedically handicapped, learning dis
abled, and other health impaired.
* For further information and assistance, contact the
Counselor for Students with
Disabilities (Ext. 8214).
STUDENT HOUSING
Housing arrangements are the student's responsibility. As a member of the North Carolina
Department of Community Colleges, FrCC does not provide student housing. Assistance is avail
able in locating living arrangements in the community. Students in need of housing should con
tact the Director of Admissions. The College assumes no responsibility in any financial
arrangement between the student and the landlord. Financial arrangements for rooms are on an
individual basis between the student and the landlord.
LEARNING RESOURCES CENTER
The Learning Resources Center contains a collection of carefully selected printed and
nonprinted materials to support and enrich instruction. Components of the Learning Resources
Center are the Library, the Learning Laboratory, and Media Services.
The Library provides excellent facilities for study, research, browsing, self-improvement,
and enjoyment. The Library houses over 50,000 volumes of books and subscribes to over 330
current magazines and newspapers. Back issues of periodicals are available in bound volumes,
unbound issues, and on microfilm. Audiovisual software, such as film, filmstrips, records, video
and audio tapes, slides, and microfilms are available in the Library, as is the space and equipment
necessary to use these materials. The Library also has available for student use an Apple lIe com
puter and printer, electric typewriters, copying machines, and college catalogs for post-secondary
institutions in the southeastern states. The Library also has the capacity of providing computer
ized literature searches of the Dialog data bases. The staff is always ready to instruct students in
the use of the Library and to assist them in finding information here or at other institutions
through interlibrary loans.
The Learning Lab/Skills Lab is a service facility available to the student body and any
adult in the community. The Lab offers a wide selection of subjects and materials in a variety of
formats including computer software, cassettes, filmstrips, and texts. The Learning Lab/Skills
Lab supports courses and programs on campus and in the community. It is an excellent place to
prepare for any academic endeavor or to get assistance in current studies. The Learning Lab has a
program for the General Education Development test (GED) and courses for North Carolina
I
25
�teacher renewal. This comprehensive facility specializes in individualized teaching at the level of
need.
Media Services provides a qualified staff and excellent facilities to support the instruc
tional programs with materials production and equipment. Equipment that circulates is controlled
through Media Services. Students in need of assistance for class assignments, projects, or presen
tations should contact Media Services through an instructor.
The Learning Resources Center has a seating capacity of over 300 with study arrange
ments to meet student needs. The Learning Resources Center strives to make available all types
of media for enjoyment, enrichment and instructional purposes for the student body, the faculty,
the staff of Fayetteville Technical Community College, and the community.
ACADEMIC POLICIES
Credits
A. All curricular students receive quarter-hour credit for courses which they successfully
complete.
B. The Board of Trustees of Fayetteville Technical Community College has been autho
rized by the North Carolina Board of Community Colleges to award the Associate in
Arts, Associate in Science, Associate in Applied Science Degree, Associate Degree
in General Education, the Diploma, and the Certificate upon successful completion of
curricular requirements.
C. Fayetteville Technical Community College has structured its curricula, of both one
and two years' duration, on a post-secondary level and grants credit on a quarter-hour
basis. Instruction in all curricula is post-secondary and requires students to be capable
of study beyond the high school equivalency level for success. The curricula are
designed on a quarter-hour basis to include general education areas which require
extra out-of-class preparation each quarter. Each class, lab and shop session is of 50
minutes duration and requires a minimum of outside preparation of two hours for
each classroom session, one hour for each lab session and additional outside prepara
tion for shop sessions. Quarter-hour credit is granted on a basis of one credit to three
sessions of shop, one credit to two sessions of lab, and one credit to each classroom
session of weekly attendance and one credit to ten hours of cooperative work experi
ence or practicum.
D. Students with academic deficiencies who require remedial work as background
preparation may enroll in Developmental Studies. These Developmental Studies
courses carry credit hours for institutional accounting purposes only and are not
counted as credit hours toward graduation in any of the curricula.
26
,.
�E. A student must obtain approval from the faculty advisor to take credit hours exces
sive to the nonnal curricular load as stated in the curriculum outline. Students falling
below a 2.50 grade point average will not be pennitted to attempt credit hours beyond
the stated curricular quarter load.
Class Repeat Rules
Students should not repeat courses previously passed with a "c" or better. Students who
fail a required course will be required to repeat the course. Both grades made on a given course
will be counted on the student's total quality point average.
Veterans should be aware that they cannot receive VA benefits for duplication of courses
previously passed with a grade of "0" or higher.
Classification of Students
Full-time student: A student enrolled for 12 or more quarter hours.
Part-time student: A student enrolled for fewer than 12 quarter hours.
Freshman: A student who has fewer than the number of quarter hours required for the
first three quarters.
Sophomore: A student who has satisfied freshman requirements and has a 1.85 GPA.
Audit: Students are not pennitted to audit courses. (See provisions for students taking
courses for "No Credit.")
Non-Matriculating Student: Students who wish to take courses for exploratory pur
poses, for their own pleasure, for job skills, etc., and who do not intend to pursue a degree
or diploma may take up to 45 credit hours without meeting admission requirements.
However, students must meet all admission requirements and be fonnally approved for a
curriculum before they may be approved for VA or financial aid.
Schedule Adjustments
1.
Students may add a class within the first five school days (one day for summer tenns) of
any quarter.
2.
A student may drop a class as late as the 20% date of the class without penalty. The tran
script will indicate a "WO."
27
�3.
A student who has to withdraw from the institution for unavoidable reasons within the
fIrst lO calendar days (5 calendar days for summer terms) may request a refund of 2/3
tuition.
4.
A student who drops a class after the 20% date of the class and is passing at the time of
official withdrawal will be given a "WP."
5.
A student who drops a class after the 20% date of the class, and is not eligible for a "WP,"
will receive a "WE"
6.
All students who drop must follow the instructions listed in the current Student Handbook
under "withdrawals."
Withdrawals
Once a student has duly enrolled in a class and paid the registration fee, the student shall
maintain membership in said class, until one of the following occurs:
1.
Student Withdrawal - He/she officially withdraws. (This constitutes student withdrawal
and is effective as of that date.)
2.
Administrative Withdrawal
a. He/she ceases attending class. Students who are absent for more than 20% of scheduled
class sessions may be dropped from the class rolls.
b. The responsible instructional personnel are reasonably assured that the student does not
intend to pursue the learning activities of the class. (This constitutes administrative
withdrawal and is effective as of that date.)
c. He/she completes the minimum objectives stated for the class, or transfers to another
class.
A student who wishes to withdraw after the 20 percent date of a class must complete a
"Registration Change Notice" form, have it initialed by the faculty member, then present it to the
Registrar before an official withdrawal can be recorded.
Failure to withdraw properly will jeopardize the student's right to re-enroll at a later date.
28
�GRADING PROCEDURES
FrCC grades are based on a 4.0 grading system. Each grade is assigned a "grade-point
equivalent" in quality points for each quarter credit hour scheduled. The scholastic point average is
determined by dividing the total of quality points eamed by the number of quarter hours scheduled.
Numerical Grade
Grade
Grade Point
Equivalent
4 quality points for
ea. qtr. hr.
3 quality points for
ea. qtr. hr.
2 quality points for
ea. qtr. hr.
1 quality point for
each qtr. hr.
oquality point
oquality point
oquality point (not
computed in GPA)
oquality point for
each qtr. hr.
(not computed)
No effect on grade
point average
No effect on grade
point average
o quality point
93-100
A
Excellent
85-92
B
Good
77-84
C
Average
70-76
D
Below Avg.
0-69
F
I
Failure
Incomplete
No Credit
N/C
.-
-
Proficiency
P
WID
-
Withdrew
W/P
-
Withdrew Passing
W/F -
Withdrew Failing
All final course grades will be letter grades in accordance with the adopted grading sys
tem. Student grade reports are mailed at the end of each quarter.
All students must have at least a 2.0 quality point average and have passed all curricular
subjects as listed in the course outline under which they entered to be eligible for graduation. They
must also meet the grade level needed in major subjects required to take licensure examinations.
Health occupations curricula and Funeral Service Education require grading policies nec
essary to meet state requirements. Each department area will issue to the student in written form
the necessary information to cover such grading policies. Students who request transfers to other
degree curricula are expected to have maintained a 2.0 GPA on all courses completed including
prerequisite courses. Associate Degree Nursing candidates who elect to attempt related course
29
�work prior to entering the clinical sequence must complete all course work with a minimum grade
of "COl and a cumulative GPA of 2.50.
HONORS AND AWARDS
Any student who has earned a quality point average of 4.0 at Fayetteville Technical
Community College will be granted a diploma or degree with highest honors. Any student who
has earned a quality point average of 3.5 will be granted a diploma or degree with honors. A seal
of recognition will be placed on the student's degree or diploma, and the student's transcript will
be noted to reflect this achievement.
President's List
The President's List is published at the end of each quarter to honor students with a per
fect grade point average.
a. Students must be approved for a curriculum, excluding Developmental Studies.
b. Students must make fmal grade of "A" on a minimum of 12 credit hours of curricular
work.
c. Students must earn a "4.00" GPA on a minimum of 12 credit hours. The formula used
to calculate this "4.00" GPA excludes the following grades: P, NC, WD, WP.
d. Students are NOT eligible for consideration until all course work is completed for the
quarter.
Dean's List
The Dean's List is published quarterly to honor those students with an outstanding grade
point average.
a. Students must be approved for a curriculum, excluding Developmental Studies.
b. Students must make a final grade of "A or B" on a minimum of 12 credit hours of
curricular work.
c. Students must earn at least a "3.5" GPA on a minimum of 12 credit hours. The for
mula used to calculate this minimum "3.5" GPA excludes the following grades: P,
NC,WD, WP.
d. Students are NOT eligible for consideration until all course work is completed for the
quarter.
30
�Ambassadors
Each academic year, Fayetteville Technical Community College chooses eight students to
serve as ambassadors. The ambassadors act as official hosts and hostesses for various campus
events. All ambassador candidates must:
- have completed 12 hours at FTCC.
- have a minimum 2.5 GPA.
- be recommended by a member of the College community.
Marshals
Marshals are selected and given the privilege to lead the academic procession during grad
uation exercises. The selection of marshals is a competitive process based on academic averages.
Marshals must be third-quarter freshmen in a two-year curriculum.
Trox Poland Memorial Award
The Trox Poland Memorial Award is presented to an outstanding student at the spring
graduation exercises. The criteria set forth for this award are as follows:
1.
Student must have a minimum overall grade point average of 3.00.
2.
Student must have been in continuous enrollment on a full-time basis at FTCC during year
of nomination.
3.
Student will be selected during the spring quarter of his/her year of graduation at FTCC.
4.
Student will be judged on "attributes" and "contributions" while attending FTCC.
5.
Student should demonstrate a genuine concern for FTCC and its role in the community. In
addition, he/she should exhibit and promote good student morale.
Outstanding Student Award
Each year an outstanding student is honored at the summer graduation with a special
award.
The criteria for this award are:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Student must have a 3.00 overall grade point average.
Student must be in continuous enrollment during the year of nomination.
Student must be nominated by a faculty member from his/her curricular area.
Student will be selected during the summer quarter of his/her year of graduation.
Student will be judged on "attributes" and "contributions" while attending FTCC.
31
�REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION
To be eligible for graduation, the student must:
1. .
Successfully complete the curricular requirements in effect at the time the student entered
the curriculum. Students who enter a curriculum after the spring quarter are subject to the
curricular requirements in effect for the following fall quarter. A student who withdraws
from the institution and re-enters at a later quarter, including students who have completed
at least one or more quarters, will be subject to curricular requirements in effect for the
following fall quarter. In cases where students re-enter at the beginning of fall quarter,
they are subject to the requirements of the curriculum at the fall quarter re-entry.
2.
Have met all admissions requirements for the program in which the student will graduate.
including receipt of high school transcript and transcripts of all post-secondary school
work.
3.
Have sufficient quality points to average 2.0 in total program.
4.
Have passing grades in all required courses (certain curricula. especially in the health
area, require that a student make at least a "C" grade on major subject areas for the student
to be eligible to take state and national examinations for licensure.)
5.
Must have taken care of ALL financial indebtedness to Fayetteville Technical Community
College, including a graduation fee.
6.
Applications for degrees or diplomas must be completed by the student and returned when
the student registers for the last quarter of enrollment. The College assumes no responsi
bility for making special adjustments for students who fail to file applications by the des
ignated time. A candidate who fails to file an application for graduation or meet
graduation requirements by the designated date automatically voids his candidacy for that
particular graduation.
7.
Substitution of courses for graduation purposes is limited to 10 percent of the total credit
hours required to graduate and must be approved by the department chairperson and the
program area dean. All exceptions to the 10 percent limit must be approved by the
Associate Vice President for Student Development.
8.
Electives taken by students under VA educational benefits may exceed the total required
hours of a curriculum only by the hours of the last elective taken to fulfill those require
ments.
32
�STANDARDS OF PROGRESS
A student whose quality point average for any given quarter's work falls below the mini
mum as stated in the current Student Handbook will be placed on academic probation. If the sub
sequent quarter's work should also fail to meet the minimum requirement of probation, the
student may be requested to drop certain courses, and/or take remedial work, or may be placed on
academic suspension for at least one quarter. Certain curricula have minimum course grade
requirements which will be specified either in the Student Handbook or a program area bulletin.
The conditions of academic probation are as follows: (1) maintain at least a grade of "c"
on all courses taken during the quarter, (2) non-participation in organized extra-curricular activities
while on academic probation, and (3) participation in a minimum of three counseling sessions.
Students placed on academic suspension for one quarter may be re-enrolled after the sus
pension period; however, the student will be placed on academic probation for the first quarter of
re-enrollment.
Anyone on academic probation receiving VA educational allowance must receive at least
a 2.0 grade-point average during the quarter of probation. If the 2.0 grade point average is not met
during the probationary period, VA benefits will be terminated due to unsatisfactory academic
progress, regardless of the school's decision as to whether to allow the student to continue.
Students who are on academic probation and do not meet the conditions of probation are
subject to academic suspension for a minimum of one quarter.
Grade Point Average to Determine Continuance in Program
Two-Year Curriculum
All Quarter
Hours Credit
Attempted
1-20
21-40
41-62
Summer
63-79
80-99
l00-over
Grade Point Average
to Continue In
Curriculum
Grade Point Average
Below Which Student is
on Academic Probation
No req. to begin
First Term
To begin Second Term
.25
To begin Third Term
1.00
To begin Fourth Term
1.50
To begin Fifth Term
1.85
To begin Sixth Term
1.90
To begin Seventh Term
1.95
To Graduate
2.00
End First Term
1.25
End Second Term
1.50
End Third Term
1.85
End Fourth Term
1.90
End Fifth Term
1.95
End Sixth Term
2.00
End Seventh Term
2.00
33
�One-Year Curriculum
All Quarter
Hours Credit
Attempted
Grade Point Average
to Continue in
Curriculum
Grade Point Average
Below Which Student is
on Academic Probation
1-15
End First Term
1.50
End Second Term
39-51
No req. to begin
First Term
To begin Second Term
.25
To begin Third Term
52+
To begin Fourth Term
16-38
1.70
End Third Term
1.95
End Fourth Term
2.00
1.00
1.70
To Graduate
2.00
Two-Quarter Curriculum
All Quarter
Hours Credit
Attempted
Grade Point Average
to Continue in
Curriculum
Grade Point Average
Below Whicb Student is
on Academic Probation
1-15
No req. to begin
First Term
To begin Second Term
End First Term
2.00
End Second Term
2.00
16-38
Failure in a major course may result in academic suspension regardless of GPA.
GENERAL COMPETENCIES FOR FTCC GRADUATES
The following competencies were developed within the framework of Fayetteville
Technical Community College's purpose statement, which reflects the institution's desire to meet
the needs of its students and the surrounding community. Students who graduate from FTCC's
degree and diploma programs should be able to:
- Communicate effectively in speaking, writing, reading, and listening.
Perform technical skills in their chosen occupation.
- Use information to analyze problems and make logical decisions.
- Demonstrate positive interpersonal skills in various aspects of life.
- Demonstrate quantitative competencies.
- Demonstrate basic skills in using a personal computer.
34
�STUDENT OBLIGATIONS
Attendance Policy
Regular class attendance is an essential part of the education process; therefore, absences
must be kept to a minimum. While stressing regular attendance, FrCC simultaneously desires to
allow students to develop a real sense of personal responsibility toward their studies. This policy
has been established for the benefit of students who are forced, because of reasons beyond their
control, to miss classes.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Instructors will make every effort to advise students who have missed more than 10% of a
course that their standing in class is in jeopardy. Students who add a course after the
first day of the class are responsible for all materials covered from the beginning of
the course.
Instructors are encouraged to refer students with excessive absences to the Counseling
Office.
Each student is expected to attend class regularly
at least 80% of all scheduled contact
hours.
If absences exceed 20%, the faculty member may: drop the student from the course, or if
the student is performing acceptably, he or she may be allowed to continue in the course
under conditions set by the instructor.
Tardy students interrupt the beginning of a class meeting. If a student enters the class after
the faculty member has started the class, the student shall be recorded as being tardy.
Three tardies shall be counted as one absence.
No absence, for any reason, shall excuse a student from an announced test or other
assigned activity. Make-up of any tests or work missed shall be at the discretion of the
faculty member.
Each student dropped may submit a request through the Dean of Students for review by
the Student Appeals Committee.
The following programs and departments have special attendance and/or grading policies
which will be distributed to the students during the first week of classes: Air
Conditioning, Adult High School, Associate Degree Nursing, Cabinetmaking, Carpentry,
Cosmetology, Dental Assistant, Dental Hygiene, Emergency Medical Science, EMT
classes (Continuing Education), Funeral Service Education, Masonry, Physical Therapist
Assistant, Radiologic Technology, Real Estate, Respiratory Care Technology, Social
Science, and Surgical Technology.
GENERAL STUDENT REGULATIONS
The total educational program of the College is designed to assist the student to reach
his/her highest level of potential in personal development. Each curriculum is designed as a vital
part of that development, and the successful completion of all course work will enhance the prob
ability of good job placement. Each out-of-class activity is designed to provide the best opportu
nity for social development as a part of overall training.
35
�In order to maintain a climate supportive of learning, certain rules and regulations are
expected of students. The program area deans are responsible for administrative discipline of stu
dents. The institution's standards of behavior are published in the Student Handbook under
Students Regulations. They are as follows:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Students are expected to conduct themselves as mature adults at all times.
Students who negligently lose, damage, destroy, sell or otherwise dispose of College prop
erty placed in their possession or entrusted to them will be charged the full extent of the
damage or loss and subject to disciplinary action.
Students who engage in such acts as cheating, stealing, gambling, profane language or
personal combat, make themselves liable to disciplinary action, which may include being
placed on disciplinary probation or suspension from the College. Possession of weapons
on campus is a violation of College policy and state law.
Under no conditions will alcoholic beverages or illegal drugs be permitted in or on the
College property. No one under the influence of alcohol or illegal drugs will be permitted
on the campus. Any violation of this regulation will result in the suspension of the student.
Conviction of a crime involving moral turpitude (generally a crime above the traffic viola
tion level) may result in the student being placed on probation or suspension.
Use of College equipment, including computer terminals, is considered a privilege and not
to be abused. Use of computer equipment and terminals not authorized by the faculty
member or department chairperson will be considered unauthorized and will result in dis
ciplinary action. Improper use of computer equipment and terminals includes use of unau
thorized passwords, access to unauthorized programs, violation of copy-right laws, and
other activities not expressly required for specific class assignments.
Students are required to observe "no smoking" regulations.
Students are under a moral obligation to conduct themselves in a respectful manner in
off-campus housing.
Off-campus activities under the name or sponsorship of FrCC are subject to the same
rules and regulations for on-campus activities.
Students are responsible for information, rules and regulations published in the Student
Handbook.
Dismissal
Fayetteville Technical Community College reserves the right to dismiss any student when
it believes such action is in the best interest of the institution and/or the student. In all cases, the
right of due process is the student's prerogative.
Students' Right to Due Process
Students subject to administrative decisions affecting their right to attend classes are enti
tled to due process. Due process includes, but is not limited to, the following considerations.
1. The student must be informed of any charges made against him/her that may result in
administrative action except for certain academic programs, the standards for which are
set out in the Student Handbook.
36
�2. The student must be advised in writing of the administrative action taken.
3. The student will be advised of corrective action required.
4. The student is entitled to an appeal. The appeals process is described in the current
Student Handbook.
5. The student is entitled to appear and present testimony at any committee meeting
scheduled to hear an appeal from said student.
STUDENT RECORDS
Records of progress are kept by this institution on all current and former students.
Progress records are furnished the students, veterans and non-veterans alike, at the end of the
scheduled school term.
1.
The Registrar is responsible for student records. The following documents will be main
tained as a part of the student's institutional records and will be subject to all state and fed
eral regulations governing the safety and confidentiality of those records: completed
application, completed medical form, veterans' records, statement of residency, transcripts,
any statement of waiver by the student concerning student records, and a list of persons,
ftrms, or other institutions to which a copy of the institutional records have been sent.
2.
A student may receive a copy of his/her transcript upon written request. Official tran
scripts will be mailed as requested.
3.
When a student has a name change or change of address, he/she is responsible for contact
ing the Registrar's Office in person to fill out the necessary forms.
4.
Transcripts and other information on students will not be released until all ftnancial obli
gations to the institution have been satisfted.
5.
Any student with outstanding (unpaid) ftnes at the end of an academic quarter may not be
permitted to re-register, nor have his/her grades released, nor have course completion cer
tificates released until payment of such debts has been accomplished.
TO ALL PARENTS OF STUDENTS CURRENTLY ATTENDING FAYETTEVILLE
TECHNICAL COMMUNITY COLLEGE AND ALL STUDENTS CURRENTLY
ATTENDING WHO HAVE REACHED THE AGE OF 18:
The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Acts (FERPA) is a federal law that governs
the maintenance of students' records. Under the law, parents of students or students, if they are at
least 18, have both the right to inspect records kept by the school about the student and the right
to correct inaccuracies in the records. Access to the records by persons other than the parents or
the student is limited and generally requires prior consent by the parents or the student. The
Board of Trustees has adopted a written policy governing all the rights of parents and students
under FERPA. Copies of this policy may be found in the Registrar's Office.
37
�Fayetteville Technical Community College classifies the following as directory informa
tion: Name and enrollment status, including curriculum and dates of enrollment. The student's
address, telephone number and location on campus may also be released if the request is legiti
mate and a need for emergency access exists as determined by the Registrar or staff. School offi
cials may release this information to any person without the consent of the parents or the student.
Any parent or eligible student who objects to the release of any or all of this information without
his/her consent must notify in writing the Registrar by a date which is five (5) school days from
the date that the student receives his/her Student Handbook. The objection must state what infor
mation the parent or student does not want to be classified as directory information. If no objec
tion is received by the aforesaid date, the information will be classified as directory information
until the beginning of the next school year.
Complaints about failures of Fayetteville Technical Community College to comply with
the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act may be made in writing to FERPA Office,
Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, 330 Independence Avenue, S.W., Washington,
D.C. 20201.
38
�z
o
-
~
u
::>
c
L.L.I
~
Z
::>
z
-
I
Z
o
u
Fayetteville Technical
Community College
�CONTINUING EDUCATION
General
The Continuing Education Division is responsible for non-curriculum, non-credit educa
tional programs for students 18 years of age or older. Due to ongoing changes in technology,
career and job requirements, as well as revised life styles, needs are being created for continuing
education in most occupational and avocational areas. The Continuing Education Division is
mandated to respond to these needs by providing services to individuals, organizations, busi
nesses, and industries within the Fayetteville-Cumberland County area. Requests for continuing
education programs range from courses in basic reading and writing to advanced courses in tech
nical fields. These courses are made available whenever there is a sufficient number of students
interested in the same subject area and a qualified instructor is available. Adults may also attend
continuing education courses to fill leisure time and to improve vocational, avocational, and prac
tical skills.
Literacy Education
Literacy Education encompasses the areas of Adult Basic Education (ABE), Adult High
School Diploma (HSD), English As A Second Language (ESL), General Education Development
(GED), and Compensatory Education.
Adult Basic Education (ABE)
The goal of this program is to teach adults the basic skills of reading, writing, math,
money management and problem solving. The program is offered at no charge to adults 18 years
of age and older.
General Education Development (GED)
The GED course is designed for adults 18 years of age and older who have not received a
High School Diploma. The course will prepare students for the five GED exams in reading (liter
ature and the arts), mathematics, writing (English), social studies, and science. The GED certifi
cate signifies that the graduate has achieved a level of educational development equivalent to that
of High School Diploma recipients.
English as a Second Language (ESL)
ESL classes are designed for any adult who is not a native English speaker. Reading, writ
ing. speaking, and basic living skills are taught. Students are placed in class levels with other stu
dents having similar language needs. Classes and books are FREE.
41
�Compensatory Education (CED)
Compensatory education is designed to provide remedial academics to adults 18 years of
age and older who have been diagnosed as being delayed learners. Classes are free and all books
and materials are provided.
Adult High School Diploma Program
The Adult High School Diploma Program, a component of Literacy Education, is a course
of studies in the core subjects of English, social studies, mathematics, and sciences. This compo
nent is designed to give adults of Cumberland County an opportunity to earn a high school
diploma. A student should be 18 years of age or older to enter the program, or be officially
released from the public school system.
Each of the above listed subjects is a concentrated study of approximately sixty (60) hours
per subject. The high school diploma is issued by Fayetteville Technical Community College in
cooperation with the Cumberland County Board of Education.
Human Resources Development
Human Resources Development is a self-improvement, job-seeking skills class for the
unemployed adult, 18 years of age or older. During the six-week class the students are provided
instruction in the area of self-awareness, communication skills, interviewing techniques and
resume preparation. The objective of the class is to enhance the students' potential for employ
ment by improving their job seeking skills and techniques.
Industry Services and Occupational Extension Education
Occupational Extension Education is primarily concerned with educational programs
required to upgrade skills in businesses and industries throughout the county. Additionally, train
ing for service industries is provided for public and private businesses and agencies. Other areas
of concern include new and expanding industry, hospitality, and occupational skills training for
the handicapped. Specialty training for manufacturing industries is available through the
Cooperative Skills Training Department.
Center for Business and Industry
The Center for Business and Industry is designed to serve the employee or prospective
employee of our business and industry community. This state-of-the-art facility is located on
Fayetteville Technical Community College's main campus (2801 Fort Bragg Road) and is sched
uled exclusively for local business and industry use. Through the Center for Business and
Industry, the Continuing Education Division will be promoting yet another dimension of cus
tomized courses, flexibility, and quality instruction.
42
�Extension Education
Extension Education offers a wide variety of courses in arts and crafts, aviation (private
pilot and instrument ground school), business, computer education, automotive mechanics, auto
body repair, general contractors license preparation, vocational shop, and general interest pro
grams (including such courses as bartending, prepared childbirth, travel agent, and effective
teaching training for substitutes). These courses are intended to provide training to upgrade a per
son's skills or qualifications, and assist in preparing an individual for a new career.
Community Services
Community Services programs are an integral part of continuing education. Classes such
as arts and crafts, home economics, foreign languages, sign language, and general interest are
offered mornings, afternoons, and evenings.
Courses are frequently designed to meet specific requests, therefore, this area is expected
to grow and change with the interests and needs of the community. Students are regularly sur
veyed for comments and suggestions.
Emergency Services Training
Emergency Services Training consists of education in the areas of Emergency Medical
Technician, Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation, Rescue Squad, and other areas of the medical pro
fession. Additionally, Law Enforcement Training and Fire Service Training are provided. Courses
are offered on campus, at local fire departments, churches, schools, businesses, industries, or
other locations where there is community interest. A number of courses are open to the public,
while some are limited to in-service training. Although the state prescribed registration fee is
required, exceptions are recognized for fire service, police, and life-saving personnel.
43
�Fayetteville Technical
Community College
.'
�CURRICULUM PROGRAMS
ASSOCIATE DEGREE PROGRAMS
Public Administration
NC, Heating & Refrigeration Technology
Radiologic Technology
Accounting
Recreation Associate
Administrative Office Technology
Respiratory Care Technology
Architectural Technology
Surveying Technology
Associate Degree Nursing
DIPLOMA PROGRAMS
Associate in Arts
Automotive Body Repair
Associate in Science
Automotive Mechanics
Automotive Service Technician
Cabinetmaking
Automotive Technology
Cosmetology
Banking and Finance
Dental Assisting
Business Administration
Digital Electronic Repair
Business Computer Programming
Drafting-Mechanical
Civil Engineering Technology
Electrical Installation
Commercial Art & Advertising Design
Foodservice Specialist
Criminal Justice/Protective Services Technology
Industrial Mechanics
Dental Hygiene
Masonry
Early Childhood Associate
Pharmacy Technology
Electronics Engineering Technology
Plumbing and Pipefitting
Emergency Medical Science
Practical Nursing
Foodservice Management
Residential Carpentry
Funeral Service Education
Surgical Technology
General Education
Tool, Die and Mold Making
General Occupational Technology
Welding
General Office
CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS
Horticulture Business Technology
Basic Law Enforcement Training
Industrial Management Technology
General Technology Curriculum Core
Insurance
Nursing Assistant
Machining Technology
Practical Foodservice
Marketing and Retailing
Real Estate (Technical Specialty)
Paralegal Technology
Real Estate Appraisal
Physical Therapist Assistant
Technical Curriculum Core
Postal Service Technology
General Vocational Curriculum Core
46
�NOTE:
All displays in schedules for Curriculum Programs show con
tact hours and total quarter j;:redit hours for classes in the fol
lowing order:
Example;
Lecture
Hours
ENG-lOi Grammar
Lab
Hours
Shop/
Clinic
Hours
3
0
0
47
Quarter
Credit
Hours
3
�(T-016)
ACCOUNTING
The purpose of the Accounting curriculum is to prepare the individual to enter the accounting profession
through study of accounting principles, theories and practices with related study in law, finance, management, and data
processing operations.
The curriculum is designed to prepare the individual for entry-level accounting positions, such as junior
accountant, bookkeeper, accounting clerk, cost clerk, payroll clerk, and related data processing occupations.
With experience and additional education, the individual will be able to advance to positions such as system
accountant, cost accountant, budget accountant and property accountant.
Upon completion of the program, the student will receive an associate degree.
FIRST QUARTER
SUMMER QUARTER
Accounting Principles I
Bus Math With Calculators
Intro to Microcomputers
Grammar for Composition
College Algebra
Keyboarding Skills I
4
2
0
3
5
0
2
0
0
0
0
0
Keyboarding Skills II
0
0
3
14
2
9
ACC-122
Management Accounting
SociallBehav Science Elec
4
3
3
0
0
3
3
5
18
0
0
5
7
5
3
2
0
2
0
8
4
5
4
4
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
5
5
4
4
2
0
18
4
4
4
2
3
2
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
0
5
5
4
3
3
17
0
3
17
ACC-120
BUS-lIO
CAS-101
ENG-IOI
MAT-163
OSC-101
OR
OSC-102
4
3
20
3
FOURTH QUARTER
ACC-222
ACC-229
BUS-I 12
BUS-1I5
Intermediate Acet II
Federal Income Tax
Business Statistics
Business Law I
SECOND QUARTER
ACC-121
ACC-123
BUS-123
CAS-126
CSC-103
ENG-102
Accounting Principles II
Accounting on Computers
Business Finance I
Intro to Spreadsheets
Intro to Programming
Composition I
4
0
2
0
0
3
2
0
2
0
0
0
0
3
0
0
3
I
3
3
12
4
6
16
3
5
3
FIFTH QUARTER
ACC-223
ACC-225
BUS-1l6
BUS-234
THIRD QUARTER
ACC-22I
BUS-124
CAS-128
ENG-l 03
Intermediate Acct I
Business Finance II
Spreadsheets
Composition II
Social/Behav Science Elec
5
2
2
3
3
0
2
0
0
0
0
0
3
0
0
5
3
3
15
2
3
17
3
3
48
Intermediate Acct III
Cost Accounting
Business Law II
Management
Elective
�ACCOUNTING (continued)
SIXTH QUARTER
2
0
5
4
2
5
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
5
5
17
2
0
Co-op Option: Qualified students may elect to take up to six
(6) credit hours of Cooperative Education in place of BUS-124
and/or free electives provided they acquire the approval of the
Department Chairperson and Co-op Director.
18
ACC-224
Advanced Accounting
4
OR
ACC-227
ACC-235
ECO-151
ENG-I60
Managerial Accounting
Auditing
Basic Economics
Oral Communications
Important Notice: Students intending to transfer to a four year
college/university should see a Business Division counselor or
Accounting Curriculum advisor before registering for any
courses.
5
5
3
TOTAL REQUIRED CREDITS ... 115
ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICE TECHNOLOGY
(T-030)
This curriculum prepares individuals to perform secretarial and administrative support duties in a variety of
offices including those offices with computerized, automated functions.
Students in this curriculum study keyboarding and word/information processing to develop skills in the prepa
ration of business correspondence, reports, statistical copy, manuscripts and business forms. Administrative support
courses emphasize typical office tasks such as scheduling appointments, composing correspondence and performing
reprographic duties. Training is also provided in analyzing and coordinating office duties and systems. Skills and
knowledge are taught in the areas of electronic document storage and retrieval and computer software utilization.
Graduates of the program may be employed in offices in private business establishments involved in retailing,
marketing, advertising, and manufacturing as well as offices in local, state, and federal government.
Upon completion of the program, the student will receive an associate degree.
49
�ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICE TECHNOLOGY (continued)
FIRST QUARTER
BUS-liO
ENG-lOl
MAT-Ill
OSC-105
aSC-1I2
Bus Math With Calculators
Grammar for Composition
Basic Mathematics
Keyboard Skillbuilding
Records Management
FOURTH QUARTER
5
I
5
0
0
0
0
0
16
0
2
3
3
0
0
3
3
0
18
3
Oral Communications
Info Processing Applic I
Bus Comm for Word Process
Dict & Transcription II
Terminology & Vocab II
3
4
0
3
3
5
5
50
0
0
0
4
5
0
0
0
2
0
20
5
2
5
6
ENG-I60
OSC-20l
OSC-2lO
OSC-226
aSC-232
2
3
22
5
3
5
�AIR CONDITIONING, HEATING, & REFRIGERATION
TECHNOLOGY
(T-036)
The Air Conditioning. Heating and Refrigeration Technology curriculum develops an understanding of the
principles involved in designing. planning. installing, operating, troubleshooting and organizing maintenance of climate
control equipment and systems. Graduates of the Air Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration Technology curriculum
should be able to assist in planning installations, designing systems and organizing maintenance and work: scheduling.
In addition, they should be able to assist in installing, servicing and operating environmental control systems in residen
tial and commercial establishments. Job opportunities exist with companies that specialize in residential, commercial
and industrial air conditioning, heating and refrigeration systems, design, installation and service. The graduate should
be able to assist in designing mechanical equipment, ductwork and electrical controls required in residential and com
mercial projects. With experience. the graduate should be able to design various air conditioning, heating and refrigera
tion systems and function efficiently in working with systems designers; engineers; mechanics; sales engineers and
others in the field. The technician may be employed in areas of systems design, engineering assistance, estimating,
sales, maintenance scheduling, installation and service management in the growing field of air conditioning, heating
and cooling.
Upon completion of the program, the student will receive an associate degree.
FIRST QUARTER
AHR·IOIA
AND
AHR-I0lB
OR
AHR-I0IX
AND
AHR-I01Y
AHR-llOX
AHR-llOY
DFf-101
ENG-WI
Refrig. Fundamentals I
THIRD QUARTER
3
3
4
0
Refrig. Fundamentals I
0
6
3
Refrig. Fundamentals I
4
0
0
4
AHR-IOI Lab
Circuits and Controls I
AHR-1I0Lab
Technical Drafting I
Grammar for Composition
0
0
0
0
6
0
9
AHR·1l2X
AHR-112Y
AHR-145A
AND
AHR-145B
OR
AHR-145X
AND
AHR-145Y
PHY-131X
PHY-13IY
PSY-110
3
3
Circuits & Controls III
AHR-1I2 Lab
Wann Air Systems I
2
0
Wann Air Systems I
0
6
3
2
2
4
0
3
0
0
0
6
3
0
0
3
10
6
0
6
0
0
15
4
0
0
4
AHR-145Lab
Physics II
PHY-131 Lab
Occupational Psychology
0
9
0
0
0
3
3
3
0
0
2
0
2
15
18
4
0
I
0
0
0
0
0
6
0
0
0
0
2
6
0
0
4
2
1
2
8
2
3
3
Wann Air Systems I
12
3
2
12
3
0
1
3
18
SECOND QUARTER
SUMMER QUARTER
AHR-I02X
AHR-102Y
AHR-l11X
AHR-IIIY
CAS-IOI
MAT-1I2
Refrig. Fundamentals II
AHR-I02Lab
Circuits and Controls II
AHR-Ill Lab
Intro to Microcomputers
Algebra I
4
0
3
0
0
5
12
0
0
0
0
9
0
4
0
0
0
6
3
2
I
0
5
0
18
3
3
AHR-I46X
AHR-146Y
AHR-147X
AHR-147Y
PHY-132X
PHY-132Y
Wann Air Systems II
AHR-I46 Lab
Air Systems Fabrication
AHR-147 Lab
Physics III
PHY-132 Lab
3
3
1
18
51
13
�AIR CONDITIONING, HEATING, & REFRIGERATION TECHNOLOGY (continued)
FOURTH QUARTER
SIXTH QUARTER
Principles of Air Cond
Refrig. System Design
Composition I
Techniques of Welding
4
3
3
11
0
0
0
0
6
6
0
6
0
18
AHR-247
AHR-249
ENG-I60
5
3
Advanced Heat Pumps
Service Problems
Oral Communications
Elective
SociallBehav Science Elec
2
3
3
3
3
0
0
0
0
0
9
6
0
0
0
5
14
AHR-201
AHR-220
ENG-102
WLD-I06
0
15
19
17
6
3
5
3
3
3
FIFTH QUARTER
TOTAL REQUIRED CREDITS ... 121
AHR-221
AHR-230
ENG-l 03
Air Cond System Design
Hydronic Systems
Composition II
Elective
4
3
3
3
0
0
0
0
6
9
0
0
6
6
3
3
13
0
15
18
Co-op Option: Qualified students may elect to take up to six
(6) credit hours of Cooperative Education in place of six (6)
hours of free electives provided they acquire approval from the
Co-op Director and Department Chairperson.
ARCHITECTURAL TECHNOLOGY
(T·041)
The Architectural Technology curriculum provides individuals with knowledge and skills that will lead to
employment and advancement in the field of architectural technology. Technical courses are included which will
enable the graduate to advance into related areas of work as job experience is obtained or to continue toward an
advanced degree in an associated field of technology.
Architectural technicians translate the architect's design sketches into complete and accurate plans and draw
ings for construction purposes. The technician will be involved in work requiring a knowledge of drafting, construction
materials, mechanical and structural systems, estimating, building codes, and specifications.
Initial employment opportunities exist with architectural and engineering firms, private utilities, contractors
and municipal governments.
Upon completion of the program, the student will receive an associate degree.
FIRST QUARTER
ARC-lOO
ARC-lOl
ARC-Ill
ENG-lOl
MAT-I 12
Sketching, Drawing & Comp
Arch Drafting & Dsgn I
Materials & Methods I
Grammar for Composition
Algebra I
SECOND QUARTER
5
4
0
2
0
0
13
6
2
2
3
0
3
0
0
9
19
52
Arch Drafting & Dsgn II
Intro To Architecture
Materials & Methods II
Composition I
Algebra II
3
5
0
0
4
0
0
3
0
0
0
4
3
5
3
5
15
ARC-I02
ARC-110
ARC-112
ENG-102
MAT-113
3
4
4
3
5
6
4
9
20
2
2
3
6
�ARCHITECTURAL TECHNOLOGY (continued)
TIDRD QUARTER
ARC-l 03
ARC· 120
ARC·135
PHY·130X
PHY·130Y
SRV·101
Arch Drafting & Dsgn
Codes/Specs/Contracts
Intro to Arch CAD
Technical Physics I
PHY·130Lab
Surveying I
FIFTH QUARTER
m
6
5
0
3
Arch Drafting & Dsgn V
Arch Presentations n
Arch Envirorunent Sys I
Const. Methods & Mgt
Oral Communications
0
2
2
2
0
0
2
0
9
6
3
ARC-202
ARC·212
ARC·221
ClV·21O
ENG· 100
3
0
0
3
6
1
4
15
17
53
2
2
6
3
3
3
3
2
4
2
2
0
0
0
4
11
2
2
0
10
9
19
0
5
4
3
�ASSOCIATE DEGREE NURSING, REGISTERED NURSING
The Associate Degree Nursing curriculum is designed to prepare graduates to integrate the principles and the
ories of nursing and the sciences in utilizing the nursing process in the practice of nursing. The practice of nursing by
associate degree nursing graduates consists of assessing the patient's physical and mental health, including the patient's
reaction to illness and treatment regimens; recording and reporting the results of the nursing assessment; planning, initi
ating, delivering, and evaluating appropriate nursing acts; teaching, delegating to or supervising other personnel in
implementing the treatment regimen; collaborating with other health care providers in determining the appropriate
health care for a patient; implementing the treatment and pharmaceutical regimen prescribed by any person authorized
by state law to prescribe such a regimen; providing teaching and counseling about the patient's health care; reporting
and recording the plan for care, nursing care given, and the patient's response to that care; and supervising, teaching,
and evaluating those who perform or are preparing to perform nursing functions.
Graduates are eligible to take the National Council Licensure Examination (NCLEX-RN) which is required
for practice as a registered nurse.
Individuals desiring a career in registered nursing should take biology, algebra and chemistry courses prior to
entering the program.
Upon completion of the program, the student will receive an associate degree.
THIRD QUARTER
FIRST QUARTER
BIO-l60X
BIO-l60Y
NUR-101
PSY-lOl
Human Anal & Physiology 1
BIO-I60 Lab
Nursing Child/Adult I
Intro to Psychology
5
0
6
3
0
0
4
0
3
3
0
0
5
1
9
3
14
4
6
BIO-162X
BIO-162Y
NUR-I03
SOC-101
5
0
6
3
0
0
2
0
3
9
0
0
5
1
lO
3
14
2
12
19
0
4
0
0
3
6
6
4
18
SECOND QUARTER
BIO-I61X
B10-161Y
NUR-I02
PSY-252
Microbiology 1
BIO-162 Lab
Nursing Child/Adult m
Intra to Sociology
0
9
7
SUMMER QUARTER
Human Anat & Physiology II 5
B10-161 Lab
0
Nursing Child/Adult II
6
Human Growth & Develop
5
0
0
4
0
0
3
3
0
16
4
6
CAS-IOI
NUR-I04
5
Intra to Microcomputers
Nursing Child/Adult IV
9
S
20
54
�ASSOCIATE DEGREE NURSING, REGISTERED NURSING (continued)
FOURTH QUARTER
SIXTH QUARTER
English Composition
Nursing Child/Adult V
5
6
0
2
0
12
11
11
2
12
0
0
0
15
0
0
11
3
3
0
15
17
16
NUR-207
NUR-208
5
Nursing Child/Adult VII
Professional Development
HumanitieslFine Arts Elec
3
3
12
ENG-151
NUR-205
6
FIFTH QUARTER
TOTAL REQUIRED CREDITS ••• 113
ENG-I 52
NUR-206
English Composition & Lit
Nursing Child/Adult VI
5
6
0
2
0
12
5
II
II
2
12
16
(C-O!!)
ASSOCIATE IN ARTS
The College Transfer program is designed for students who intend to transfer to a four-year college or univer
sity to pursue a baccalaureate degree. Students in this program are responsible for examining the requirements of the
four-year college or university to which they plan to transfer for completion of their degree. Counselors and advisors
are available to assist students in planning their program.
The course work in the program includes literature, humanities, mathematics, physical education and the sci
ences. The Associate in Arts program concentrates heavily on the humanities and social sciences and is recommended
for those who plan to continue in a Bachelor of Arts degree program. The Associate in Science program leans more
toward mathematics and the physical and life sciences and is intended for those pursuing the Bachelor of Science
degree.
Upon completion of the program, the student will receive an associate degree.
FIRST QUARTER
CSC-I04
ENG-151
MAT-I 63
Intro to Data Processing
English Composition
College Algebra
HumanitieslFine Arts Elec
0
0
0
3
0
0
0
0
0
3
5
5
3
16
0
0
16
3
5
5
55
�ASSOCIATE IN ARTS (continued)
SECOND QUARTER
FIFTH QUARTER
0
0
BIO·151 Lab
0
2
0
General Chemistry I
5
0
0
CHM-151 Lab
0
0
5
0
0
PHY-151 Lab
0
2
5
5
2
0
0
0
0
3
6
5
2
Special Phy. Ed. I
Elective
1
3
0
0
3
0
2
3
2
3
5
5
3
3
0
0
16
5
5
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
5
5
3
2
0
3
15
0
Physical Science I
English Composition & Lit
Fitness for Life
0
0
0
0
3
General Physics I
0
0
0
0
14
5
5
5
3
3
16
General Biology I
14
BIO-151X
AND
BIO-151Y
OR
CHM-151X
AND
CHM-151Y
OR
PHY-151X
AND
PHY-151Y
OR
PHS-151
ENG-152
PED-152
OR
PED-153
16
Elective
HumanitiesIFine Arts Elec
Social Science Elec
Social Science Elec
5
5
5
SIXTH QUARTER
Elective
Elective
Elective
Physical Education
TOTAL REQUIRED CREDITS ... 96
THIRD QUARTER
5
5
0
0
0
0
0
0
6
5
5
16
Science Sequence Con't
HumanitiesIFine Arts Elec
Social Science Elec
0
0
16
3
3
5
3
3
5
17
6
FOURTH QUARTER
Elective
Elective
Elective
Physical Education
Social Science Elec
0
0
0
0
0
5
0
0
0
0
3
0
16
0
3
1
5
56
�(C-050)
ASSOCIATE IN SCIENCE
The College Transfer program is designed for students who intend to transfer to a four-year college or univer
sity to pursue a baccalaureate degree. Students in this program are responsible for examining the requirements of the
four-year college or university to which they plan to transfer for completion of their degree. Counselors and advisors
are available to assist students in planning their program.
The coursework in the program includes literature, humanities, mathematics, physical education and the sci
ences. The Associate in Science program leans more toward mathematics and the physical and life sciences and is
intended for those pursuing the Bachelor of Science degree. The Associate in Arts program concentrates heavily on the
humanities and social sciences and is recommended for those who plan to continue in a Bachelor of Arts degree program.
Upon completion of the program, the student will receive an associate degree.
THIRD QUARTER
FIRST QUARTER
Art Appreciation
Intro to Data Processing
English Composition
College Algebra
5
3
5
5
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
5
3
5
5
18
ART-lSI
CSC-I04
ENG-15I
MAT-l 63
0
0
18
ECO-152
BIO-151X
AND
BIO-15IY
OR
CHM-I5IX
AND
CHM-I51Y
OR
PHY-I5IX
AND
PHY-I51Y
OR
PHS-I51
PED-152
OR
PED-I53
SECOND QUARTER
ENG-I52
English Composition & Lit
HumanitiesIFine Arts Elec
Math Sequence
0
0
0
0
5
5
5
0
0
15
5
5
5
0
0
15
Math Sequence
Macroeconomics
General Biology I
5
5
5
0
0
0
0
0
0
BIO-15I Lab
0
2
0
General Chemistry I
5
0
0
CHM-151 Lab
0
0
3
General Physics I
5
0
0
PHY-151 Lab
0
2
0
Physical Science I
Fitness for Life
5
5
5
5
5
5
2
0
0
3
6
2
0
3
2
16
2
3
18
5
5
5
0
0
2
0
0
0
5
6
5
15
2
0
16
Special Phy. Ed. I
FOURTH QUARTER
Math Sequence
Science Sequence Con't
SociallBehav Science Elec
57
�ASSOCIATE IN SCIENCE (continued)
FIFrH QUARTER
Elective
Elective
Elective
Physical Education
Science Sequence Con't
SIXTH QUARTER
4
4
4
0
0
0
0
5
0
2
17
2
0
0
0
3
4
4
4
I
0
6
3
19
Elective
Elective
Physical Education
Science Sequence Con't
4
4
0
5
13
0
0
0
0
0
3
4
4
1
2
0
6
2
3
15
TOTAL REQUIRED CREDITS ••• %
(V-OOl)
AUTOMOTIVE BODY REPAIR
The Automotive Body Repair curriculum provides training in the use of the equipment and materials of the
auto body mechanic trade. The student studies the construction of the automobile body and techniques of auto body
repairing, rebuilding and refinishing.
Repairing, straightening, aligning, metal finishing and painting of automobile bodies and frames are typical
jobs performed. Job titles include automobile body repairperson, automotive painter and frame and chassis repairper
son. Persons completing this curriculum may find employment with franchised automobile dealers, independent
garages, or may start their own business.
Upon completion, the student will receive a diploma.
FIRST QUARTER
AUT-llll
OR
AUT-IIIIA
AND
AUT-IlIlB
BPR-1l01
WLD-1l80
Auto Body Repair I
SECOND QUARTER
6
0
12
10
Auto Body Repair I
3
0
6
3
I
0
0
0
6
3
6
5
2
3
0
21
15
8
6
58
Automotive Repair
Auto Body Repair II
6
0
0
12
4
10
Auto Body Repair II
3
0
6
5
Auto Body Repair II
Auto Body Welding
3
2
0
0
6
6
5
4
10
5
Auto Body Repair!
Schematics & Diagrams
Basic Welding
AUT-lllO
AUT-1l12
OR
AUT-1112A
AND
AUT-Il12B
WLD-1105
0
24
18
2
�AUTOMOTIVE BODY REPAIR (continued)
THIRD QUARTER
FOURTH QUARTER
Auto Body Repair ill
8
0
12
12
Auto Body Repair ill
4
0
6
6
Auto Body Repair ill
Intro to Microcomputers
Comm Skills in Grammar
General Math
4
0
6
3
6
1
3
3
0
0
0
2
0
0
4
14
AUT-IIl3
OR
AUT-l1l3A
AND
AUT-l1l3B
CAS-IOI
ENG-l101
MAT-1I0!
2
15
20
AUT-1114
OR
AUT-1114A
AND
AUT-11I4B
AND
AUT-!114C
BUS-ll03
ENG-I 102
7
0
15
12
Auto Body Repair IV
2
0
6
4
Auto Body Repair IV
2
0
6
4
Auto Body RepairIV
Small Business Operations
Vocational Communication
3
3
3
0
0
0
3
4
0
0
3
3
l3
3
Auto Body Repair IV
0
15
18
TOTAL REQUIRED CREDITS ••• 71
AUTOMOTIVE MECHANICS
(V-003)
The Automotive Mechanics curriculum provides a training program for developing the basic knowledge and
skills needed to inspect, diagnose, repair and adjust automotive vehicles. Manual skills are developed in practical shop
work and the technical understanding of the operating principles involved in the modem automobile are taught through
class assignments, discussions and shop practices.
Automobile mechanics maintain and repair mechanical, electrical and body parts of passenger cars, trucks and
buses. In some communities and rural areas they also may service tractors or marine engines and other gasoline-pow
ered equipment. Mechanics inspect and test to determine the causes of faulty operation. They repair or replace defec
tive parts to restore the vehicle or machine to proper operating condition and use shop manuals and other technical
publications as references for technical data. Persons completing this curriculum may fmd employment with franchised
automobile dealers, independent garages, or may start their own business.
Upon completion of the program, the student will receive an advanced diploma.
FIRST QUARTER
AUT-l1OI
OR
AUT-1 lOlA
AND
AUT-1101B
ENG-IIOl
MAT-I 101
PHY-llOlX
PHY-llOIY
Automotive Engines
SECOND QUARTER
0
12
0
6
3
6
0
0
0
0
4
4
0
0
0
2
0
2
12
4
12
18
Automotive Engines
Automotive Engines
Comm Skills in Grammar
General Math
Properties of Matter
PHY-lIOl Lab
AUT-I 102
OR
AUT-II02A
AND
AUT-II02B
ENG-ll02
PHY-1102X
PHY-ll02Y
7
2
3
3
3
3
3
59
Engine Electrical Systems
6
0
9
9
Engine Electrical Systems
4
0
3
5
Engine Electrical Systems
Vocational Communications
Electricity
PHY-ll02 Lab
2
6
0
0
0
4
0
0
0
0
2
12
3
2
9
16
3
3
3
3
�60
�(T-156)
AUTOMOTIVE SERVICE TECHNICIAN
The Automotive Service Technician curriculum is comprised of cooperative education training and related
instruction in the classroom. The related instruction is an organized and systematic form of instruction designed to pro
vide the student with knowledge of theoretical, technical, and general academic subjects related to the trade of the auto
motive technician.
The cooperative work phase of the program requires students to be employed full-time in supervised automo
tive mechanic positions to receive on-the-job experience. The cooperative work phase of the program will be super
vised and evaluated.
Upon completion of the program, the student will receive an associate degree.
FIRST QUARTER
FOURTH QUARTER
2
2
2
3
5
3
4
4
4
17
AUT-lOl
AUT-I03
AUT-I06
ENG-lOl
MAT-Il2
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
30
3
0
0
30
3
Automotive Co-Op Work Exp 0
0
30
3
0
30
3
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
4
2
2
2
0
2
0
0
0
0
0
3
0
0
4
3
3
3
3
16
12
3
23
Automotive Co-Op Work Exp 0
0
30
3
0
0
30
3
4
4
3
5
3
12
COE-132
Automotive Co-Op Work Exp 0
0
Internal Comb Engines I
Electrical Systems I
Auto Power Train Sys I
Grammar for Composition
Algebra I
SociallBehav Science Elec
23
FIFTH QUARTER
COE-23I
SECOND QUARTER
COE-13 1
Automotive Co-Op Work Exp 0
0
30
3
0
0
30
3
SIXTH QUARTER
AUT-201
AUT-202
AUT-2oo
AUT-208
BUS-235
ELN-l00
ENG-I03
THIRD QUARTER
AUT-l 02
AUT-I04
AUT-loo
AUT-108
CAS-lOl
ENG-I02
PHY-131X
PHY-131Y
Internal Comb Engines n
Electrical Systems n
Auto Power Train Sys n
Basic Auto Fuel Systems
Intro to Microcomputers
Composition I
Physicsn
PHY-131 Lab
2
0
0
0
0
3
0
0
0
3
3
3
4
1
3
3
I
12
3
21
2
2
2
2
0
3
3
2
2
2
0
0
14
4
0
0
Auto Chassis & Suspen Sys
Auto Heating & Air Cond
Engine & Pwr Tr Sys Diag
Electrical/Fuel Sys Diag
Small Business Management
Intro to Electronics
Composition n
4
3
SEVENTH QUARTER
COE-232
61
�AUTOMOTIVE SERVICE TECHNICIAN (continued)
NINTH QUARTER
EIGHTH QUARTER
AUT-213
AUT-214
AUT-215
AUT-216
ENG-I60
Automotive Electronics
Auto Chas & Susp Sys Diag
Inst & Chassis Elec Sys
Electronic Controlled Sys
Oral Communications
Elective
3
2
2
3
3
3
2
2
4
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
16
10
0
AUT-217
AUT-218
AUT-219
PSY-11O
WLD-I06
Electronic Contr Sys Diag
Automotive Fuel Injection
Auto Emissions Systems
Occupational Psychology
Techniques of Welding
Elective
21
3
3
2
3
1
3
2
2
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
6
0
4
4
3
3
3
3
15
4
3
4
4
3
3
6
6
20
TOTAL REQUIRED CREDITS ••• 120
(T-176)
AUTOMOTIVE TECHNOLOGY
Automotive Technology is designed to meet the need for preparing highly trained technicians to service and
repair automobiles and light trucks equipped with highly technical electrical, electronics, and emission control systems.
Emphasis is placed on the operation and servicing of the power train components, electrical systems, fuel systems,
chassis and suspension and emission controls of gasoline and diesel engine vehicles. Upon completion of this curricu
lum, the student should have the theoretical knowledge and background to understand the systems of the newer model
automobiles and should be prepared to work as a technician servicing automobiles and light duty trucks.
Upon completion of the program, the student will receive an associate degree.
FIRST QUARTER
AUT-l21
AUT-122
ENG-IOI
MAT-ll2
THIRD QUARTER
Automotive Power Trains
Fundamentals of Auto Comp
Emission & Elect Controls
Auto Heating & Air Cond
Intro to Electronics
0
0
0
0
12
6
0
0
0
18
0
0
0
0
2
6
3
3
3
0
5
3
3
4
4
2
15
19
2
3
3
0
4
0
0
3
0
3
0
2
4
4
3
9
7
4
3
5
3
2
2
3
3
13
3
2
3
5
13
Basic Engines
Automotive Brake Systems
Grammar for Composition
Algebra I
4
6
13
19
AUT-125
AUT-126
AUT-127
AUT-128
ELN-l00
SECOND QUARTER
FOURTH QUARTER
AUT-123
AUT-124
CAS-IOI
PHY-131X
PHY-131Y
Engine Electrical Systems
Automotive Fuel Systems
Intro to Microcomputers
Physics II
PHY-131 Lab
6
2
0
3
0
0
4
0
0
2
9
0
3
0
0
9
4
1
3
11
6
12
18
AUT-129
AUT-130
AUT-131
PSY-11O
62
Power Trains Service
Electronic Fuel Injection
Tune-up & Electr Controls
Occupational Psychology
�AUTOMOTIVE TECHNOLOGY (continued)
FIFTH QUARTER
AUT-22 I
AUT-222X
AUT-222Y
ENG-I02
WLD-I06
Susp & Computer Aligrunent
Automotive Machine Shop
AUT-222 Lab
Composition I
Techniques of Welding
SEVENTH QUARTER
3
2
0
3
0
0
0
0
0
6
6
3
0
6
5
4
9
0
21
AUT-225X
AUT-225Y
AUT-226
ENG-160
16
SIXTH QUARTER
AUT-223
AUT-224
ENG-I 03
Automatic Trans Rebuild
Electrical Power Accessor
Composition II
Elective
2
0
2
3
3
0
0
0
0
0
6
3
6
0
0
4
I
4
3
3
10
3
3
Automotive Servicing
AUT-225 Lab
Driveability & Elec Diag
Oral Communications
SociaIlBehav Science Elec
0
15
15
TOTAL REQUIRED CREDITS ••• 118
3
4
3
4
0
0
0
0
6
6
0
0
14
0
12
Co-op Option: Qualified students may elect to take up to six
(6) credit hours of Cooperative Education in place of AUT
222Y, AUT 225Y, and/or free electives provided they obtain the
approval of the Co-op Director and Department Chairperson.
5
6
3
4
18
(T-112)
BANKING AND FINANCE
The purposes of the Banking and Finance curriculum are to prepare the individual to enter the banking and
finance industries, to provide an educational program for the banking employees wanting to receive the American
Institute of Banking certificate, and to provide an educational program to upgrade or retrain individuals presently
employed in the banking or finance industry.
These purposes will be fulfilled through study in areas such as banking and fmance principles, theories and
practices; teller operations; lending and collection procedures; financial analysis; marketing and public relations.
This curriculum will provide the opportunity for an individual to enter a variety of banking or finance jobs in
retail banks, commercial banks, government lending agencies, mortgage banks and credit companies.
Upon completion of the program, the student will receive an associate degree.
SECOND QUARTER
FIRST QUARTER
BAF-103
BUS-101
ENG-101
MAT-lli
OSC-101
Principles of Banking
Introduction to Business
Grammar for Composition
Basic Mathematics
Keyboarding Skills I
4
3
3
5
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
15
0
3
BAF-105
BUS-110
BUS-1l5
ECO-152
ENG-102
16
63
Money and Banking
Bus Math With Calculators
Business Law I
Macroeconomics
Composition I
4
2
4
5
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
0
0
0
4
3
4
5
3
18
4
3
3
5
0
3
19
�BANKING AND FINANCE (continued)
FIFTH QUARTER
THIRD QUARTER
4
4
3
0
S
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
0
0
4
4
3
19
0
3
ACC-llS
BAF-208
CAS-126
Accounting for Managers
Bank Investments
Intro to Spreadsheets
Major Elective
SociallBehav Science Elec
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
0
0
S
4
2
3
17
4
4
2
4
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
0
0
4
4
3
4
3
17
Marketing for Bankers
Business Law II
Business Communications
Intro to Microcomputers
Microeconomics
Elective
4
4
0
4
3
IS
BAF-107
BUS-1l6
BUS-142
CAS-lOl
ECO-lS3
0
3
18
20
S
3
4
3
SIXTH QUARTER
SUMMER QUARTER
BAF-109
Consumer Lending
SociallBehav Science Elec
4
3
0
0
0
0
7
0
0
BAF-2lO
BAF-212
BUS-234
4
3
7
Trust Business
Analyzing Financial Strnts
Management
Major Elective
SociaIlBehav Science Elec
FOURTH QUARTER
ACC-110
BAF-202
BAF-206
ENG-160
Financial Accounting
Corporate Banking
Law & Banking:Application
Oral Communications
4
4
4
3
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
S
4
4
3
IS
2
0
TOTAL REQUIRED CREDITS .•• 113
16
Co-op Option: Qualified students may elect to take up to three
(3) credit hours of Cooperative Education in place of three (3)
hours of elective credits provided they acquire approval from
the Co-op Director and the Department Chairperson.
BASIC LAW ENFORCEMENT TRAINING
(T-189)
The Basic Law Enforcement Training curriculum certificate program prepares individuals to take the Basic
Training Law Enforcement Officers certification examination mandated by the North Carolina Criminal Justice
Education and Training Standards Commission and/or it prepares individuals to take the Justice Officers Basic Training
certification examination mandated by the North Carolina Sheriffs' Education and Training Standards Commission.
Successful completion of this curriculum certificate program requires that the student satisfy the minimum require
ments for certification by the Criminal Justice Commission and/or the Sheriffs' Commission. The student satisfactorily
completing this program should possess at least the minimum degree of general attributes, knowledge, and skills to
function as an inexperienced law enforcement officer.
Job opportunities are available with state, county, and municipal governments in North Carolina. In addition,
knowledge, skills, and abilities acquired in this course of study qualify one for job opportunities with private enterprise
in such areas as industrial, retail, and private security.
Upon completion of the program, the student will receive a certificate.
64
�BASIC LAW ENFORCEMENT TRAINING (continued)
JUST QUARTER
TOTAL REQUIRED CREDITS ... 25
Basic Law Enforcement Tm 15
0
30
25
15
CJC-l00
0
30
25
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
(T-018)
The Business Administration curriculum is designed to prepare an individual for entry into management
positions.
The curriculum develops competencies in the application of management principles. Emphasis is placed on
skill development in the areas of management functions, computer applications and analysis, critical thinking and deci
sion-making techniques, marketing, fmance, legal aspects of business, oral and written communications, and the uti
lization of human resources.
Through the development of management competencies, the graduate will be able to function as a contributing
member of a management team.
Upon completion of the program, the student will receive an associate degree.
F1RST QUARTER
BUS-IOI
CAS-IOI
COE-IOI
ENG-lOl
MAT-Ill
OSC-lOl
Introduction to Business
Intro to Microcomputers
Personal Develop & Comm
Grammar for Composition
Basic Mathematics
Keyboarding Skills I
THIRD QUARTER
3
0
3
3
5
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
0
0
0
3
14
0
6
BUS-I42
CAS-I30
ECO-153
ENG-103
MKT-I39
3
1
3
3
5
Business Communications
Micro Data Management
Microeconomics
Composition II
Marketing
3
0
5
3
5
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
0
0
0
3
1
5
3
5
16
16
0
3
17
0
2
3
0
0
0
3
3
0
3
3
5
0
6
7
SUMMER QUARTER
SECOND QUARTER
BUS-121
BUS-2OO
ECO-152
ENG-102
OSC-118
Business Math
Supervision
Macroeconomics
Composition I
Word Processing on Micro
5
3
5
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
16
0
3
CAS-126
MKT-224
5
3
5
3
1
17
.j
65
Intro to Spreadsheets
Salesmanship
Major Elective
1
�BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (continued)
FOURTH QUARTER
ACC-110
BUS-1I5
BUS-233
CAS-l28
ENG-I 60
SIXTH QUARTER
Financial Accounting
Business Law I
Human Resource Management
Spreadsheets
Oral Communications
Related Electives
4
4
3
2
3
0
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
0
6
5
4
3
3
3
2
16
2
9
BUS-Il7
BUS-124
BUS-236
Business Law ill
Business Finance II
Integrative Management
Elective
Major Elective
3
2
3
3
5
0
2
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
3
4
3
5
20
16
4
0
18
TOTAL REQUIRED CREDITS ... 115
FIFTH QUARTER
ACC-1I5
BUS-1I6
BUS-123
BUS-234
CAS-138
INS-247
Accounting for Managers
Business Law II
Business Finance I
Management
Bus Graphics Presentation
Principles of Insurance
4
4
2
2
I
3
2
0
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
3
0
16
4
6
Co-op Option: Qualified students may elect to take up to six
(6) credit hours of Cooperative Education in place of six (6)
hours of elective credits (3 hours Elective; 3 hours Major
Elective) provided they acquire approval from the Co-op
Director and Department Chairperson.
5
4
3
3
2
3
20
BUSINESS COMPUTER PROGRAMMING
(T-022)
The primary objective of the Business Computer Programming curriculum is to prepare individuals for gainful
employment as computer programmers. The objective is fulfilled through study and application in areas such as com
puter and systems theories and concepts, data processing techniques, business operations, logic, flowcharting, program
ming procedures and languages and types, uses and operation of equipment.
Entry-level jobs as computer programmer and computer programmer trainee are available. With experience
and additional education, the individual may enter jobs such as data processing manager, computer programmer man
ager, systems analyst and systems manager.
Upon completion of the program, the student will receive an associate degree.
FIRST QUARTER
ACC-1I0
CSC-103
CSC-I04
MAT-163
OSC-lOl
Financial Accounting
Intro to Programming
Intro to Data Processing
College Algebra
Keyboarding Skills I
SECOND QUARTER
4
3
3
5
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
15
2
3
ACC-1I5
CAS·128
CSC-I09
ENG-lOl
MAT-In
l7
66
Accounting for Managers
Spreadsheets
COBOL I
Grammar for Composition
Finite Mathematics
4
2
4
3
5
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
5
3
5
3
5
18
5
3
3
5
0
3
3
2
6
21
�BUSINESS COMPUTER PROGRAMMING (continued)
THIRD QUARTER
BUS-1l2
BUS-123
CSC-110
CSC-1l4
ENG-I02
Business Statistics
Business Finance I
COBOL"
Operating Systems
Composition I
F1FfH QUARTER
4
3
3
5
4
0
3
16
2
6
CAS-134
CSC-221
19
Integrated Software Appli
Sys Design & Development
Elective
Major Elective
Social/Behav Science Elec
3
3
3
3
6
0
3
0
2
5
3
4
3
13
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
12
17
2
0
0
0
0
9
3
3
3
3
0
5
4
4
3
11
j
0
0
3
3
0
2
0
0
0
4
2
4
0
15
16
1
3
I
SUMMER QUARTER
SIXTH QUARTER
Data Base Management
Oral Communications
3
3
0
0
3
4
0
3
6
CAS-212
ENG-1OO
0
3
7
CAS-240
CSC-224
Computer Programming Proj
System Administration
Major Elective
Social/Behav Science Elec
3
FOURTH QUARTER
CAS-217
CSC-201
CSC-204
ENG-I03
Data Communications
4GL Programming
COBOLm
Composition"
Major Elective
3
0
0
0
0
0
6
3
3
TOTAL REQUIRED CREDITS ... 115
5
4
Co-op Option: A maximum of six (6) credits may be earned in
COE 202 and/or Cooperative Education in lieu of six (6) hours
of the additional CSC or CAS courses.
18
3
3
0
3
0
3
14
0
12
4
3
CABINETMAKING
(V-I72)
The Cabinetmaking curriculum is designed to train students to construct and install cabinets and built-in furni
ture for homes, offices, and commercial busineses. The student will learn to use the tools and techniques of modem
cabinet construction and installation.
Some of the topics to be covered include: cabinet design, sketching and computer-assisted drafting, joints and
joinery, materials and hardware, finishes and finishing methods, applied mathematics and modem manufacturing
processes.
Upon completion of this program, graduates should qualify for employment in cabinetmaking or furniture
making companies as an apprentice cabinetmaker or other related entry level job.
Upon completion of the program, the student will receive a diploma.
67
�CABINETMAKING (continued)
THIRD QUARTER
FIRST QUARTER
CAB-1lI0
CAB-II 11
ENG-II01
MAT-l 101
Shop Operations
Cabinetmaking I
Comm Skills in Grammar
General Math
3
4
3
3
0
0
0
2
3
12
0
0
13
2
15
19
Cabinetmaking II
Intro to Microcomputers
Cab Sketching & Drafting
Human Relations
5
2
3
0
0
2
0
2
15
0
0
0
10
3
3
4
15
17
3
6
0
2
0
15
3
12
9
CAB-illS
DFf-1141
PHY-l103X
PHY-lI03Y
SECOND QUARTER
CAB-I1I2
CAS-IOI
DFf-lI40
PSY-llOI
Cabinetmaking m
Cabinetry Design
Wort., Energy & Power
PHY-l103 Lab
10
4
8
3
4
2
15
15
SUMMER QUARTER
5
0
2
3
0
0
2
0
15
3
0
0
10
1
3
3
10
2
18
BUS-lI03
CAB-I 116
Small Business Operations
Cabinetmaking IV
17
TOTAL REQUIRED CREDITS ... 68
CIVIL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
(T-038)
The Civil Engineering Technology curriculum provides the specialized background and related theory for
technicians who work primarily with architects and engineers in the field of construction. The Civil Engineering
Technician carries out many of the planning and supervising tasks necessary in the construction of transportation sys
tems such as highways, pipelines, railroads, airfields, and transmission lines; structures for residential and commercial
buildings, bridges, dams, and power plants; and water and waste treatment systems. The graduate may perform job
tasks in planning, drafting, estimating, supervising, inspecting, or managing construction projects. Other duties might
include ordering materials, interpreting plans and specifications, structural detailing and drafting work, and making
engineering computation of earthwork, and storm drainage and property surveys.
Upon graduation from this program, the Civil Engineering Technician may qualify for various jobs such as
surveying instrumentation and/or party chief, field or laboratory materials tester, construction foreman, field engineer
ing technician or superintendent, expeditor, manager, estimator, construction materials or equipment salesperson,
inspector, drafter or structural detailer. Graduates of this program may receive credit toward qualifying to be a land sur
veyor. They may also continue their education toward a bachelor's degree in engineering technology.
Upon completion of the program, the student will receive an associate degree.
68
�CIVIL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY (continued)
FIRST QUARTER
CIV-I05
CIV-107
ENG-101
MAT-1l4
SRV-lOl
FOURTH QUARTER
2
3
3
5
2
0
0
0
0
0
6
3
0
0
6
4
4
15
Civil CADI
Civil Engr Computations
Grammar for Composition
Algebra & Trigonometry I
Surveying I
0
15
20
CIV-202
CIV-2lO
CIV-219
PHY-103X
PHY-103Y
4
CIV-IOO
ENG-102
MAT-I 15
PHY-IOIX
PHY-1OIY
PSY-110
Civil CADU
Composition I
Algebra & Trigonometry II
Properties of Matter
PHY·tol Lab
Occupational Psychology
3
0
3
0
0
4
6
18
4
5
3
3
0
0
0
0
0
3
0
3
6
0
5
5
4
3
3
16
0
12
20
3
3
3
3
3
3
0
0
0
0
0
3
0
0
0
4
4
3
3
3
15
SECOND QUARTER
0
2
0
0
2
5
3
4
3
0
14
3
5
4
Properties of Soil
Cons!. Methods & Mgt
Strength of Materials
Electricity
PHY-103 Lab
0
6
17
4
5
3
FIFTH QUARTER
I
3
5
3
0
3
0
0
0
0
2
0
6
0
0
0
0
0
15
2
6
CIV-220
CIV-221
CIV-226
CIV·227
CIV-228
3
3
5
3
1
3
Hydraulics & Drainage
Reinforced Concrete
Cement & Asphalt Concrete
Subdivision Design
City & Regional Planning
18
SIXTH QUARTER
THIRD QUARTER
CIV-1l2
ENG· 103
MAT-I 16
PHY·I02X
PHY·I02Y
SRV-I02
Construction Estimates
Composition U
Basic Calculus I
Work, Energy & Power
PHY-I02 Lab
Surveying II
2
3
5
3
0
2
0
0
0
0
2
0
6
0
0
0
0
6
15
2
12
CIV·229
CIV-230
ENG· 160
4
3
5
Municipal Engineering
Design of Roads & Pavement
Oral Communications
Elective
SociallBehav Science Elec
20
3
I
4
TOTAL REQUIRED CREDITS ... 112
Co-op Option: Qualified students may elect to take up to three
(3) credit hours of Cooperative Education in place of three (3)
credit hours of free electives provided they acquire approval
from the Co-op Director and Department Chairperson.
SUMMER QUARTER
CIV-II4
SRV-103
Statics
Surveying III
5
2
005
064
706
9
69
�70
�COMMERCIAL ART AND ADVERTISING DESIGN (continued)
SIXTH QUARTER
DES-240
DES-245
GRA-232
MKT-238
3
3
3
0
4
2
4
0
0
0
0
0
13
Portfolio
Client/Media Relations
Advenising Solutions
Commercial Display
Elective
10
3
2
3
2
Co-op Option: Qualified students may elect to take up to six
(6) credit hours of Cooperative Education in lieu of three (3)
hours of major course work and/or three (3) hours of free elec
tives provided they acquire approval from the Co-op Director
and Department Chairperson.
4
4
4
4
3
19
TOTAL REQUIRED CREDITS ••. 125
COSMETOLOGY
(V·009)
The field of Cosmetology is based on scientific principles. The Cosmetology curriculum provides instruction
and practice in manicuring, shampooing, permanent waving, facials, massages, scalp treatments, hair cutting and
styling and wig service.
Upon completion of this program and successful passing of a comprehensive examination administered by the
North Carolina State Board of Cosmetic Arts, a license is given. The cosmetologist is called upon to advise men and
women on problems of make up and care of the hair, skin and hands including the nails. Employment opportunities are
available in beauty salons, private clubs, department stores, women's specialty shops, as well as setting up one's own
business.
Upon completion of the program, the student will receive a diploma.
71
�COSMETOLOGY (continued)
THIRD QUARTER
FIRST QUARTER
COS-llOI
COS-ll02
PSY-I10
Intro To Cosmetology
3
I
3
0
0
0
0
33
0
0
33
18
SECOND QUARTER
Cosmetology Theory I
Cosmetology Skills I
Grammar for Composition
0
33
0
3
12
3
0
33
18
3
4
1
0
0
0
0
0
24
3
4
9
0
24
16
SUMMER QUARTER
4
2
3
0
0
0
0
30
0
4
12
3
9
COS-1103
COS-1104
ENG-I01
Cosmetology Theory II
Cosmetology Skills II
Composition I
0
0
0
8
COS-ll05
COS-1106
ENG-I 02
3
1
3
7
3
12
3
7
Mannequin Practice
Occupational Psychology
0
30
19
BUS-232
COS-I 107
COS-1108
Small Business Start-up
Adv Cosmetology Theory
Advanced Practice
TOTAL REQUIRED CREDITS ••. 71
TOTAL CONTACT HOURS ••• 1661
CRIMINAL JUSTICE - PROTECTIVE
SERVICES TECHNOLOGY
(T-129)
The Criminal Justice Technology curriculum is designed so that it may be a multi-faceted program of study. It
may consist of study options in corrections, law enforcement and security services.
The curriculum is designed with a core of courses to afford one the opportunity to acquire basic knowledge,
skills and attitudes in the generally accepted subject areas associated with a two-year study of correctional services, law
enforcement services and security services. It includes subjects such as interpersonal communications, law, psychology
and sociology.
In addition to core subjects, the correctional services option provides an opportunity to study other generally
accepted subjects indigenous to a two-year correctional services program such as confmement facility administration,
correctional law, counseling, probation-parole services and rehabilitation options. Similarly, the law enforcement
option provides an opportunity to study other generally accepted subjects included in a two-year law enforcement ser
vices program such as criminal behavior, criminal investigation, patrol operation, traffic management, and other aspects
of law enforcement administration and operations. The security services option provides an opportunity to study other
generally accepted subjects related to a two-year security services program such as accident prevention and safety man
agement, common carrier protection, fIre prevention, private security, industrial security, retail security, security sys
tems and surveillance.
Upon completion of the program, the student will receive an associate degree.
72
�CRIMINAL JUSTICE - PROTECTIVE SERVICES TECHNOLOGY (continued)
FIRST QUARTER
FOURTH QUARTER
0
0
0
0
16
0
0
CJC-J09
OR
CJC-212
CJC-202
CJC-210
OR
CJC-I06
MAT-162
5
5
3
3
0
0
0
0
16
3
3
0
0
3
Prisoners Rights
Judicial Process
Criminal Investigation I
3
0
2
2
0
0
0
5
4
0
4
5
3
2
0
0
0
3
4
0
20
General Biology I
BIO-151 Lab
Criminal Justice Planning
Identification Techniques
5
0
4
2
0
2
2
2
0
0
0
5
1
5
0
3
Comm Based Corrections
Juvenile Delinquency
3
0
0
0
3
5
0
5
6
0
19
4
2
4
0
0
5
0
0
0
5
3
0
0
0
13
5
5
3
16
Intro to Criminal Justice
Constitutional Law
Grammar for Composition
Intro to Sociology
Criminal Evidence & Proc
18
CJC-IOJ
CJC-102
ENG-IOJ
SOC-IOI
6
0
16
Correctional Counseling
College Mathematics
Major Elective
4
3
3
5
0
3
SECOND QUARTER
CJC-103
CJC-108
ENG-I 02
POL-l 02
PSY-IOI
Criminology
Criminal Law
Composition I
Intrastate Government
Intro to Psychology
5
5
0
3
3
3
0
0
0
0
19
0
0
0
5
5
0
0
0
3
3
3
0
19
FIFTH QUARTER
BIO-15IX
BIO-15IY
CJC-200
CJC-208
OR
CJC-107
CJC-209
THIRD QUARTER
CJC-I04
OR
CJC-105
CJC-ll1
CJC-114
ENG-I03
REC-124
Law Enforcement Oper
3
0
0
3
Intro to Corrections
Interpersonal Comm for CJ
Organizational Theory
Composition II
Fitness Management
3
3
0
3
0
0
0
0
4
5
3
3
2
0
0
2
0
4
17
4
0
19
5
3
SIXTH QUARTER
CJC-211
CJC-219
OR
CJC-112
CJC-221
SUMMER QUARTER
CAS-IOI
ENG-IOO
POL-I 03
PSY-204
Intro to Microcomputers
Oral Communications
National Government
Behavior Disorders
0
3
3
3
0
3
0
0
0
3
10
3
5
3
3
3
0
Confinement Facilities Mg
Substance Abuse
Elective
3
3
3
0
Community Relat & Ethics
Intro to Criminalistics
0
0
I
TOTAL REQUIRED CREDITS ••• 119
9
73
�CRIMINAL JUSTICE· PROTECTIVE SERVICES TECHNOLOGY (continued)
Co-op Option: Qualified students may elect to take up to six
(6) credit hours of Cooperative Education in place of three (3)
credit hours of major electives and three (3) hours of electives
provided they acquire approval from the Department
Chairperson and Co-op Director.
NOTE: Transfer courses may be substituted with the approval
of the Department Chairperson. Students intending to transfer to
a 4-year institution should take ENG-151 in lieu of ENG-IOI,
102, 103 and see advisor first.
DENTAL ASSISTING
(V-Oil)
The Dental Assisting curriculum prepares graduates to assist the dentist in providing treatment services.
Functions performed by the dental assistant include dental health education, preparing dental materials, preparing the
patient for treatment, taking dental X-rays, maintaining dental supplies and equipment, assisting the Dentist, providing
selected services for the patient. making appointments, maintaining patient records and other office management proce
dures. Graduates may be employed by dental office, dental clinics. public health clinics. federal service clinics. dental
schools. state health departments. dental manufacturers and insurance companies.
Graduates are eligible to take the examination given by the Dental Assisting National Board. Incorporated to
become a Certified Dental Assistant.
Individuals desiring a career in dental assisting should. if possible, take biology, mathematics and typing
courses prior to entering the program.
Upon completion of the program, the student will receive a diploma.
FIRST QUARTER
BIO-l005
DEN-lOO4
DEN-IOIIX
DEN-lOllY
Anatomy & Physiology
Dental Anatomy
Clinical Procedures I
DEN-lOll Lab
THIRD QUARTER
2
4
2
0
0
0
0
2
0
0
0
0
2
4
2
8
2
0
DEN-1012X
DEN-1012Y
DEN-I023X
DEN-1023Y
DEN-I025
DEN-1026
DEN-1034X
DEN-1034Y
PSY-llOl
9
Dental Materials n
DEN-IOl2 Lab
Dental Health Education
DEN-1023 Lab
Oral Pathology
Dental Office Emergencies
Clinical Procedures III
DEN-I034 Lab
Human Relations
2
0
2
0
2
2
4
0
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
0
0
3
0
3
0
0
0
3
0
2
I
2
15
4
9
20
0
I
3
I
3
0
0
0
0
0
3
21
0
0
0
I
8
3
I
3
8
0
24
16
2
2
4
3
3
SECOND QUARTER
BIO-1013
DEN-l002X
DEN-l002Y
DEN-1014X
DEN-IOI4Y
DEN-I021X
DEN-102IY
ENG-11OO
Microbiology
Dental Materials I
DEN-lOO2 Lab
Dental Roentgenology
DEN-I014 Lab
Clinical Procedures II
DEN-I02l Lab
Vocational Communications
2
2
0
3
0
3
0
3
0
0
0
0
6
0
6
0
0
0
3
0
0
0
0
0
2
2
I
3
3
3
3
3
13
12
3
20
FOURTH QUARTER
CAS-lOl
DEN-I031
DEN-I032
DEN-I033
ENG-ll03
74
Intro to Microcomputers
Dental Office Practice I
Dental Office Management
Professional Development
Report Writing
�DENTAL ASSISTING (continued)
FIFTH QUARTER
TOTAL REQUIRED CREDITS ••• 72
o
Dental Office Practice II
18
7
o
DEN-1()41
18
7
DENTAL HYGIENE
(T·OS4)
The Dental Hygiene curriculum prepares graduates to take patient histories, teach oral hygiene, clean teeth,
take X-rays and apply preventive agents under the supervision of a dentist. Dental hygienists may be employed in den
tists' offices, clinics, schools, public health agencies, industry and educational institutions.
Graduates are eligible to take the National Board Dental Hygiene Examination, which is administered by the
American Dental Association, Joint Commission on Dental Examinations; and the State Board Clinical Examination,
which is administered by the North Carolina Board of Dental Examiners. A passing grade on both examinations is
required for practice as a Registered Dental Hygienist in North Carolina.
Individuals desiring a career in dental hygiene should take biology, algebra, and chemistry courses prior to
entering the program.
Upon completion of the program, the student will receive an associate degree.
FlRST QUARTER
BIO-llOX
BIO-ll0Y
BIO-I60X
BIO-I60Y
DEN-lllX
DEN-lllY
DEN-l12
ENG-JOI
Bio Chern for Health Sci
BIO·ll0Lab
Human Anat & Physiology I
BIO-I60Lab
Dental Hygiene I
DEN-HI Lab
Dental Anat & Physiology
Grammar for Composition
THIRD QUARTER
3
0
3
I
0
3
0
3
0
3
0
0
0
5
5
0
9
0
2
3
0
3
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
3
3
3
3
0
12
20
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
3
0
0
6
0
8
4
1
3
3
18
BIO-162X
BIO·162Y
DEN·122
DEN·131X
DEN-131Y
DEN-214
PSY-101
Microbiology I
BIO-162 Lab
Head & Neck Anatomy
Dental Hygiene m
DEN-l3l Lab
Periodontology
Intro to Psychology
16
0
4
0
3
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
0
0
21
5
5
9
0
SUMMER QUARTER
SECOND QUARTER
BIO-16IX
BIO-I61Y
DEN-l13
DEN-I21X
DEN·12IY
DEN-133X
DEN-133Y
ENG· I 02
Human Anat & Physiology II
BIO-161 Lab
Histology
Dental Hygiene II
DEN-121 Lab
Radiology
DEN-133Lab
Composition I
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
0
3
0
0
6
0
3
0
0
17
0
12
DEN-1l6
DEN-141X
DEN·141Y
ENG-l 60
NUT-101
5
1
3
3
2
3
I
3
21
5
0
3
3
0
0
3
0
75
Dental Emergency Care
Dental Hygiene IV
DEN-141 Lab
Oral Communications
Nutrition
0
I
2
3
3
6
10
�76
�DEVELOPMENTAL STUDIES
(T-099)
The Developmental Studies program is designed as a "bridge" between high school and vocational/technical
education. Courses are given to students to help them become able to enter the curriculum of their choice. People usu
ally take Developmental Studies for one of the following reasons:
I. They did not complete the math and/or science courses in high school which they need to get into their cho
sen program.
2. They want to become better in certain specific subjects.
3. They want a good general review before enrolling in their chosen curriculum.
Whatever the reason, Developmental Studies will "bridge the gap" between high school and vocational/techni
cal school.
Developmental courses in English and reading, math, science, social studies, and personal growth and devel
opment are offered to students based on the needs of the individual student. Special interest courses are also offered as
elective exploratory courses. A placement test measuring achievement in reading, writing and math skills is used to
determine the needed level of course work. Counselors work with students to help them plan the number and level of
courses needed to be successful in their chosen program.
Admission to the regular vocational/technical programs will be based on how well the student does in the
Developmental Studies courses. So, it is the student's opportunity and responsibility to do his/her best work in
Developmental Studies.
Developmental Studies at FreC is more than "make-up" courses; this program also cares for the student as a
person. Opportunities for personal growth and development are offered in classroom courses and in the support ser
vices available to the Developmental Studies student. Career/life planning, personal guidance and counseling, health
services, and many other "extras" help the student to succeed in the classroom.
LEVELl
TWRD QUARTER
FlRST QUARTER
REI)..94
RED-80
MAT-91
Prescriptive Reading
Applied Reading Skills
Basic Math I
Level I SciencelElective
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
0
0
0
0
4
4
4
4
12
8
0
16
3
3
2
2
4
4
4
4
16
3
SECOND QUARTER
RED-95
ENG-97
MAT-92
Vocabulary and Reading I
Grammar and Composition
BasicMathll
Levell ScienceJElective
3
2
2
0
0
0
0
12
8
0
3
77
REI)..96
ENG-98
MAT-93
Vocabulary and Reading II
Composition
Basic Math II
Level I SciencelElective
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
12
2
0
0
0
0
4
4
4
4
8
0
16
�DEVELOPMENT AL STUDIES (continued)
LEVEL II
FIRST QUARTER
RED-94
RED-80
MAT-95
THIRD QUARTER
3
3
0
8
0
16
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
0
0
0
0
0
2
2
2
2
0
0
4
4
4
4
8
0
16
16
3
3
2
2
2
2
12
0
0
0
RED-96
ENG-98
MAT-97
Vocabulary and Reading II
Composition
Algebra III. Trigonometry
Level II Science/Elective
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
8
3
12
4
4
4
4
12
Prescriptive Reading
Applied Reading Skills
Algebra I
Level II Science/Elective
0
0
SECOND QUARTER
RED-95
ENG-97
MAT-96
Vocabulary and Reading I
Grammar and Composition
Algebra II
Level II Science/Elective
DIGITAL ELECTRONIC REPAIR
(V-113)
*Imured Program: Enrollment restricted to current military and qualified DOD employees.
The Digital Electronic Repair curriculum provides the necessary electronics training for the repair of elec
tronic circuits in computers. This program teaches the technical knowledge and mechanical skills necessary to locate a
defective circuit board in a computer, and to locate and replace defective components on the circuit board.
The Digital Electronic Repair graduate should be qualified to locate and repair defective electronic circuits in
computers.
Upon completion of the program, the student will be receive a diploma.
FIRST QUARTER
CAS-tO!
ELC-I40
ENG-WI
MAT-1I2
Intro to Microcomputers
Intro to Electricity
Grammar for Composition
Algebra I
SECOND QUARTER
0
0
3
4
3
5
6
0
0
0
0
0
12
6
3
3
5
16
78
Intro to Data Processing
Solid State Devices
Composition I
Algebra II
3
4
3
5
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
15
CSC-I04
ELN-J41
ENG-t02
MAT-1l3
I
7
6
0
6
3
7
3
5
18
�DIGITAL ELECTRONIC REPAIR (continued)
TIDRDQUARTER
ELN-142
ELN-143
PRY-130X
PHY-130Y
FOURTH QUARTER
2
4
3
0
4
6
0
2
0
0
0
0
4
7
3
1
9
Solid State Circuits
Digital Electronics
Technical Physics I
PHY-130Lab
12
0
BUS-235
ELN-l44
ELN-145
PSY-110
Small Business Management
Micro C Troubleshooting
Computer Sys Diagnosis
Occupational Psychology
15
2
3
3
3
0
6
6
0
3
0
0
0
3
6
6
3
11
12
3
18
TOTAL REQUIRED CREDITS ••• 67
DRAFTING - MECHANICAL
(V-01')
The Drafting - Mechanical curriculum prepares individuals to enter the field of mechanical drafting. Courses
are arranged in sequence to develop drafting skills and proficiency in mathematics and science. The draftsman associ
ates with many levels of personnel - administrators, engineers and skilled workers - and must be able to communi
cate effectively with them.
The mechanical drafting graduate performs the duties of a general drafter, specializing in making rough draft
ing sketches of proposed mechanical devices and then draws necessary details. The drafter also prepares accurate scale
drawings of parts for machines from specifications.
Upon completion of the program, the student will receive a diploma.
FIRST QUARTER
DFT-1170
DFT-II71
DFT-161
ENG-11 01
MAT-ll02
MEC-l110
Basic Drafting
Basic Industrial Drafting
Computer Aided Oft I
Comm Skills in Grammar
Algebra
Machine Processes I
SECOND QUARTER
2
2
I
3
3
12
4
2
0
0
0
2
0
3
3
3
0
0
3
12
18
2
3
79
Technical Sketching
Industrial Drafting I
Computer Aided Oft n
Vocational Communications
Trigonometry
lntro to Mfg Processes
Properties of Matter
PHY-llOl Lab
3
3
2
3
3
3
3
0
0
2
0
0
2
0
0
2
3
0
0
0
0
0
2
3
4
3
15
4
2
4
DFT-l172
DFT-1173
DFT-162
ENG-II02
MAT-ll04
MEC-l11l
PHY-IIOIX
PHY-llOIY
3
6
9
21
1
1
3
3
�DRAFTING· MECHANICAL (continued)
THIRD QUARTER
FOURTH QUARTER
Descriptive Geometry I
Manufacmring & Drafting
Industrial Drafting II
OFf-Il90 Lab
Tool Drafting IIComputer
Industrial Materials
Work, Energy & Power
PHY-l103 Lab
1
3
0
2
0
2
0
0
0
0
2
0
3
0
3
6
3
0
0
3
2
2
I
3
2
3
9
OFf-Il25
OFf-1 174
Off-1190X
OFf-U90Y
DFf-ll91
MEC-l108
PHY-1!03X
PHY-l103Y
2
6
15
17
0
OFf-1l26
OFf-U92
Off-1193X
OFf-1I93Y
DFf-1l94
DFf-1l95
Descriptive Geometry II
Design Draft & Tolerances
Industrial Drafting ill
OFf-1l93 Lab
Tool Drafting II1Computer
Steel Fabrication Draft
2
3
I
0
2
3
2
2
0
0
2
0
0
0
3
3
3
3
3
4
2
11
6
12
18
4
4
TOTAL REQUIRED CREDITS .•. 74
Co-op Option: Qualified srudents may elect to take up to two
(2) credit hours of Cooperative Education in place of Off
l190Y and/or Off 1193Y upon approval of the Co-op Director
and the Department Chairperson.
EARLY CHILDHOOD ASSOCIATE
(T-073)
The Early Childhood Associate curriculum prepares individuals to work with programs and/or centers con
cerned with the care and development of infants and young children. Through study and application in such areas as
child growth and development, physical and nutritional needs of children, care and guidance of children and communi
cation with children and their parents, individuals will be able to function effectively in various programs and/or cen
ters dealing with preschool children.
Job opportunities are available in such areas as day care centers, nursery schools, kindergartens, child devel
opment centers, hospitals, rehabilitation clinics, evaluation clinics, camps and recreational centers.
Upon completion of the program, the student will receive an associate degree.
FIRST QUARTER
EOU-J25
EDU-126
EOU-127
ENG-lOl
PSY-lOl
Childcare Credential I
Child Health. Safety, Nut.
Creative Teaching
Grammar for Composition
Intro to Psychology
SECOND QUARTER
3
3
3
3
3
0
2
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
4
4
3
3
15
4
0
EDU-128
EDU-130
ENG-I 02
PSY-202
REC-1l2
SAF-IOI
17
3
3
3
3
2
3
0
2
0
0
0
2
0
0
0
0
3
0
3
4
3
3
3
4
17
80
Childcare Credential II
Creative Curr Activities
Composition I
Changes in Human Develop.
Arts & Crafts
First Aid & Safety
4
3
20
�EARLY CHILDHOOD ASSOCIATE (continued)
THIRD QUARTER
FIFrH QUARTER
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
3
0
3
3
3
0
6
0
5
3
4
3
13
3
3
0
0
0
0
4
0
15
3
0
0
0
0
3
1
2
3
5
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
14
Positive Discipline
Language Arts Techniques
Composition J1
Food Plan. in Childcare
Low Organized Games
Elective or Co-op
3
3
3
2
2
3
16
EDU-131
EDU-132
ENG-I03
FSO-145
REC-236
0
9
18
ACC-lIO
EDU-228
EDU-229
SOC-102
3
Financial Accounting
Techniques of Counseling
Pgm PIng for Infantsrrodd
Family Relationships
4
3
3
3
2
0
2
SIXTH QUARTER
SUMMER QUARTER
Oral Communications
Intra to Sociology
3
3
0
0
0
0
3
3
6
ENG-lOO
SOC-lOl
0
0
BUS-233
CAS-lOI
EDU-23I
EDU-232
REC-121
6
Human Resource Management
Intra to Microcomputers
Child Care Applications
Parent Education
Pgm. Plan & Supervision
SociallBehav Science Elec
0
0
3
5
3
6
3
17
FOURTH QUARTER
Educating Except. Child
Pgm Planning in Preschool
Childrens Literature
Basic Mathematics
Related Elective
3
3
3
5
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
3
3
5
3
17
EDU-225
EDU-226
EDU-227
MAT-lll
0
0
no
17
TOTAL REQUIRED CREDITS ...
Co-op Option: Qualified students may elect to take up to three
(3) credit hours of Cooperative Education in place of three (3)
credit hours of electives provided they acquire the approval of
the Co-op Director and Department Chairperson.
(V·OIS)
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION
The Electrical Installation curriculum is designed to provide a training program in the basic knowledge, funda
mentals and practices involved in the electrical trades. A large segment of the program is laboratory and shop instruc
tion designed to give the student practical knowledge and application experience in the fundamentals taught in class.
The graduate of this curriculum is qualified to enter an electrical trade as an on-the-job trainee or apprentice,
assisting in the layout and installation of electrical systems in residential, conunercial or industrial settings.
Upon completion of the program, the student will receive a diploma.
81
�ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION (continued)
FIRST QUARTER
BPR-ll13
ELC-1112
OR
ELC-1112A
AND
ELC-lll2B
AND
ELC-1112C
ENG-HOI
MAT-11 01
TIDRD QUARTER
1
5
2
0
0
15
ACDC Current
2
0
6
2
0
6
4
3
3
0
0
2
3
0
0
2
3
4
12
4
15
0
6
ELC-1l24 Lab
0
0
3
Residential Wiring
3
0
3
4
Residential Wiring
Industrial Electronics I
Vocational Communications
Human Relations
2
3
3
3
0
0
0
0
6
6
0
0
4
5
3
3
0
15
19
Small Business Operations
Commercial & Indus Wiring
3
5
0
4
0
3
3
S
ELC·1125 Lab
0
0
3
Commercial & Indus Wiring
3
2
3
5
Commercial & Indus Wiring
Industrial Electronics n
2
3
2
0
3
6
4
5
4
12
17
19
ACDC Current
Comm Skills in Grammar
General Math
SECOND QUARTER
CAS-IOI
ELC-I1l3
OR
ELC·II13A
AND
ELC-ll13B
AND
ELC-lI13C
ELC-1l23
PHY-II02X
PHY-l102Y
5
14
4
ACDC Current
ELC-1124X
AND
ELC-Il24Y
OR
ELC-1124A
AND
ELC-ll24B
ELN-IllS
ENG-1I02
PSY-llOI
2
10
Residential Wiring
11
BPrint Read - Electrical
ACDC Current
Intro to Microcomputers
ACDC Machines & Controls
7
FOURTH QUARTER
ACDC Machines & Controls
0
0
3
15
10
0
0
5
3
2
ACDC Machines & Controls
2
0
6
4
ACDC Machines & Controls
National Electrical Code
Electricity
PHY-l102 Lab
2
4
3
0
0
0
0
2
6
0
0
0
4
4
3
12
2
18
BUS-11 03
ELC-1125X
AND
ELC-1l25Y
OR
ELC-1125A
AND
ELC-1l25B
ELN-1l19
19
TOTAL REQUIRED CREDITS ••• 74
Co-op Option: Qualified students may elect to take up to one
(1) credit hour of Cooperative Education in place of ELC
1124Y or ELC 1125Y provided they obtain the approval of the
Co-op Director and Department Chairperson.
82
�(T·045)
ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
The Electronics curriculum provides a basic background in electronic related theory, with practical applica
tions of electronics for business and industry. Courses are designed to develop competent electronics technicians who
may work as assistants to engineers or as liaisons between engineers and skilled craftspersons.
The electronics technician will start in one or more of the following areas: research, design, development, pro
duction, maintenance or sales. The graduate may begin as an electronics technician, an engineering aide, laboratory
technician, supervisor or equipment specialist.
Upon completion of the program. the student will receive an associate degree.
FIRST QUARTER
SUMMER QUARTER
Chemistry I
CHM-IOI Lab
Fundamentals of Elect I
ELC-IOI Lab
Grammar for Composition
Algebra & Trigonometry I
0
2
0
6
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
3
3
5
15
8
0
0
3
3
3
4
Passive Networks I
Active Network Analy I
2
0
2
3
6
2
3
2
3
3
3
0
0
0
4
0
0
0
2
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
3
4
3
3
3
16
3
3
0
4
0
3
5
2
2
6
3
20
6
4
3
3
0
4
0
0
6
0
0
0
8
16
CHM-IOIX
CHM-IOIY
ELC-IOIX
ELC-IOIY
ENG-IOI
MAT-114
4
6
20
19
ELN-I06
ELN-206
FOURTH QUARTER
ELN-207
ELN-209
ELN-214
ENG-I 60
MAT-117
PHY-I04X
PHY-I04Y
SECOND QUARTER
DFT-lOl
ELC-103X
ELC-I03Y
ELN-103X
ELN-103Y
ENG-l 00
MAT-l 15
PHY-IOIX
PHY-IOIY
Technical Drafting I
Fundamentals of Elect n
ELC-I03 Lab
Active Devices I
ELN-103Lab
Composition I
Algebra & Trigonometry n
Properties of Matter
PHY-IOI Lab
0
2
0
2
0
3
5
3
0
6
0
0
0
2
0
0
0
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
15
IO
3
0
0
3
3
2
I
2
Active Network Analy n
Passive Networks n
Computer Principles
Oral Communications
Basic Calculus n
Light & Sound
PHY-I04 Lab
3
5
3
FIFTH QUARTER
21
ELN-2l6
ELN-220
Microcomputers
Electronic Systems
Elective
Social/Behav Science Elec
6
3
3
THIRD QU ARTER
CSC-1l9
ELN-l04X
ELN-I04Y
ELN-105X
ELN-I05Y
MAT-116
PHY-102X
PHY-lOOY
Circuit Analysis w/Pascal
Active Devices n
ELN-I04Lab
Basic Logic Circuits
ELN-105 Lab
Basic Calculus I
Work, Energy & Power
PHY-IOO Lab
0
0
3
0
0
0
0
0
4
4
I
2
I
5
0
2
0
0
0
2
0
0
2
17
6
3
21
3
4
0
2
0
5
3
3
83
�ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY (continued)
SIXTH QUARTER
5
4
3
3
6
0
0
0
0
3
0
0
8
5
3
3
15
ELN-235
ELN-240
ENG·103
PSY-110
Indus Mechanisms & Instr
Indus Appl & Microcomp
Composition n
Occupational Psychology
TOTAL REQUIRED CREDITS ••• 126
6
3
Co-op Option: Qualified students may elect to take up to three
(3) credit hours of Cooperative Education in place of three (3)
hours of elective credits provided they acquire approval from
the Co-op Director and Department Chairperson.
19
(T-139)
EMERGENCY MEDICAL SCIENCE
The Emergency Medical Science curriculum is designed to prepare graduates to provide emergency care
under medical command authority to acutely ill or injured patients. Students will acquire basic and advanced life sup
port knowledge and skills through a combination of classroom instruction, practical laboratory sessions, and clinical
experience in hospitals and with emergency medical service providers.
As students progress through the curriculum, they become eligible to take certifying examinations for the
emergency medical technician (EMT), EMT-defibrillator (EMT-D), EMT-intermediate (EMT-I), EMT-advanced inter
mediate (EMT·Al), and EMT-paramedic (EMT-P) given by the North Carolina Office of Emergency Medical Services
and the EMT, EMT-I, and EMT-P examination of the National Registry of Emergency Medical Technicians.
Graduates may be employed by ambulance, rescue or aeromedical services, in specialty areas of hospitals, and
by industry, educational institutions, and governmental agencies.
Individuals seeking a career in emergency medical science benefit from a background in biology, chemistry,
and mathematics. Strong written and verbal communication skills are additional assets which benefit students.
Upon completion of the program, the student will receive an associate degree.
FIRST QUARTER
BIO-I60X
BIO-I60Y
EMS-120
ENG-l02
MED-115
Human Anat & Physiology I
BIO-I60Lab
Intro to Emer Med Science
Composition I
Medical Terminology & Voc
THIRD QUARTER
5
0
4
3
3
0
0
2
0
0
0
3
0
0
0
5
3
3
15
2
3
EMS-130
EMS-131
EMS-l 32
PHM-133
Emergency Skills n
Clinical I
Moo Comm: Extrication/Res
Emergency Pharmacology I
17
5
0
2
5
4
0
2
0
0
6
0
0
7
2
3
5
12
6
6
17
4
0
5
3
2
0
0
0
0
12
0
0
5
4
5
3
12
5
2
12
17
FOURTH QUARTER
SECOND QUARTER
BIO-16IX
BIO-161Y
EMS-121
ENG-103
PSY-101
Human Anat & Physiology n
BIO-161 Lab
Emergency Skills I
Composition n
Intro to Psychology
5
0
3
3
3
0
0
2
0
0
0
3
6
0
0
14
2
9
EMS-I40
EMS-141
PHM-143
PSY-202
5
1
6
3
3
18
84
Emergency Skills m
Clinical n
Emergency Pharmacology n
Changes in Human Develop.
�EMERGENCY MEDICAL SCIENCE (continued)
FIFfH QUARTER
EMS-220
EMS-22 I
ENG-I 60
EIGHTH QUARTER
5
0
3
3
2
0
0
0
0
12
0
0
11
2
12
ACC-110
BUS-202
CAS-WI
COE-216
EMS-237
6
4
3
3
Financial Accounting
Supervision
Intro to Microcomputers
EMS Practicum
Seminar
4
3
0
0
3
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
10
0
5
3
10
Cardiology
Clinical ill
Oral Communications
Elective
2
13
13
16
1
3
SIXTH QUARTER
TOTAL REQUIRED CREDITS •.. 129
BIO-162X
BIO-162Y
EMS-230
EMS-231
PSY-204
Microbiology I
BIO-162 Lab
Emergency Skills IV
Clinical IV
Behavior Disorders
0
0
0
0
3
0
12
0
5
1
3
4
3
11
0
15
16
2
2
2
2
0
2
3
0
2
0
0
0
9
0
0
3
3
3
3
3
9
6
9
15
5
0
3
0
3
0
0
Co-op Option: Qualified students may elect to take up to three
(3) credit hours of Cooperative Education in place of three (3)
hours of elective credits provided they acquire approval from
the Co-op Director and the Department Chairperson.
SEVENTH QUARTER
EMS-232
EMS-233
EMS-234
EMS-235
SOC-WI
Water Rescue
Emergency Skills V
Clinical V
Methods of Instruction
Intro to Sociology
85
�(T-074)
FOODSERVICE MANAGEMENT
The Foodservice Management curriculum trains students at the supervisory or "middle management" level in
foodservice with particular emphasis on institutional foodservice. Students completing the first year of this curriculum
and desiring additional study in supervision and management may continue for the second year or exit after the fourth
quarter with a diploma as a Foodservice Specialist.
In addition to having a sound foundation in the science of food preparation and service, students will develop
an understanding of the basic science and principles of quantity food preparation, an appreciation of accuracy and the
use of standards in production, an increased knowledge of the space and equipment requirements for quantity food pro
duction and service operations of various types, and some ability to evaluate the effectiveness of the operation of a
foodservice department. Also, students will understand pricing and cost controls, principles of nutrition as applied to
institutional menu planning, safe methods of work performance and appreciation of sanitation and hygiene in a food
service operation.
The career opportunities available to a graduate of the Foodservice Management curriculum are dietetic assis
tant, food science supervisor, foodservice manager, dietary technician, unit manager, and chef-manager. Employment
opportunities are available in hospitals, nursing homes, child care centers, college and university foodservices, school
foodservices, industrial cafeterias, private clubs, airline foodservices, food processing manufacturers, foodservice con
tract companies and commercial restaurants.
Upon completion of the program. the student will receive an associate degree.
FIRST QUARTER
THIRD QUARTER
Foodservice Math Princi.
Food Preparation I
FSO-I02 Lab
Sanitation & Equipment
Baking I
FSO-107 Lab
Basic Mathematics
2
0
S
0
0
0
2
0
0
0
0
0
6
0
0
6
0
IS
FSO-IOI
FSO-I02X
FSO-I02Y
FSO-lOS
FSO-107X
FSO-I07Y
MAT-Ill
2
12
2
3
0
3
20
SECOND QUARTER
ENG-lOl
FSO-1l2X
FSO-1l2Y
FSO-U3
FSO-l1S
FSO-1l7X
FSO-1l7Y
Grammar for Composition
Food Preparation IT
FSO-1l2 Lab
Dining Room Service
Bar and Beverage Mgmt.
Baking IT
FSO-117 Lab
3
3
0
6
3
6
0
0
4
2
4
3
3
0
18
20
0
2
4
2
0
0
0
0
20
0
0
0
2
2
4
2
8
2
4
2
2
S
Intro to Microcomputers
Composition I
Quantity Food Prod I
Garnishing
Baking III
Resource Mgmt in FSO
Occupational Psychology
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
14
CAS-IOI
ENG-I 02
FSO-122
FSO-124
FSO-I27
FSO-128
PSY-110
2
3
0
20
to
0
3
2
2
3
3
SUMMER QUARTER
3
3
0
2
2
2
0
0
0
0
2
2
0
0
12
4
0
0
0
9
3
3
2
3
3
2
3
IS
19
0
0
6
COE-11O
FSO-I30
NUT-l 06
86
Food Serv Internship I
Seminar I
Essentials of Nutrition
Major Elective
�FOODSERVICE MANAGEMENT (continued)
FOURTH QUARTER
ACC-lIO
ENG-I03
FSO-202
FSO-204
FSO-205
Financial Accounting
Composition II
Quantity Food Prod II
Purchasing
Menu Planning
SIXTH QUARTER
4
3
2
3
3
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
6
0
0
5
3
4
3
3
15
2
6
COE-2lO
ENG-I60
FSO-211
FSO-227
18
Business Finance I
Small Business Management
Buffets and Banquets
Food Serv Cost Control
Intro to Sociology
Elective
0
3
2
1
3
0
0
0
0
0
20
0
0
3
0
2
3
2
2
3
9
0
23
12
TOTAL REQUffiEDCREDITS ... 117
FIFTH QUARTER
BUS-123
BUS-235
FSO-212
FSO-223
SOC-lOl
Food Serv Internship II
Oral Communications
Seminar II
Merchandising
Major Elective
2
2
2
3
3
2
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
6
0
0
0
3
3
4
3
3
2
14
2
9
Co-op Option: Qualified students may elect to take up to two
(2) credit hours of Cooperative Education in place of two (2)
hours of electives provided they acquire the approval of the
Co-op Director and Department Chairperson.
18
FOODSERVICE SPECIALIST
(V-053)
The Foodservice Specialist curriculum trains students in the art and science of quantity food preparation with
particular emphasis on institutional foodservice. Using a career ladder concept, it is an open-ended curriculum allowing
students more flexibility in their training. In addition to development of knowledge and skills in the art and science of
food preparation, the student must develop an understanding and appreciation of food and equipment purchasing, finan
cial control, recordkeeping, basic nutrition and menu planning, and supervision.
A graduate of this curriculum should be qualified for entry into positions as assistant cook, short order cook,
cook, chef's assistant, cook manager, baker, assistant baker and pastry cook. Employment needs for graduates of this
program are found in hospitals, nursing homes, child care centers, colleges and university foodservices, school foodser
vice, industrial cafeterias, private clubs, airline foodservices, food processing manufacturers, foodservice contract com
panies and commercial restaurants.
Upon completion of the program, the student will receive a diploma.
87
�FOODSERVICE SPECIALIST (continued)
THIRD QUARTER
FIRST QUARTER
FSO-IOI
FSO-I02X
FSO-I02Y
FSO-IOS
FSO-107X
FSO-107Y
MAT-Ill
Foodservice Math Princi.
Food Preparation I
FSO-102Lab
Sanitation & Equipment
Baking I
FSO-I07 Lab
Basic Mathematics
2
3
0
3
2
0
0
0
6
0
0
6
0
IS
2
12
CAS-IOI
ENG-102
FSO-122
FSO-I24
FSO-127
FSO-128
PSY-110
Grammar for Composition
Food Preparation II
FSO-1l2Lab
Dining Room Service
Bar and Beverage Mgmt.
Baking II
FSO-Il7Lab
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
0
6
3
6
0
0
I
3
4
2
4
3
3
0
18
20
0
2
4
3
0
0
0
0
20
0
0
0
2
2
4
3
9
20
S
SECOND QUARTER
ENG-IOI
FSO-1l2X
FSO-1l2Y
FSO-1l3
FSO-llS
FSO-l17X
FSO-l17Y
Intro to Microcomputers
Composition I
Quantity Food Pl"od I
Garnishing
Bakingm
Resource Mgmt in FSO
Occupational Psychology
0
3
2
I
2
3
3
14
2
3
2
4
2
2
S
0
0
0
2
0
0
0
0
20
11
SUMMER QUARTER
3
3
0
2
2
2
0
0
0
0
2
2
0
0
0
0
6
0
0
0
9
12
4
IS
COE-IlO
FSO-130
NUT-I06
3
3
2
3
3
2
3
Food Serv Internship I
Seminar I
Essentials of Nutrition
Major Elective
19
TOTAL REQUIRED CREDITS ••• 70
FUNERAL SERVICE EDUCATION
(T-OS7)
The Funeral Service Education curriculum provides students with the opportunity to acquire the funeral ser
vice education necessary to become proficient in basic funeral service skills. In addition to the general education
courses offered in the curriculum. technical courses. such as human anatomy and physiology. funeral law, embalming
theory and practice, restorative arts and funeral home operation are taught.
Graduates of the curriculum will be qualified for employment as embalmers and funeral directors, and as sales
representatives for equipment firms.
Upon completion of the program, the student will receive an associate degree.
FIRST QUARTER
ENG-IOI
FSE-IOI
FSE-206
MAT-Ill
SOC-lOl
Grammar for Composition
Intro to Funeral Serv ice
Embalming Chemistry
Basic Mathematics
Intro to Sociology
SECOND QUARTER
3
3
3
S
3
0
0
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
18
88
Business Law I
Composition I
Funeral Service Pl"actices
Anatomy for Funeral Serv
Intro to Psychology
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
17
4
S
3
17
BUS-lIS
ENG-102
FSE-121
FSE-122
PSY-IOI
3
3
4
3
3
0
0
4
4
3
3
4
3
17
�FUNERAL SERVICE EDUCATION (continued)
TIDRD QUARTER
BIO-I05X
BIO-105Y
BUS-lt6
ENG-1OO
FSE-1l5
FSE-209
PSY-IIO
FlFl'H QUARTER
3
3
3
3
3
3
0
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
19
2
0
20
Fundamentals of Microbio
BIO-I05 Lab
Business Law U
Oral Communications
Funeral Law
Intro to Embalming Pract
Occupational Psychology
ACC-ltO
CAS-226
COE-213
OR
FSE-223
FSE-211
FSE-215
FSE-224
I
4
3
3
3
Financial Accounting
4
0
Computers!Funeral Serv
FSE Embalming Practicum U 0
2
0
0
10
Embalming Practice U
Embalming Theory U
Restorative Arts U
Funeral Home Operations
3
I
2
4
0
0
4
0
0
0
0
3
4
4
13
0
4
6
13
18
0
3
0
5
3
(G-020)
GENERAL EDUCATION
The General Education curriculum program consists of basic course work in English, literature, fme arts, phi
losophy, social science, science, and mathematics leading to an Associate Degree in General Education (A.D.G.E.). It
is designed principally for students who desire two years of general education beyond the high school level.
Upon completion of the program, the student will receive an associate degree.
89
�GENERAL EDUCATION (continued)
FOURTH QUARTER
FIRST QUARTER
English Elective
Elective
HumanitieslFine Arts Elec
5
5
5
0
0
0
0
0
0
15
0
0
15
CAS-WI
90
Intro to Microcomputers
Elective
Elective
Elective
NaturallPhy Sci Elective
3
3
2
5
0
0
0
0
2
0
0
0
0
I
3
3
2
6
12
5
5
5
2
6
15
0
3
�(T-114)
GENERAL OCCUPATIONAL TECHNOLOGY
The General Occupational Technology cuniculum is designed to meet the needs of fUll-time and/or part-time
employees in business and industry. This program of study provides these individuals with an opportunity to upgrade
their skills and/or to earn an associate degree by taking courses suited to their occupational needs. The cuniculum con
sists of a basic core of courses in communications, mathematics and social science. The balance of the cuniculum con
sists of a sequence of technical courses individually tailored to satisfy the requirements of the student and/or the
student's employer.
Upon completion of the program, the student will receive an associate degree.
SIXTH QUARTER
ENG-I03
SOC-101
n
Composition
Intro to Sociology
Major Elective
Major Elective
Major Elective
Related Elective
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
3
3
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
18
0
0
Major Elective
Major Elective
Major Elective
Major Elective
Related Elective
18
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
91
3
3
3
3
5
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
3
5
17
THIRD QUARTER
0
0
17
3
3
�GENERAL OCCUPATIONAL TECHNOLOGY (continued)
TOTAL REQUIRED CREDITS ... 111
SEVENTH QUARTER
BUS-234
Management
Computer Electives
Elective
Major Elective
Major Elective
Major Elective
2
2
2
3
3
3
0
4
0
0
0
0
3
0
0
0
0
0
15
4
3
Co-op Option: Qualified students may elect to take up to four
(4) credit hours of Cooperative Education in place of four (4)
credit hours of major or related electives provided they acquire
the approval of the Co-op Director and the Department
Chairperson.
3
4
2
3
3
3
18
(T-033)
GENERAL OFFICE
The purposes of the General Office curriculum are to prepare the individual to enter clerical office occupa
tions, provide an educational program for individuals wanting education for upgrading (moving from one position to
another) or retraining (moving from present position to a clerical position) and provide an opportunity for individuals
wanting to fulfill professional or general interest needs.
These purposes will be fulfilled through skill development in the areas of typewriting, filing and business
machines. Through these skills and through development of personal competencies and qualities, the individual will be
able to function effectively in office-related activities.
Upon completion of the program, the student will receive an associate degree.
FIRST QUARTER
ENG· to I
MAT-lIl
OSC-105
Granunar for Composition
Basic Mathematics
Keyboard Skillbuilding
Social/Behav Science Elec
Social/Behav Science Elec
THIRD QUARTER
3
5
1
3
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
0
0
3
5
2
3
3
15
0
3
BUS-141
ENG-102
OSC-I04
OSC-134
OSC-136
16
BUS-1l0
OSC-I03
OSC-1l0
OSC-132
Bus Math With Calculators
Keyboarding ill
Info Processing Concepts
Terminology & Vocab I
Elective
3
3
2
3
0
0
0
2
0
0
0
3
0
6
3
3
3
4
3
12
2
9
16
0
5
2
0
0
0
3
0
3
1
5
3
7
SECOND QUARTER
Business English
Composition I
Keyboarding IV
Secretarial Procedures
Machine Transcription I
0
6
9
SUMMER QUARTER
2
2
2
5
3
0
0
0
0
0
3
3
3
0
0
14
0
9
CAS-130
OSC-1l2
OSC-236
3
3
3
5
3
17
92
Micro Data Management
Records Management
Machine Transcription n
�GENERAL OFFICE (continued)
FOURTH QUARTER
ACC-lIO
OSC-201
OSC-21O
OSC-232
SIXTH QUARTER
Financial Accounting
4
Info Processing Applic I
4
Bus Comm for Word Process 5
Tenninology & Vocab IT
5
2
0
0
0
0
3
0
0
5
5
5
5
18
2
3
CAS-I 34
CAS-203
COE-220
OSC-205
OSC-234
20
Integrated Software AppJi
Advanced Desktop Publish
Secretarial Internship
Info Processing Appl m
Office Practice Seminar
SociallBehav Science Elec
1
0
4
3
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
3
10
3
0
0
2
2
I
5
3
3
12
0
19
16
FIF1'H QUARTER
CAS-126
CAS-133
CAS-136
ENG-I60
OSC-I06
OSC-203
Intro to Spreadsheets
Microcomputer OOS
Desktop Publishing
Oral Communications
Adv Keyboarding Skills
Info Processing Applic IT
1
3
I
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
3
3
0
3
3
8
0
15
TOTAL REQUIRED CREDITS ••• 107
I
2
2
3
2
3
13
0
Co-op Option: Qualified students may elect to take up to three
(3) credit hours of Cooperative Education in place of three (3)
credit hours of open electives provided they acquire the
approval from the Co-op Director and the Department
Chairperson.
(T-201)
GENERAL TECHNOLOGY CURRICULUM CORE
General Technology Curriculum Core is designed as a career mobility program for technical students to
acquire the general education and related courses in subject areas such as humanities; communications; social sciences;
general computer studies; general graphics (drafting) and theoretical and applied sciences such as biology, chemistry,
physics, and mathematics that are foundation courses to specific curriculums in the technical field. After completion of
this certificate curriculum the student has job skills for occupations requiring communications skills and/or science and
mathematics. The student may take this program as the first level in a specific technical curriculum as an intended
objective component of the technical curriculum. Students may also take this program for transfer to a technical cur
riculum at another community college system institution either prior to or concurrently with enrollment at the institu
tion at which they intend to pursue or are pursuing a technical curriculum degree.
Upon completion of the program, the student will receive a certificate.
RELATED COURSES
BIO-l60X Human Anat & Physiology!
BIO-I60Y BIO-I60Lab
BIO-161X Human Anat & PhysiologyIT
BIO-161Y BIO-161 Lab
5
0
5
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
0
3
GENERAL EDUCATION
ENG-102
Composition I
OR
ENG-151
English Composition
5
1
5
3
0
0
3
5
0
0
5
An additional 15 credit hours, according to occupational goals,
are to be taken from English, social science, and humanities cur
riculum conrses offered by the College.
An additional 9 credit hours. according to occupational goals,
are to be taken from related curriculum courses offered by the
College.
ELECTIVES
6
TOTAL REQUIRED CREDITS ... 45
93
�(V-20l)
GENERAL VOCATIONAL CURRICULUM CORE
General Vocational Curriculum Core is designed as a career mobility program for vocational students to
acquire the general education and related courses in subject areas such as humanities; communications; social sciences;
general computer studies; general graphics (drafting); and theoretical and applied sciences such as biology, chemistry,
physics, mathematics, that are foundation courses to specific curriculums in the vocational field. After completion of
this certificate curriculum the student has job skills for occupations requiring communications skills and/or science and
mathematics. The student may take this curriculum prior to enrolling in a specific vocational curriculum as an intended
objective component of the vocational curriculum. Students may also take this program for transfer to a vocational cur
riculum at another community college system institution either prior to or concurrently with enrollment at the institu
tion at which they intend to pursue or are pursuing a vocational curriculum diploma.
Upon completion of the program, the student will receive a certificate.
RELATED COURSES
BIO-I60X Human Anat & Physiology I
AND
BIO-I60Y BIO-160Lab
OR
BIO-IOOS
Anatomy & Physiology
AND
BIO-IOl3
Microbiology
OR
BIO-I096X Anatomy & Physiology II
AND
BIO-I096Y BIO-I096 Lab
S
0
0
0
0
3
2
0
0
2
2
0
0
2
3
0
0
3
0
2
GENERAL
ENG-IOI
OR
ENG-I 101
OR
ENG-I 102
S
EDUCATION
Grammar for Composition
3
0
0
3
Comm Skills in Grammar
3
0
0
3
Vocational Communication
3
0
0
3
0
An additional 3 credit hours, according to occupational goals,
are to be taken from English, social science, and/or humanities
curricu lum courses offered by the College.
An additional 14 credit hours, according to occupational goals
are to 'Je taken from related curriculum courses offered by the
College.
TOTAL REQUIRED CREDITS ... 24
(T-l3l)
HORTICULTURE BUSINESS TECHNOLOGY
The purpose of the Horticulture Business curriculum is to assist students in acquiring the knowledge, skills
and attitudes to be successful in the production, operation and sales of horticulture plants. The curriculum combines
technical horticulture courses with business, accounting, supervision and sales principles.
Upon completion of this curriculum, graduates are qualified for employment opportunities in the greenhouse
production of horticulture plants, greenhouse management, operation of garden shops and limited horticulture service
activities such as lawn and garden establishments and maintenance.
Upon completion of the program, the student will receive an associate degree.
FIRST QUARTER
ENG-IOI
HOR-120
HOR-l2S
MAT-llI
Grammar for Composition
Plant Materials I
Plant Science
Basic Mathematics
SECOND QUARTER
3
4
S
S
0
2
2
0
0
0
0
0
17
4
0
AGR-110
BUS-llS
ECO-ISI
ENG-102
HOR-137
Soil Science & Fertilizer
Business Law I
Basic Economics
Composition I
Greenhouse Management
4
4
S
3
3
2
0
0
0
2
0
0
0
0
0
S
4
S
3
4
19
3
S
6
S
4
0
21
19
94
�HORTICULTURE BUSINESS TECHNOLOGY (continued)
THIRD QUARTER
ACC-110
CAS-IOI
ENG-I03
HOR-121
HOR-139
HOR-141
Financial Accounting
Intro to Microcomputers
Composition II
Plant Material s II
Bedding Plant Production
Intro to Landscape
FIFTH QUARTER
4
0
3
4
2
2
2
0
0
2
2
2
0
3
0
0
0
0
5
I
3
5
3
3
15
8
3
20
Small Business Management
Landscape Horticulture II
Irrigation Design
Sm Equip Oper Rep & Maint
Major Elective
2
3
1
1
2
0
4
4
4
2
3
0
0
0
0
3
5
3
3
3
9
14
3
17
0
2
5
3
3
0
4
0
0
2
20
0
0
0
0
2
4
5
3
4
13
BUS-235
HOR-201
HOR-215
PME-201
6
20
18
SIXTH QUARTER
SUMMER QUARTER
Agricultural Chemicals
Techniques in Selling
Socia1lBehav Science Elec
3
3
3
2
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
COE-121
HOR-235
MKT-139
4
3
3
9
AGR-201
MKT-225
Cooperative Work Exper
Landscape Management
Marketing
Elective
Major Elective
10
FOURTH QUARTER
TOTAL REQUIRED CREDITS.... 124
Plant Disease & Parasites
Oral Communications
Landscape Horticulture I
Plant Propagation
Social/Behav Science Elec
3
3
3
3
3
2
0
4
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
3
5
4
3
15
AGR-228
ENG-I 60
HOR-2oo
HOR-233
8
0
19
Co-op Option; Qualified students may elect to tate up to addi
tional four (4) hours of Cooperative Education in place of four
(4) hours of horticulture elective hours provided they acquire
approval from the Co-op Director and Department Chairperson.
INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT TECHNOLOGY
(T-049)
The Industrial Management curriculum is designed to provide an individual with the ability to function effec
tively in supervisory and middle-management positions in industry. This program emphasizes study and application in
areas such as business and industrial management, production methods and schedules, inventory control, work analysis,
motivation techniques, and human relations.
This curriculum is designed to prepare the individual to enter supervisory or middle-management positions, to
provide an educational program for upgrading or retraining, and to provide an opportunity for the individual wanting to
fulfill professional or general interest needs.
Upon completion of the program, the student will receive an associate degree.
95
�INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT TECHNOLOGY (continued)
FOURTH QUARTER
FIRST QUARTER
BUS-WI
CAS-WI
ENG-lOl
ISC-120
MAT-l 12
Introduction to Business
Intro to Microcomputers
Grammar for Composition
Principles of Indus Mgmt
Algebra I
Social/Behav Science Elec
3
0
3
3
5
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
0
0
0
0
3
3
5
3
17
0
3
ACC-1I0
ENG-I60
ISC-202
ISC-203
ISC-236
18
96
Financial Accounting
4
Oral Communications
3
3
2
2
2
0
0
2
2
0
0
0
0
0
5
3
3
3
3
14
3
0
6
0
17
Quality Control
Industrial Safety
Management Science
�(V-033)
INDUSTRIAL MECHANICS
The curriculum in Industrial Mechanics prepares students with a broad background in industrial skills required
by industry for its mechanics. The individual develops skills in the repair and maintenance of industrial equipment,
basic welding and cutting, refrigeration and air conditioning. direct and alternating current, machines and their controls
and related courses.
Upon completion of the program, the student will receive a diploma.
FIRST QUARTER
BPR-lI13
ELC-1l12
OR
ELC-1112A
AND
ELC-1112B
AND
ELC-1112C
ENG-1101
MAT-IIOI
BPrint Read Electrical
ACDC Current
TmRD QUARTER
2
2
0
0
0
15
6
3
3
6
4
4
ACDC Current
2
0
6
I
3
3
0
0
2
3
0
0
4
15
0
18
IS
2
2
2
I
0
0
0
0
3
6
6
6
3
4
4
3
0
21
14
3
2
3
4
12
6
0
4
4
3
2
2
2
4
ACDC Current
Comm Skills in Grammar
General Math
3
0
0
0
0
0
7
AHR-Il21
ELN-11OI
HYD-1I35
MEC-1136
PSY-IIOI
2
10
Basic Heating & Air Cond.
Basic Electronics
Hydraulics & Pneumatics
Mech Ind. Sys
Human Relations
3
12
ACDC Current
I
5
19
FOURTH QUARTER
ELC-1I31
ELC-I132
ELM-ll40
WLD-IlSO
SECOND QUARTER
CAS-101
ELC-11l3
OR
ELC-II13A
AND
ELC-1113B
AND
ELC-II13C
ELC-1l23
PHY-II02X
PHY-Il02Y
lntro to Microcomputers
ACDC Machines & Controls
ACDC Machines & Controls
0
0
3
15
I
10
0
0
5
3
Preventive Maintenance
Ind. Instrumentation
Electromech. Devices
Basic Welding
2
ACDC Machines & Controls
2
0
6
4
ACDC Machines & Controls
National Electrical Code
Electricity
PHY-Il02 Lab
2
4
3
0
0
0
0
2
6
0
0
0
4
4
3
12
2
IS
19
TOTAL REQUIR ED C RED ITS ••• 70
97
�(T-128)
INSURANCE
The Insurance curriculum is designed to prepare an individual for entry into the insurance field. Objectives of
this curriculum are to provide the individual with knowledge and skills in the principles of life and health insurance,
social insurance, property and liability insurance, governmental influences on the insurance industry, governmental
influences of the insurance industry on the economy, and organization and management in business operations.
Employment opportunities are available in areas such as insurance sales agent, claims adjuster, special agent,
claims examiner and rate clerk.
Upon completion of the program, the student will receive an associate degree.
FIRST QUARTER
SUMMER QUARTER
Introduction to Business
Basic Economics
Grammar for Composition
Basic Mathematics
Keyboarding Skills I
3
5
3
Keyboarding Skills II
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
0
0
0
3
5
0
4
2
0
0
0
0
3
5
3
0
0
3
3
0
0
0
0
6
0
4
3
CAS-130
ECO-222
INS-22 I
INS-223
3
5
3
Business Law II
Composition II
Marketing
Word Processing on Micro
Related Elective
Social/Behav Science Elec
0
8
4
3
5
0
3
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
18
0
3
0
0
4
3
5
I
3
3
3
19
0
0
0
Micro Data Management
Economics
Income Tax
Fin Slmt Analy/Ins Ben
Elective
Related Elective
Socia1JBehav Science Elec
0
0
2
2
2
3
3
3
2
2
2
0
0
0
3
0
0
0
0
I
3
3
3
3
3
3
6
3
19
0
0
19
THIRD QUARTER
BUS-116
ENG-103
MKT-139
OSC-lI8
2
FOURTH QUARTER
17
Business Law I
Management
Intro to Microcomputers
Composition I
College Mathematics
Related Elective
3
5
17
SECOND QUARTER
BUS-1I5
BUS-234
CAS-lOi
ENG-1 02
MAT-162
0
0
3
16
Financial Services
Major Elective
2
0
7
INS-220
3
5
3
5
2
5
15
BUS-lOl
ECO-151
ENG-IOI
MAT-lli
ose-IOI
OR
OSC-102
98
�INSURANCE (continued)
FIFTH QUARTER
CAS-126
INS-224
AND
INS-225
AND
INS-226
OR
INS-235
AND
INS-236
AND
INS-237
OR
INS-227
AND
INS-229
AND
INS-232
SIXTH QUARTER
Intro to Spreadsheets
Insur Environment & Oper
0
2
0
2
3
0
I
3
Grp Benefits & Social Ins
2
2
0
3
Pension & Retirement Pins
2
2
0
Personal Risk Mgmt/lns I
2
2
0
3
Personal Risk Mgmt/lns n
2
2
0
3
Multi-Line Ins Laws/Oper
2
2
0
3
Employee Benefits
2
2
0
3
Wealth Accumulation Ping
2
2
0
3
Financial Planning Applic
Related Elective
Related Elective
Social/Behav Science Elec
2
3
3
3
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
3
3
3
15
6
3
Investments
Estate & Gift Tax Ping
Ping for Business Owners
Elective
Related Elective
3
19
INS-228
INS-230
INS-23 I
2
2
2
3
3
2
2
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
3
3
3
3
12
6
0
15
TOTAL REQUIRED CREDITS ••• 116
Co-op Option: Qualified students may elect to take up to six
(6) credit hours of Cooperative Education in place of six (6)
hours of elective credits provided approval is obtained from the
Co-op Director and the Department Chairperson.
MACHINING TECHNOLOGY
(T·121)
The Machining Technology curriculum is a comprehensive program designed to develop skills in the theory
and use of hand tools, power machinery, computerized equipment and sophisticated precision inspection instruments.
Basic machining skills and introductory computer numerical control (CNC) courses are taught in the fifst half of the
program. The second half of the program emphasizes the set-up and operation of CNC machines, advanced CNC parts
programming, CAD/CAM operations and quality assurance inspection skills.
Related course work includes blueprint reading, applied mathematics through trigonometry, microcomputer
skills and quality assurance theory.
Employment opportunities for machining technicians exist in manufacturing industries, public institutions,
government agencies and in a wide range of specialty machining job shops.
Upon completion of the program, the student will receive an associate degree.
FIRST QUARTER
DFT·10l
MAT-Il2
MEC-iOO
MEC-IOIX
MEC-iOIY
Technical Drafting I
Algebra I
Industrial Specifications
Theory & Practice I
MEC-IOI Lab
SECOND QUARTER
0
5
3
3
0
6
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
12
11
6
12
ENG-IOI
MAT-1l3
MEC-i02X
MEC-I02Y
MEC-103X
MEC-I03Y
0
0
0
2
0
2
0
0
0
6
0
6
3
5
4
12
20
18
99
Grammar for Composition
Algebran
Theory & Practice II
MEC-I02 Lab
Theory & Practice III
MEC-103 Lab
3
5
3
0
3
0
14
3
5
3
3
4
3
3
3
3
�MACHINING TECHNOLOGY (continued)
THIRD QUARTER
CAS· 101
DFr-102
MAT· 150
MEC-I04X
MEC-I04Y
MEC·105
Intro to Microcomputers
Technical Drafting II
Geometry
Theory & Practice IV
MEC·I04Lab
Physical Metallurgy
SIXTH QUARTER
0
0
5
3
0
3
0
6
0
0
0
2
3
0
0
0
9
0
11
8
12
19
FOURTH QUARTER
ENG-I02
MEC-I06
MEC-20IX
MEC·20IY
WLD·I06
Composition I
Precision Machines
Numerical Cntrl in Mfg I
MEC-201 Lab
Techniques of Welding
3
I
3
0
0
4
0
0
0
0
9
0
3
6
4
18
ENG-IOO
MEC-212
MEC-213
3
6
3
I
3
16
FIFTH QUARTER
Trigonometry I
Numerical Cnlll in Mfg II
MEC-202Lab
Basic CAD/CAM
Technical Physics I
PHY-130Lab
0
0
15
0
0
0
3
2
5
3
2
15
17
3
I
3
3
0
2
4
0
0
0
12
0
0
0
3
6
3
3
3
6
12
18
I
3
SEVENTH QUARTER
8
MAT-I 5 I
MEC-202X
MEC-202Y
MEC-211
PHY-130X
PHY-l30Y
Composition II
Numerical CIlI in Mfg III
MEC·203Lab
Physics III
PHY-132 Lab
Occupational Psychology
0
0
0
0
2
0
II
ENG· 103
MEC-203X
MEC-203Y
PHY-132X
PHY-132Y
PSY-IIO
3
2
0
3
0
3
II
I
3
5
3
3
4
Oral Communications
Advanced CAD/CAM
CAD/CAM Applications
Elective
Social/Behav Science Elec
TOTAL REQUIRED CREDITS ... 127
5
2
0
1
3
0
0
0
4
4
0
2
0
0
6
3
0
0
II
10
9
Co-op Option: Qualified students may elect to take up to three
(3) credit hours of Cooperative Education in place of three (3)
hours of elective credits provided they acquire approval from
the Co-op Director and Department Chairperson.
5
2
4
4
3
19
(T-020)
MARKETING AND RETAILING
The Marketing and Retailing curriculum is designed to prepare the individual for entry into middle-manage
ment positions in various marketing and retailing businesses and industries. This purpose will be fulfllied through study
and application in areas such as marketing and merchandising techniques, management, selling, advertising, retailing,
and credit and collection procedures.
Through knowledge and skills, the individual will be able to perform marketing and distribution activities and
through the development of personal competencies and qualities will be provided the opportunity to enter an array of
marketing and distribution jobs.
Upon completion of the program, the student will receive an associate degree.
100
�MARKETING AND RET AILING (continued)
FIRST QUARTER
BUS-101
ENG-IOI
MAT-Ill
MKT-i39
OSC-101
OR
OSC-102
FOURTH QUARTER
Introduction to Business
Grammar for Composition
Basic Mathematics
Marketing
Keyboarding Skills I
3
3
5
5
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
Keyboarding Skills II
0
0
3
16
0
3
ACC-lIO
ECO-151
ENG-l 03
MKT-222
MKT-224
4
5
3
2
2
2
0
0
2
0
16
3
3
5
5
Financial Accounting
Basic Economics
Composition II
Market Research
Salesmanship
0
0
0
3
5
5
3
3
3
4
3
19
2
0
0
0
0
0
17
FIFTH QUARTER
SECOND QUARTER
BUS-115
BUS-121
CAS-IOI
COE-IOl
ENG-102
MKT-l11
Business Law I
Business Math
Intro to Microcomputers
Personal Develop & Comm
Composition I
Consumer Behavior
4
5
0
0
0
0
3
3
3
0
0
0
18
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
3
3
3
3
3
17
4
5
I
3
3
3
3
BUS-123
BUS-142
BUS-233
MKT-226
Business Finance I
Business Communications
Human Resource Management
Public Relations
Elective
SociaIlBehav Science Elec
2
3
3
3
3
3
2
0
18
Principles of Insurance
Advanced Marketing
Marketing Leadership
3
2
3
0
0
0
3
3
3
Women in Management
Services Marketing
Elective
Major Elective
3
3
3
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
3
3
3
2
0
18
19
0
3
0
0
0
SIXTH QUARTER
THIRD QUARTER
BUS-U6
CAS-i30
ENG-160
MKT-121
MKT-123
OSC-118
Business Law II
Micro Data Management
Oral Communications
Retailing
Promotion
Word Processing on Micro
4
0
3
5
3
0
15
0
0
0
0
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
6
INS-247
MKT-220
MKT-230
OR
BUS-23I
MKT-235
4
I
3
5
3
3
17
17
Management
Advertising Principles
0
TOTAL REQUIRED CREDITS ••• 116
SUMMER QUARTER
BUS-234
MKT-141
2
0
2
5
0
0
0
7
0
3
Co-op Option: Qualified students may elect to take up to six
(6) credit hours of Cooperative Education in place of six (6)
hours of elective credits provided they acquire approval from
the Co-op Director and Department Chairperson.
3
5
8
3
101
�MASONRY
(V·070)
The Masonry curriculum prepares individuals to work in the construction industry as bricklayers and masons.
The mason must have a knowledge of basic mathematics, blueprint reading, and must also know the methods used in
laying out a masonry job for residential, commercial and industrial construction.
Masons are employed by contractors in the building construction field to lay brick and blocks made of tile,
concrete, glass, gypsum or terra cotta. The mason is also capable of constructing or repairing walls, partitions, arches,
sewers, furnaces, and other masonry structures.
Upon completion of the program, the student will receive a diploma.
FIRST QUARTER
THIRD QUARTER
1
3
2
2
2
3
2
0
0
0
0
2
0
0
6
6
6
0
4
IS
21
0
0
0
3
0
12
1
3
10
0
0
6
2
2
0
6
4
2
0
6
4
2
0
6
4
0
21
16
3
6
0
0
0
12
3
10
0
0
6
2
2
0
6
4
2
0
6
4
2
0
6
4
9
CAS-101
Intro to Microcomputers
ENG-11 00 Vocational Communications
MAS-I IOSX Fund of Masonry I
AND
MAS-IIOSY MAS-I !OS Lab
OR
MAS-IIOSA Fund of Masonry I
AND
MAS-IIOSB Fund of Masonry I
AND
MAS-IIOSC Fund of Masonry I
2
3
4
4
4
4
13
BPrint Read Bldg Trades
Comm Skills in Grammar
Intro to Bricklaying
Masonry Concepts
Fund of Bricklaying I
General Math
0
3
6
9
BPR-lllO
ENG-\lOI
MAS-Il00
MAS-llOI
MAS-11 00
MAT-I 101
0
IS
15
SECOND QUARTER
MAS-llO? Fund of Bricklaying I1
OR
MAS-II 07A Fund of Bricklaying I1
AND
MAS-II07B Fund of Bricklaying I1
AND
MAS-II07C Fund of Bricklaying II
MAS-I 110 Masonry Estimating
MAS-Il13 Masonry Regulations
PHY-1103X Work. Energy & Power
PHY-II03Y PHY-II03 Lab
4
0
IS
10
2
0
6
4
0
6
3
3
4
3
0
0
0
0
0
2
6
0
0
0
0
3
3
4
14
2
IS
21
FOURTH QUARTER
1
BUS-I 103 Small Business Operations
MAS-II09X Fund of Masonry II
AND
MAS-II09Y MAS-I 109 Lab
OR
MAS-II09A Fund of Masonry II
AND
MAS-II09B Fund of Masonry I1
AND
MAS-II09C Fund of Masonry II
3
I
TOTAL REQUIRED CREDITS ••• 73
Co-op Option: Cooperative Education may be substituted for
MAS IlOSY and MAS ll09Y upon approval from the Co-op
Director and Department Chairperson.
102
�NURSING ASSISTANT
(V-072)
The Nursing Assistant curriculum prepares graduates to assist registered and practical nurses and physicians in
carrying out nursing care and services for patients. The nursing assistant performs health care procedures such as
bathing and feeding patients. providing comfort measures. positioning patients, preparing patients for physical exami
nations and special tests, observing and recording vital signs, admitting, transferring and discharging patients, and col
lecting specimens.
Graduates may be employed in homes, hospitals. clinics, doctors' offices. nursing homes and extended care
facilities.
Individuals desiring a career in nursing assistant should. if possible. take English. biology and social science
courses prior to entering the program.
Upon completion of the program, the student will receive a certificate.
FIRST QUARTER
SECOND QUARTER
Nursing Assistant I
Home Care
226
220
5
3
4
6
Nursing Assistant II
4
9
8
4
9
8
8
4
NUR-3024
3
3
NUR-3023
NVR-3025
TOTAL REQUIRED CREDITS ••• 16
PARALEGAL TECHNOLOGY
(T-120)
The Paralegal Technology curriculum trains individuals in basic knowledge and applications of the law to
work under the supervision of attorneys. The paralegal/legal assistant can support attorneys by performing routine legal
tasks, and assisting with more complicated and difficult legal work. Training will include legal specialty courses such
as legal research, real estate, litigation preparation, as well as general subjects such as English, oral communications,
mathematics, and computer skills.
Graduates of the Paralegal Technology curriculum are trained to assist an attorney or group of attorneys in
many areas of the law. A paralegal/legal assistant is not able to practice law. give legal advice or represent clients in a
court of law. However. paralegals/legal assistants can represent clients in some administrative hearings. Paralegal grad
uates will be able to assist in work on probate matters, conduct investigations. search public records, serve and file legal
documents, perform library research, and provide office management Employment opportunities and job descriptions
vary greatly depending on whether a paralegal/legal assistant is hired by a private law firm. or a government agency. or
a corporation such as a bank or insurance company.
Upon completion of the program, the student will receive an associate degree.
SECOND QUARTER
FIRST QUARTER
ENG-IOl
LEX-lOl
LEX-1I5
LEX-135
MAT-Ill
Grammar for Composition
Intro to Paralegalism
Contract Law & the UCC
Civil Litigation I
Basic Mathematics
3
3
3
5
5
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
19
0
0
ACC-1I0
ENG-I02
LEX-130
LEX-136
PHI-I 52
19
103
Financial Accounting
Composition I
Legal Research
Civil Litigation n
Introduction to Logic
4
3
4
3
5
2
0
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
5
3
5
3
5
19
3
3
3
5
5
4
0
21
�PARALEGAL TECHNOLOGY (continued)
FIFTH QUARTER
TIDRD QUARTER
Composition II
Partnership & Corp Law
PamilyLaw
Tort Law
Legal Writing
Keyboarding Skills I
3
3
3
3
2
0
0
0
2
0
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
Keyboarding Skills n
0
0
6
3
Paralegal Computer Appl
Bankruptcy & Collections
Property n-Title Search
Remedies
Related Elective
Social/Behav Science Elee
0
2
4
0
0
0
3
0
0
0
0
0
I
3
4
3
4
3
14
3
14
CAS-206
LEX-I40
LEX-2IS
LEX-220
3
3
4
3
4
0
2
2
3
4
3
6
3
18
0
3
3
3
4
0
0
0
0
0
30
0
0
0
0
3
3
3
3
4
13
ENG-I03
LEX-lOS
LEX-I 13
LEX-I 17
LEX-13I
OSC-lOI
OR
OSC-I02
0
30
16
18
SIXTH QUARTER
COE-224
LEX-216
LEX-291
SUMMER QUARTER
Elements of Criminal Law
Investigation
Law Office Management
Elective
2
4
2
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
4
2
3
11
LEX-118
LEX-204
LEX-22S
0
0
LEG Internship
Property m-RE Closing
Seminar
Major Elective
Related Elective
11
TOTAL REQUIRED CREDITS ... 122
FOURTH QUARTER
ENG-I60
LEX-119
LEX-214
LEX-224
OSC-118
PSY-lOl
Oral Communications
Criminal Procedure
Property I - Real Estate
Wills, Trusts & Estates
Word Processing on Micro
Intro to Psychology
3
3
4
4
0
3
0
0
0
2
0
0
17
2
0
0
0
0
0
3
Co-op Option: Qualified students may elect to take up to three
(3) credit hours of Cooperative Education in place of three (3)
hours of elective credits provided approval is obtained from the
Co-op Director and the Department Chairperson.
3
3
4
S
1
3
19
3
104
�PHARMACY TECHNOLOGY
(T-161)
The Pharmacy Technology curriculum prepares individuals to assist the pharmacist in duties that a non-pro
fessional can legally perform and to function within the boundaries prescribed by the pharmacist and the employing
agency. Graduates may maintain patient's records; fill routine prescription orders; maintain inventories of drugs and
supplies; set up, package, and label medication doses; prepare stock solutions and intravenous additives; assist with
over-the-counter drugs and health aids; and perform clerical duties, including insurance forms and forms required by
third-party payees.
Graduates may be employed in hospitals, in nursing homes, in private and chain drug stores, by drug manufac
turers, in research laboratories and in wholesale drug companies.
Individuals desiring a career in pharmacy technology should, if possible, take biology, algebra, chemistry and
typing courses prior to entering the program.
Upon completion of the program, the student will receive a diploma.
FIRST QUARTER
ENG-151
OSC-101
PHM-101
PHM-109X
PHM-I09Y
PHM-11 0
English Composition
Keyboarding Skills I
Intro to Pharmacy
Hospital Pharmacy
PHM-I09Lab
Pharmaceutical Calc
THIRD QUARTER
5
0
5
3
0
5
0
0
0
0
2
0
0
3
0
0
0
0
18
2
3
BIO-105X
BIO-105Y
PHM-103
PHM-105
PHM-I13
PSY-110
5
Human Biology
BlO-200Lab
Intro to Microcomputers
Pharmacology I
Pharmaceutical Prep I
Hospital Clinical I
0
2
0
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
15
0
5
5
5
3
6
15
22
3
3
2
3
0
0
0
0
0
6
0
0
3
5
2
3
11
20
5
3
SECOND QUARTER
BIO-200X
BIO-200Y
CAS-IOI
PHM-102
PHM-I04
PHM-112
Fundamentals of Microbio
BIO-105 Lab
Pharmacology II
Pharmaceutical Prep II
Hospital Clinical II
Occupational Psychology
3
0
5
3
0
3
14
5
3
0
6
13
FOURTH QUARTER
4
0
0
5
3
0
0
2
0
0
4
0
0
0
3
0
0
15
4
12
6
18
21
ENG-160
PHM-107
PHM-I11
SOC-101
5
5
5
Oral Communications
Community Pharmacy
Pharmacy Seminar
Intro to Sociology
TOTAL REQUIRED CREDITS •.. 76
105
�(T-062)
PHYSICAL THERAPIST ASSISTANT
The Physical Therapist Assistant curriculum prepares the graduate to assist the professional physical therapist
in a variety of direct patient care services, delegated by the supervising therapist, to restore function by alleviation or
prevention of physical impainnent and other activities essential to the operation of a physical therapy service. The grad
uate is eligible to take the licensing examination given by the North Carolina Board of Physical Therapy Examiners.
Employment opportunities are available in general hospitals, rehabilitation centers, extended care facilities,
specialty hospitals, home health agencies, private clinics and public school systems.
Suggested preparatory courses for individuals desiring a career in physical therapy assisting would include
biology, algebra and possibly chemistry.
Upon completion of the program, the student will receive an associate degree.
FIRST QUARTER
BIO-I60X
BIO-I60Y
MED-1l5
PHY-IlOX
PHY-IlOY
P'TH-IOI
Human Anat & Physiology I
BIO-I60Lab
Medical Terminology & Voc
Topical Physics
PHY-11O Lab
Intro to Physical Therapy
SUMMER QUARTER
5
0
3
4
0
2
0
0
0
0
2
0
0
3
0
0
0
6
14
2
9
0
2
0
0
4
3
2
0
7
3
5
3
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
5
6
3
14
0
9
17
5
3
3
3
0
0
0
0
0
12
0
0
5
7
3
3
14
Palh;PhYs for PT Assist
Functional Anatomy
4
2
6
P'TH-201
P'TH-202
5
0
12
18
18
3
4
I
4
FOURTH QUARTER
ENG-l 60
PSY-151
P'TH-I04
P'TH-210
SECOND QUARTER
BIO-16lX
BIO-16lY
ENG-l 51
P'TH-102
SAF-IOI
Human Anat & Physiology II
BIO-161 Lab
English Composition
Physical Therapy Proc 1
First Aid & Safety
5
0
5
2
3
0
0
0
0
2
0
3
0
0
5
I
5
5
4
15
2
12
Oral Communications
General Psychology
Physical Therapy Proc m
Psychology of Adjustment
9
20
9
FlFI'H QUARTER
MAT-162
P'TH-105
P'TH-215
THIRD QUARTER
CAS-IOI
ENG-l 52
OSC-lI8
P'TH-103
P'TH-11O
lntro to Microcomputers
English Composition & Lit
Word Processing on Micro
Physical Therapy Proc II
Therapeutic Exercises
0
5
0
3
3
0
0
0
0
0
Il
0
3
0
3
6
6
18
I
5
1
5
5
17
106
College Mathematics
Physical Therapy Proc IV
Community HealthlWelfare
Elective
�PHYSICAL THERAPIST ASSISTANT (continued)
SIXTH QUARTER
TOTAL REQUIRED CREDITS ••• 114
Physical Therapy Seminar
Clinical Education
3
003
o 39 14
4
PTH-I06
PTH-218
0
39
17
PLUMBING AND PIPEFITTING
(V-037)
The Plumbing and Pipefitting curriculum is designed to train individuals to repair or install plumbing systems
in residences and small commercial buildings. Courses in plumbing practices and pipefitting are included to provide
practical experience as well as courses in theory that one must know to advance and keep up to date with new innova
tions. Other courses in communication skills, physics, human relations and business operations are provided to assist
the individual in occupational growth.
Plumbers are employed by contractors in the building construction fields to install pipe systems which carry
water, steam, air or other liquids or gases for sanitation, heating, industrial production and various other uses. They also
alter and repair existing pipe systems and install plumbing fixtures, appliances, and heating and refrigeration units.
Upon completion of the program. the student will receive a diploma.
FIRST QUARTER
BPR-llIO
ENG-lIOI
MAT-l 116
PLU-IIlO
THIRD QUARTER
I
3
3
5
2
0
2
0
0
0
0
15
2
3
4
10
12
BPrint Read Bldg Trades
Comm Skills in Grammar
Math for Plumbers
Plumbing Pipework
4
15
BUS-l 103
PLU-IIl2
PLU-lIB
WLD-lI80
19
CAS-IOI
ENG-11 00
PLU-Illl
PLU-IlI5
Intro to Microcomputers
Vocational Communications
Domestic Water Systems
Steam & Water Boilers
Related Elective
0
0
0
0
0
6
3
6
4
3
9
SECOND QUARTER
Small Business Operations
Install of Plumb Fixtures
Plu. Maint.: Residential
Basic Welding
0
21
16
2
0
0
0
0
6
6
3
6
4
5
3
0
21
15
3
3
2
9
6
FOURTH QUARTER
0
3
4
0
0
0
0
0
3
0
9
9
0
12
0
21
3
2
I
PLU-1114
PLU-1125
PLU-Il27
WLD-1l81
3
5
6
Plu. Maint.: Commercial
Industrial Piping
Plumbing Estimates
MlG&TIG
3
2
3
4
8
19
TOTAL REQUIRED CREDITS ••• "
107
�(T·141)
POSTAL SERVICE TECHNOLOGY
The Postal Service Technology curriculum is designed to provide opportunities for advancement for present
and future employees of the U.S. Postal Service. Graduates of the program will be prepared to work in a variety of
positions. The course of study includes postal organization, mail processing, employee and customer services, mail
delivery and collection, problem analysis. related business/management subjects and general education courses.
Upon completion of the program, the student will receive an associate degree.
FIRST QUARTER
BUS-WI
ECO-IS2
ENG-WI
OSC-iOl
POS-iOl
POS-i03
FOURTH QUARTER
3
S
3
0
3
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
0
0
17
0
3
Financial Accounting
Business Law IT
Oral Communications
Postal Service Finance
Elective
0
0
0
0
0
S
4
3
3
3
2
0
18
4
3
3
3
3
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
S
3
3
3
3
2
0
17
2
3
3
3
3
0
0
0
0
2
3
0
0
0
0
3
3
3
3
4
14
ACC-1I0
BUS-I 16
ENG-I60
POS-202
2
0
0
0
0
16
3
S
3
I
3
3
4
4
3
3
3
17
Introduction to Business
Macroeconomics
Grammar for Composition
Keyboarding Skills I
Postal History & Organiz
Postal Serv Mail Proc I
2
3
16
18
FIFTH QUARTER
SECOND QUARTER
BUS-142
BUS-202
CAS-WI
ECO-lS3
ENG-I02
POS-IOS
Business Communications
Supervision
Intro to Microcomputers
Microeconomics
Composition I
Postal Serv Mail Proc IT
3
3
0
S
3
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
17
0
0
0
3
0
0
3
ACC-lIS
BUS-I 17
POS-203
POS-20S
3
3
I
S
3
3
Accounting for Managers
Business Law 1lI
Postal Customer Service
Postal Delivery & Collect
Elective
18
0
SIXTH QUARTER
THIRD QUARTER
BUS·llS
ENG-I03
MAT-lIl
POS·107
Business Law I
Composition IT
Basic Mathematics
Postal Serv Labor Relat
Social/Behav Science Elec
4
3
S
3
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
3
S
3
3
18
0
0
BUS-234
POS-207
POS-208
PSY-110
SAF-iOl
Management
Postal Serv EmpJ Relation
Postal Problem Analysis
Occupational Psychology
First Aid & Safety
18
TOTAL REQUIRED CREDITS ... 105
Co-op Option: Qualified students may elect to take up to six
(6) credit hours of Cooperative Education in place of six (6)
hours of elective credits provided they acquire approval from
the Co-op Director and Department Chairperson.
108
�PRACTICAL FOODSERVICE
(V-IS8)
Practical Foodservice is a program of study designed to provide training for basic entry level jobs in institu
tional and commercial foodservice. The student develops the necessary knowledge and skills through the study of basic
food preparation, sanitation, and safety. The program also includes the study of developmental subjects. This provides
the student with the opportunity to improve reading ability, spelling, basic communication skills, basic mathematics,
personal development, and human relation skills.
Job opportunities for graduates of this program are available as cook's helpers, baker's helpers, or breakfast
cooks in restaurants, hospitals, schools, nursing homes, and other foodservice operations.
Upon completion of the program, the student will receive a certificate.
FIRST QUARTER
THIRD QUARTER
Grammar for Composition
Foodservice Math Princi.
Practical Food Prep I
3
2
5
10
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
12
9
12
COE-101
FSO-125
PSY-11O
SOC·251
2
Personal Develop &. Comm
Catering
Occupational Psychology
Social Culture
5
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
13
ENG-lOl
FSO-IOI
FSO-147
3
0
0
2
3
3
2
3
5
14
13
SECOND QUARTER
TOTAL REQUIRED CREDITS ••• 44
Composition I
Practical Food Prep II
Basic Mathematics
12
3
9
5
0
0
0
0
5
13
ENG-loo
FSO-148
MAT-lll
0
12
17
3
5
0
(V-038)
PRACTICAL NURSING
The Practical Nursing curriculum graduates are prepared to take the National Council Licensure Examination
required to practice as a licensed practical nurse. The Practical Nursing curriculum is designed to develop competencies
in practicing the following five components of practice as defined by the North Carolina Nursin.: Practice Act. 1981:
participating in assessing the client's physical and mental health including the client's reaction to illnesses and treat
ment regimens; recording and reporting the results of the nursing assessment; participating in implementing the health
care plan developed by the registered nurse and/or prescribed by any person authorized by State law to prescribe such a
plan, by performing tasks delegated by and performed under the supervision or under orders or directions of a regis
tered nurse, physician licensed to practice medicine, dentist, or other person authorized by state law to provide such
supervision; reinforcing the teaching and counseling of a registered nurse, physician licensed to practice medicine in
North Carolina, or dentist; and reporting and recording the nursing care rendered and the client's response to that care.
Licensed practical nurses may be employed in hospitals. nursing homes. clinics, doctors' offices, industry, and
public health agencies.
Individuals desiring a career in practical nursing should be encouraged to take math and science courses in
high school.
Upon completion of the program, the student will receive a diploma.
109
�PRACTICAL NURSING (continued)
1992·1994
FIRST QUARTER
THIRD QUARTER
Human Anat & Physiology I
BIO-I60Lab
Grammar for Composition
Math for Nurses
Nursing Skills I
0
0
0
2
4
0
0
0
9
5
I
3
3
10
15
6
12
0
0
12
0
13
3
Nursing Tran~ition
3
0
0
3
0
12
16
0
7
4
3
0
2
0
0
3
12
0
0
12
4
3
2
15
20
22
3
NUR-llll
NUR-11l2
OR
NUR-lIlO
9
3
14
5
0
3
2
5
Maternal Child Nursing
Mental Health
12
BIO-I60X
BIO-I60Y
ENG-IOI
MAT-l 105
NUR-llOl
FOURTH QUARTER
SECOND QUARTER
BIO-16IX
BIO-161Y
NUR-ll02
NUR-l103
Human Anat & Physiology II
BIO-161 Lab
Nursing Skills II
Medical & Surg Nursing I
5
0
3
6
0
0
4
0
0
3
0
12
5
10
14
4
15
CAS-IOI
NUR-ll13
NUR-1114
SOC-101
5
Intro to Microcomputers
Medical & Surg Nursing II
Vocational Development
Intro to Sociology
21
TOTAL REQmRED CREDITS ••• 79
110
�(T-146)
PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
The Public Administration curriculum is designed to prepare the individual for entry into middle-management
positions in state and local governments and non-profit organizations.
The pmposes of the Public Administration curriculum are to prepare the individual for entry into middle-man
agement positions in state and local government and non-profit organizations, provide an inservice educational pro
gram for individuals currently employed, and provide a program designed to infonn concerned citizens about how
government functions.
These pmposes will be fulfilled through study and application in areas such as practice and practical relation
ships in public administration, budgetary functions and public policy. Through knowledge and skills, the individual will
be able to perfonn governmental activities and through the development of personal competencies and qualities will be
provided the opportunity to enter the public administration profession.
Upon completion of the program, the student will receive an associate degree.
FIRST QUARTER
3
0
3
5
0
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
0
0
3
0
3
I
3
5
1
3
14
BUS-138
CAS-lOl
ENG-IOI
MAT-III
OSC-101
Intro to Public Admin
Intro to Microcomputer
Grantmar for Composition
Basic Mathematics
Keyboarding Skills I
Elective
SUMMER QUARTER
0
6
BUS-240
ECO-152
Public Finance
Macroeconomics
3
5
0
0
0
0
3
5
8
0
0
8
16
4
2
3
2
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
0
3
0
4
3
3
3
3
14
0
6
16
4
3
3
3
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
3
3
3
2
15
0
0
15
FOURTH QUARTER
BUS-llS
BUS-234
BUS-2SO
CAS-l28
PSY-IOI
SECOND QUARTER
ACC-lIO
BUS-237
CAS-I26
ECO-IS3
ENG-102
POL-103
Financial Accounting
Public Personnel Admin
InOO to Spreadsheets
Microeconomics
Composition I
National Government
4
3
0
5
3
3
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
0
0
0
5
3
1
5
3
3
18
2
3
Business Law I
Management
Public Budgeting
Spreadsheets
Intro to Psychology
20
FIFTH QUARTER
BUS-1l6
BUS-233
BUS-238
PSY-1I0
TIDRD QUARTER
ACC-139
BUS-217
ENG-I03
POL-I02
SOC-lOi
Governmental Accounting
Ethics in Government
Composition U
Intrastate Government
Intro to Sociology
4
3
3
3
3
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
5
3
3
3
3
16
2
0
17
111
Business Law U
Human Resource Management
Problems of Public Admin
Occupational Psychology
Elective
�PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION (continued)
TOTAL REQUIRED CREDITS ••• 106
SIXTH QUARTER
BUS-I 17
BUS-202
BUS-215
BUS-241
COE-226
ENG-I 00
Business Law m
Supervision
Public Admin Seminar
Public Policy Analysis
Intern In Public Admin
Oral Communications
3
3
I
3
0
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
10
0
13
0
10
Co-op Option: Qualified students may elect to take up to five
(5) credit hours of Cooperative Education in place of five (5)
hours of electives and/or COE 226 provided they acquire
approval from the Co-op Director and Department Chairperson.
3
3
I
3
I
3
14
RADIOLOGIC TECHNOLOGY (RADIOGRAPHY)
(T·061)
The Radiologic Technology curriculum prepares graduates to be competent Medical Radiographers. The radi
ographer is a skilled person qualified by technological education to provide patient services using imaging modalities
(as directed by physicians qualified to order and/or perform radiologic procedures) by: By Applying knowledge of the
principles of radiation protection for the patient, self and others; By Applying knowledge of anatomy, positioning, and
radiographic techniques to accurately demonstrate anatomical structures on a radiograph; By Determining exposure
factors to achieve optimum radiographic technique with a minimum of radiation exposure to the patient; By Examining
radiographs for the purpose of evaluating technique, positioning, and other pertinent technical qualities; By Exercising
discretion and judgment in the performance of medical imaging procedures; By Providing patient care essential to radi
ologic procedures; and By Recognizing emergency patient conditions and initiating life saving first aid.
Graduates may be employed in radiology departments in hospitals, clinics, physicians' offices, research and
medical laboratories, federal and state agencies and industry.
Graduates are eligible to take the national examination given by the American Registry of Radiologic
Technologists for certification and registration as medical radiographers.
Individuals desiring a career in radiologic technology should take courses in biology. algebra, and chemistry
and/or physics prior to entering the program.
Upon completion of the program, the student will receive an associate degree.
FIRST QUARTER
BIO-1OOX
BIO-1OOY
ENG-151
RAD-lOl
RAD-Ill
Human Anat & Physiology I
BIO-1OOLab
English Composition
Radiologic Technology I
Clinical Education I
SECOND QUARTER
5
0
5
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
0
3
12
5
I
5
5
4
14
0
18
BIO-16IX
BIO-16IY
PRY-l20
RAD-Ioo
RAD-1I2
20
0
0
0
6
0
0
3
0
0
12
5
I
3
6
4
11
112
Human Anat & Physiology II 5
BIO-161 Lab
0
Radiographic Physics I
3
Radiologic Technology II
3
Clinical Education II
0
6
15
19
�RADIOLOGIC TECHNOLOGY (RADIOGRAPHY) (continued)
THIRD QUARTER
SIXTH QUARTER
English Composition & Lit
Radiographic Physics IT
Radiologic Technology m
Clinical Education m
5
3
3
0
0
0
6
0
0
0
0
15
5
3
6
5
11
6
15
19
PSY·15l
RAD-205
RAD·216
General Psychology
Radiologic Technology V
Clinical Education VI
5
7
0
0
0
0
0
0
24
5
7
8
12
ENG·152
PHY·12l
RAD-l03
RAD-113
0
24
20
3
3
1
0
0
0
0
0
33
3
3
12
7
0
33
18
5
0
0
0
0
30
5
10
5
0
30
15
SEVENTH QUARTER
FOURTH QUARTER
RAD-114
SAP-lOt
0
3
0
2
33
0
2
33
ENG· 100
RAD·207
RAD-217
11
4
3
Clinical Education IV
First Aid & Safety
15
FlFfH QUARTER
CAS-lOl
RAD·204
RAD-2l5
Intro to Microcomputers
Radiologic Technology IV
Clinical Education V
Elective
Oral Communications
Pathology for RAD
Clinical Education VII
EIGHTH QUARTER
0
7
0
3
0
0
0
0
3
0
24
0
10
0
27
RAD·206
RAD·218
7
8
3
Radiologic Technology VI
Clinical Education vm
19
I
TOTAL REQUIRED CREDITS ••• 145
REAL ESTATE (TECHNICAL SPECIALTY)
(T-166)
The purposes of the Real Estate (Technical Specialty) curriculum is to provide the prelicensing education
requirements needed for real estate salespersons and brokers.
The courses required by the North Carolina Real Estate Commission for prelicensing which are covered in this
curriculum are Fundamentals of Real Estate, Real Estate Law. Real Estate Finance, and Brokerage Operations. In addi
tion to these courses, Real Estate Math is also included.
After successful completion of Fundamentals of Real Estate, an individual may make application with the
Real Estate Commission to take the prelicensing real estate salesperson examination. After successful completion of all
the courses required by the Real Estate Commission, an individual may make application with the Commission to take
the real estate prelicensing broker examination. Employment opportunities are available in real estate fIrms as salesper
son or broker as weD as a real estate broker in one's own business.
Upon completion of the program, the student will receive a certificate.
113
�REAL ESTATE (continued)
FIRST QUARTER
RLS-lOl
RLS-103
Real Estate Math
Real Estate Fundamentals
THIRD QUARTER
300
0
5
720
RLS-231
CAS-WI
3
4
Real Estate Brokerage
Intro to Microcomputers
8
2
3
Real Estate Law
Real Estate Finance
2
0
4
2
3
5
TOTAL REQUIRED CREDITS ••• 20
SECOND QUARTER
RLS-20l
RLS-209
3
003
300
3
2
0
3
4
620
7
REAL ESTATE APPRAISAL
(T·224)
The purpose of the Real Estate Appraisal curriculum is to provide the pre-licensing and the pre-certification
appraisal education requirements approved by the N.C. Real Estate Commission.
The courses required by the N.C. Real Estate Commission for pre licensing as a "State-licensed" appraiser are
covered in this curriculum. These courses are Introduction of Real Estate Appraisal, Valuation Principles and
Procedures, and Applied Residential Property Valuation.
The courses required by the N.C. Real Estate Commission for pre-certification as a "State-certified" appraiser
are also provided. These courses are Introduction to Income Property Appraisal, Advanced Income Capitalization
Procedures, and Applied Income Property Valuation. A good math background is very important in this curriculum. It
is recommended that a student have mastered competencies found in a basic algebra course before taking Advanced
Income Capitalization Procedures.
The courses required for the "State-licensed" appraiser and the "State-certified" appraiser must be completed
in sequential order.
In addition to meeting the education requirements to become a "State-licensed" appraiser and/or a "State-certi
fied" appraiser, an individual must pass the appraisal examinations given by the N.C. Real Estate Commission and
meet the appraisal experience requirements. A "State-licensed" or "State-certified" appraiser will be able to identify
himself or herself to the public as being state licensed and/or state certified, and will be qualified to perform appraisals
in federally-related transactions.
Upon completion of the program, the student will receive a certificate.
FIRST QUARTER
APR-WI
Intro to RE Appraisal
SECOND QUARTER
3
0
0
3
3
0
0
3
APR-I03
300
3
300
114
Valuation Princ & Praced
3
�REAL ESTATE APPRAISAL (continued)
THIRD QUARTER
APR-105
App\ Res Prop Valuation
FIFTH QUARTER
220
220
APR-203
3
3
APR-20\
Intro to Income Prop Appr
3
3
2
2
0
3
2
FOURTH QUARTER
300
300
Adv Income Capital. Proc
2
0
3
SIXTH QUARTER
300
300
APR-205
3
3
App Income Prop Valuation
TOTAL REQUIRED CREDITS ... 18
115
�116
�RECREATlON ASSOCIATE (continued)
SIXTH QUARTER
EDU-127
REC-121
REC-237
REC-238
REC-240
SAP-IOl
TOTAL REQUIRED CREDITS ... 119
Creative Teaching
Pgm Plan & Supervision
Older Adult Activities
Therapeutic Methods Rec
Volunteer Services - Rec
First Aid & Safety
2
3
5
3
3
1
3
0
2
0
0
2
18
6
0
0
3
0
3
Co-op Option: Qualified students may elect to take up to three
(3) credit hours of Cooperative Education in place of three (3)
credit hours of electives provided they acquire the approval of
the Co-op Director and Department Chairperson.
4
5
4
3
2
4
22
0
0
(V-007)
RESIDENTIAL CARPENTRY
The Residential Carpentry curriculum trains students to construct and make repairs to residential structures
using standard building materials and hand and power tools. This curriculum is designed to teach carpentry skills and a
general knowledge of residential construction. Instruction also includes the study of mathematics, blueprint reading,
building codes and energy efficient construction.
Graduates will have a working knowledge of building materials, concrete form construction, rough framing,
roofing, stair construction, insulation and the application of interior and exterior trim.
Graduates should qualify for employment in the residential building construction field as rough carpenters,
framing carpenters, roofers, maintenance carpenters, and other related job titles.
Upon completion of the program, the student will receive a diploma.
-&
,
,
r
" "
:"'
:·"'5'
,
i
"
117
,
�RESIDENTIAL CARPENTRY (continued)
FIRST QUARTER
BPR-1110
CAR-I101
OR
CAR-llOIA
AND
CAR-110lB
AND
CAR-1101C
ENG-1101
MAT-I1OI
BPrint Read Bldg Trades
Carpentry
THIRD QUARTER
I
5
2
0
0
15
2
10
Carpentry
0
6
3
Carpentry
0
6
3
3
3
3
0
0
2
3
0
0
4
3
4
12
4
IS
19
Exterior Finish Carpentry
Carpentry Estimating
Work, Energy & Power
PHY-ll03 Lab
3
0
0
0
0
2
15
0
0
0
10
3
3
11
2
15
17
3
5
3
3
0
0
0
0
0
15
0
0
3
10
3
3
14
Carpentry
Comm Skills in Grammar
General Math
CAR-1103
CAR-liB
PHY -1103X
PHY-ll03Y
0
15
19
5
3
FOURTH QUARTER
BUS-ll03
CAR-ll04
CAR-l114
PSY-llOI
Small Business Operations
Interior Finish Carpentry
Building Regulations
Human Relations
SECOND QUARTER
BPR-l111
CAR-ll02
CAS-101
ENG-ll02
BPrint Read & Sketching
Carpentry Framing
Intro to Microcomputers
Vocational Communications
I
5
0
3
2
0
0
0
0
15
3
0
2
10
1
3
9
2
18
16
TOTAL REQUIRED CREDITS ... 71
RESPIRATORY CARE TECHNOLOGY
(TECHNICIAN AND/OR THERAPIST)
(T-091)
Respiratory Care Technology offers career education for individuals interested in becoming a respiratory ther
apy technician or respiratory therapist.
The respiratory therapist is qualified to assume primary responsibility for respiratory and cardiac care, includ
ing the supervision of technicians. The therapist makes patient care decisions concerning the use of life-support sys
tems, oxygen therapy and other breathing treatments. They also perform heart and lung studies. Graduates of the
therapist program receive an associate degree.
The technician performs tasks which include oxygen therapy, breathing treatments and equipment mainte
nance. Graduates of the technician program receive a diploma.
Graduates of accredited programs are eligible to apply for admission to the entry-level examination. Graduates
of an accredited therapist program are also eligible to take the advanced practitioner examinations. These examinations
are given by the National Board for Respiratory Care.
Graduates may be employed in hospitals, clinics. nursing homes, education. industry, and home care.
Upon completion of the program, the student will receive an associate degree.
1I8
�RESPIRATORY CARE TECHNOLOGY (TECHNICIAN AND/OR THERAPIST) (continued)
FIRST QUARTER
Human Anat & Physiology I
BIO-I60Lab
Chemistry I
CHM-lOl Lab
Algebra & Trigonometry I
Medical Terminology & Voc
Resp Ther TheorylEquip
FOURTH QUARTER
5
0
3
0
5
3
17
0
0
0
2
0
0
0
0
3
0
0
0
0
3
5
2
6
ENG-160
RSP-213
RSP-233
RSP-236
SOC-lOl
3
0
20
3
3
15
3
0
0
0
2
18
20
5
3
I
2
2
0
0
0
0
2
0
0
15
3
0
5
3
6
3
13
2
18
20
2
2
0
0
0
24
3
0
9
3
2
5
3
I
5
3
2
Oral Communications
ainical Practice III
Clinical Application III
Neonatal/Peds Resp Care
lntro to Sociology
Elective
0
0
0
2
0
0
13
BIO-I60X
BIO-I60Y
CHM-lOIX
CHM-lOIY
MAT-1l4
MED-1I5
RSP-105
0
27
14
I
2
3
6
2
3
3
3
FlFfH QUARTER
SECOND QUARTER
BIO-161X
BIO-161Y
PHM-148
PHY-llOX
PHY-llOY
RSP-106
Human Anat & Pbysiology II
BIO-161 Lab
Respiratory Pharmacology
Topical Physics
PHY-llOLab
Resp Ther TheorylEquip II
5
0
0
0
3
0
4
0
13
4
15
ENG-I 52
PSY-IJO
RSP-214
RSP-234
RSP-237
5
0
2
2
0
3
0
0
0
12
English Composition & Lit
Occupational Psychology
Clinical Practice IV
Clinical Application IV
Cardiopulmonary Evaluat
20
3
4
I
6
3
SIXTH QUARTER
RSP-2l5
RSP-235
RSP-238
THIRD QUARTER
CAS-lOl
ENG-151
RSP-I07
RSP-Ill
RSP-131
RSP-142
lotro to Microcomputers
English Composition
Resp Ther TheorylEquip III
Clinical Practice I
ainical Applications I
Pulmonary Pathophysiology
0
5
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
0
3
15
3
0
5
2
6
2
3
11
0
24
Clinical Practice V
Clinical Application V
Organization & Management
19
TOTAL REQUIRED CREDITS ... 126
SUMMER QUARTER
RSP-1l2
RSP-132
o 30 II
032
Clinical Practice II
Clinical Applications II
2
0
33
I3
119
�(V-071)
SURGICAL TECHNOLOGY
The Surgical Technology curriculum prepares graduates to assist in the care of surgical patients in the operat
ing room, and functions of the surgical team by arranging supplies and instruments, maintaining aseptic conditions,
preparing patients for surgery and assisting the surgeon during operations in the use of materials and equipment. First
assisting the surgeon by a surgical technologist is permitted only by individual hospital policy.
Graduates are eligible to take the certification examination for Certified Surgical Technologists given by the
Association of Surgical Technologists Inc. Surgical technologists may practice in the hospital's operating, emergency,
labor and delivery rooms; central sterile processing department; ambulatory surgical services; and physician's offices.
Individuals desiring a career in surgical technology should take biology and mathematics courses prior to
entering the program.
Upon completion of the program, the student will receive a diploma.
FIRST QUARTER
BIO-I09IX
BIO-I091Y
BIO-J092X
BIO-I092Y
ENG-IIO!
SUR-I091
Anatomy & Physiology I
BIO-I09I Lab
Microbiology
BIO-I092 Lab
Comm Skills in Grammar
Intro to Surgical Tech.
SUMMER QUARTER
3
0
3
0
3
9
0
2
0
2
0
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
1
3
I
3
11
18
8
0
Inlro 10 Microcomputers
Surgical Procedures III
Clinical Practice III
Seminar III
22
0
4
0
2
0
0
0
0
3
0
18
0
4
6
2
6
CAS-lOl
SUR-lIOO
SUR-I 101
SUR-l102
0
21
13
TOTAL REQUIRED CREDITS ••• 69
SECOND QUARTER
BIO-I096X
BIO-I096Y
SUR-I093
SUR-I094
SUR-I098
3
0
6
0
2
0
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
15
0
3
1
6
5
2
II
Anatomy & Physiology II
BIO-I096Lab
Surgical Procedures I
Clinical Practice I
Seminar I
2
15
17
I
3
0
6
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
15
0
0
3
S
6
12
0
IS
17
TIDRD QUARTER
PHM-108S
PSY-1101
SUR-I09S
SUR-I097
SUR-1099
Surgical Pharmacology
Human Relations
Clinical Practice II
Surgical Procedures II
Seminar II
2
120
�121
�SURVEYING TECHNOLOGY (continued)
TOTAL REQUIRED CREDITS ••• 119
SIXTH QUARTER
CIV-229
CIV-230
ENG-I60
SRV-204
3
3
3
2
3
0
0
0
0
0
3
3
0
6
0
4
4
3
4
3
14
Municipal Engineering
Design of Roads & Pavement
Oral Communications
Surveying IV
SociallBehav Science Elec
0
12
Co-op Option: Qualified students may elect to take up to six
(6) credit hours of Cooperative Education in place of six (6)
hours elective credits provided they acquire approval from the
Co-op Director and Department Chairperson.
18
TOOL, DIE AND MOLD MAKING
(V-048)
STUDENTS ACCEPTED FOR THE V04S TOOL, DIE AND MOLD MAKING CURRICULUM MUST
HAVE COMPLETED THE V032 MACHINING CURRICULUM OR BE ABLE TO DEMONSTRATE JOURNEY
MAN-LEVEL MACHINIST SKILLS.
The Tool, Die and Mold Making curriculum prepares machinists for the machining of tools, dies and molds
for the mass production of parts. These parts may be produced by punching, stamping or molding them into the
required sizes and shapes. It is the responsibility of tool, die and mold makers to produce the special tools and fIXtures
for these production operations. They may also produce the gauges and other inspection tools used in checking mass
produced parts.
Students enrolling in the Tool, Die and Mold Making program should gain the necessary skills and related
information to make it possible for them to obtain entry-level employment in this field. Typical jobs which might be
secured in the manufacturing field include tool maker trainee, die maker trainee, mold maker trainee, piece part inspec
tor and tool inspector. Tool, die and mold makers analyze a variety of specifications, layout metal stock and set up and
operate machine tools. They fit and assemble parts to make and repair metal working dies, cutting tools, jigs, fixtures,
and gauges. They compute dimensions, decide on machining to be done and plan layout and assembly operations.
Upon completion of the program, the student will receive a diploma.
FIRST QUARTER
ENG-lIOI Comm Skills in Grammar
MAT-lSI
Trigonometry I
MEC-lIS4 Die Making I
MEC-1290 EDM Machining I
PLA-ll60 Intro to Plastic Molding
SECOND QUARTER
3
S
2
2
2
0
0
0
2
2
0
0
6
3
6
3
5
14
4
15
MAT-IS2
MEC-I155
MEC-I291
PLA-1l61
21
S
2
2
2
0
0
2
2
0
9
0
6
S
5
3
S
11
4
4
Trigonometry II
Die Making II
EDM Machining II
Mold Making I
4
IS
18
5
122
�TOOL, DIE, AND MOLD MAKING (continued)
TWRD QUARTER
CAS-IOI
MEC-1152
MEC-1156
PHY-130X
PHY-I30Y
PLA-1l62
Intro to Microcomputers
Gauges & Special Tools
Die Making m
Technical Physics I
PHY-I30Lab
Mold Making II
SUMMER QUARTER
0
1
2
3
0
2
0
0
0
0
2
0
3
6
6
0
0
6
8
2
21
I
3
ENG-11oo
ISC-203
MEC-1l53
PLA-1l63
4
3
Vocational Communications
Industrial Safety
ToolMaking
Mold Making m
4
3
2
2
8
0
2
2
0
0
0
6
9
3
3
5
4
4
15
15
16
TOTAL REQmRED CREDITS ••• 70
WELDING
(V-OSO)
The Welding curriculum gives students sound understanding of the principles. methods. techniques and skills
essential for successful employment in the welding field and metals industry. Welders join metals by applying intense
heat. and sometimes pressure to form a permanent bond between intersecting metals.
Welding offers employment in practically any industry: ship building. automotive. aircraft. guided missiles.
heavy equipment. railroads, construction, pipefitting, production shops, job shops and many others.
Upon completion of the program, the student will receive a diploma.
FIRST QUARTER
BPR-ll04 BPrint Read - Mechanical
ENG-llOI Comm Skills in Grammar
MAT-ll 01 General Math
MEC-ll04 Structure of Metals
WLD·1120 Oxy·Fuel & Basic Welding
OR
WLD-II20AOxy-Fuel & Basic Welding
AND
WLD-II20B Oxy-Fuel & Basic Welding
SECOND QUARTER
I
3
3
3
3
2
0
2
2
0
0
12
7
2
0
6
4
0
6
3
6
12
20
13
0
0
0
2
3
BPR-1117 BPrint Read - Welding
Intro to Microcomputers
CAS-101
ELC-llSO Basic Electricity
MAT-ll 03 Geometry
WLD-1l21 Shield Metal Arc Welding
OR
WLD-112IAShield Metal Arc Welding
AND
WLD-1121B Shield Metal Arc Welding
4
4
1
0
3
3
3
2
0
0
0
3
3
0
0
15
8
0
6
4
0
10
123
0
0
2
I
3
3
9
4
0
21
17
�WELDING (continued)
THIRD QUARTER
DFT-1118
PSY-llOl
WLD-1123
WLD-1124
Pattern Devel & Layout
Human Relations
Gas Shielded Arc Welding
Pipe Welding
FOURTH QUARTER
3
3
2
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
6
12
2
0
6
4
2
0
6
0
18
2
4
12
2
3
0
2
0
0
7
3
3
4
8
18
MEC-1112
WLD-1126
WLD-1l27
WLD-1128
Machine Shop Processes
Mech Testing & Inspection
Comrn & Industrial Pract
Certification Practice
6
3
3
3
9
6
5
5
24
16
OR
WLD-1124A Pipe Welding
AND
WLD-1l24B Pipe Welding
TOTAL REQUIRED CREDITS ... 71
124
�C.Il
Z
o
Fayetteville Technical
Community College
�NOTE:
All numbers to the right of the course titles in the Course
Description section refer to contact hours and total quarter
credit hours for classes in the following order:
Example:
Lecture
Hours
ENG-1OI Grammar
Lab
Hours
Shop/
Clinic
Hours
Quarter
Credit
Hours
3
0
0
3
126
�FAYETTEVILLE TECHNICAL COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
ACC·IOS
3
Personal Income Taxes
o
o
3
This course includes an overview of federal income taxes for individuals. Emphasis is placed on the latest
income tax information including changes legislated by Acts of 1981, 1983, 1984, 1985, and 1986. Upon completion,
students will be able to prepare a federal individual income tax return based on Internal Revenue Codes. Prerequisites:
None
ACC·UO
4
Financial Accounting
2
o
S
This course is designed for non-accounting majors: it provides instruction in small business financial account
ing relative to generally accepted accounting principles. Topics include basic principles of accounting, sales, cost of
goods sold, special journals, payroll, and cash control. Upon completion, students will be able to utilize accounting
statements and will know how the information they contain was generated. Prerequisites: None
ACC·US
4
Accounting for Managers
2
o
S
This course covers accounting for inventories, operational assets and the use of accounting data for manage
ment planning, control and decision making. Topics include inventory valuation, operational assets and depreciation,
cost accounting systems, budgeting, and analysis for decision making. Upon completion, students will be able to dis
cuss inventory and operational asset valuation, the generation and use of cost information, budgeting and decision mak
ing processes. Prerequisite: ACC 110
ACC-120
4
Accounting Principles I
2
o
S
This course is an introduction to basic accounting principles and practices. Topics include journals and journal
entries, the general ledger, work-sheets, statements, payroll systems, and voucher systems. Upon completion, students
will be able to maintain a basic set of accounting records including payroll for a single proprietorship and pursue fur
ther accounting study. Prerequisites: None
ACC·121
4
Accounting Principles II
2
o
S
This course is an introduction to basic principles of internal control and partnership and corporate accounting
procedures. Topics include receivables and payables, inventories, depreciation, partnerships and corporate capital trans
actions. and corporate investments. Upon completion, students will be able to do normal daily maintenance and year
end procedures on a set of books for any type of small business. Prerequisite: ACC 120
ACC-122
4
Management Accounting
2
o
S
This course is a survey of managerial accounting. Topics include statement of cash flow, cost accounting,
budgets, standard costs. and financial analysis for decision making. Upon completion, students will be able to maintain
a simple cost accounting system, perform financial analysis, and make management decisions based on their analysis.
Prerequisite: ACC 121
ACC·123
o
Accounting on Computers
o
3
1
This course is a concentrated study of a commercial computerized accounting system. Topics include system
requirements. disk operating system, conversion, customizing. audit trail, data backup, general ledger and other
records, payroll, and annual closing. Upon completion, students will set up a computerized accounting system for a
small business, record and report accounting transactions utilizing computer hardware and accounting software.
Prerequisite: ACC 120
127
�ACC-139
4
Governmental Accounting
2
o
5
This course is a study of fund accounting for governmental units, colleges, hospitals, and other not-for-profit
organizations. Topics include general and special fund procedures, enterprise funds, and fund group accounting. Upon
completion, students will be able to record transactions using the fund accounting procedures of governmental units.
Prerequisite: ACC 110 or ACC 223
ACC-221
5
Intermediate Acct I
o
o
5
This course includes a review of financial accounting functions and theory and a detailed study of the valua
tion and presentation of balance sheet current items. Topics include income statement and balance sheet, future and
present value, cash, short-term investments, receivables, and inventories. Upon completion, students will be able to
apply their understanding of the accounting standards related to these topics within private or public accounting set
tings. Prerequisite: ACC 121
ACC-222
4
Intermediate Acct II
2
o
5
This course includes in-depth studies of inventories, liabilities, long-term assets, stockholders' equity, and
valuation procedures for balance sheet presentation. Topics include inventories, liabilities, operational assets, stock
holders' equity, and long-term investments in equity securities. Upon completion, students will be able to apply their
understanding of the basics of these accounting methods and standards within private or public accounting settings.
Prerequisite: ACC 221
ACC-223
Intermediate Acct III
4
2
o
5
This course includes concentrated studies of long-term debt, pensions, leases, revenue recognition, earnings
per share, changes in cash flow, and income taxes. Topics include long-term debt. pensions, leases, revenue recogni
tion, earnings per share, changes in cash flow, and income taxes. Upon completion, students will be able to apply their
understanding of these accounting topics within public or private accounting settings. Prerequisite: ACC 222
ACC-224
Advanced Accounting
4
2
o
5
This course provides the student with an understanding of accounting theory, principles, and practices as they
pertain to partnerships, consolidations, and governmental units. Emphasis is placed on accounting problems of partner
ships, business combinations, accounting for investments, and general/special funds of governmental units. Upon com
pletion, students will be able to apply their knowledge in the accomplishment of accounting tasks for larger business
entities and governmental units. Prerequisite: ACC 223
ACC-225
Cost Accounting
4
2
o
5
This course covers the responsibilities of management and the procedures for three cost accounting systems.
Topics include classification of costs, job order and process cost, and the use of standard cost procedures. Upon com
pletion. students will be able to maintain a simple accounting system using any of the above cost accounting proce
dures. Prerequisite: ACC 122
ACC-227
Managerial Accounting
4
2
o
5
This course covers the use of accounting information for managerial planning, control, and decision making.
Topics include budgeting, cost-volume- profit analysis, direct costing, and using standard cost data for decision mak
ing. Upon completion. students will be able to prepare budgets. analyze accounting data, and make recommendations
based on that analysis. Prerequisite: ACC 225
128
�ACC·229
5
Federal Income Tax
o
o
5
This course includes an overview of federal income taxes for individuals. partnerships. and corporations.
Emphasis is placed on the application of Internal revenue codes to preparation of tax returns for individuals. partner
ships. and corporations. Upon completion, students will be able to complete federal tax returns for individuals, partner
ships. and corporations. Prerequisite: ACC 115 or ACC 121
ACC·235
5
Auditing
o
o
5
This course includes an in-depth analysis of the philosophy and environment of auditing from practical and
theoretical bases. Emphasis is placed on understanding and being able to re-state auditing standards and audit reports.
Upon completion, students will be able to analyze audit cases by applying audit standards and write an audit report
without assistance. Prerequisite: ACC 223
AGR·1l0
SoD Science & FertHizer
4
2
o
5
This course introduces the basic principles of efficient classification. evaluation, and management of agricul
tural soils. Emphasis is placed on the care, cultivation, and fertilization of the soil and the conservation of soil fertility.
Upon completion, students will be able to conduct and evaluate soil tests and to implement recommendations or other
corrective measures. Prerequisites: None
AGR·201
3
Agricultural Cbemicals
2
o
4
This course covers a study of pesticides: their formulations. ingredients, safety, and application methods used
on the farm. (Day schedule only.) Emphasis is placed on safety, care and methods of preparation and application of
agricultural chemicals. Upon completion, students will be able to understand the uses of agricultural chemicals and pre
cautions that should be used during application. Prerequisites: None
AGR·228
Plant Disease & Parasites
3
2
o
4
This course introduces the disease and insect pests which have an economic or aesthetic impact on horticul
tural production. Emphasis is placed on disease and insect identification, natural and artificial control measures, and
economic impact Upon completion, students will be able to identify common disease and insect problems and pre
scribe appropriate control measures based upon North Carolina state recommendations. Prerequisites: HOR 125 and/or
HOR 120 and 121
AGR·230
3
Intro to Agricultural Eco
2
o
4
This course introduces economics, the function of the agricultural economic system, and the role of agricul
ture in the economy. Emphasis is placed on the functions of a small business manager and the principles used in mak
ing economic decisions. Upon completion, students will be able to make management decisions pertinent to the success
of a business based upon sound economic principles. Prerequisites: None
AGR·231
3
Prod of Plants & Crops
2
o
4
This course is designed to survey traditional and novel production practices in horticultural plants. Emphasis
is placed on soil preparation, planting, cultivation, harvest, and marketing of flowers, fruits, and vegetables. Upon com
pletion. students will be able to discuss the advantages and disadvantages of various production practices. Prerequisites:
None
129
�AHR-IOIA
3
Refrig. Fundamentals I
o
3
4
This course introduces students to the fundamentals of refrigeration and to the hand tools used by refrigeration
technicians. Emphasis is placed on terminology, principles of operation, refrigerant cycle, and the safe use of hand
tools. Upon completion, students will be able to explain the function of a compression refrigeration system, the pres
sure temperature relationship, and safe use hand tools. Prerequisites: None
AHR·IOIB
1
Refrig. Fundamentals I
o
6
3
This course is a continuation of AHR lOlA and provides a more in·depth study of system components and
operation. Emphasis is placed on components, equipment, and the use of gauges and thermometers to evaluate systems.
Upon completion, students will be able to transfer refrigerants to the system and evaluate the systems ability to move
heat. Prerequisite: AHR 10 I A
AHR·IOIX
4
Refrig. Fundamentals I
o
o
4
This course introduces the student to the fundamentals of basic refrigeration cycles. Emphasis is placed on ter
minology, refrigeration system components, and tools utilized in the trade today. Upon completion, students will be
able to explain the function of a compression refrigeration system and to recognize all the major components.
Prerequisites: None; Corequisite: AHR 101 Y
AHR-IOIY
o
AHR·101 Lab
o
9
3
This course introduces the student to the common hand tools required of a refrigeration technician when
installations are made. Emphasis is placed on correct use of these tools with job proficiency and safety always the
objective. Upon completion, students will be able to make flare joints, make soldered joints, transfer refrigerants to the
systems, and explain pressure temperature relationships. Prerequisites: None; Corequisite: AHR 101X
AHR-I02X
4
Refrig. Fundamentals II
o
o
4
This course is a continuation of AHR 101 with greater depth in refrigeration theory, procedures, and small
commercial equipment. Topics include low, medium, and high temperature small commercial systems operation, and
refrigeration accessories. Upon completion, students will be able to install many of the common small commercial units
and to troubleshoot their refrigeration and mechanical problems. Prerequisites: AHR 101, or AHR lOlA, 10lB;
Corequisite: AHR 102Y
AHR·]02Y
o
AHR·]02 Lab
o
9
3
This course provides more hands-on experience with the technician's tools and test instruments applied to
larger systems. Emphasis is placed on mastering the routine service and installation procedures made use of in the field
today. Upon completion, students will be able to diagnose problems and make necessary repairs in the areas of refriger
ation leaks, and component malfunction. Prerequisite: AHR 101; Corequisite: AHR 102X
AHR·1l0X
3
Circuits and Controls I
o
o
3
This course introduces the student to basic electricity and basic circuits in the refrigeration field. Topics
include Ohms Law, electron theory, series and parallel circuits, symbols, and components. Upon completion, students
will be able to understand and construct simple pictorial and schematic wiring diagrams. Prerequisites: None;
Corequisite: AHR 11 OY
130
�AUR-1l0Y
o
AUR·1l0 Lab
o
6
2
This course provides hands·on experience using test instruments and constructing basic electrical circuits.
Emphasis is placed on electricity safety, electric meter use, and component operation. Upon completion, students will
be able to wire complete electrical circuits and measure amps, ohms, and voltage. Prerequisites: None; Corequisite:
AURllOX
AUR·IlIX
Circuits and Controls II
3
o
o
3
This course is a continuation of AHR 110. It provides in-depth study of more complex circuits and more sys
tem electrical components. Topics include defrost timers, motor starting. relays, transformers, single phase motor, ther
mostats, and pressure switches. Upon completion, students will be able to explain single phase motor operation and
most of the small commercial refrigeration wiring components. Prerequisite: AUR 110; Corequisite: AHR 111 Y
AUR·IlIY
o
AUR-1l1 Lab
o
6
2
This course provides hands-on training. wiring, and testing motors and small commercial refrigeration sys
tems electrical components. Emphasis is placed on use of wiring diagrams, and testing electrical components mechani
cal and electrical operation. Upon completion, students will be able to troubleshoot and make electrical and mechanical
repairs to components covered in this course. Prerequisite: AHR 110; Corequisite: AHR 111 X
AHR-1l21
Basic Heating & Air Condo
3
o
3
4
This course is designed to provide training in refrigeration, heating, and air conditioning as required in indus
trial maintenance. Emphasis is placed on fundamentals, system components, sequence of system operation, electricity,
controls, and trouble-shooting. Upon completion. students will be able to diagnose mechanical and electrical malfunc
tions in mechanical systems and repair when possible or replace parts when necessary. Prerequisites: None
AUR-1l2X
Circuits & Controls III
2
o
o
2
This course is a continuation of AHR III and introduces the electrical system of warm air furnaces. Topics
include fan-limit control, room thermostats, gas valves, oil primary, electronic ignition, and ignition transformers. Upon
completion, students will be able to explain warm air gas and oil furnace electrical operation. Prerequisite: AHR ll1X;
Corequisite: AHR 112Y
AUR-1l2Y
o
AUR-1l2 Lab
o
6
2
This course provides hands-on training in wiring and testing oil and gas warm air furnaces. Emphasis is placed
on identifying and understanding the operation of controls. Upon completion, students will be able to test, troubleshoot
and repair oil and gas furnaces. Prerequisite: AHR III X; Corequisite: AHR 112X
AUR-145A
Warm Air Systems I
3
o
3
4
This course introduces students to the fundamentals of warm air gas furnaces. Emphasis is placed on terminol
ogy, principles, theory. components, materials, equipment, and tools utilized in the field today. Upon completion, stu
dents will be able to understand the function of a heating system to install and service those with gas furnaces.
Prerequisite: AHR I02X or 10IB
AHR·145B
Warm Air Systems I
I
o
6
3
This course is a continuation of AHR 14SA and introduces the fundamentals of warm air oil furnaces.
Emphasis is placed on terminology, theory, components, equipment, and tools utilized in the field today. Upon comple
tion, students will be able to understand the function of installing and servicing oil warm air furnaces. Prerequisite:
AHR 14SA
131
�AHR·145X
Warm Air Systems I
4
o
o
4
This course introduces the student to the fundamentals of wann air heat. Emphasis is placed on terminology,
principles, theory, components, materials, equipment, and tools utilized in the field today. Upon completion, students
will be able to understand the function of a heating system and to install and service those with gas and oil furnaces.
Prerequisite: AHR 102X or IOIB; Corequisite: AHR 145Y
AHR·l4SY
o
AHR·l4S Lab
o
9
3
This course provides hands·on practice with the components and controls of wann air systems. Emphasis is
placed on installation and service procedures required of technicians involved with gas and oil equipment. Upon com
pletion, students will be able to install gas and oil furnace systems and diagnose and repair mechanical and electrical
problems. Prerequisite: AHR I02X or 100B; Corequisite: AHR 145X
AHR·146X
4
Warm Air Systems II
o
o
4
This course is a continuation of AHR 145 and introduces electric furnaces and air to air heat pumps. Emphasis
is placed on the physical make-up of this equipment including controls and sequence of operation. Upon completion,
students will be able to analyze operating difficulties with the use of special instruments and tools and suggest methods
ofrepair. Prerequisite: AHR 145X or 145B; Corequisite: AHR I46Y
AHR·l46Y
o
AHR·l46 Lab
o
6
2
This course provides hands-on training in installing and servicing electric furnaces and heat pumps. Emphasis
is placed on setting equipment properly, running tubing in the most correct manner, and adjusting automatic controls.
Upon completion, students will be able to install electric furnaces and heat pumps in the field and to perform many
trouble-shooting functions. Prerequisite: AHR 145X or 145B; Corequisite: AHR 146X
AHR·147X
1
Air Systems Fabrication
o
o
1
This course provides training in air conditioning duct work:, fitting, design, and layout. Emphasis is placed on
determining the proper type fitting required for a given application and the layout procedure necessary to fabricate it.
Upon completion, students will be ready to layout straight duct, elbows, offsets, transitions, Y joints, and all common
air duct fittings. Prerequisites: None; Corequisite: AHR 147Y
AHR·147Y
o
AHR·147 Lab
o
6
2
This course provides hands-on training in the metal shop utilizing the proper tools and equipment for a partic
ular sheet metal fitting. Emphasis is placed on the use of hand tools and shop equipment required to cut, form, and fab
ricate all common duct fittings. Upon completion, students will be able to layout from a sketch on paper and to
fabricate sheet metal elbows, offsets, transitions, and Y joints. Prerequisites: None; Corequisite: AHR 145X
AHR-201
4
Principles of Air Cond
o
6
6
This course acquaints the student with comfort air conditioning, load calculations, types of units, refrigeration
effect, and air flow principles. Emphasis is placed on associating certain equipment with certain building structures and
duct system design procedures. Upon completion, students will be able to utilize the industry's manual and to accu
rately calculate the heat loss and gain of a building. Prerequisite: AHR 146
AHR·220
3
Refrig. System Design
o
6
5
This course is designed to complement AHR 102 and introduces the student to load calculation. Emphasis is
placed on refrigeration equipment selection, component location, and freon pipe sizing. Upon completion, students will
be able to calculate the heat load on small commercial refrigeration boxes, and use manufacturers' catalogs to select
equipment. Prerequisite: AHR 102X
132
�AHR·221
Air Cond System Design
4
o
6
6
This course acquaints the student with application engineering procedures used when designing small air con
ditioning systems. Emphasis is placed on heat loss and gain calculations using ACCA's Manual "J" and on duct system
layout. Upon completion, students will be able to compute the heat gain and loss from a residential building and design
a suitable system. Prerequisite: AHR 201
AHR·230
3
Hydronic Systems
o
9
6
This course deals with hydronic systems, chilled water, hot water, boilers, chiller system components, and pip
ing designs. Emphasis is placed on the physical and mechanical make-up of the different systems used today and on the
electric controls required. Upon completion, students will be able to identify, lay out, install, and trouble-shoot many of
the smaller hot water and chilled water systems. Prerequisite: AHR 201
AHR·247
Advanced Heat Pumps
2
o
9
s
This course is a continuation of AHR 146 and introduces current heat pump technology. Topics include elec
tronic control systems, variable speed systems, and water source heat pumps. Upon completion, students will be able to
analyze the performance of these systems, and make electrical and mechanical repairs. Prerequisites: AHR 146X
AHR·249
3
Service Problems
o
6
s
This course provides review of procedures and practices the student has been acquainted with earlier in the
program. Emphasis is placed on installation and service techniques utilized in the field of refrigeration, heating, and air
conditioning equipment. Upon completion, students will be able to install equipment correctly and safely, diagnose and
repair system malfunctions, and test for operating efficiency. Prerequisite: AHR III
APR·IOI
3
Intro to RE Appraisal
o
o
3
This course introduces the student to real estate appraisal and provides an overview of the entire valuation
process. Topics include basic real property law, concepts of value, real estate markets, and real estate fmance. Upon
completion, students will be able to understand property data collection and analysis. Prerequisite: RLS 101 or College
Algebra
APR·I03
3
Valuation Prine & Proced
o
o
3
This course covers the procedures used to develop an estimate of property value and their application.
Emphasis is placed on appraisal of residential 1-4 unit properties and small farms. Upon completion, students will be
able to understand the derivation of property value estimates. Prerequisite: APR-WI
APR·lOS
2
Appl Res Prop Valuation
2
o
3
This course covers laws, rules, and standards which must be followed by appraisers and their application.
Topics include N.C. Real Estate Appraisers Act and related Commission rules. Upon completion, students will be able
to prepare an appraisal of a single-family home using the URAR form. Prerequisite: APR 103
APR·201
3
Intro to Income Prop Appr
o
o
3
This course will provide a review of the income property appraisal method. Topics include basic income capi
talization, valuation process, real estate market analysis, basic algebra finance mathematics, mortgage loan calculations,
future gross income and operating expenses, net operating income and before cash flow. Upon completion, students
will be able to perform a basic income property appraisal. Prerequisite: APR WI, 103, and 105 or certification by the
NC Real Estate Commission as a residential Appraiser
133
�APR·203
3
Adv Income Capital. Proc
o
o
3
This course covers some of the advanced income capitalization procedures. Topics include basic income capi
talization, concepts of value components, basic investment methods, DCF analysis and Ellwood & Akerson mortgage
equity analysis. Upon completion, students will be able to perform an advanced income capitalization appraisal.
Prerequisites: APR 101, 103, 105,201, or certification by the NC Real Estate Commission as a Residential Appraiser
APR·205
2
App Income Prop Valuation
2
o
3
This course covers the basics of applied income property valuation. Topics include federal regulations of
appraiser, NC Real Estate Appraiser Act, uniform professional standards, report preparation and appraising lease and
development interest. Upon completion, students will be able to perform an income property valuation using the proper
techniques and generate an appraisal report using the standard appraisal forms. Prerequisites: APR 10 I, 103, 105, 201,
and 203, or certification by the NC Real Estate Commission as a Residential Appraiser
ARC-tOO
I
Sketching, Drawing & Comp
4
o
3
This course introduces free-hand sketching and drawing and the arrangement of design elements in a balanced
composition. Emphasis is placed on developing a free-hand sketching style using pencils and felt tip pens. Upon com
pletion, students will be able to exhibit basic sketching abilities using pencils and felt tip pens. Prerequisites: None
ARC·101
2
Arch Drafting & Dsgn I
o
6
4
This course provides a study of drawing principles and practices for describing objects in the graphic language
through visualization and preparation of working drawings. Emphasis is placed on orthographic instrument drawing;
isometrics, sections, auxiliaries, and space problems involving points, lines, and planes are introduced. Upon comple
tion, students will be able to visualize, analyze, and prepare complete and accurate technical drawings. Prerequisites:
None
ARC-I02
Arch Drafting & Dsgn II
2
o
6
4
This course is a continuation of ARC 101 and includes further development of orthographic drawing skills.
Emphasis is placed on programming, design development drawing, and working drawing composition. Upon comple
tion, students will be able to develop a program, layout design development drawings, and begin to layout working
drawings. Prerequisite: ARC 101
ARC-I03
Arch Drafting & Dsgn III
2
2
6
5
This course is a continuation of ARC 102 and includes further development of working drawings skills.
Topics include working drawings, with emphasis on residential scale drawings. Upon completion, students will be able
to develop a set of simple residential scale working drawings. Prerequisite: ARC 102
ARC·110
Intro To Architecture
2
o
3
3
This course is concerned with a morphological study of the essential elements of form and space as related to
architectural design. Emphasis is placed on those principles that control the organization of form and space in an archi
tectural context. Upon completion, students will be able to recognize concepts of form and space and to develop these
into an architectural understanding of the built environment. Prerequisite: ARC 101
134
�ARC·1I1
Materials & Methods I
2
2
3
4
This course is an introductory level course into the technical aspects of building materials and construction
techniques. Topics include soils and basic building materials; field trips are taken to examine field construction meth
ods and techniques. Upon completion, students will be able to discuss the basics of residential and small commercial
building materials and construction techniques. Prerequisites: None
ARC·1I2
Materials & Methods II
3
4
o
5
This course is a continuation of ARC III and provides further development of building materials knowledge.
Emphasis is placed on minor building materials, more complex construction techniques, and field trips. Upon comple
tion, students will be able to explain construction techniques and materials and exhibit this understanding through
design details. Prerequisite: ARC 11 I
ARC·l20
Codes/Specs/Contracts
2
2
o
3
This course provides the student with a basic understanding of N.C. Building Codes and their effect on con
tract documents and the design/contractual process. Topics include the N.C. Building Code, residential code, zoning
ordinances, organization of specifications, and contracts. Upon completion, students will be able to obtain information
from the various codes, interpret the codes, and write an outline construction specification. Prerequisites: None
ARC·130
3
Architectural Estimating
4
o
5
This course covers several methods of architectural estimating. Topics include materials, equipment, and labor
take·offs and an introduction to computer estimating. Upon completion, students will be able to do a quantity take·off
of a building and determine the cost based on materials, equipment, and labor. Prerequisite: ARC 102 or employed in
specialty and ARC 112
ARC·135
o
Intro to Arch CAD
o
3
1
This course introduces the student to computer drafting and design. Topics include OOS, systems operations,
and introduction to VERSACAD software. Upon completion, students will be able to save information on disk and
draft basic drawings with the computer. Prerequisites: None
ARC· 140
Architectural CAD
2
4
o
4
This course introduces the student to the basics of computer-aided drafting and design. Topics include DOS,
systems operation, disk initialization, CADD software, and other types of construction uses. Upon completion, students
will be able to discuss the basics of a computer-aided drafting/design system and produce drawings using the system.
Prerequisite: ARC 102 or knowledge of drafting techniques and processes and ARC 135
ARC·140A
Architectural CAD A
1
2
o
2
This course is an introduction to computer drafting and design. Topics include DOS, systems operation, and
an introduction to VERSACAD software. Upon completion, students will be able to explain the basics of a computer
aided drafting/design system and will have basic knowledge of VERSACAD software. Prerequisite: ARC 102 or
knowledge of drafting techniques and processes and ARC 135
ARC·140B
1
Architectural CAD B
2
o
2
This course is a continuation of ARC 140A and includes an introduction to AUTOCAD. Emphasis is placed
on a skillful use of AUTOCAD software, plotting drawings, and other types of software. Upon completion, students
will be able to apply the basics of a computer-aided drafting/design system and produce drawings using the system.
Prerequisite: ARC 140A or Dept. Chrp. Approval
135
�ARC·201
Arch Drafting & Dsgn IV
2
2
6
5
This course is a continuation of ARC 103 and includes further development and refinement of working draw
ings skills. Topics include systems drafting and working drawings with emphasis on small commercial scale buildings.
Upon completion, students will be able to develop a set of small commercial scale working drawings, part of which
will be developed with CADD. Prerequisites: ARC 103 and 140
ARC·202
2
Arch Drafting & Dsgn V
2
6
5
This course is a continuation of ARC 201 and includes further development of working drawings skills.
Topics include systems drafting and working drawings with emphasis on larger commercial scale buildings. Upon com
pletion, students will be able to develop a set of larger commercial scale working drawings, with partial drawings being
developed with CADD. Prerequisite: ARC 201
ARC·203
2
Arch Drafting & Dsgn VI
4
6
6
This course is a continuation of ARC 202 and includes refinement of working drawings skills. Topics include
systems drafting with emphasis on the completion of a full set of working drawings. Upon completion, students will be
able to develop a set of working drawings from design development concept sketches, with partial drawings being
developed with CADD. Prerequisite: ARC 202
ARC·211
1
Arch Presentations I
4
o
3
This course is an introduction to basic architectural presentation methods. Topics include use of colored pen
cils, markers, pen and ink, and reprographics in aspects of design development drawings. Upon completion, students
will be able to produce design development presentation drawings using colored pencils, markers, and pen and ink.
Prerequisite: ARC 103
ARC·212
Arch Presentations II
2
4
o
4
This course is a continuation of ARC 211 and includes further presentation skills development. Topics include
pen and ink perspectives, pen and ink illustrations, and mixed media. Upon completion, students will be able to prepare
pen and ink perspectives from working drawings and will have a basic skill level with mixed media. Prerequisite: ARC
211
ARC·221
1
Arch Environment Sys I
2
3
3
This course introduces the student to the interrelationship of architecture, engineering, and environment.
Topics include heating/cooling of a building, energy calculations, water distribution, and water systems. Upon comple
tion, students will be able to calculate heat loss/gain and produce a plumbing riser diagram and will have an under
standing of various environmental systems. Prerequisite: ARC 201
ARC·222
Arch Environment Sys II
1
2
3
3
This course is a continuation of ARC 221 and includes further development of mechanical systems knowl
edge. Topics include building electrical systems, lighting layout calculations, and air distribution systems. Upon com
pletion, students will be able to layout an electrical fixture layout drawing, calculate duct sizes, and layout a standard
duct system. Prerequisite: ARC 221
136
�ARC·230
2
Project Seminar
6
o
5
This course is advanced work to develop and complete a project in a specified area of architectural interest
under the direction of Department Chairperson. Emphasis is placed on individual work methods within the field of con
struction or architecture. Upon completion, students will be able to demonstrate problem solving ability within an
architectural/ construction context. Prerequisites: ARC 202 and 140
ARC·235
1
Portfolio
4
o
3
This course is designed to prepare the graduating student for employment in the architecturaVconstruction
fields. Emphasis is placed on preparation of the student's portfolio and resume. Upon completion, students will be able
to exhibit architecturaVconstruction skills through visual skills of drawing and delineation. Prerequisites: ARC 202
and 212
ART·103
2
Basic Drawing
4
o
4
This course provides an introduction to theory and practice in the elements of drawing in a variety of media,
surfaces, and techniques. Emphasis is placed on graphic visualization, both representational and imaginary, and
includes considerations of composition, perspective, form and space. Upon completion, students will be able to employ
these techniques and tools as a means toward personal expression and communication. Prerequisites: None
ART·105
2
Life Study
4
o
4
This course provides an introduction to drawing the human figure using a variety of media. Topics include
gesture, contour, modeling, structure, hatching, wash, and positive and negative space. Upon completion, students will
be able to achieve a reasonable likeness of the human form. Prerequisites: None
ART·107
2
Watercolor
2
o
3
This course provides an introduction to painting in transparent watercolor. Topics include tools, materials,
stretching paper, varied painting techniques, and experiences in working from landscape, still life, and the figure. Upon
completion, students will be able to apply their understanding of traditional techniques and methods as they continue to
paint individually. Prerequisites: None
ART·15l
5
Art Appreciation
o
o
5
This course provides a broad introduction to the visual arts and surveys painting, sculpture, and architecture
from prehistoric times to the present. Emphasis is placed on major historical periods, styles, philosophies, and pur
poses; required slide lectures. Upon completion, students will be able to appreciate the relationship between art and
man and discuss the various philosophies behind the development of style. Prerequisites: None
ART·152
5
Sculpture
o
o
5
This course provides an introduction to basic skills and techniques with emphasis on ceramic sculpture.
Topics include shape, proportion, modeling, composition, carving, balance, light and shadow, and other aspects of
three-dimensional form. Upon completion, students will be able to produce ceramic sculpture demonstrating a variety
of surface treatments. Prerequisites: None
ART·281
5
Sculpture II
o
o
5
This course is directed to help the student explore three-dimensional designs in a variety of materials concen
trating on the exploration of creative concepts and form. Emphasis is placed on creativity, form relationships, and sur
face treatment. Upon completion, students will be able to create sculptural forms using a variety of media. Prerequisite:
ART 152
137
�AUT-IOI
2
Internal Comb Engines I
4
o
4
This course teaches the basic principles of the internal combustion engine. Topics include safety, use of mea
suring, hand tools, and principles of engine operation. Upon completion, students will be able to use measuring tools
and hand tools and diagnose minor engine problems. Prerequisites: None
AUT-102
2
Internal Comb Engines II
2
o
3
This course, a continuation of AUT 101, provides the practical application of engine repairs. Topics include
pistons, valves, and crankshafts. Upon completion, students will be able to recondition engines. Prerequisite: AUT 101
AUT-103
2
Electrical Systems I
4
o
4
This course provides the concepts of basic electricity and fundamentals of engine related electrical devices.
Topics include how to make necessary repairs and service procedures of electrical devices. Upon completion, students
will be able to trouble-shoot the procedures of the charging, ignition, and starting system. Prerequisites: None
AUT-104
2
Electrical Systems II
2
o
3
This course provides a thorough understanding of the operation and use of various test instruments, ohm
meters, voltmeters, ampmeters, and oscilloscopes. Topics include the basics of the function of the computer systems
and methods of testing. Upon completion, students will be able to repair and service engine related electrical
devices. Prerequisite: AUT 103
AUT-106
Auto Power Train Sys I
2
4
o
4
This course provides a thorough understanding of the principles and functions of the automotive power train
systems. Topics include clutches, transmissions, drive shaft assemblies, differentials, and transaxles. Upon completion,
students will be able to perform the servicing and repair of automotive power train components. Prerequisite: AUT 101
AUT-107
Auto Power Train Sys II
2
2
o
3
This course covers the functions of and provides practical hands-on experience with adjustment and repair of
suspension, steering, and brake systems. Topics include shock absorbers, springs, steering systems, steering linkage,
wheel alignment, and braking systems. Upon completion, students will be able to service and repair suspension, steer
ing, braking systems and do total wheel alignment. Prerequisite: AUT 106
AUT-lOS
Basic Auto Fuel Systems
2
4
o
4
This course covers principles of automotive fuel systems. Emphasis is placed on carburetors, fuel pumps, and
intake systems. Upon completion, students will be able to disassemble and reassemble carburetors and make necessary
repairs. Prerequisites: None
AUT-HOI
3
Automotive Engines
o
12
7
This course develops a thorough knowledge of the construction and operation of automobile engines. Topics
include how to make necessary repairs to engines. Upon completion, students will be able to recondition automobile
engines. Prerequisites: None
1
AUT-HOlA Automotive Engines
o
6
3
This course develops a knowledge of the operation and repair of automotive engines. Topics include hand and
measuring tools, construction, and the operation and repair of automotive engines. Upon completion, students will be
able to use hand and measuring tools, valve equipment, and engine tools. Prerequisites: None
138
�2
AUT·110lB Automotive Engines
o
6
4
This course covers engine overhaul. Topics include piston, valve, crankshaft, block, and camshaft service.
Upon completion, students will be able to diagnose and repair major engine problems. Prerequisite: AUT llOlA
AUT·1102
6
Engine Electrical Systems
o
9
9
This course teaches concepts of basic electricity and engine related electrical devices. Topics include basic
electricity, charging, cranking, and ignition systems. Upon completion, students will be able to diagnose and repair
engine electrical system problems. Prerequisite: AUT 1101
4
AUT·ll02A Engine Electrical Systems
o
3
5
This course teaches concepts of basic electricity and engine related electrical devices. Emphasis is placed on
classroom work and teacher demonstrations. Upon completion, students will be able to demonstrate proper use of test
equipment on components. Prerequisite: AUT 1101
2
AUT·1102B Engine Electrical Systems
o
6
4
This course covers repair procedures for electrical engine systems. Topics include alternators, batteries, crank
ing motors, and ignition systems. Upon completion, students will be able to test and repair engine electrical compo
nents. Prerequisite: AUT l102A
AUT·ll10
Automotive Repair
2
o
6
4
This course is designed to provide the student with an opportunity to gain knowledge and develop skills in
assembling and disassembling the components of the automobile or light truck. Subject areas will include automobile
electrical, chassis and suspension, power train, and air conditioning. Prerequisites: None
AUT·l111
6
Auto Body Repair I
o
12
10
This course includes instruction for basic knowledge and skills necessary in repairing and restoring an auto
mobile body. Topics include making minor repairs by straightening and filling with body filler and fiberglass. Upon
completion. students will be able to apply their understanding of basic body repair and component parts in repair and
restoration of automobile bodies. Prerequisites: None
AUT·l111A Auto Body Repair I
3
o
6
5
This course includes instruction for basic knowledge and skills necessary in repairing and restoring an auto
mobile body. Topics include making minor repairs by straightening and filling with body filler and fiberglass. Upon
completion. students will be able to apply their understanding of basic body repair and component parts in repair and
restoration of automobile bodies. Prerequisites: None
AUT·HllB Auto Body Repair I
3
o
6
5
This course, a continuation of AUT lIllA, includes instruction for basic knowledge and skills necessary in
repairing and restoring an automobile body. Topics include making minor repairs by straightening and filling with body
filler and fiberglass. Upon completion. students will be able to apply their understanding of basic body repair and com
ponent parts in repair and restoration of automobile bodies. Prerequisite: AUT IlllA
139
�AUT-I112
6
Auto Body Repair II
o
12
10
This course includes an introduction to analyzing the damaged areas of automobile bodies and replacing parts.
Topics include accurate estimating of the cost of auto body repair including labor, materials, and parts. Upon comple
tion, students will be able to make estimates of damage and costs of repairing or replacing the damaged area.
Prerequisite: AUT 1111
3
AUT-ll12A Auto Body Repair II
o
6
5
This course includes an introduction to analyzing the damaged areas of automobile bodies and replacing parts.
Topics include accurate estimating of the cost of auto body repair including labor, materials, and parts. Upon comple
tion, students will be able to make estimates of damage and costs of repairing or replacing the damaged area.
Prerequisite: AUT 1111
3
AUT-l112B Auto Body Repair II
o
6
5
This course, a continuation of AUT 1112A, includes an introduction to analyzing the damaged areas of auto
mobile bodies and replacing parts. Topics include accurate estimating of the cost of auto body repair including labor,
materials, and parts. Upon completion, students will be able to make estimates of damage and costs of repairing or
replacing the damaged area. Prerequisite: AUT 1112A
AUT-lll3
8
Auto Body Repair III
o
12
12
This course consists of preparing the car for painting and the actual painting of a car. Topics include repairing
body damage, sanding, masking, priming, sealing. and painting. Upon completion, students will be able to prepare
properly a vehicle for painting and will know the fundamentals of painting. Prerequisite: AUT 1112
AUT-lll3A Auto Body Repair III
4
o
6
6
This course consists of preparing the car for painting and the actual painting of a car. Topics include repairing
body damage, sanding, masking. priming. sealing, and painting. Upon completion, students will be able to prepare
properly a vehicle for painting and will know the fundamentals of painting. Prerequisite: AUT 1112
AUT-llUB Auto Body Repair III
4
o
6
6
This course, a continuation of AUT 1113A, consists of preparing the car for painting and the actual painting of
a car. Topics include repairing body damage, sanding, masking, priming, sealing, and painting. Upon completion, stu
dents will be able to prepare properly a vehicle for painting and will know the fundamentals of painting. Prerequisite:
AUT II13A
AUT-I114
Auto Body Repair IV
7
o
15
12
This course includes an introduction to repairing frame damage and making necessary alignments. Topics
include frame straightening, body and frame components, and the frame and suspension system. Upon completion, stu
dents will be able to straighten a frame and make necessary alignment using the body straightening equipment.
Prerequisite: AUT 1113
2
AUT-lll4A Auto Body Repair IV
o
6
4
This course includes an introduction to repairing frame damage and making necessary alignments. Topics
include frame straightening, body and frame components, and the frame and suspension system. Upon completion, stu
dents will be able to straighten a frame and make necessary alignment using the body straightening equipment.
Prerequisite: AUT 1113
140
�2
AUT-1114B Auto Body Repair IV
o
6
4
This course, a continuation of AUT 1114A, includes an introduction to repairing frame damage and making
necessary alignments. Topics include frame straightening, body and frame components, and the frame and suspension
system. Upon completion, students will be able to straighten a frame and make necessary alignment using the body
straightening equipment. Prerequisite: AUT 1114A
3
AUT-1114C Auto Body Repair IV
o
3
4
This course, a continuation of AUT 1114B, includes an introduction to repairing frame damage and making
necessary alignments. Topics include frame straightening, body and frame components, and the frame and suspension
system. Upon completion, students will be able to straighten a frame and make necessary alignment using the body
straightening equipment. Prerequisite: AUT ll14B
AUT-1123A Auto Chassis & Suspension
4
o
3
5
This course covers the principles of front end alignment. Topics include manual steering, power steering, and
suspension systems. Upon completion, students will be able to align front ends and repair suspensions. Prerequisites: None
1
AUT-1123B Auto Chassis & Suspension
o
6
3
This course covers the principles of drum and disc braking systems. Topics include drum and disc brakes and
how to turn rotors. Upon completion, students will be able to repair or replace drum or disc braking systems.
Prerequisite: AUT 1123A
5
AUT-l123X Auto Chassis & Suspension
o
o
5
This course covers principles and functions of steering and braking systems. Topics include shock absorbers,
springs, and drum and disc brakes. Upon completion, students will be able to repair brakes and align front ends.
Prerequisites: None; Corequisite: AUT 1123Y
o
AUT-1123Y AUT-1123 Lab
o
9
3
This course allows the students to apply the classroom principles acquired in AUT 1123X. Topics include
master cylinders, wheel cylinders, power steering, and springs. Upon completion, students will be able to repair brakes
and suspension systems. Prerequisites: None; Corequisite: AUT 1123X
AUT-l124
3
Power Train Systems
o
9
6
This course teaches concepts concerning the flow of power from engine to drive wheels. Topics include
clutches, manual transmissions, drive shafts, rear axles, and transaxles. Upon completion, students will be able to diag
nose and repair drive line problems. Prerequisites: None
2
AUT-l124A Power Train Systems
o
3
3
This course teaches concepts concerning the flow of power from engine to drive wheels. Topics include
clutches, manual transmissions, drive shafts, rear axles, and transaxles. Upon completion, students will be able to iden
tify drive line components and disassemble and assemble components. Prerequisites: None
1
AUT-l124B Power Train Systems
o
6
3
This course, a continuation of AUT 1124A, covers repair procedures on power train systems. Topics include
removal and replacement of clutch, transmission, rear axle, and transaxle. Upon completion, students will be able to
disassemble and repair manual transmissions, rear axles, transaxles, and clutches. Prerequisite: AUT ll24A
141
�3
AUT -1125X Auto Sel"Vicing II
o
o
3
This course is designed to train the student in proper shop procedures required in trouble-shooting the various
vehicle systems. Emphasis is placed on the effective use of engine analyzers, electrical test meters, and computer test
equipment. Upon completion, students will be able to trouble-shoot effectively problems in the vehicle systems and use
available test equipment in the process. Prerequisites: AUT 1123, 1133, and 1183; Corequisite: AUT 1125Y
o
AUT-l125Y AUT·I12S Lab
o
9
3
This course is designed to provide the student with as much hands-on work as is practical during the final
quarter. Emphasis is placed on completing the job correctly and keeping the vehicle and work space clean and orderly.
Upon completion, students will be able to utilize valuable hands-on work experience in being more competitive in the
work force. Prerequisites: AUT 1123, 1133, and 1183; Corequisite: AUT I 125X
AUT-1132
3
Auto Fuel Systems
o
3
4
This course is designed to teach the fundamentals of gasoline fuel systems. Topics include fuel characteristics,
types of systems, pumps, and equipment. Upon completion, students will be able to diagnose and repair fuel system
problems. Prerequisite: AUT 1102
AUT -1133X Computers & Emissions
3
o
o
3
This course will provide the student with an in-depth look at the introduction, description, operation, and ser
vicing of emission control and computer systems. Emphasis is placed on how to apply the fundamentals of these sys
tems as he goes about his job as a mechanic. Upon completion, students will be able to diagnose and repair problems
within the emissions and computer systems. Prerequisites: None; Corequisite: AUT 1133Y
o
AUT-1133Y AUT-1133 Lab
o
3
I
This course is the hands-on part of emission controls, designed to give the student actual on-vehicle experi
ence. Emphasis is placed on the proper use of engine analyzers, exhaust analyzers, and computer testers necessary for
effective testing of this system. Upon completion, students will be able to identify service, trouble-shoot, and repair
emission control systems. Prerequisite: AUT 1181; Corequisite: AUT 1133X
AUT·l134
Electronic Fuel Injection
3
o
o
3
This course is designed to familiarize the student with electronic fuel injection systems used on domestic vehi
cles. Topics include "Port Fuel Injection Systems" as well as "Throttle Body Fuel Injection Systems." Upon comple
tion, students will be able to diagnose and repair fuel injection systems using repair manuals, diagnostic charts and test
equipment related to fuel injection. Prerequisites: AUT 1181 and 1133
AUT-1135X Auto Air Conditioning
3
o
o
3
This course is a study of the principles of refrigeration. Topics include compressors, receiver-dryers, and
expansion valves. Upon completion, students will be able to service air conditioners. Prerequisites: None; Corequisite:
AUT 1135Y
o
AUT-113SY AUT-1135 Lab
o
3
I
This course is designed to provide the students with hands-on experience with refrigeration systems in auto
mobiles. Emphasis is placed on service procedures for automotive air conditioning systems. Upon completion, students
will be able to diagnose and service air conditioning systems. Prerequisites: None; Corequisite: AUT 1135X
142
�2
AUT·1170A Power Plant Trouble Shoot
o
3
3
This course is designed to offer the fundamentals of proper troubleshooting. Emphasis is placed on the proper
use of test equipment. Upon completion. students will be able to operate test equipment in diagnosing auto trouble.
Prerequisites: AUT 1123, 1133. 1182, and 1183
AUT·1170B
1
Power Plant Trouble Shoot
o
3
2
This course is designed to offer the student opportunities to practice troubleshooting. Emphasis is placed on
using test equipment in troubleshooting. Upon completion, students will be able to diagnose auto difficulties efficiently.
Prerequisite: AUT 1170A
3
AUT·1170X Power Plant Trouble Shoot
o
o
3
This course is designed to train the students in proper troubleshooting. Emphasis is placed on the use of test
equipment. Upon completion, students will be able to efficiently troubleshoot. Prerequisites: AUT 1123, 1133, 1182,
and 1183; Corequisite: AUT 1170Y
o
AUT·1170Y AUT·1170 Lab
o
6
2
This course is designed to train the student in proper procedures of troubleshooting. Emphasis is placed on
proper procedures for troubleshooting. Upon completion, students will be able to gain experience in troubleshooting.
Prerequisites: AUT 1123, 1133, 1182, and 1183; Corequisite: AUT 1170X
3
AUT·1181X Auto Tune Up
o
o
3
This course is designed to give the student advanced training in the area of preventive maintenance on the
vehicle and engine systems. Topics include a review of the engine's mechanical, starting, ignition, charging, and fuel
systems and proper use of test equipment and analyzers. Upon completion. students will be able to use test equipment
for analyzing the engine and make repairs or adjustments to correct any defects. Prerequisite: AUT 1102; Corequisite:
AUT 1181Y
o
AUT·1181Y AUT·1181 Lab
o
3
1
This course is a practical application in the shop to apply classroom instruction on live projects. Emphasis is
placed on the correct use of test equipment and analyzers to detect any problems in engine systems. Upon completion,
students will be able to use test equipment correctly to analyze the engine and make proper repairs or adjustments
needed. Prerequisites: AUT 1102; Corequisite: AUT 1181X
3
AUT·1182A Automatic Transmissions
o
3
4
This course covers the fundamentals of servicing automatic transmissions. Topics include servos, band adjust
ments, and filter changes. Upon completion, students will be able to service automatic transmissions. Prerequisites:
None
3
AUT·1182B Automatic Transmissions
o
3
4
This course covers the fundamentals of repairing and replacing automatic transmissions. Topics include clean
ing and servicing valve bodies and seal replacement. Upon completion, students will be able to rebuild and adjust auto
matic transmissions. Prerequisite: AUT 1182A
143
�AUT-1l82X Automatic Transmissions
6
o
o
6
This course covers fundamentals of servicing automatic transmissions. Topics include servos, valve bodies,
and clutch packs. Upon completion, students will be able to service automatic transmissions. Prerequisite: AUT 1124;
Corequisite: AUT 1182Y
o
AUT-1l82Y AUT-1l82 Lab
o
6
2
This course allows the students to assemble and disassemble transmissions. Emphasis is placed on procedures
for rebuilding automatic transmissions. Upon completion, students will be able to rebuild automatic transmissions.
Prerequisite: AUT 1124; Corequisite: AUT 1182X
2
AUT-1l83A Chassis Electrical Circ
o
3
3
This course will acquaint the student with the chassis electrical systems and their construction. Topics include
the headlight, park light, stop light, tum signal, dash light, power window, power seat, and windshield wiper systems.
Upon completion, students will be able to troubleshoot and make repairs to these electrical systems using the proper
test equipment. Prerequisite: AUT 1102
AUT-1l83B Chassis Electrical Circ
2
o
3
3
This course is provided to give the student practical training on the vehicle chassis electrical systems.
Emphasis is placed on the use of test equipment and proper sequence of steps to locate problems in the electrical cir
cuits. Upon completion, students will be able to diagnose problems in the chassis electrical circuits and repair any
defects causing problems. Prerequisites: AUT 1102 and 1183A
AUT-1l83X Chassis Electrical Circ
4
o
o
4
This course will acquaint the student with the chassis electrical systems and their construction. Topics include
the headlight, park light, stop light, tum signal, dash light, power window, power seat, and windshield wiper systems.
Upon completion, students will be able to troubleshoot and make repairs to these electrical systems using the proper
test equipment. Prerequisite: AUT 1102; Corequisite: AUT 1183Y
o
AUT-1l83Y AUT-U83 Lab
o
6
2
This course is provided to give the student practical training on the vehicle chassis electrical systems.
Emphasis is placed on the use of test equipment and proper sequence of steps to locate problems in the electrical cir
cuits. Upon completion, students will be able to diagnose problems effectively in the chassis electrical circuits and
repair any defects causing problems. Prerequisite: AUT 1102; Corequisite: AUT 1183X
AUT-121
Basic Engines
3
o
12
7
This course develops a thorough knowledge of the construction and operation of automobile engines. Topics
include tools, shop safety, and the construction and operation of automobile engines. Upon completion, students will be
able to recondition automobile engines. Prerequisites: None
AUT-122
Automotive Brake Systems
2
o
6
4
This course is designed to teach the student the operation of drum brakes, disc brakes, brake hydraulic sys
tems, parking brakes and brake boosters. Emphasis is placed on diagnosis, inspection and correct repair practices. Upon
completion, the student will be able to diagnose, repair, and test automobile brake systems. Prerequisites: None
144
�---------------
AUT-I23
6
Engine Electrical Systems
o
9
9
This course is designed to teach the student the fundamentals of electricity and Ohms Law. Topics include
principals of electricity as applied to the automobile, fundamentals of starters, batteries, charging systems and ignition
systems. Upon completion, students will be able to explain electrical fundamentals, Ohms Law, and operation of the
starting, charging and ignition systems. Prerequisites: None
AUT·I24
2
Automotive Fuel Systems
4
o
4
This course is designed to teach the basic automotive carburetor fuel system. Topics include characteristics of
fuels, types of fuel systems, fuel pumps, carburetors, fuel tanks, fuel lines, and filters. Upon completion, the student
will be able to explain the operation of fuel systems and disassemble, inspect, repair, and reassemble carburetors.
Prerequisites: None
AUT·l2S
3
Automotive Power Trains
o
6
5
This course introduces the student to the automotive power train using clutches, manual transmissions and dif
ferentials. Topics include operating principles of clutches, manual transmissions, drivelines and differentials. Upon
completion, students will be able to disassemble, inspect, repair, and reassemble clutches, manual transmissions, differ
entials and drive-lines. Prerequisites: None
AUT-126
2
Fundamentals of Auto Comp
o
3
3
This course is designed to acquaint the student with the operation, testing, and servicing of automotive com
puter systems. Emphasis is placed on operation of computer controlled systems and the use of test equipment used to
diagnose problems in the system. Upon completion, students will be able to explain the operation of computer systems,
diagnose computer systems using available test equipment and make necessary adjustments. Prerequisites: None
AUT-127
Emission & Elect Controls
2
o
3
3
This course introduces the student to the emissions control devices used to control automotive emissions.
Topics include causes of pollution, systems used on the vehicle to reduce emissions, and testing and servicing automo
tive emission systems. Upon completion, the student will be able to explain the operation of emission control devices,
and to test emission systems using test equipment and service manuals. Prerequisites: None
AUT-I28
Auto Heating & Air Cond
3
o
3
4
This course provides an introduction to the principles of refrigeration and to the components of the automotive
air conditioning system. Emphasis is placed on the principles of refrigeration, operation of system components, and
methods of control. Upon completion, students will be able to explain air conditioning principles, identify components
in the system, diagnose problems in the system and make repairs using proper equipment. Prerequisites: None
AUT-129
I
Power Trains Service
o
3
2
This course is designed to teach the student the proper methods for servicing automotive power train compo
nents. Topics include clutch adjustment, checking and replacing universal joints, servicing transmissions and rear ends,
and proper lubrication. Upon completion, the student will be able to service transmissions, change filter and oil, replace
rear axle bearings, and remove and install transmission and clutch assemblies. Prerequisites: None
145
�AUT·130
Electronic Fuel Injection
2
4
o
4
This course is designed to familiarize the student with electronic fuel injection systems used in domestic vehi
cles. This course includes "Port Fuel Injection Systems" as well as "Throttle Body Fuel Injection Systems." Upon com
pletion, students will be able to diagnose, test, and repair problems within the computer controlled fuel injection
systems. Prerequisites: None
AUT·131
Tune·up & Electr Controls
3
o
3
4
This course is designed to give the student advanced training in the area of preventive maintenance on the
vehicle and engine systems. Topics include a review of the engine's mechanical, electrical, electronic, and fuel systems
and proper use of test equipment and analyzers. Upon completion, students will be able to use test equipment for ana
lyzing the engine and make repairs or adjustments to correct any defects. Prerequisites: None
AUT·201
Auto Chassis & Suspen Sys
2
4
o
4
This course provides a thorough understanding of the principles and functions of the components of automo
tive chassis and suspension systems. Topics include adjusting, repairing, and replacement of suspension and steering
system components. Upon completion, students will be able to repair, service, and adjust suspension and steering sys
tems. Prerequisite: AUT 101
AUT·202
Auto Heating & Air Cond
2
2
o
3
This course covers principles of refrigeration and its components. Topics include compressors, expansion
valves, and their services. Upon completion, students will be able to test, service, and repair air conditioning systems
and components. Prerequisites: None
AUT·207
Engine & Pwr Tr Sys Diag
2
2
o
3
This course covers the basics of repairing automotive transmissions and provides practical application of
transmission repair. Emphasis is placed on proper repair procedures of transmissions. Upon completion, students will
be able to diagnose and repair transmissions. Prerequisite: AUT 107
AUT·208
ElectricallFuel Sys Diag
2
2
o
3
This course covers practical procedures for repairing electrical and fuel systems on automobiles. Emphasis is
placed on fuel systems and engine electrical components. Upon completion, students will be able to test, diagnose, and
repair fuel and electrical systems. Prerequisites: None
AUT-213
Automotive Electronics
3
2
o
4
This course covers basic electronically controlled systems on automobiles. Emphasis is placed on computer
controlled systems. Upon completion, students will be able to diagnose and repair electronically controlled systems.
Prerequisites: None
AUT·214
Auto Chas & Susp Sys Diag
2
2
o
3
This course covers the practical application of repairs of chassis and suspension systems. Emphasis is placed
on steering gears and brakes. Upon completion, students will be able to perform work on live vehicles using manufac
turers' procedures. Prerequisites: None
146
�AUT·2l5
2
Inst & Chassis Elec Sys
4
o
4
This course covers electrical components of instrument panels and chassis. Topics include printed circuit
board and tum signals. Upon completion, students will be able to diagnose and repair electrical system problems.
Prerequisites: None
AUT·216
3
Electronic Controlled Sys
2
o
4
This course covers electronically controlled systems on today's cars. Topics include computers and braking
systems. Upon completion, students will be able to diagnose and test electronically controlled systems. Prerequisites:
None
AUT·217
3
Electronic Contr Sys Diag
2
o
4
This course, a continuation of AUT 216, covers the practical application of electronically controlled systems.
Topics include on-board computers and computerized systems. Upon completion, students will be able to troubleshoot
computer systems. Prerequisite: AUT 216
AUT·2l8
3
Automotive Fuel Injection
2
o
4
This course is designed to familiarize the student with electronic fuel injection systems used on domestic vehi
cles. The class will include "Port Fuel Injection Systems," classroom lecture, shop demonstration and hands-on use of
test equipment used to diagnose, test and repair problems within the computer controlled fuel injection systems. Upon
completion, students will be able to demonstrate the use of repair manuals and diagnostic charts. Prerequisites: AUT
208
AUT·219
2
Auto Emissions Systems
2
o
3
This course covers emission control systems on current automobiles. Emphasis is placed on servicing of emis
sion control systems. Upon completion, students will be able to trouble-shoot, test, and service emission control sys
tems. Prerequisites: None
AUT·221
Susp & Computer Alignment
3
o
6
5
This course introduces the student to front end alignment, repair, and adjustment. Topics include front suspen
sion types, inspection for wear, replacement of ball joints, control arm bushings, steering gear service and wheel bal
ancing. Upon completion, the student will be able to identify front end types, inspect, repair, adjust and align front
ends, and balance tires. Prerequisites: None
AUT·222X
2
Automotive Machine Shop
o
6
4
This course introduces the student to cylinder block boring, cylinder head surfacing, valve reconditioning, and
piston pin servicing equipment. Emphasis is placed on proper operation of equipment and maintaining close tolerances
to specifications. Upon completion, students will be able to explain the operations and functions of automotive engine
reconditioning equipment. Prerequisites: None; Corequisite: AUT 222Y
AUT·222Y
o
AUT·222 Lab
o
3
1
This course provides hands-on experience in operating automotive machining equipment. Topics include
cylinder block boring, cylinder head surfacing, valve reconditioning, and fitting piston pins. Upon completion, the stu
dent will be able to properly and safely use automotive engine reconditioning equipment. Prerequisites: None;
Corequisite: AUT 222X
147
�AUT-223
3
Automatic Trans Rebuild
o
6
S
This course introduces the student to the principles, operation, and service of automatic transmissions. Topics
include construction, theory, principles of operation, disassembly, inspection, repair, and reassembly of automatic
transmissions. Upon completion, students will be able to explain the principles of operation, disassemble, inspect,
repair, and test the most popular transmissions used in today's cars. Prerequisites: None
AUT-224
4
Electrical Power Accessor
o
6
6
This course is designed to acquaint the student with the operation, design, diagnosis, and repair of chassis
electrical systems. Topics include lights, tum signals, gauges, power windows, windshield wipers, and the proper use of
electrical test equipment. Upon completion, students will be able to explain the operation of diagnosis, and repair chas
sis electrical systems. Prerequisites: None
AUT-22SX
2
Automotive Servicing
o
6
4
This course is designed to train the student in proper shop procedures required in troubleshooting the various
vehicle systems. Emphasis is placed on the effective use of engine analyzers, electrical test meters, and computer test
equipment. Upon completion, students will be able to troubleshoot effectively in the vehicle systems and use available
test equipment in the process. Prerequisites: None; Corequisite: AUT 225Y
AUT-22SY
o
AUT-US Lab
o
3
1
This course is designed to train the student in the proper use of automotive test equipment. Emphasis is placed
on the effective use of engine analyzers. Upon completion, students will be able to use available engine analyzers.
Prerequisites: None; Corequisite: AUT 225X
AUT-226
Driveability & Elec Diag
2
o
6
4
This course is designed to train students in the proper technique of troubleshooting electronic control devices
and associated driveability problems. Emphasis is placed on the use of different types of electronic and mechanical test
equipment. Upon completion, students will be able to troubleshoot driveability problems in the engine electronic con
trols and mechanical malfunctions within the engine or accessories. Prerequisites: None
BAF-IOI
4
Teller Training
o
o
4
This course provides an overview of banking, teller operations, bank security, and customer relations and pre
pares the student for work as a bank teller. Topics include bank profitability. cash and cash handling, checks and other
transactions, balancing and setting. and security threats and their detection. Upon completion. students will be able to
discuss the components of teller performance and perform effectively as a teller after minimal on-the-job training.
Prerequisites: None
BAF-I03
4
Principles of Banking
o
o
4
This course provides the foundation for many other banking courses and looks at all aspects of banking in an
introduction to diversified services. Topics include the evolution of banking, customer relations, bank bookkeeping,
bank investments, trust department operations, regUlations, and examinations. Upon completion. students will be able
to discuss many aspects of the banking industry and will have an adequate background for other banking courses.
Prerequisites: None
148
�BAF-I05
Money and Banking
4
o
o
4
This course takes an in-depth look at money and the banking industry, instruments of monetary and fiscal pol
icy, and trends in banking. Topics include money and economic activities, creation of money, bank operations. the
Federal Reserve System. financial intermediaries, and banking regulations. Upon completion. students will be able to
explain how the monetary economy functions. Prerequisites: None
BAF-I07
Marketing for Bankers
4
o
o
4
This course introduces marketing principles and fundamentals of market research and theory and their practi
cal application to the banking industry. Topics include consumer motivation and buying behavior, marketing informa
tion and research. and public relations and communications. Upon completion, students will be able to discuss
marketing concepts and practices and their contribution to the banking enterprise. Prerequisites: None
BAF-I09
Consumer Lending
4
o
o
4
This course provides an overview of consumer credit operations and examines its role within banking opera
tions. Topics include an overview of consumer credit, credit risks and policies. loan processing. servicing. collections,
and marketing. Upon completion, students will be able to better understand the consumer credit functions and regula
tory issues affecting this vital area. Prerequisites: None
BAF·202
Corporate Banking
4
o
o
4
This course provides a common sense approach to understanding the lending environment within banking and
provides a foundation for sound lending practices. Emphasis is placed on the practical and technical aspects of corpo
rate banking practices and the roles of the account officer. Upon completion. students will be able to discuss the func
tions and responsibilities of the corporate approach to lending and its importance to banking. Prerequisites: None
BAF-204
Law & Banking: Principles
4
o
o
4
This course provides an overview of the legal aspects of banking and the legal Jramework within which banks
function. Topics include the court system, consumer protection, tangible and intangible property ownerships. and the
legalities and regulations of bank transactions. Upon completion, students will be able to discuss the non-technical
aspects of the legal system and how it affects the bank's organization and operation. Prerequisites: None
BAF-206
4
Law & Banking: Application
o
o
4
This course introduces laws pertaining to secured transactions, letters of credit, and the bank collection
process. Emphasis is placed on negotiability, the concept of holder-in-due-course, primary and secondary contractual
liability, secured transactions, and letters of credit. Upon completion, students will be able to discuss the aspects of
negotiable instruments and how it affects the bank's organization and operation. Prerequisites: None
BAF-208
Bank Investments
4
o
o
4
This course explains the nature of bank investments, factors influencing investment decisions, and the basic
principle and strategies of investment account management. Topics include basic concepts of investment fundamentals
and investment math, investment instruments, securities, markets, and investment portfolio management. Upon com
pletion, students will be able to discuss bank investment portfolio management and achieve a beneficial, personal
knowledge about investing. Prerequisites: None
149
�BAF-210
4
Trust Business
o
o
4
This course provides an overview of the trust department, the services it delivers, and the changing role of
trust departments' responsibilities. Topics include assets and ownership, profitability and management issues, the vari
ous trust types, business development, and tax implication. Upon completion, students will be able to discuss trust
department services and responsibilities and how these fit into the overall banking business. Prerequisites: None
BAF·212
4
Analyzing Financial Stmts
o
o
4
This course provides an opportunity for understanding financial statements and increases the ability to analyze
and interpret them as a bank lender. Topics include the conceptual framework for analysis, basic analytical techniques,
and practical case studies in an easy to understand formal. Upon completion, students will be able to explain and inter
pret financial statements in order to make sound credit decisions. Prerequisite: ACC 110
BAF-226
4
Bank Management
o
o
4
This course introduces the formulation of management objectives and policies through a discussion of the
bank's financial statement, resource management, cost and pricing, and organization. Topics include formulation, asset
and liability management, sources and uses of funds, capital planning, and management Upon completion, students
will be able to explain bank organizations and the principles and development of bank management. Prerequisites:
None
BAF·228
Deposit Operations
4
o
o
4
This course is designed to explain deposit operations and provide an overview of the U.S. payments system,
banking law and regulation, and current industry practices. Topics include banking law and regulation, current industry
practices, bank deposit-taking activities, managing deposited funds, and EFf systems. Upon completion, students will
be able to discuss bank deposit operations and how banks are organized to accomplish this task. Prerequisites: None
BAF·230
International Banking
4
o
o
4
This course presents international banking; it covers international agencies, foreign exchange activities, Edge
Act corporations, and international lending and risk assessment. Topics include corresponding bank relationships, for
eign exchange, the Eurodollar market, and developing international business. Upon completion, students will be able to
discuss international banking, one of the fastest growing areas of banking business. Prerequisites: None
BAF·232
4
BankCards
o
o
4
This course provides an overview on bank cards: their operational aspects, their interface with payments sys
tem, and their relationship to EFf technology. Topics include bank cards in the American economy, operations, pay
ment and transfer system, competition, legal and regulatory issues. Upon completion, the student will be able to
demonstrate an understanding of bank cards in the overall framework of the commercial bank's services and profitabil
ity. Prerequisites: None
BAF·236
4
Mortgage Lending
o
o
4
This course covers all aspects of real estate fmancing and the various financial markets for real estate mort
gages. Topics include conventional and government related real estate mortgages, contracts, financial markets, and
qualifying the prospective loan customers. Upon completion, students will demonstrate a knowledge of real estate
financing and the bankers responsibilities in these transactions. Prerequisites: None
150
�BAF·244
4
Economics for Bankers
o
o
4
This course is designed to provide bankers with an introduction to the fundamental principles of economics.
Emphasis is placed on the basics of economic theory, macroeconomics, and examples of the application of economics
to banking. Upon completion, students will be able to interpret economic indicators, relate basic principles of economic
theory, describe inflation, compare and contrast economic systems. Prerequisites: None
BIO·l005
Anatomy & Physiology
2
o
o
2
This course is designed to acquaint the dental assistant student with basic body structures and functions partic
ularly as they relate to general and oral health. Topics include cell structure and function, tissue types, and the ten
anatomical systems. Upon completion, students will be able to describe the relationship of the ten anatomical systems
and how they might affect oral health. Prerequisites: None
BIO·I013
2
Microbiology
o
o
2
This course is a basic introductory course covering classification and characterization of microorganisms
along with the concepts of control and asepsis. Topics include the bacteria, viruses, fungi, metazoans, microscopy,
pathogenesis, and man's defenses against these microorganisms. Upon completion, students will be able to list the
characteristics of microorganisms and explain their clinical significance in health and disease. Prerequisites: BIO 1005
and DEN 1011
BIO·I05X
Fundamentals of Microbio
3
o
o
3
This course covers the history, terminology, equipment, procedures, and characteristics of microbes in an
introductory manner. Topics include an overview of different types of microbes, control agents, and their uses and
microbial interactions with man. Upon completion, students will be able to characterize the various microbial agents
and discuss methods of controlling them typically and chemically, as well as biologically. Prerequisite: H.S. Biology or
equiv.; Corequisite: BIO 105Y
BIO·105Y
o
BIO·105 Lab
2
o
1
This course, designed to accompany BIO 105X, includes laboratory exercises emphasizing the ubiquity of
microorganisms and their control. Topics include basic microbiological laboratory techniques as well as microscopy.
Upon completion, students will be able to apply aseptic techniques to their vocational area, competently use a micro
scope, and apply microbial control procedures. Prerequisite: H.S. Biology or equiv.; Corequisite: BIO 105X
BIO·1691X
Anatomy & Physiology I
3
o
o
3
This course covers a general study of the normal structure and function of the human body and certain abnor
mal conditions. Emphasis is placed on points of reference, basic concepts, and on the integumentary, locomotor, diges
tive, reproductive. genitourinary, and respiratory systems. Upon completion, students will be able to associate the
various body functions and systems with operative procedures observed. Prerequisites: None; Corequisite: BIO 1091Y
BIO·1091Y
o
BIO·1091 Lab
2
o
1
This course is designed to provide experiences that support components of the lecture material of BIO 1091X.
Emphasis is placed on activities that will enhance the student's ability to understand points of reference and the body
systems covered. Upon completion. students will be able to correlate laboratory experiences with the human body as
viewed in the operating room. Prerequisites: None; Corequisite: BIO 1091X
151
�BIO·I092X
3
Microbiology
o
o
3
This course introduces the student to the study of microorganisms and their association with man and his
activities, with emphasis upon control of pathogenic agents. Topics include bacterial morphology, physiology, growth
requirements, modes of transmission, pathology, physical and chemical methods of microbial control, and sterilization
procedures. Upon completion, students will be able to understand the ubiquity of microorganisms and the importance
of controlling the presence and spread of disease organisms. Prerequisites: None; Corequisite: BIO 1092Y
BIO·I092Y
o
BIO·I092 Lab
2
o
1
This course provides laboratory instruction in microbial identification, culture, physical and chemical methods
of microbial control, and aseptic/sterile techniques. Topics include microscopy, staining procedures, culture prepara
tion, and physical and chemical methods of microbial control, with emphasis on sterile laboratory techniques. Upon
completion, students will be able to apply sterile techniques to limit presence of microorganisms and demonstrate asep
tic procedures to control spread of pathogenic agents. Prerequisites: None; Corequisite: BIO 1092X
BIO·I096X
3
Anatomy & Physiology II
o
o
3
This course is a continuation of the study of structure and function of the human body and certain abnormal
conditions. Emphasis is placed on the senses of vision and hearing and on nervous, blood, cardiovascular, lymphatic,
and endocrine systems. Upon completion, students will be able to associate the more complicated body systems with
operative procedures observed. Prerequisite: BIO 1091; Corequisite: BIO 1096Y
BIO·I096Y
o
BIO·I096 Lab
2
o
1
This course is designed to provide experiences that support components of the lecture material in BIO 1096X.
Emphasis is placed on activities that will enhance the students' ability to understand the more complicated body sys
tems. Upon completion, students will be able to correlate laboratory experiences with the human body as viewed in the
operating room. Prerequisite: BIO 1091; Corequisite: BIO 1096X
BIO·l10X
Bio Chem for Health Sci
3
o
o
3
This course is an elementary introduction to carbohydrates, proteins, enzymes, lipids, nucleic acids, vitamins,
and hormones. Emphasis is placed on the role of the molecules on the cellular level and their essential function in the
organism. Upon completion, students will be able to describe basic molecular metabolism and molecular, genetic, and
essential nutritional requirements of the body as a whole. Prerequisite: CHM 92 or 102; Corequisite: BIO II OY
BfO·l10Y
o
BIO·l10Lab
o
3
1
This course is a series of demonstrations or laboratory exercises of topics discussed in BIO I lOX. Topics
include demonstration of buffers, energy of reaction, carbohydrate metabolism, enzymes, molecular structure, and other
subjects. Upon completion, students will be able to translate concepts into practical application to future health related
courses. Prerequisite: CHM 92 or 102; Corequisite: BIO IIOX
BIO·151X
5
General Biology I
o
o
5
This course introduces the major themes of biology that form the foundation for all subsequent learning in this
dynamic field. Emphasis is placed on cell structure, biochemistry, cellular energetics. photosynthesis, respiration, cellu
lar reproduction, genetics, and evolution. Upon completion, students will be able to apply their knowledge of cell biol
ogy to the study of multicellular organisms, including man. Prerequisites: None; Corequisite: BIO 151 Y
152
�B10-151Y
o
B10-151 Lab
2
o
1
This course correlates the major areas of coverage in lecture and "hands-on" participation with the micro
scope, biochemical processes, and genetics. Topics include microscopy, testing for carbohydrates and proteins, cytol
ogy, photosynthesis, cellular respiration, cellular reproduction, and plant and human genetics. Upon completion,
students will be able to demonstrate an understanding of laboratory methods and techniques by applying these tech
niques in subsequent related courses. Prerequisites: None; Corequisite: BID l5lX
BIO-152X
5
General Biology II
o
o
5
This course introduces the study of multicellular organisms that represent each of the six kingdoms which
comprise all life on our planet. Topics include virology and the evolution of the eucaryotic cell along with develop
ment, physiology, and reproduction of organisms culminating in an overview of ecology. Upon completion, students
will be able to relate their knowledge of organismic biology to the more highly specialized causes in biology.
Prerequisite: BID lSI or equiv.; Corequisite: BID 152Y
B10-152Y
o
BIO·152 Lab
2
o
1
This course covers the main headings of BID 152X in a laboratory situation, such as lower forms of life, plant
and animal systems, and ecology. Topics include bacteriology, fungi, nonvascular and vascular plants, plant and animal
maintenance and reproduction, and inter-relation- ship in the biosphere. Upon completion, students will be able to com
pare lower forms of life to modem plants and animals and will know their similarities and differences. Prerequisites:
BID lSI orequiv.; Corequisite: BID 152X
BIO·160X
5
Human Anal & Pbysiology 1
o
o
5
This course emphasizes the morphological and physiological aspects of the body, including cellular physiol
ogy, and the cardiovascular, respiratory, skeletal, and muscular systems. Topics include homeostasis, cell metabolism,
and maintenance and support of the human body. Upon completion, students will be able to identify the nature and
behavior of the anatomy and physiology of maintenance and support systems of the body. Prerequisites: BID 93 and
CHM 92 or equiv.; Corequisite: BID 160Y
B10-160Y
o
BIO-I60 Lab
o
3
1
This course's primary purpose is to familiarize students with laboratory methods and techniques as they relate
to the instructional materials in BID 160X. Topics include the use of the microscope, cells and tissues, blood compo
nents, cardiovascular anatomy and physiology, respiratory measurements, bone, and muscles. Upon completion, stu
dents will be able to recognize body cells, tissues, passive processes, and vascular and respiratory physiology.
Prerequisites: BID 93 and CHM 92 or equiv.; Corequisite: BID 160X
BIO·161X
5
Human Anal & Pbysiology II
o
o
5
This course includes the nervous, endocrine, digestive, urinary, and reproductive anatomy and physiology.
Topics include homeostasis, digestion, nutrition, metabolism, negative feedback, fluids and electrolytes, and the main
tenance and control of the body systems. Upon completion. students will be able to identify the maintenance and con
trol processes of the human body. Prerequisite: BID 160; Corequisite: BID 161Y
BIO-161Y
o
BIO-161 Lab
o
3
1
This course includes laboratory methods and techniques as they relate to the supporting instructional materials
in BID 161X. Topics include organ dissections, sensation tests, nutrient digestion, chemical urinalysis, gametogenesis.
hormones. and microscopic studies of organ tissues. Upon completion. students will be able to recognize the processes
in the maintenance and control of the human body. Prerequisite: BID 160; Corequisite: BID 161X
153
�BIO-162X
5
Microbiology I
o
o
5
This course is a general study of microbiology which differentiates microbes from each other as well as from
other organisms. Emphasis is placed on energy metabolism, control, microbial interactions, and the microbial diseases
of man. Upon completion, students will be able to show a working knowledge of the principles of disease, pathogenic
ity, and asepsis. Prerequisites: BIO 160 and CHM 92; Corequisite: BIO 162Y
BIO-162Y
o
BIO-162 Lab
o
3
1
This course, designed to accompany BIO 162X, includes laboratory exercises emphasizing characterization of
the bacteria. Topics include microbiological laboratory techniques including microscopy, control assays, and the use of
differential media. Upon completion, students will be able to apply aseptic techniques to their vocation area, use a
microscope, and be able to identify an unknown bacterium. Prerequisites: BIO 160 and CHM 92; Corequisite: BIO
162X
BIO-200X
Human Biology
4
o
o
4
This course includes an overview of cell biology, tissues, and all human organ systems. Topics include cell
metabolism, support and locomotion, nutrition, excretion, respiration, control and maintenance of body systems, and
reproduction. Upon completion, students will be able to apply their understanding of human biology as it relates to their
major curriculum. Prerequisites: None; Corequisite: BIO 200Y
BIO-200Y
o
BIO-200 Lab
2
o
1
This course includes laboratory studies as they relate to the supporting instructional materials in BIO 200X.
Topics include general anatomical studies of cells, tissues, and all human organ systems. Upon completion, students
will be able to apply their understanding of these systems to the maintenance and control of the human body.
Prerequisites: None; Corequisite: BIO 200X
BIO-251X
Plant Biology
5
o
o
5
This course introduces general principles of plant physiology, morphology, development and the ecology of
plants. Emphasis is placed on comparative structure and function of major plant phyla. Upon completion, students will
be able to recognize major plant groups and their ecological roles and uses by mankind. Prerequisite: BIO 152;
Corequisite: BIO 251Y
BIO-251Y
o
BIO-251 Lab
2
o
1
This course accompanies and supports the instructional materials presented in general botany lecture.
Emphasis is placed on tissue identification, life cycles and taxonomy of major phyla representatives. Upon completion,
students will be able to apply laboratory procedures in the identification and classification of major plant groups.
Prerequisite: BIO 152; Corequisite: BIO 251X
BIO-261X
Animal Biology
5
o
o
5
This course introduces general principles of invertebrate and vertebrate biology. Emphasis is placed on the
phylogeny, morphology and physiology of major animal phyla. Upon completion, students will be able to recognize
major animal groups and identify their ecological roles and significance to mankind. Prerequisite: BI0 152;
Corequisite: BIO 261Y
154
�BI0-261 Y
o
BIO-261 Lab
2
o
1
This course accompanies and supports the instructional materials presented in general zoology lecture.
Emphasis is placed on life cycles and taxonomy of major animal phyla. Upon completion, students will be able to apply
laboratory procedures in the identification and classification of major animal groups. Prerequisite: BIO 152;
Corequisite: BIO 261X
BIO-92X
Fundamental Biology 1
3
o
o
3
This course provides an introduction to the study of biology at the cellular level, with emphasis on the bio
chemical and cellular unity of living organisms. Topics include basic chemistry of living organisms, cell structure and
function, enzymes, and the role of enzymes in digestive processes. Upon completion, students will be able to describe
the biochemical and cellular composition and the processes common to all living organisms. Prerequisites: None;
Corequisite: BIO 92Y
B10-92Y
o
BIO-92 Lab
2
o
1
This course introduces students to the biology laboratory and the methods, techniques, and equipment used to
examine living cells and their biochemical processes. Topics include the scientific method, biochemical testing,
microscopy, examination of cells and cellular transport processes, and enzyme activities. Upon completion, students
will be able to describe some basic methods and equipment used in the laboratory to study living cells and their bio
chemical activities. Prerequisites: None; Corequisite: BIO 92X
BIO-93X
3
Fundamental Biology II
o
o
3
This course is a continuation of the study of Jiving organisms begun in BlO 92, examining cellular processes
and activities, genetics. and human reproduction. Topics include photosynthesis and cellular respiration, cell division
and gamete formation, Mendelian and molecular genetics, and human reproduction and development. Upon comple
tion, students will be able to describe major biochemical and physical processes of cells and will know how genes regu
late these processes and determine heredity. Prerequisite: BIO 92; Corequisite: BIO 93Y
BIO-93Y
o
BIO-93 Lab
2
o
1
This course provides laboratory experience to support the material covered in BIO 93X lecture. including
experimentations, microscope observations, problem solving, and model manipUlations. Topics include experiments
demonstrating photosynthesis and cellular respiration, observing cell division, working genetics problems, and examin
ing DNA structure and function. Upon completion, students will be able to describe basic laboratory techniques of
experimentation, microscopic examination of specimens. and methods of working simple genetics problems.
Prerequisite: BIO 92; Corequisite: BIO 93X
BIO-94X
3
Fundamental Biology III
o
o
3
This course introduces the general principles and concepts of ecology, with emphasis on man's role in his
environment. Topics include population genetics, variation and selection, growth curves, food webs, biomes, specia
tion, pollution, and overpopulation. Upon completion, students will be able to explain the ecological problems associ
ated with the impact of man's activities upon his environment. Prerequisite: BIO 93; Corequisite: BlO 94Y
BIO-94Y
o
BIO-94 Lab
2
o
1
This course includes laboratory studies as they relate to the supporting instructional materials in BIO 94X.
Topics include population genetics studies, classification of biome life, observation of food chains, and classroom
debates on controversial ecological problems. Upon completion, students will be able to apply their understanding of
these topics as they relate to their personal and professional lifestyles. Prerequisite: BIO 93; Corequisite: BIO 94X
155
�BPR·llOt
I
Schematics & Diagrams
o
3
2
This course covers interpretation and reading of blueprints, schematics, and technical diagrams. Topics
include information on the basic principles of the blueprint: lines, views, dimensioning procedures, and notes. Upon
completion. students will be able to interpret shape and size description as well as notes and specifications from work
ing drawings. Prerequisites: None
BPR·U04
I
BPRint Read· Mechanical
2
o
2
This course includes the interpretation and reading of blueprints, lines, views, dimensioning procedures, and
the use of welding tools. Emphasis is placed on basic mechanical drawings and value of using blueprint language for
welding, fabricating, and cutting processes. Upon completion, students will be able to develop usable drawings with
accuracy and fabricate or build assemblages from these drawings. Prerequisites: None
BPR·UIO
I
BPRint Read Bldg Trades
2
o
2
This course includes principles of interpreting blueprints and technical terms common to the building trades.
Topics include reading details for foundations, floor plans, elevations, doors, and windows. Upon completion, students
will be able to read and interpret a set of residential working drawings. Prerequisites: None
BPR·Ull
BPRint Read & Sketching
I
2
o
2
This course covers principles of interpreting blueprints and specifications of both residential and light com
mercial structures. Topics include practice in reading details for foundations, floor plans, elevations, millwork, and
related construction plans. Upon completion, students will be able to read and interpret both residential and commercial
blueprints. Prerequisite: BPR 1110 or equiv.
BPR·UI3
I
BPRint Read - Electrical
2
o
2
This course is a study of the interpretation of blueprints and plans for electrical installation, with emphasis on
the National Electric Code. Topics include schematics, diagrams, and electrical plans for domestic and commercial
buildings, with emphasis on the National Electric Code. Upon completion, students will be able to make a list of mate
rials and estimate cost of job from plans. Prerequisites: None
BPR-1l17
I
BPRint Read - Welding
o
3
2
This course includes experience in the drawing of actual working drawings for the shop. Topics include letter
ing, geometric constructions, projection theory, and practice in visualization; accuracy and dimensioning are also
stressed. Upon completion, students will be able to draw working drawings for the shop or others. Prerequisite: BPR
1104 or equiv.
BUS·lOt
Introduction to Business
3
o
o
3
This course is designed to provide students with an understanding of the general concepts of business.
Emphasis is placed on foundations of business, social responsibility in business, forms of business ownership, manage
ment process, marketing, and finance. Upon completion, students will be able to explain the broad aspects of business
and its role in society and in the economy. Prerequisites: None
BUS-UO
Bus Math With Calculators
2
o
3
3
This course provides instruction in business math problems emphasizing the touch operation on ten-key elec
tronic calculators. Topics include computing interest, payroll, markup, discounts, proration, and depreciation schedules.
Upon completion, students will be able to solve business math problems demonstrating the touch method.
Prerequisites: None
156
�BUS-U03
3
Small Business Operations
o
o
3
This course provides basic techniques in the operation of a small business. Emphasis is placed on starting a
business, records-keeping, financing, employee relations, and inventory control. Upon completion, students will be able
to start and operate a small business. Prerequisites: None
BUS-U2
4
Business Statistics
o
o
4
This course covers general statistical principles and their business applications. Topics include descriptive sta
tistics, probability, distributions, sampling, hypothesis testing, and simple regression. Upon completion, students will
be able to know how and when to use statistical techniques in solving problems. Prerequisite: H.S. Algebra or equiv.
BUS-U5
4
Business Law I
o
o
4
This course provides students with an overview of principles of business law and the Uniform Commercial
Code. Emphasis is placed on the judicial system, forms of business ownership, contracts, and agencies. Upon comple
tion, students will be able to apply business law and Uniform Commercial Code principles to appropriate business situ
ations. Prerequisites: None
BUS-U6
4
Business Law II
o
o
4
This course, a continuation of BUS 115, provides students with an overview of principles of business law and
the Uniform Commercial Code. Emphasis is placed on bailments, personal property, real property sales contracts, and
commercial paper. Upon completion, students will be able to apply business law and Uniform Commercial Code prin
ciples to appropriate business situations. Prerequisite: BUS 115
BUS-U7
3
Business Law III
o
o
3
This course covers areas of government regulation that directly affect businesses. Topics include antitrust
laws, administrative agencies, consumer protection, and direct regulation of business. Upon completion, students will
be able to explain the interactions between government and business. Prerequisites: None
BUS-121
5
Business Math
o
o
5
This course introduces students to the use of math in the business world. Topics include consumer credit,
financial statements, depreciation, retail math, investments, insurance, compound interest, annuities, simple interest,
and statistics. Upon completion, students will be able to compute discounts, finance charges, simple interest, and insur
ance premiums; and analyze financial statements, bank statements, and statistical data. Prerequisite: MAT III
BUS-123
2
Business Finance I
2
o
3
This course is a study of basic financial management for a business. Emphasis is placed on financial analysis,
planning, budgeting, working capital management, and short-term financing. Upon completion, students will be able to
compute and analyze short-term financial information used in the management of a business. Prerequisites: ACC 110
and BUS 121
BUS-124
2
Business Finance II
2
o
3
This course, a continuation of BUS 123, is a study of basic financial management for a business. Topics
include capital budgeting, valuation, the cost of capital, long-term financing sources, and growth dynamics. Upon com
pletion, students will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of capital budgeting and evaluate various long-term
financing options for a business. Prerequisite: BUS 123
157
�BUS-l38
3
Intro to Public Admin
o
o
3
This course includes an analysis of the role of the public administrator in government and an examination of
the implementation of public policy. Topics include public personnel administration, decision making, public affairs,
and budgetary functions within governmental agencies. Upon completion, students will be able to explain the role gov
ernment plays in society and in the lives of people composing that society. Prerequisites: None
BUS-141
3
Business English
o
o
3
This course is designed to help the Administrative Office and General Office Technology students become
proficient in producing mailable written communication. Topics include punctuation, capitalization, number usage,
spelling, word division, plurals and possessives, compound words, and abbreviations. Upon completion, students will
be able to apply the rules of grammar in producing mailable written communication. Prerequisite: ENG 101
Corequisite: OSC 136
BUS-142
3
Business Communications
o
o
3
This course develops skills in the techniques of writing effective communications. Emphasis is placed on writ
ing various types of business letters and preparing data sheets. Upon completion, students will be able to compose mail
able letters using correct organization. Prerequisites: ENG 101 and OSC 101
BUS-202
3
Supervision
o
o
3
This course provides the student with concepts and practices in supervising others. Topics include leadership,
time management, motivation, morale. discipline, and decision making. Upon completion, students will be able to
direct the effons of others to achieve desired results. Prerequisites: None
BUS-206
Contemp Bus & Econ Prob
3
o
o
3
This course provides an opponunity for students to apply principles learned in Macroeconomics (ECO 152)
and Microeconomics (ECO 153) to current economics-related events. Emphasis is placed on current events such as the
national debt, fiscal policy, monetary policy, and foreign trade. Upon completion. students will be able to explain the
impact of economic principles on their lives and on the well-being of the nation. Prerequisites: ECO 152 and 153
BUS-20S
3
International Business
o
o
3
This course covers the basic concepts of international business activity and theory. Emphasis is placed on the
economic and financial environment, institutions and markets, trade policy issues. business- government interface, and
strategic management issues. Upon completion, students will be able to realize that vinually all companies and individ
uals making business decisions today are affected by international events. Prerequisites: None
BUS-21S
1
Public Admin Seminar
o
o
1
This course provides students with a review of each course in the curriculum and discusses current events in
the public administration field. Topics include sharing of learning experiences encountered in internship training,
research projects. and job possibilities. Upon completion, students will be able to use their new skills in reaching solu
tions to the many diversified problems in the area of public administration. Prerequisite: Dept. Chrp. Approval
158
�BUS-217
Ethics in Government
3
o
o
3
This course introduces the student to developing an awareness of the ethical issues and problems within the
public administration field. Emphasis is placed on building analytical skills; stimulating moral imagination; and recog
nizing the discretionary power of the administrator's role. Upon completion, students will be able to understand the
moral dimensions of public administrative decision-making. Prerequisites: BUS 138
BUS-231
Women in Management
3
o
o
3
This course is designed to help women develop management skills. Topics include self-evaluation, career
planning, management, communications, and survival skills. Upon completion, students will be able to deal with the
opportunities and problems of advancement in business management more effectively. Prerequisites: None
BUS-232
Small Business Start-up
3
o
o
3
This course is designed for students with an interest in starting a small business. Emphasis is placed on the
development of the business plan and the processes involved in acquiring funds, personnel, licenses, pennits, and facili
ties. Upon completion, students will be able to develop and properly utilize a well-developed business plan for estab
lishing a small business. Prerequisites: BUS WI is recommended
BUS-233
Human Resource Management
3
o
o
3
This course provides an overview of the human resource manager's function. Topics include job analysis,
selection, employee development, perfonnance evaluation, labor relations, and wage and salary administration. Upon
completion, students will be able to apply human resource management principles to the manager's function.
Prerequisites: None
BUS-234
Management
2
o
3
3
This course introduces students to modem concepts of management. Emphasis is placed on team manage
ments, goal setting, problem solving and the functions of management. Upon completion, students will be able to enter
into the field of management. Prerequisites: None
BUS·235
Small Business Management
2
o
3
3
This course is designed for students with an interest in managing or owning a small business. Topics include
getting started, planning and managerial skills, inventory, financial, production, risk, ethics, marketing. taxation and
various fonns of analysis. Upon completion, students will be able to start and manage a successful small business.
Prerequisite: BUS 232 recommended
BUS-236
3
Integrative Management
2
o
4
This course includes business simulations which require students to make analyses and decisions in all the
functional areas of a business. Emphasis is placed on decisions in the areas of management, marketing. production, pur
chasing, and finance. Upon completion, students will be able to better perfonn the variety of analytical and decision
requirements that they will face in a business. Prerequisites: BUS 123, CAS 128. BUS 234. MKT 139 or 224. and
BUS 233
BUS·237
3
Public Personnel Admin
o
o
3
This course examines the role of people in public organizations, the personnel functions from recruitment to
selection and career development. Topics include the Civil Service system, Public Employee unions, Employee
Employer relations. and personnel functions and the merit system. Upon completion, students will be able to exercise
critical judgment in matters of personnel administration. Prerequisite: BUS 138
159
�BUS-238
3
Problems of Public Admin
o
o
3
This course is an analysis of contemporary problems related to the administration of public organization.
Topics include organizational theory, human resources, decision making, and control of administration by congress and
courts. Upon completion, students will be able to explain the administration of governmental affairs by describing, crit
ically analyzing, and interrelating administrative theories and practices. Prerequisites: BUS 138
BUS-240
3
Public Finance
o
o
3
This course presents students an understanding of a government budget and its allocation of financial
resources through political processes to serve differing human purposes. Topics include government expenditures, the
revenue policy, the taxation policy, and the relations of government finance to its economy. Upon completion, students
will be able to explain the effects of government revenue and expenditure policies on the fulfillment of allocation, dis
tribution, and stabilization objectives. Prerequisites: None
BUS-241
3
Public Policy Analysis
o
o
3
This course is a study of the methods and techniques used to determine the effectiveness of public programs.
Emphasis is placed on the concept of Ecology; Informal Groups; Information Networks and the relationships between
the Public and Private Sectors. Upon completion, students will be able to analyze case studies with the use of policy
analysis techniques. Prerequisite: BUS 138
BUS-250
3
Public Budgeting
o
o
3
This course introduces the student to the process and politics used to allocate public resources. Emphasis is
placed on the political environment of the public budgeting process; budgetary theories and techniques and analytical
methods of evaluation. Upon completion, students will be able to understand the role of the budgeting in the determina
tive of governmental policy, and inter-governmental relations. Prerequisites: None
CAB-I110
3
Shop Operations
o
3
4
This course provides considerations for establishing and maintaining a custom cabinet shop. Topics include
financing, equipment acquisition, maintenance, inventory, OSHA requirements, shop layout, benefit programs and
product delivery systems. Upon completion, students will be able to effectively organize and maintain a custom cabinet
business. Prerequisites: None
CAB-llll
4
Cabinetmaking I
o
12
8
This course introduces wood technology, purchasing considerations and cabinet construction. Topics include
wood identification and use, hand tools, machine operations, wood joinery, cabinet nomenclature and variations in cab
inet construction. Upon completion, students will be able to select appropriate wood species for projects, process these
materials and make the proper production decisions. Prerequisites: None
CAB-1112
5
Cabinetmaking II
o
15
10
This course is a continuation of Cabinetmaking I and introduces design considerations, cost estimating, con
tracts and finishing techniques. Topics include kitchen and bath layout and design, plastic laminate application, drawer
construction, customer relations, job estimating and finishing methods. Upon completion, students will be able to mea
sure, design, build and install kitchen and bathroom cabinets while maintaining good customer relations. Prerequisite:
CAB 1111
160
�CAB-IllS
5
Cabinetmaking III
o
IS
10
This course includes utilization of skills learned in previous classes, incorporates special cabinet requirements
and introduces furniture construction. Topics include special counter top design, 32 MM cabinetry, millwork projects,
furniture design and repair, and methods to increase productivity. Upon completion, students will be able to design and
construct unique kitchen counter tops, understand repair techniques, and have the skills to produce quality products.
Prerequisites: CAB 1112
CAB-1l16
6
Cabinetmaking IV
2
IS
12
This course provides students the opportunity to design and build a piece of furniture, cabinet or millwork
project of their choosing. Emphasis is placed on wood carving, inlaying, forming cabriole legs for furniture, veneering
and special finishing innovations. Upon completion, students will be able to complete a variety of woodworking
projects. Prerequisite: CAB 1115
CAR-llOI
5
Carpentry
o
15
10
This course introduces the tools, materials, and procedures of the construction industry. Topics include opera
tion, care, and safety of carpenters' tools, preparation of building site, building layout. footings, and foundation con
struction. Upon completion, students will be able to use carpenters' tools safely, select materials, interpret prints and
specifications, and layout foundation lines. Prerequisites: None
I
CAR-llOIA Carpentry
o
6
3
This course introduces the tools, materials, and procedures of the construction industry. Topics include opera
tion, care, and safety of carpenters' hand tools, and an introduction to power tools. Upon completion, students will be
able to use carpenters' tools safely. Prerequisites: None
1
CAR-llOIB Carpentry
o
6
3
This course is a continuation of llOlA with advanced studies of tool use and an introduction to materials and
building procedures. Topics include proper use of power tools and materials and preparation of building site. Upon
completion, students will be able to use carpenters' power tools safely and will have a knowledge of site preparation.
Prerequisite: CAR llOlA
3
CAR-llOIC Carpentry
o
3
4
This course is a continuation of CAR llOlB with advanced studies of building procedures and introduces
footing and foundation construction. Topics include building layout, footings, and foundation construction. Upon com
pletion, students will be able to use carpenters' tools safely, select materials, interpret prints and specifications, and lay
out foundation lines. Prerequisite: CAR IIOIB
CAR-l102
5
Carpentry Framing
o
IS
10
This course introduces the principles and practices of framing for residential construction. Topics include
selecting and installing sills, girders, joists, bridging, subflooring, studs, rafters, trusses, and bracing. Upon completion,
students will be able to layout and frame floor, wall, and roof systems. Prerequisite: None
CAR-ll03
5
Exterior Finish Carpentry
o
IS
10
This course covers exterior trim and finish carpentry. Emphasis is placed on the selection of materials and
methods of application used for exterior fmish carpentry. Upon successful completion, students will be able to select
and apply the exterior finish material to a residential structure. Prerequisite: None
161
�CAR-1I04
Interior Finish Carpentry
5
o
15
10
This course covers interior trim and finish carpentry. Emphasis is placed on the selection of materials and
methods of application used for interior finish carpentry. Upon successful completion, students will be able to select
and install the trim material used in residential structure. Prerequisite: None
CAR-liB
Carpentry Estimating
3
o
o
3
This course introduces the procedures for estimating the construction cost of residential buildings. Emphasis is
placed on computing the quantities of materials required to construct various components and structures. Upon comple
tion, students will be able to prepare a quantity take-off from prints and detennine the cost of constructing a residential
building. Prerequisites: None
CAR-1I14
Building Regulations
3
o
o
3
This course covers building codes and the requirements for local and state construction regulations. Emphasis
is placed on the minimum requirements of the North Carolina Building Codes relating to residential structures. Upon
completion, students will be able to detennine if a structure is in compliance with the North Carolina residential
Building Codes. Prerequisites: None
CAS-101
o
Intro to Microcomputers
o
3
1
This course provides the student with an opportunity to gain a working level of competency in basic micro
computer operation and familiarization with the disk operating system (DOS). Emphasis is placed on learning the func
tions and uses of the components of microcomputers and how to use the disk operating system. Upon completion,
students will be able to discuss the functions of computer components and be able to use the basic set of DOS com
mands to control the computer. Prerequisites: None
CAS-126
o
Intro to Spreadsheets
o
3
1
This course, using Lotus 1-2-3 software, is designed to introduce the student to basic, simple techniques for
developing and using electronic spreadsheets in the business environment. Topics include the basic mathematical con
cepts of spreadsheets and template design, an introduction to graphics and simple macros, and some of the more com
mon business uses of spreadsheets. Upon completion, students will be familiar with basic spreadsheet concepts and be
able to develop simple spreadsheets and graphs. Prerequisites: CAS 101, OSC 101.
CAS-12S
Spreadsheets
2
o
3
3
This course, with hands-on use of Lotus 1-2-3 software, is designed to help the student continue to improve
and expand upon the basic techniques for developing and using spreadsheets developed in the CAS 126 intro course.
Emphasis is placed on in-depth business math and database spreadsheet concepts and analysis, graphs, template design,
macros and common business spreadsheet uses. Upon completion, students will be familiar with spreadsheet concepts
and practices and will be able to develop spreadsheets, graphs, spreadsheet database products, templates, macros, and
use spreadsheet analysis techniques. Prerequisites: CAS 126
CAS-130
o
Micro Data Management
o
3
I
This course is designed to introduce database management concepts, strategies, and specific commands used
to manipulate files using dBase III Plus software. Topics include database tenninology, creating and managing files,
retrieving file infonnation and designing reports. Upon completion, students will be able to design, search, organize,
retrieve a file and produce reports and labels. Prerequisite: OSC 101, OSC 110 or CAS 101
162
�CAS-132
1
Advanced Spreadsheets
o
3
2
This course is a continuation of CAS 128. Emphasis is placed on the more complex features of spreadsheet
software. Upon completion of the course, students will be able to use advanced spreadsheet techniques in business.
Prerequisite: CAS 128
CAS-133
1
Microcomputer DOS
o
3
(2
\
This course is designed to teach the fundamentals of microcomputer disk operating systems. Emphasis is"
placed on using commands and utilities of the operating system, writing batch files, and installing software on floppy
and hard disks. Upon completion of this course, students will be able to use commands and utilities to perform basic
operating system functions and install software. Prerequisite: CAS 101 or OSC 110
CAS-134
1
Integrated Software Appli
o
3
2
This course teaches the strategies to carry out data transfer among software programs and also teaches the var
ious features of WordPerfect Office. Emphasis will be placed on data interchange among dBase III+, Lotus 1-2-3,
WordPerfect, WordS tar, and Display Write 4 plus the capabilities of electronic mail, calendaring, and scheduling will
be explored. Upon completion, the student should be able to integrate data to produce business documents to communi
cate by computer through a networked system. Prerequisites: CAS 130 or CAS 212, CAS 131, or CAS 128, OSC 118
orOSC 201
CAS-136
1
Desktop Publishing
o
3
2
This course is designed to prepare students for desktop publishing applications. Emphasis is placed on key
layout and graphic design techniques, printing terminology, typography, composition and article placement in addition
to hardware requirements. Upon completion, students will be able to use the mouse and access the menu systems of the
major software packages. Prerequisites: None
CAS-137
1
Advanced Micro Data Mgt
o
3
2
This course is a continuation of CAS 130. Topics include multi-dimensional and relational databases and
advanced programming techniques. Upon completion, students will be able to develop complex databases and to con
struct programs to link and update multiple databases. Prerequisite: CAS 130
CAS-l38
1
Bus Graphics Presentation
o
3
2
This course is designed to enable students to gain a working level of competency in preparing presentation
material and making business presentations using business graphics software. Emphasis is placed on essential theory of
business graphics with several examples of graphic applications in the business world today. Upon completion, stu
dents will be able to use business graphics software to prepare presentation material, and develop and make a presenta
tion using graphics software and the computer. Prerequisites: CAS 128 or equiv. PC experience.
CAS-203
1
Advanced Desktop Publish
o
3
2
This course is designed to prepare students for advanced desktop publishing applications. Emphasis is placed
on creating, designing, and editing business forms, brochures, financial reports, newsletters and a catalog. Upon com
pletion, the student will be able to prepare multi page documents from word processing text and place graphics using a
scanner. Prerequisite: CAS 136
CAS-206
o
Paralegal Computer AppJ
o
3
1
This course allows students to explore paralegal software. Emphasis is placed on hands-on learning with facil
itator assistance. Upon completion, students will be able to utilize software associated with the paralegal career field.
Prerequisite: CAS 101.
163
�CAS-2l2
3
Data Base Management
o
3
4
This course introduces data base management concepts and emphasizes the design and implementation of
business data systems using the SQL query language and relational data base techniques. Topics include data base fun
damentals, data base models, logical design, physical design, data security, data base implementation, and data base
management system functions. Upon completion, students will be able to design and implement efficient data base
management systems to solve business data management problems. Prerequisite: CSC 114
CAS-214
3
PC Operating Systems
o
3
4
This course introduces the student to microcomputer operating system concepts and commands. Topics
include microcomputer architecture, operating system fundamentals, commands, batch files, and software installation.
Upon completion, students will be able to use a microcomputer operating system to use application software and to
install software on floppy and hard disk. Prerequisites: CSC 104 and 1 programming course
CAS-2l5
3
UNIX Operating System
o
3
4
This course introduces the student to operating system concepts and the UNIX operating system. Topics
include the UNIX file system, operating system commands, and redirection of I/O and piping. Upon completion, stu
dents will be able to use the UNIX operating system for development of application software. Prerequisites: CSC 104
and 1 programming course
CAS-2l7
3
Data Communications
o
o
3
This course covers the basic principles of a data communication system. Topics include networks, data com
munication hardware and software, error handling, communication protocols, and network architecture. Upon comple
tion, students will be able to describe the major hardware and software components of a data communication network.
Prerequisite: CSC 114
CAS-226
o
ComputerslFuneral Serv
o
3
1
This course introduces the student to automated record keeping in the funeral service environment. Topics
include automated case documentation, service arrangement, merchandise, selection cemetery, physician, and account
information, stored and retrieved from the computer. Upon completion, students will be able to prepare standard print
outs to include death certificates, V.A. forms, account information, obituaries, etc. Prerequisite: CAS 101 preferred.
CAS-240
2
Computer Programming Proj
o
9
5
This course provides the student with experience in the design and implementation of an entire data process
ing system, either hypothetical or actual. Emphasis is placed on scheduling the project for completion within eleven
weeks and implementing a functioning system using actual data. Upon completion, the student will be able to function
as a programmer or programmer-analyst in a business data processing environment. Prerequisites: 6th quarter standing
CER·153
5
Ceramics
o
o
5
This course is designed to introduce basic ceramic procedures and techniques. Topics include handbuilding,
decoration, glazing, loading, and firing a kiln. Upon completion, students will be able to produce basic works in clay
which may be both decorative and utilitarian. Prerequisites: None
164
�CER·154
5
Pottery
o
o
5
This course provides an introduction to the use of the pottery wheel. Topics include wedging, centering, open
ing. pulling, trimming, slip stains, glazing, and types of kilns. Upon completion, students will be able to throw simple
shapes and fire and glaze them. Prerequisites: None
CER·261
5
Ceramics II
o
o
5
This course is designed to help the student develop advanced skills and knowledge in the creation of hand
built vessels. Emphasis is placed on design, technique combinations, surface decoration, originality, and creativity.
Upon completion, students will be able to create hand-built vessels, glaze. and fire their work. Prerequisites: CER 153
CER·271
5
Pottery II
o
o
5
This course is designed to help the student develop advanced skills and knowledge in the use of the pottery
wheel as a tool to create various vessels. Emphasis is placed on technique, form, function, decoration, and originality.
Upon completion, students will be able to create pottery on the wheel, glaze, fire and prepare for an exhibit or craft
show. Prerequisite: CER 154
CHM·IOIX
Chemistry I
3
o
o
3
This course is an introduction to the chemical principles of inorganic compounds. Emphasis is placed on
atomic structures, bonding, nomenclature, reactions, and stoichiometric calculations. Upon completion, students will be
able to explain the structure, nomenclature, and reaction of elements and compounds. Prerequisite: Algebra;
Corequisite: CHM 101 Y
CHM-IOIY
o
CHM·IOI Lab
2
o
1
This course is an introductory chemistry lab that supports the instructional material in CHM 101X. Emphasis
is placed on safety, techniques, and scientific observations as students perform selected experiments utilizing concrete
examples of CHM IOIX concepts. Upon completion, students will be able to apply the chemistry concepts discussed in
CHM 10lX by observing concrete examples of the concepts. Prerequisite: Algebra; Corequisite: CHM 101X
CHM-I02X
3
Chemistry II
o
o
3
This course is a continuation of CHM-IOIX with further study of inorganic reactions and an introduction to
organic chemistry. Topics include gas laws, solutions, acids, bases, salts, redox, kinetics, and structure and nomencla
ture of inorganic compounds. Upon completion, students will be able to understand the basic gas laws, solutions, chem
ical kinetics, and basic organic chemical nomenclature. Prerequisites: CHM IOIX; Corequisite: CHM 102Y
CHM-I02Y
o
Chemistry 102 Lab
2
o
1
This course is an introductory lab that supports the instructional materials in CHM-102X. Emphasis is placed
on safety, techniques and scientific observations as they perform selected experiments that show concrete examples of
concepts. Upon completion. students will be able to apply the chemistry concepts discussed in CHM-102X by observ
ing concrete examples of the concepts. Prerequisite: CHM 101Y; Corequisite: CHM 102X
165
�CHM-151X
5
General Chemistry I
o
o
5
This course is an introduction to inorganic chemistry. Topics include formulas, equations, stoichiometry,
bonding, nomenclature, kinetic theory, solution, and acid, bases, and salts. Upon completion, students will be able to
explain the structure, nomenclature, and reaction of various inorganic compounds. Prerequisite: College Algebra;
Corequisite: CHM 151Y
o
CHM-151Y CHM-151 Lab
o
3
1
This course is an introduction chemistry lab that supports instructional materials in CHM-151X. Emphasis is
placed on safety, techniques, and scientific observations as students perform selected experiments utilizing concrete
examples of CHM-151X concepts. Upon completion, students will be able to better understand the concepts of CHM
151X because of the concrete examples they observed. Prerequisite: College Algebra; Corequisite: CHM-15IX
CHM-152X
5
General Chemistry II
o
o
5
This course is a continuation of CHM 151 with a further study of redox reactions, thermodynamics, kinetic
and organic chemistry. Topics include oxidation, reduction, chemical kinetics, equilibrium, electrochemistry, simple
hydrocarbon, and functional groups. Upon completion, students will be able to explain the kinetics of chemical reac
tions, name and draw structure for simple organic compounds. Prerequisites: College Algebra, CHM 151; Corequisite:
CHM 152Y
CHM-152Y
o
CHM-152 Lab
o
3
1
This course is an introduction chemistry lab that supports instructional material in CHM 152X. Emphasis is
placed on safety, techniques, and scientific observations as students perform selected experiments utilizing concrete
examples of CHM 152X concepts. Upon completion, students will be able to better understand the concepts of CHM
152X because of the concrete examples they observed. Prerequisites: College Algebra, CHM 151X, CHM 15lY
Corequisite: CHM 152X
CHM-251X
5
Organic Chemistry I
o
o
5
This course is designed to introduce students to the study of hydrocarbons as well as alkyl halides and alco
hols. Emphasis is placed on nomenclature, structure, stereoisomerism, properties, preparation, and reactions of aliphatic
and aromatic hydrocarbons, alkyl halides, and alcohols. Upon completion, students will be able to distinguish between
alkanes, alkynes, aromatic hydrocarbons, alkyl halides and alcohols. Prerequisite: CHM-152; Corequisite CHM-251Y.
CHM-251Y
o
CHM-251 Lab
o
3
1
This course is an introductory chemistry lab that supports instructional materials in CHM-251X. Emphasis is
placed on safety, techniques. And scientific observations as students perform selected experiments utilizing concrete
examples of CHM-251X concepts. Upon completion, students will be able to better understand the concepts of CHM
251X because of the concrete examples they observed. Prerequisite: CHM-152; Corequisite: CHM-251X.
CHM-252X
5
Organic Chemistry II
o
o
5
This course is a continuation of CHM-251 and introduces ethers, phenols, aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic
acids, and their derivatives. Emphasis is placed on nomenclature, structure, properties, and preparations and reactions
of these organic functional groups. Upon completion, students will be able to recognize and distinguish between ethers,
phenols, aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic acids, and their derivatives. Prerequisite: CHM-251; Corequisite: CHM-252Y.
166
�CHM-252Y
o
CHM-252 Lab
o
3
1
This course is an introductory chemistry lab that supports instructional material in CHM-252X. Emphasis is
placed on safety, techniques, and scientific observations as students perfonn selected experiments utilizing concrete
examples of CHM-252X concepts. Upon completion, students will be able to better understand the concepts of CHM
252X because of the concrete examples they observed. Prerequisite: CHM-25I ; Corequisite: CHM-252X.
CHM-260
5
Quantitative Analysis
o
3
6
This course covers the principles and methods of volumetric and gravimetric analysis. Emphasis is placed on
the stoichiometric calculations of quantitative analysis. Upon completion, students will be able to perfonn instrumental
as well as classical quantitative analytical procedures. Prerequisite: CHM-152.
CHM-90
3
Developmental Chem I
o
o
3
This course is an introductory chemistry course that discusses atomic structure, periodic classification, struc
ture of compounds, inorganic nomenclature, and measurement. Emphasis is placed on atomic structure, the periodic
table, chemical bonds, and nomenclature of acids, bases, and salts. Upon completion, students will be able to explain
the structure of matter and how this affects some ordinary chemical reactions. Prerequisite: None; Corequisite: Algebra
CHM-9IX
3
Developmental Chern II
o
o
3
This course is a continuation of CHM 90 with further study of chemical reactions. Emphasis is placed on
chemical reactions, chemical equations, stoichiometry, gas laws, states of matter, and special properties of matter.
Upon completion, students will be able to explain and apply their knowledge of chemical reactions and stoichiometry.
Prerequisite: CHM 90; Corequisite: 9lY
CHM-9IY
o
CHM-91 Lab
2
o
1
This course is an introductory chemistry lab that supports the concepts discussed in CHM 91X. Emphasis is
placed on safety and proper teChniques as students perfonn selected experiments utilizing concrete examples of CHM
91X concepts. Upon completion, students will be able to apply the chemical concepts discussed in CHM 91X by
observing concrete examples. Prerequisites: None; Corequisite: CHM 91X
CHM-92X
Developmental Chern III
3
o
o
3
This course is a continuation of CHM 91 with further study of chemical reactions and an introduction to
organic chemistry. Emphasis is placed on solutions, acids, bases, salts, redox reactions, chemical equilibria, and organic
nomenclature. Upon completion, students will be able to explain the factors that affect a chemical reaction and know
how to name and identify certain organic compounds. Prerequisite: CHM 91; Corequisite: CHM 92Y
CHM-92Y
o
CHM-92 Lab
2
o
1
This course is an introductory lab that supports the instructional material in CHM 92X. Emphasis is placed on
scientific observations as students perfonn selected experiments utilizing concrete examples of CHM 92X concepts.
Upon completion, students will be able to apply the chemical concepts discussed in CHM 92X by observing concrete
examples. Prerequisite: CHM 91; Corequisite: CHM 92X
CIV-IOS
Civil CADI
2
o
6
4
This course introduces the student to computer aided drafting. Emphasis is placed on AUTOCAD as the skele
tal framework for specific civil engineering software. Upon completion, students will be able to make simple civil engi
neering drawings using computers and associated plotters. Prerequisites: None
167
�CIV-l06
1
Civil CAD II
o
6
3
This course is a continuation of Civil CAD I. Emphasis is placed on understanding and drawing steel, con
crete, and wood structural details using CAD and conventional methods. Upon completion, students will be able to
interpret and draft plans and details of basic structures. Prerequisite: eIV 105
CIV-107
3
Civil Engr Computations
o
3
4
This course includes an introduction to microcomputers and computer software specifically geared to solving
civil engineering problems. Emphasis is placed on practical application of civil engineering software by writing and
using several programs to solve problems. Upon completion, students will be able to write simple programs as well as
use complex software in the civil engineering field. Prerequisites: None
CIV-1l2
2
Construction Estimates
o
6
4
This course presents the cost estimating aspects of material handling, earthwork, highways, pilings, concrete,
interiors and exteriors, roofing, masonry, carpentry, plumbing, and electrical systems. Emphasis is placed on practical
application by preparing a cost estimate using drawings of an actual construction project. Upon completion, students
will be able to interpret drawings and specifications and to make cost estimates of construction projects. Prerequisite:
MAT 115
CIV-1l4
5
Statics
o
o
5
This course presents an overview of basic principles (such as vectors, moments, and free-body diagrams)
whereby intemal (member) forces within structures may be determined. Topics include coplanar and noncoplanar sys
tems, parallel and nonparallel forces, concurrent and nonconcurrent forces, and static and moving friction. Upon com
pletion, students will be able to analyze simple structures and determine forces within internal members using
free-body diagrams. Prerequisite: MAT 116
CIV-202
4
Properties of Soil
o
3
5
This course presents an overview of soil as a construction material using both analysis and testing procedures.
Topics include index properties, classification, stress analysis, compressibility, compaction, dewatering, excavation,
settlement, and foundations. Upon completion, students will be able to perform many basic soil tests and analyze engi
neering properties. Prerequisites: MAT 116 and PHY 101
CIV-2l0
ConsL Methods & Mgt
3
2
o
4
This course introduces construction planning and scheduling techniques and covers excavating methods and
equipment used in building and highway construction. Topics include construction safety, operation analysis, project
control and supervision, and costs and production of machinery. Upon completion, students will be able to apply the
critical path methods for planning and scheduling and analyze the aspects of a construction operation. Prerequisites:
None
CIV-2l9
4
Strength of Materials
o
3
5
This course presents techniques used in the analysis and design of members within structures as well as struc
tural testing. Topics include stress and strain, materials and their properties, joints, torsion, shear, moment, deflection of
beams, and beam design. Upon completion, students will be able to analyze the effect external forces have on the
design of structural members such as trusses and beams. Prerequisite: CIV 114
168
�CIV·220
4
Hydraulics & Drainage
o
3
5
This course includes an introduction to hydraulics and basic hydrology associated with civil engineering.
Topics include precipitation and stream runoff. fluid statics and dynamics, flow measurement, pipe and open channel
flow, and pump analysis. Upon completion. students will be able to perform basic analysis of hydrologic and hydraulic
problems in the civil engineering field. Prerequisites: MAT 116 and PHY 102
CIV·221
5
Reinforced Concrete
o
o
5
This course is designed to familiarize the student with ultimate strength design techniques established by the
American Concrete Institute. Emphasis is placed on analysis and design of reinforced concrete beams, joists, floor sys
tems, walls, and columns. Upon completion, students will be able to design components of a building using reinforced
concrete as a building material. Prerequisite: CIY 219
CIV·226
3
Cement & Asphalt Concrete
o
3
4
This course covers the study and testing of the composition and properties of cement and asphalt concretes.
Topics include cement, asphalt, admixtures, air entrainment, placing, curing, and standard control tests. Upon comple
tion, students will be able to design and proportion cement concrete mixes and design and proportion asphalt concrete
mixes. Prerequisite: None
CIV·227
1
Subdivision Design
o
6
3
This course covers the planning aspects of a residential subdivision from analysis of owner requirements to
plat layout and design. Emphasis is placed on street and lot layout, topographic platting, use of drafting equipment, and
lettering techniques. Upon completion, students will be able to use the drafting machine and letter using Leroy equip
ment, interpret topographic fields notes, and prepare a subdivision plat. Prerequisite: CIV !O7; Corequisite: CIY 228
CIV·228
3
City & Regional Planning
o
o
3
This course presents an overview of the civil engineering aspects of urban planning. Topics include residen
tial, commercial, and industrial land planning, community facilities planning, transportation planning, and capital
improvements programs and financing. Upon completion, students will be able to better understand current urban and
regional problems, as well as their role in the solution of these problems. Prerequisites: None
CIV·229
3
Municipal Engineering
o
3
4
This course presents the basic engineering principles related to water supply and to the collection of storm and
municipal waste water. Topics include quantity estimating, hydrology, groundwater, pipes and pipe flow, and design,
construction, and maintenance of sewers. Upon completion, students will be able to design and make plan-profile draw·
ings of water and sewer projects using appropriate engineering principles. Prerequisites: CIY 220 and 227
CIV·230
3
Design of Roads & Pavement
o
3
4
This course presents an overview of street and highway design practices. Topics include driver, vehicle and
traffic characteristics, highway capacity, sight distance, design of cross section and grade line, and drainage. Upon
completion, students will be able to analyze traffic requirements, determine geometric design, and design drainage
structures. Prerequisites: SRV 103, CIY 202, and CIY 227
169
�CjC-IOO
Basic Law Enforcement Trn
15
o
30
25
This course contains all required studies for certification as a law enforcement officer as prescribed in the state
of North Carolina basic training certification standards. Topics include an overall view of the criminal justice system,
criminal law, motor vehicle law, and patrol procedures. All credits are earned through successful completion of the
basic law enforcement training school. Prerequisites: None
CjC-IOI
Intro to Criminal justice
5
o
o
5
This course is a study of the American criminal justice system including police, court, and correctional com
ponents. Emphasis is placed on the history, philosophy, responsibilities, and functions of the various criminal justice
system components. Upon completion, students will be able to explain the responsibilities and functions of the various
component~ of the criminal justice system. Prerequisites: None
CjC-I02
5
Constitutional Law
o
o
5
This course introduces the history and fundamental concepts and principles of the U.S. Constitution and its
Amendments. Topics include problems of federalism, safeguards to privacy, life, liberty, and property, and protection
of civil and political rights. Upon completion, students will be able to relate U.S. Constitutional law to the criminal jus
tice system in the U.S. Prerequisites: None
CjC-I03
Criminology
5
o
o
5
This course is an overview of research into the causes of crime. Topics include the learning theories, bio-social
dynamics, and psychological factors thought to be important in the causation of crime. Upon completion, students will
be able to relate theoretical concepts of criminology to practical attempts at crime control. Prerequisites: None
CjC-I04
Law Enforcement Oper
3
o
o
3
This course is a study of the development, organization, and management of police departments. Topics
include management theory, organizational behavior, policy-making, planning, decision making, budgeting, personnel
management, manpower allocation, and productivity. Upon completion, students will be able to apply management the
ory, concepts, and principles in a police department. Prerequisites: None
CjC-I05
Intro to Corrections
3
o
o
3
This course is a study of the correctional system in America, historical perspectives, contemporary philoso
phies, and the treatment of offenders in a modem correctional system. Emphasis is placed on North Carolina correc
tions, alternatives to imprisonment, and current issues in corrections. Upon completion, students will be able to explain
the organization and functions of the American correctional system. Prerequisites: None
CjC-I06
Correctional Counseling
3
2
o
4
This course is an overview of the rehabilitation theories and techniques applicable to correctional casework
and counseling. Topics include psychotherapy, behavior modification, and rational therapy. Upon completion, students
will be able to apply basic counseling principles to clients within the correctional setting. Prerequisites: PSY 101 and
CJ C 105 or instructor consent
CjC-I07
Comm Based Corrections
3
o
o
3
This course is an examination of the theoretical underpinnings and practical processes involved in probation
and parole. Emphasis is placed upon community supervision as an important element of rehabilitation ideology. Upon
completion, students will be able to discuss the true purposes and practices of probation and parole within our society.
Prerequisites: CJC 105 or instructor consent
170
�CJC-108
5
Criminal Law
o
o
5
This course includes a history of the development and philosophy of criminal law, theory and practice of crim
inalization, liability laws, crimes, and defenses. Emphasis is placed on North Carolina General statutes, specifically
Chapter 14. Upon completion, students will be able to explain elements of specific offenses against property, habita
tion, and person and apply criminal law concepts to enforcement. Prerequisite: CJC 102 or Instructor consent
CJC-I09
Criminal Evidence & Proc
3
o
o
3
This course introduces the laws relating to arrest, search, seizure, and confessions. Topics include recent U.S.
Supreme Court decisions and possible trends in relevant laws. Upon completion, students will be able to explain the
history and expansion of individual rights of arrest, search, seizure, and confessions through judicial interpretation.
Prerequisite: CJC 102
CJC-110
1
Investigative Photography
4
o
3
This course includes the study of photographic equipment and its application to the field of public service.
Emphasis is placed upon crime scene recording, micro and macro photography, and the processing of negative and pos
itive materials. Upon completion, students will be able to produce and process photographic prints suitable for forensic
purposes. Prerequisites: None
CJC-lll
Interpersonal Comm for CJ
3
2
o
4
This course examines the theory, concepts, and principles of effective interpersonal communication in the
criminal justice field. Emphasis is placed on the effective application of listening, assertion, conflict- management, and
collaborative problem-solving skills to job-related situations. Upon completion, students will be able to make effective
application of communication skills in client centered encounters. Prerequisites: None
CJC-1l2
3
Confinement Facilities Mg
o
o
3
This course is an examination of principles and processes involved in the administration of correctional insti
tutions and agencies. Topics include management techniques, supervision styles, and organizational structures. Upon
completion, students will be able to understand the methods and frameworks necessary for the routine administration of
complex organizations. Prerequisites: None
CJC-1l4
5
Organizational Theory
o
o
5
This course provides an overview of organizational theory and behavior. Topics include organizational func
tions, structures, processes, and behavior and the manifestation of these phenomena in the criminal justice system.
Upon completion, students will be able to discuss organizational theory as it applies to the criminal justice system.
Prerequisite: PSY 10 I
CJC-200
4
Criminal Justice Planning
2
o
5
This course is a study of the planning process in criminal justice agencies. Emphasis is placed on problem
identification, problem solving technique, program development and implementation, program evaluation, and applica
tion of microcomputers in the planning process. Upon completion, students will be able to apply the principles of effec
tive criminal justice planning. Prerequisite: None
171
�CJC-201
4
Traffic Planning
2
o
5
This course covers the history of traffic enforcement, the organization of the traffic unit, and enforcement
responsibilities. Topics include the 3 E's and legislation, enforcement tactics, evaluation of traffic program effective
ness, and allocation of personnel and materials. Upon completion, students will be able to explain current traffic prob
lems and the responsibilities of the law enforcement officer to the traffic function. Prerequisites: None
CJC-202
4
Judicial Process
2
o
5
This course is a study of the judicial process in America with special focus on the courts of original and appel
late jurisdiction in North Carolina. Emphasis is placed on the roles of judicial personnel, pretrial process, jury selection,
trial procedures, sentencing, and current problems in the courts. Upon completion, students will be able to explain the
organization and operation of the American judicial system. Prerequisite: CJC 102
CJC-203
3
White Collar Crime
o
o
3
This course is an examination of business and organizational deviance. Emphasis is placed on the methods uti
lized and rationale for committing crime in the workplace. Upon completion, students will be able to identify the tech
niques and theories that relate to white collar crime. Prerequisites: None
CJC-206
3
Criminal Justice Issues
o
o
3
This course provides an analysis of contemporary problems that affect the criminal justice system in America
today. Topics include causes of violent crime, gun control, stress, police deadly force, plea bargaining, prison condi
tions, and others. Upon completion, students will be able to discuss and analyze critical issues facing police, courts, and
corrections in America today. Prerequisite: CJC lOl or Instructor consent
CJC-207
Interview & Interrogation
3
o
o
3
This course includes a survey of the sources of information available to criminal justice personnel and the
techniques used in collecting information, interviewing, and interrogation. Emphasis is placed on the application of
constitutional and democratic guidelines in obtaining admissions and confessions. Upon completion, students will be
able to record admissions and confessions permanently and utilize the proper application of the polygraph. Prerequisite:
Instructor consent
CJC-268
2
Identification Techniques
2
o
3
This course includes the study of various identification methods and how they evolved into the present day
systems. Emphasis is placed on various fingerprint classification systems and will include dental and skeletal identifica
tion. Upon completion, students will be able to classify, file, and retrieve fingerprint records and recognize the applica
tion of other forms of identification. Prerequisite: CJC 210 or Instructor consent
CJC-209
5
Juvenile Delinquency
o
o
5
This course examines the prevention, control, and treatment of juvenile delinquency. Emphasis is placed on
causes of delinquency, juvenile court processes, juvenile corrections, and the role of family and school in delinquency
prevention. Upon completion, students will be able to discuss the theories, concepts, and principles of juvenile delin
quency prevention, control, and treatment. Prerequisite: CJC 103 or Instructor consent
CJC-210
3
Criminal Investigation I
2
o
4
This course introduces the student to the fundamentals of criminal investigation. Topics include crime scene
search and recording, collection and preservation of evidence, and case preparation and presentation. Upon completion,
students will be able to process crime scenes and prepare evidence collected for court. Prerequisites: None
172
�CJC·211
Community Relat & Ethics
4
2
o
5
This course is designed to create an awareness of the need for good police and community relations. Topics
include problems confronting police personnel, solutions to these problems, and strategies for improving police com
munity relations. Upon completion, students will be able to initiate and complete a community related project employ
ing the theories and strategies taught in the class. Prerequisite: Second year standing or Instructor consent
CJC·212
3
Prisoners Rights
o
o
3
This course is an examination of the legal and constitutional rights granted to those incarcerated in American
prisons. Emphasis is placed upon important legal decisions and their overall effect upon prison administration. Upon
completion, students will be able to identify and understand the rationale behind institutional practices regarding the
legal rights of inmates. Prerequisite: CJC 102
CJC-213
4
Firearms & Defensive Tact
2
o
5
This course is designed to help the student develop an understanding of the need for use of and respect for
firearms and defensive tactics. Emphasis is placed on the development of proficiency in the use of handguns, shotguns,
and non-lethal weapons and defensive methods. Upon completion, students will be able to approach the use of f!rearms
and defensive tactics in job related situations with selectivity and knowledgeability. Prerequisites: None
CJC-219
1
Intro to Criminalistics
4
o
3
This course includes a survey of the various forensic sciences and their application to the field of law enforce
ment. Topics include common forensic applications such as weights, measurements. and comparisons. blood grouping,
blood alcohol. luminal, drug analysis, and number restoration. Upon completion, students will be able to recognize, col
lect, and preserve evidence in the field. thereby contributing to the effectiveness of the crime laboratory. Prerequisite:
CJC210
CJC-221
5
Substance Abuse
o
o
5
This course is designed to present a history of drugs, in general. and the use and abuse of narcotics drugs,
specifically. Topics include pharmacology and pharmacognosy; emphasis is placed on familiarizing the student with
characteristics of drugs and drug abusers. Upon completion. students will be able to identify the general characteristics
of narcotic drugs and narcotic drug abusers. Prerequisites: None
CJC·231
3
Int to Sec ServlLoss Prev
o
o
3
This course provides an overview of the role of Security and the security Practitioner in the contemporary
business and govemmental community. Topics include the administrative, personnel and physical aspects of security
and loss prevention. Upon completion. students will be able to explain the basic security concepts and principles and
the relationship of security to the Criminal Justice process. Prerequisites: None
CJC-232
3
CommlRetail Loss Prev
o
o
3
This course deals with security function of mercantile establishments. Topics include dishonest employees,
shoplifters. receiving and warehousing, inventory control, special laws for shop owners and commercial enterprise.
Upon completion, students will be able to understand the complexity of commercial/retail relationship to profitability
and public relations. Prerequisite: CJC 231 or Dept. Chrp. Approval
173
�CJC·233
3
Ind/Private Security Mgmt
o
o
3
This course covers organization, administration and management of security and plant protection units and
programs in business, industry and government. Emphasis is placed on adapting the security function to meet organiza
tional needs. Upon completion, students will be able to understand how the personnel and budget process relates to pol
icy and decision making. Prerequisite: CJC 231 or Dept. Chrp. Approval
COE·IOI
3
Personal Develop & Comm
o
o
3
This course is designed to help students develop skills necessary for academic success in their chosen curric
ula and learn employability skills. Emphasis is placed on study and test taking skills, resume development. interview
techniques and job search strategies. Upon completion, students will be able to exhibit student success skills and
demonstrate how to conduct a job search. Prerequisites: None
COE-1I0
o
Food Serv Internship I
o
20
2
This course includes work in a food service operation under the direction of the instructor and with the cooper
ation of the employer. Training areas include sanitation, warehandling, service (plate. tray set up), and meat, vegeta
bles, salads, breads, desserts, and beverage preparation. Upon completion, students will be able to apply these
techniques in the foodservice industry areas. Prerequisites: All other foodservice courses
COE-lIl
o
Cooperative Work Exper
o
10
1
This course is designed to enable qualified students to combine classroom learning with career-related work
experience that is closely related to students' academic study. Emphasis is placed on parallel plans of school and work
in business, industry, or government structured by measurable learning objectives. Upon completion, students will be
able to locate permanent employment after graduation more readily because of their on-the-job work experience.
Prerequisite: Completion of 6 credit hrs. (C-avg.)
COE-H2
o
o
10
1
o
o
10
1
o
o
10
1
o
o
10
1
o
o
10
1
o
Cooperative Work Exper
o
10
1
refer to COE 111.
COE·113
Cooperative Work Exper
refer to COE 111.
COE·114
Cooperative Work Exper
refer to COE Ill.
COE·115
Cooperative Work Exper
refer to COE Ill.
COE·116
Cooperative Work Exper
refer to COE 11 L
COE·117
Cooperative Work Exper
refer to COE Ill.
174
�COE-118
o
o
10
1
o
o
10
1
o
o
20
2
o
o
20
2
o
o
20
2
o
o
20
2
o
Cooperative Work Exper
o
30
3
refer to COE 111.
COE-119
Cooperative Work Exper
refer to COE Ill.
COE-121
Cooperative Work Exper
refer to COE 111.
COE-122
Cooperative Work Exper
refer to COE Ill.
COE-123
Cooperative Work Exper
refer to COE 111.
COE-124
Cooperative Work Exper
refer to COE 111.
COE-131
Automotive Co-Op Work Exp
This course provides qualified students supervised work experience at automobile dealerships alternating
quarters of school and work. Emphasis is placed on the application of specific automotive service and repair skills
learned following each quarter of classroom instruction. Upon completion, students will possess extensive work experi
ence as automotive service technicians facilitating employment after graduation. Prerequisites: Completion of pre
scribed quarterly classes.
COE-132
o
o
30
3
o
Automotive Co-Op Work Exp
o
20
2
refer to COE 131.
COE-202
Programming Practicum
This course provides the student an opportunity to apply and enhance programming skills in an actual work
environment under the supervision of an employer. Emphasis is placed on application of programming to actual busi
ness programs outside the school environment. Upon completion, students will be able to apply programming skills to
solve business problems in a real business in a real-world situation. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing and Dept. Chrp.
Approval
COE·210
o
Food Serv Internship n
o
20
2
This course provides student work experience in a mid-management or supervisory level under the direction
of the instructor and with the cooperation of the employer. Topics include inventories, record accountability, schedul
ing of employees, quality and quantity inspection of equipment. and commodities. Upon completion, students will be
able to apply these techniques in industrial foodservice management. Prerequisites: All other FSO courses; Corequisite:
FS0211
175
�COE·212
o
FSE Embalming Practicum I
o
10
I
This course is designed for students with the general knowledge of embalming techniques. Emphasis is placed
on the actual preparation of the remains in a funeral home. Upon completion, students will be able to utilize sanitation
and disinfection procedures properly and prepare the body for burial. Prerequisites: None
COE-213
o
FSE Embalming Practicum II
o
10
I
This course is a continuation of COE 212 and covers proficient embalming skills which the student is required
to demonstrate. Emphasis is placed on the student's ability to understand and relate to the actual embalming process.
Upon completion, students will be able to analyze each case to determine the proper techniques to be used in that par
ticular embalming situation. Prerequisite: COE 212
COE-216
o
EMS Practicum
o
10
I
This course focuses on providing an opportunity for intensive experience in the field ambulance at the para
medic level. Emphasis is placed on perception of skills in actual field situations by paramedics. Upon completion, stu
dents will have achieved the national and state requirements for a paramedic training program. Prerequisite: EMS 220
COE·218
o
FSE Professional Practicum
o
20
2
This course will provide experience in the funeral home under the direction of a licensed funeral director.
Emphasis is placed on all phases of funeral service operations in and around the funeral home. Upon completion, stu
dents will be able to function more professionally within the funeral service environment. Prerequisite: Dept. Chrp.
Approval
COE-220
o
Secretarial Internship
o
10
I
This course provides assistance in the development of office responsibilities, office ethics, and office work
habits through on-the-job work experience. Emphasis is placed on the application of acquired academic skills and on
the acquisition of additional knowledge encountered in the practicum. Upon completion, students will be able to use the
experience and the skills gained to become successfully employed in the office. Prerequisites: Advisor consent and 1.85
GPA
COE-224
o
LEG Internship
o
30
3
This course includes supervised on-the-job training in a law office for thirty hours per week for eleven weeks.
Emphasis is placed on actual job training in law offices (two major areas of law), supervised by instructor and attorney.
Upon completion, students will be able to understand law practice in Cumberland County and in general, put skills
learned through classroom experience into practice. Prerequisites: All courses except LEX 216 and 228
COE·226
o
Intern In Public Admin
o
10
I
This course provides students an opportunity to work in a public administration setting, ten (10) hours per
week, under close supervision. Emphasis is placed on skills acquired during academic training and to gain additional
skills and knowledge from on-the-job work experience. Upon completion, students will be able to apply for entry into
middle-management positions in state and local government and nonprofit organizations. Prerequisite: Dept. Chrp.
Approval
COE·231
o
Automotive Co-Op Work Exp
refer to COE 131.
176
o
30
3
�COE-232
o
o
30
3
3
Automotive Co-Op Work Exp
o
o
3
referto COE I31.
COS-llOI
Intro To Cosmetology
This course introduces the student to the scientific study of skin and hair and methods of hair removal.
Emphasis is placed on how the skin and hair are produced by the body and the layers and care of each. Upon comple
tion, students will be able to describe the skin and hair and tell how the diet affects each. Prerequisites: None
COS-l102
1
Mannequin Practice
o
33
12
This course will enable the student to acquire a basic knowledge in hair styling, shaping, permanent waving,
and scalp treatments. Emphasis is placed on demonstrating practical hairstyling skills along with shampooing, mani
cures, scalp treatments, and skin care. Upon completion, students will be able to set a basic hair style correctly, perform
manicures, do a basic cut, wrap permanent waves, and give scalp treatments. Prerequisite: Student must understand the
basic theory in each area prior to performing services on patrons
COS-ll03
Cosmetology Theory I
4
o
o
4
This course is designed to teach the basic theory of permanent waving, hair cutting, hair color, manicures, and
facials. Emphasis is placed on the chemistry of permanent waves, hair color, manicures and facials, and cosmetics in
relation to hair and skin chemistry. Upon completion, students will be able to explain the relation of hair and skin to the
products used in perming, coloring, manicuring, and skin care. Prerequisite: COS 1101
COS-ll04
Cosmetology Skills I
2
o
30
12
This course is a continuation and application of practical skills learned in COS 1102 along with advanced
skills in permanent waving and hair color. Emphasis is placed on participation by the student on live models by per
forming permanent waves and hair color. Upon completion, students will be able to do a basic cut and set in several
styles, give a professional facial and manicure, permanent wave, and virgin tint. Prerequisite: COS 1103
COS-llOS
Cosmetology Theory II
3
o
o
3
This course is designed to provide theory in grooming. personal hygiene, and law and ethics pertaining to cos
metology. Topics include hair and disorders of the scalp and hair, hair cutting, hair styling. chemical relaxing, nail dis
orders, and cosmetology chemistry. Upon completion, students will be able to explain the basic principles in scalp and
hair care and the chemistry of relaxers. Prerequisite: COS 1104
COS-ll06
Cosmetology Skills II
1
o
33
12
This course is a continuation and application of practical skills learned in COS 1102 and COS 1104. Emphasis
is placed on advanced techniques and professionalism. Upon completion, students will be able to master techniques
learned and be able to relate to patrons in a professional manner. Prerequisite: COS 1105
COS-ll07
Adv Cosmetology Theory
4
o
o
4
This course is designed to introduce the student to the theory of superfluous hair removal, skin disorders, elec
tricity and light therapy, and salon management. Emphasis is placed on reviewing theory in 1101, 1103, and 1105 and
state board preparation. Upon completion, students will be able to explain their knowledge of hair removal, cells, skin,
electricity, salon management, and can pass the state board exam. Prerequisite: Students must have completed all
required practical skills necessary to enter into 1107.
177
�COS·1l08
1
Advanced Practice
o
24
9
This course is a continuation and application of practical skills learned in COS 1102, 1l04, and 1106.
Emphasis is placed on mastering techniques and professionalism. Upon completion, students will be able to perform
any service related to cosmetology in a professional manner with patron satisfaction. Prerequisites: COS 1101-1107
CSC·I03
3
Intro to Programming
o
o
3
This course introduces programming logic and principles necessary for developing business application pro
grams. Emphasis is placed on rules of the COBOL programming language and flowcharting the solution to specific
problems. Upon completion, students will be able to flowchart structured solutions to common business problems using
the COBOL programming language. Prerequisites: None
CSC·I04
3
Intro to Data Processing
o
o
3
This course is designed to introduce fundamental principles and concepts of computers and information proc
essing. Topics include data storage devices and media, computer systems, and data communications, with emphasis on
business information systems. Upon completion, students will be able to demonstrate an understanding of computers
and information processing for business computer programming or other business careers. Prerequisites: None
CSC·I09
4
COBOL I
o
3
5
This course introduces the COBOL business programming language for writing programs that read disk files
and write business reports. Topics include syntax and structure of COBOL programs, calculations, decision making.
control breaks, and group printing. Upon completion, students will be able to write report generation programs in
COBOL with complex calculations, decision making, and editing. Prerequisite: CSC 103
CSC·1l0
4
COBOL II
o
3
5
This course is a continuation of CSC 109 and the study of the COBOL programming language. Topics include
multiple control breaks, file creation, group indication, group printing, and utilization of one and two dimensional
tables. Upon completion, students will be able to use advanced logic and programming techniques in a disk operating
system environment. Prerequisite: CSC 109
CSC·1l4
3
Operating Systems
o
3
4
This course provides a detailed study of operating systems and the techniques of system resource management
using several operating systems as examples. Topics include basic system resources, operating system design and
development, operating system concepts. job control languages, and command control languages. Upon completion.
students will be able to effectively utilize system facilities to produce business applications in both mainframe and
microcomputer environments. Prerequisites: CSC tQ4 and CSC 109
CSC·1l6
3
Business BASIC Language
o
3
4
This course introduces fundamentals of the BASIC programming language and provides background using
BASIC for business applications. Topics include producing and editing printed output, loop processing, user-defined
functions, file creation and processing, table processing, and sorting. Upon completion, students will be able to write
programs using BASIC to solve business application problems. Prerequisite: CSC 103
178
�CSC·1l7
3
Advanced Business BASIC
o
3
4
This course is a continuation of CSC 116, including more advanced programming concepts and techniques in
the BASIC language. Topics include interactive data entry, the shell and bubble sorts, menus, and sequential and ran·
dom access file handling. Upon completion, students will be able to develop a menu-driven system of programs for
business applications. Prerequisite: CSC 116
CSC·1l9
3
Circuit Analysis wlPascal
2
o
4
This course introduces the programming language Pascal to students in Electronics Engineering Technology.
Topics include an introduction to logic and implementation of Pascal for complex numerical calculations. Upon com
pletion, students will be able to use Pascal for solving a variety of problems in Electronics Engineering Technology.
Prerequisite: ELC 103
CSC·200
Care & Upgrade of Micros
1
o
3
2
This course is designed to provide business students with non-technical skills in the setup, operations, and lim
ited user/operator maintenance and care of microcomputers. Emphasis is placed on micro- computer installation, con
version, expansion, upgrade, troubleshooting and maintenance for IBM Micros and compatibles from a non-technical
aspect. Upon completion, students will be able to install, upgrade, operate, troubleshoot and perform operator mainte
nance and component replacement of the IBM family and compatible computers. Prerequisite: CAS 101 or equivalent
PC/Micro experience/familiarization
CSC·2Ot
1
4GL Programming
o
6
3
This course covers the principles and concepts of Fourth Generation languages, 4GLs, and the use of 4GLs to
design and implement information systems. Topics include the fundamentals of 4GLs, database design and definition,
applications design and implementation and file maintenance systems. Upon completion, students will be able to
design, code, test and implement sophisticated data processing systems using a specific fourth Generation Language
development system. Prerequisites: CAS 212
CSC·204
4
COBOL III
o
3
S
This course is a continuation of the concepts and techniques of programming in COBOL begun in CSC 109
and CSC 110. Emphasis is placed on processing sequential and indexed files, validity checking techniques, advanced
table processing, sorting, and character manipulation. Upon completion, students will be able to write COBOL pro
grams which perform complex business data processing functions. Prerequisite: CSC 110
CSC·20S
3
Assembler Language PC
o
3
4
This course introduces the use of assembly language for the 8088 microprocessor emphasizing the design and
implementation of systems utility application programs. Topics include 8088 microprocessor codes, 8088 architecture,
operating system interface, basic input/output processing, file processing, and debugging techniques. Upon completion,
students will be able to design, code, and execute applications using Assembler language to interface directly with the
operating system. Prerequisite: CSC 114
CSC·207
3
FORTRAN
o
3
4
This course introduces the student to the fundamental concepts and techniques of programming in FOR·
TRAN. Topics include reading data from disks, calculations, formatting and printing reports, control breaks, functions,
subprograms, subroutines, DO loops, and arrays. Upon completion, students will be able to write FORTRAN programs
which perform most common business data processing functions. Prerequisites: CSC 109 or CSC 116.
179
�CSC-210
3
Pascal
o
3
4
This course introduces the Pascal programming language and emphasizes the production of interactive busi
ness applications using structured modular programming techniques. Topics include problem analysis, algorithm devel
opment, Pascal source code production, compiling and linking, program execution, and program validation. Upon
completion, students will be able to solve business application problems using the Pascal programming language to
produce efficient computer assisted solutions. Prerequisites: CSC 103, CSC 104. and CSC 109 or equiv. programming
experience.
CSC-213
Data Base Programming
3
o
3
4
This course introduces a data base programming language. emphasizing the development of interactive busi
ness programs using menu hierarchy techniques. Topics include data base creation, data base relations. indexing, use of
multiple data bases, menu driven modules. and custom reports. Upon completion, students will be able to design. pro
gram and implement a data base system for a variety of business applications. Prerequisite: CAS 212
CSC-21S
CLanguageI
3
o
3
4
This course introduces the programming student to the C programming language. Topics include C language
programming concepts, data types, data manipulation. input/output functions, arrays and pointers. and data structures.
Upon completion, students will be able to write a complex program in C language involving advanced programming
techniques. Prerequisite: An advanced level programming course or equivalent
CSC-219
C Language II
3
o
3
4
This course is a continuation of CSC 218, C Language I. and includes advanced programming concepts and
techniques using the C programming language. Topics include data structure design, implementation of queues and
stacks using linked lists and use of system software tools. Upon completion, students will be able to develop, imple
ment and maintain complex C language applications which require advanced programming concepts and techniques.
Prerequisite: CSC 218
CSC-221
Sys Design & Development
3
o
6
5
This course introduces the student to the concepts and techniques of analysis and design of data processing
systems. Topics include systems analysis, input design, output design, documentation and file organization, and design
with emphasis on CASE software. Upon completion, students will be able to analyze, design, and produce a business
data processing system. Prerequisites: CSC 204
CSC-224
System Administration
3
o
3
4
This course covers the basic principles of computer systems administration. Topics include hardware and soft
ware resources, job control languages, operating systems, input/output devices and secondary storage devices. Upon
completion, students will be able to efficiently manage system resources using system software and hardware tools.
Prerequisites: CSC 114.
CSC-236
RPG-Il
3
o
3
4
This course introduces the RPG-II programming language including a study of the language formulation,
rules, and programming techniques. Topics include calculations, decision making, disk input, printer output, control
breaks, exception output, tables, and arrays. Upon completion, students will be able to write RPG-II report generation
programs for a variety of business problems. Prerequisites: CSC 109 and CSC 116
180
�CSC-231
RPG·I1I
3
o
3
4
This course is a continuation of CSC 230 and emphasizes features of the RPG-III programming language.
Topics include structured programming, 00 loops, creating and maintaining physical and logical files, and design of
interactive systems. Upon completion, students will be able to demonstrate competency in writing business applications
in RPG-III. Prerequisite: CSC 230
DEN·lOO2X Dental Materials I
2
o
o
2
This course covers various types of dental materials commonly used in the dental office. Topics include amal
gam, composite, cements, and impression materials. Upon completion, students wiII be able to discuss the properties
and characteristics of these materials. Prerequisites: DEN 101 IX; Corequisite: DEN 1OO2Y
o
DEN-lOO2Y DEN-lOO2 Lab
o
3
I
This course provides the opportunity for the student to develop skills in manipulating various types of materi
als used in the dental office. Emphasis is placed on mixing and storing various dental cements, medicaments, restora
tive, and impression materials. Upon completion, students will be able to select and manipulate these various materials.
Prerequisites: None; Corequisite: DEN l002X
DEN-lOO4
4
Dental Anatomy
o
o
4
This course covers all areas of dental and head and neck anatomy. Topics include structure of the mouth, tooth
morphology, eruption dates, and histology. Upon completion, students will be able to identify the teeth and parts of the
head and neck. Prerequisite: Prior approval for DA Curriculum; Corequisites: None
DEN-lOll X Clinical Procedures I
2
o
o
2
This course introduces the student to the dental assisting profession and basic procedures that are performed in
the modem dental office. Topics include the history of dentistry, the dental team, ethics and jurisprudence, dental
equipment, and sterilization. Upon completion, students will be able to discuss dental equipment, sterilization, history,
and laws of dentistry. Prerequisite: Prior approval for DA Curriculum; Corequisite: DEN lOllY
o
DEN-lOllY DEN-lOll Lab
2
o
I
This course provides laboratory sessions to prepare the student to assist the dentist in basic chairside and sup
portive procedures. Emphasis is placed on operation of the dental unit, operator positions, sterilization, and aseptic
techniques. Upon completion, students will be able to operate various dental units and equipment and perform various
sterilization and aseptic techniques. Prerequisites: None; Corequisite: DEN 101 IX
DEN·IOI2X Dental Materia1s II
2
o
o
2
This course is a continuation of DEN 1002 which covers dental laboratory materials. Topics include waxes,
resins, and gypsum. Upon completion, students will be able to discuss the properties and characteristics of each mater
ial. Prerequisite: DEN 1002; Corequisite: DEN 1012Y
o
DEN·IOI2Y DEN-IOI2 Lab
o
3
I
This course is a continuation of the development of skills necessary to manipulate various types of materials
used in the dental office. Emphasis is placed on techniques for taking study model impressions, manipulating dental
stone, acrylic materials, and various dental waxes. Upon completion, students will be able to take study model impres
sions, construct them in stone, and use various acrylics and dental wax correctly. Prerequisite: DEN 1002; Corequisite:
DEN 1012X
181
�3
DEN-IOI4X Dental Roentgenology
o
o
3
This course is designed to provide the dental assisting student a comprehensive view of the principles of radi
ology as they apply to dentistry. Topics include radiation production, patient and operator safety, exposure, darkroom
techniques, characteristics of film, and radiographic anatomy. Upon completion, students will be able to expose and
process dental radiographs, select film, evaluate radiographs, and practice radiation safety. Prerequisite: DEN 1004;
Corequisite: DEN 1014Y
o
DEN-IOI4Y DEN-I014 Lab
6
o
3
This course provides the student the opportunity to apply the exposing, processing, mounting, and evaluating
techniques of dental radiography. Emphasis is placed on exposure and darkroom techniques, film selection, care and
operation of equipment, patient management, and the practice of radiation safety. Upon completion, students will be
able to expose, process, mount, and evaluate intraoral and extraoral radiographs. Prerequisite: DEN 1004; Corequisite:
DEN 1014X
3
DEN-I02IX Clinical Procedures II
o
o
3
This course is a continuation of DEN lOll and is designed to teach four-handed dentistry techniques and pro
cedures. Topics include dental instruments, anesthesia, chairside assisting, operative dentistry, and selected expanded
functions legal in North Carolina. Upon completion, students will be able to discuss a variety of chairs ide assisting pro
cedures. Prerequisite: DEN 1011; Corequisite: DEN 1021 Y
o
DEN-I021Y DEN-I021 Lab
6
o
3
This course provides laboratory instruction in four-handed dentistry techniques and procedures. Emphasis is
placed on instruction in and practice with dental instruments, anesthesia, chairs ide assistance, operative dentistry, and
selected expanded functions. Upon completion, students will be able to demonstrate proficiency in a variety of chair
side assisting procedures. Prerequisite: DEN lOll; Corequisite: DEN 1021X
2
DEN-1023X Dental Health Education
o
o
2
This course covers the study of preventive dentistry to prepare dental assisting students for the role of dental
health educator. Topics include community dental health, oral hygiene techniques, and the function of fluoride and
nutrition in oral health. Upon completion, students will be able to function as a preventive assistant in the private dental
practice or in the public health setting. Prerequisite: DEN 1004; Corequisite: DEN 1023Y
o
DEN-I023Y DEN-I023 Lab
o
3
I
This course provides the opportunity to practice the principles of dental health education and various preven
tive techniques performed by the dental assistant. Emphasis is placed on proper oral hygiene techniques, patient moti
vation, nutritional counseling, and application of fluorides. Upon completion, students will be able to provide dental
health to individuals or to a group, apply topical fluorides, and occlusal sealants. Prerequisite: DEN 1004; Corequisite:
DEN 1023X
DEN-I025
Oral Pathology
2
o
o
2
This course covers basic principles of general and oral pathology. Emphasis is placed on pathological condi
tions, causes, and treatment. Upon completion, students will be able to identify specific pathology and causes and treat
ment of pathologic conditions found in the oral cavity. Prerequisites: DEN 1004 and 810 1005
182
�DEN-I026
2
Dental Office Emergencies
o
o
2
This course is designed to prepare the student to function as an effective member of the dental team in treating
medical and dental emergencies. Topics include the signs, symptoms, treatment and prevention of a variety of emer
gencies, vital signs, and the emergency routine. Upon completion, students will be able to recognize, treat, and prevent
a variety of emergencies that may occur in the dental office. Prerequisites: BIO 1005
DEN-I031
1
Dental Office Practice I
o
21
8
This course is designed to provide the student with practice in a dental office or clinic. Emphasis is placed on
chairside assisting, radiology, support procedures, and business office management. Upon completion, students will be
able to utilize classroom theory and labomtory skills in a dental office or clinic. Prerequisites: DEN 1012, 1014, 1021,
1023, and 1034
DEN· 1032
Dental Office Management
3
o
o
3
This course provides the student with the basic skills and techniques necessary to function as a
receptionist/office manager in a dental office. Emphasis is placed on appointment control, payment plans, insurance
forms, collections, inventory control, purchasing, and disbursements. Upon completion, students will be able to make
appointments, prepare insurance forms, handle collections and disbursements, and control inventory. Prerequisite: DEN
1034X
DEN-1033
1
Professional Development
o
o
1
This course covers the profession of dentistry in general and dental assisting in particular. Topics include pro
fessional organizations, career opportunities, and preparation for job-seeking. Upon completion, students will be able to
list dental professional organizations and prepare for a job interview. Prerequisites: None; Corequisite: DEN 1031
DEN·I034X Clinical Procedures III
4
o
o
4
This course is a continuation of DEN 1021 and is designed to give students didactic information concerning
each of the dental specialties. Emphasis is placed on particular procedures and the dental assistant's role in each spe
cialty. Upon completion, students will be able to discuss each dental specialty. Prerequisites: DEN lOll and 1021;
Corequisite: DEN 1034Y
o
DEN-I034Y DEN·I034 Lab
4
3
3
This course provides laboratory and clinical instruction concerning each of the dental specialties. Emphasis is
placed on instruction in and practice with instruments and procedures involved in specialties. Upon completion, stu
dents will be able to prove proficiency in a variety of specialty procedures and instrumentations. Prerequisites: DEN
1011 and 1021; Corequisite: DEN 1034X
DEN·I041
1
Dental Office Practice II
o
18
7
This course is a continuation of DEN 1031, providing additional practice in a dental office or clinic. Emphasis
is placed on speed and proficiency of previously acquired skills. Upon completion, students will be able to utilize class
room theory and laboratory skills in a dental office or clinic. Prerequisite: DEN 1031
183
�DEN-IllX
4
Dental Hygiene I
o
o
4
This course introduces the basic theories and techniques of instrumentation and oral prophylaxis. Topics
include prevention of disease transmission, OCHA requirements, patient evaluation to include medical histories, oral
inspections, and soft and hard deposits. Upon completion, students will be able to state the importance of equipment
care, patient evaluation, and procedures leading to the oral prophylaxis. Prerequisites: None; Corequisite: DEN 111 Y
DEN-IllY
o
DEN·lli Lab
o
3
I
This course provides the student with an opportunity to perform clinical dental hygiene procedures discussed
in DEN 11 IX. Emphasis is placed on gaining experience in preventing disease transmission and performing medical
histories, oral inspections, and charting. Upon completion, students will be able to demonstrate their ability to perform
specific clinical procedures. Prerequisites: None; Corequisite: DEN lliX
DEN-1l2
Dental Anat & Physiology
3
o
o
3
This course is a study of the anatomy of the oral cavity and individual teeth in the permanent and deciduous
dentitions. Emphasis is placed on form, function, and identification of individual teeth. Upon completion, students will
be able to apply this knowledge to clinical consideration as related to dental hygiene practice. Prerequisites: None
DEN-1l3
Histology
3
o
o
3
This course includes the study of the histological and embryonic development of the face and the hard and soft
tissue of the oral cavity. Emphasis is placed on the development of the head and the composition and clinical impor'
tance of teeth and supporting structures. Upon completion, students will be able to explain the function of the various
structures as they relate to oral pathology and clinical hygiene. Prerequisites: BIO 160, DEN 112
DEN·1l6
Dental Emergency Care
I
o
o
I
This course is designed to prepare the dental hygienist student to render life supporting treatment in a medical
and dental emergency. Emphasis is placed on the recognition of emergencies and on methods of prevention and treat
ment of emergencies. Upon completion, students will be able to recognize and render assistance during an office emer
gency. Prerequisite: DEN 131
DEN-I21X
Dental Hygiene n
3
o
o
3
This course is a continuation of DEN III in which the students will expand their knowledge of patient care.
Topics include gingiva and its related structures, principles of instrumentation, sharpening and polishing, and oral
hygiene instructions. Upon completion, students will be able to explain the principles for performing the oral prophy
laxis. Prerequisite: DEN llIX and lIlY; Corequisite: DEN 12lY
DEN·12IY
o
DEN·121 Lab
o
6
2
This course is a continuation of DEN III in which the student will clinically perform instrumentation skills
on manikins, partners, and patients. Emphasis is placed on probing, detecting calculus, removing calculus, and polish
ing. Upon completion, students will be able to demonstrate clinically their ability to remove hard and soft deposits from
the teeth. Prerequisite: DEN Ill; Corequisite: DEN 121 X
184
�DEN·122
Head & Neck Anatomy
2
o
o
2
This course provides for a detailed study of the structures of the head and neck regions and their functions.
Emphasis is placed on the musculature, bones, blood, nerve, and lymphatic systems. Upon completion, students will be
able to identify the various systems and relate this knowledge to the clinical treatment of patients. Prerequisite: DEN
113
DEN·131X
Dental Hygiene III
3
o
o
3
This course is a continuation of DEN 121 in which the students will expand their knowledge of patient care.
Topics include fluorides, occlusion, diseases of the teeth and oral cavity and special needs patients. Upon completion,
students will be able to understand the principles of fluorides and the needs of special patients. Prerequisite: DEN 121;
Corequisite: DEN 131 Y
DEN-131Y
o
DEN-131 Lab
o
9
3
This course introduces the student to actual patient care in which oral prophylaxis is performed. Emphasis is
placed on providing experience and proficiency in instrumentation and patient treatment skills. Upon completion, stu
dents will be able to recognize dental hygiene needs of the patient and provide oral prophylaxis to a pre-established cri
teria. Prerequisite: DEN 121; Corequisite: DEN 131X
DEN-133X
Radiology
3
o
o
3
This course is designed to give the student didactic background in exposing, processing, and interpreting den
tal radiographs and in the history and purpose of roentgenology. Topics include radiation safety, exposing, processing,
mounting, interpretation, and recognition of oral anatomy and abnormalities on radiographs. Upon completion, students
will be able to apply this didactic knowledge during the clinical patient treatment phase of their dental hygiene training.
Prerequisite: DEN 112; Corequisite: DEN 133Y
DEN-133Y
o
DEN-133 Lab
o
3
1
This course provides the student with clinical experience in exposing, processing, mounting, and evaluating
dental radiographs. Topics include radiation safety, darkroom procedures, and manikin and patient practice in exposing,
processing, mounting, and interpreting radiographs. Upon completion, students will be able to expose and process
patient radiographs with concern for patient safety and correct darkroom procedures. Prerequisite: DEN 112;
Corequisite: DEN 133X
DEN·141X
Dental Hygiene IV
1
o
o
1
This course is a continuation of DEN-131 in which the students will learn how to deal with special patient
needs. Emphasis is placed on the patient with oral cancer, cardiovascular disease, blood disorders, physical and mental
disorders, and hormonal imbalances. Upon completion, students will be able to discuss the needs of special patients and
will know how to alter the dental treatment to meet those needs. Prerequisite: DEN 131; Corequisite: DEN 141Y
DEN·141Y
o
DEN·141 Lab
o
6
2
This course is a continuation of DEN 131Y, allowing students the opportunity to put into practice techniques
learned in DEN 141X. Emphasis is placed on usage of the ultrasonic scaler, the use of the phase contrast microscope,
and the PDR. Upon completion, students will be able to perform clinical procedures effectively in accordance with pre
existing criteria. Prerequisite: DEN 131 Y; Corequisite: DEN 14lX
185
�DEN·211X
1
Dental Hygiene V
o
o
This course is a continuation of DEN 141 in developing the theories and practices of patient care. Topics
include clinical procedures, expanded dental procedures, patient education, and use of the prophy jet. Upon completion,
students will be able to demonstrate their knowledge in a clinical environment to a pre-established criteria. Prerequisite:
DEN 141; Corequisite: DEN 211Y
DEN·211Y
o
DEN-211 Lab
o
12
4
This course is a continuation of opportunities to apply knowledge and to develop competency for the render
ing of clinical hygiene and supportive procedures. Emphasis is placed on the development of competency and profi
ciency for rendering clinical hygiene services. Upon completion, students will be able to perform an oral prophylaxis,
radiographs, and other expanded dental procedures effectively and in accordance with a pre-established criteria.
Prerequisite: DEN 141; Corequisite: DEN 211X
DEN·212X
3
Community Dental Health
o
o
3
This course introduces the student to methods used to determine community dental health status and preven
tive measures used to improve dental health of the population. Topics include epidemiological indices, research evalua
tion, biostatistics introduction, and fluoridation and other preventive dental measures. Upon completion, students will
be able to apply this didactic knowledge to plan and implement dental health programs and to evaluate scientific
reports. Prerequisite: DEN 215; Corequisite: DEN 212Y
DEN·212Y
o
DEN·212 Lab
o
3
1
This course is designed to give the student the opportunity to participate in community dental health activities.
Emphasis is placed on conducting oral health screenings and dental health education programs for geriatrics, children,
and disabled people. Upon completion, students will be able to plan and implement a dental health education program
to fit the needs of a specific population. Prerequisite: DEN 215; Corequisite: DEN 212X
DEN·213
General & Oral Pathology
6
o
o
6
This course, a continuation of DEN 214, provides a general knowledge of oral pathological manifestations
associated with selected systematic and oral diseases. Topics include developmental and degenerative diseases, selected
microbial diseases, specific and nonspecific, immune and inflammatory responses. and emphasizing growth and tumor
screening. Upon completion. students will be able to differentiate between normal and abnormal tissues, enabling the
hygienist to refer unusual findings to the doctor for diagnosis. Prerequisites: DEN 214, BIO 162 and 110
DEN·214
3
Periodontology
o
o
3
This course includes a review of the basic histology, anatomy, and physiology of the jaws and periodontium
and a basic introduction to oral pathology. Topics include periodontal disease etiologies and tissue responses, empha
sizing periodontal inflammatory and immune reactions, and preventive and treatment methods. Upon completion, stu
dents will be able to apply this didactic knowledge during the clinical patient education and treatment phase of their
dental hygiene training. Prerequisites: DEN 112, BIO 110
DEN·21S
3
Dental Health Education
o
o
3
This course prepares the students to be dental health educators, both in private practice and community health
programs. Topics include motivation and teaching methods, use of media, writing lesson plans, and nutritional counsel
ing concepts and techniques. Upon completion, students will be able to prepare and present a dental lesson plan and
perform nutritional counseling with a patient. Prerequisites: DEN 211 and 214, NUT 101
186
�DEN·221X
1
Dental Hygiene VI
o
o
1
This course is a continuation of DEN 211X in developing the theories and practices of patient care. Emphasis
is placed on oral prophylaxis, polishing amalgams, sealant application, use of study models, and radiographs. Upon
completion, students will be able to perform clinical procedures and expanded dental procedures effectively in accor
dance with preestablished criteria. Prerequisite: DEN 211; Corequisite: DEN 221 Y
DEN·221Y
o
DEN-221 Lab
o
15
5
This course is a continuation of DEN 211 and provides opportunities to apply knowledge and develop compe
tency for rendering clinical hygiene and supportive procedures. Emphasis is placed on performance of oral prophylaxis,
polishing amalgams, sealant application, study models, and radiographic interpretation. Upon completion, students will
be able to perform clinical procedures and expanded dental procedures effectively in accordance with preexisting
criteria. Prerequisite: DEN 211 Y; Corequisite: DEN 221X
DEN-222X
3
Dental Materials
o
o
3
This course introduces the physical properties and sources of various materials used in dentistry. Topics
include gypsum, hydrocolloids, cements, amalgams, gold investments, and dental resins. Upon completion, students
will be able to explain the relationship of dental materials to the practice of dental hygiene. Prerequisites: DEN 112 and
122; Corequisite: DEN 222Y
DEN·222Y
o
DEN·222 Lab
o
3
1
This course is designed to provide the student with skills in manipulating various materials used in dentistry.
Emphasis is placed on taking and pouring impressions, polishing amalgams, and mixing different types of cements.
Upon completion, students will be able to manipulate competently various materials used in routine dental office proce
dures. Prerequisites: DEN 112 and 122; Corequisite: DEN 222X
DEN·224
1
Office Management
o
o
1
This course introduces the student to general dental office management procedures. Topics include appoint
ment and inventory control, telephone communication, recall systems, and correspondence for the dental office. Upon
completion, students will be able to manage office correspondence, telephone communication, make appointments, and
establish a recall system effectively in a dental office. Prerequisite: DEN 211
DEN-225X
1
Chairside Assisting
o
o
1
This course is designed to provide the dental hygiene student with knowledge concerning four-handed den
tistry. Topics include operative dentistry, anesthesia, and instrument transfer. Upon completion, students will be able to
discuss a variety of chairside procedures. Prerequisite: DEN 222; Corequisite: DEN 225Y
DEN-225Y
o
DEN·225 Lab
2
o
1
This course provides laboratory and clinic sessions to allow sufficient practice in a variety of chairside assist
ing procedures. Topics include operative instruments, oral evacuation, anesthesia, rubber darn, and surgical instru
ments. Upon completion, students will be able to assist in operative dental procedures. Prerequisite: DEN 222;
Corequisite: DEN 225X
DEN-231X
1
Dental Hygiene VII
o
o
1
This course is a continuation of DEN 221X in developing the theories and practices of patient care. Emphasis
is placed on the mastery of the dental hygiene clinical tasks and development of a patient case presentation. Upon com
pletion, students will be able to demonstrate their mastery of clinical procedures and present an oral presentation of a
case patient. Prerequisite: DEN 212X; Corequisite: DEN 231 Y
187
�DEN·231Y
o
DEN·231 Lab
o
15
5
This course is a continuation of DEN 221 and provides opportunities to apply knowledge and develop compe
tency for rendering clinical hygiene and supportive procedures. Emphasis is placed on performing oral prophylaxis,
radiographs, expanded functions, and the development of a comprehensive patient treatment plan. Upon completion,
students will be able to perform effectively oral prophylaxis and other expanded dental procedures in accordance with
pre-established criteria. Prerequisite: DEN 221; Corequisite: DEN 231X
DEN·232
2
Ethics & Jurisprudence
o
o
2
This course provides the student with knowledge of professional ethics, laws, and regulations relating to the
practice of dentistry and dental hygiene. Topics include the code of ethics, philosophies of ethics, professional liability,
and North Cardina dental laws. Upon completion, students will be able to demonstrate their ability to practice dental
hygiene within established ethics and state laws. Prerequisite: DEN 221
DEN·233
Dental Specialties
2
o
o
2
This course provides the student with the opportunity to explore the scope of dental specialties and utilization
of the dental hygienist in specialty practices. Topics include endodontics, oral surgery, pediatric dentistry, periodontics,
geriatric dentistry, orthodontics, and restorative dentistry. Upon completion, students will be able to recognize special
ized dental problems in each specialty area of dentistry and the treatment involved for such problems. Prerequisite:
DEN 221
DES·I04
Basic Design
3
o
3
4
This course introduces the fundamentals of two-dimensional design through exercises which apply basic theo
ries and principles and includes an introduction to color theory. Emphasis is placed on manipulating line, mass, pattern,
and texture to achieve visual order and enhancement of manual and technical skills. Upon completion, students will be
able to identify and apply the principles and elements of design as the foundation for solving any design problem.
Prerequisites: None
DES-US
Advertising Design
2
4
o
4
This course is an introduction to the study and application of basic design elements as they apply specifically
to the field of Commercial Art/Advertising Design. Emphasis is placed on creative problem solving techniques for the
advertising profession. Upon completion, students will recognize different types of ads, understand the elements of
design in each and determine why one is more effective than another. Prerequisites: DES 104
DES-13S
Design Studio I
3
o
3
4
This course is designed to apply skills thus far acquired to specific and practical graphic design assignments,
such as covers, posters, advertisements, and brochures. Emphasis is placed on the concepts, procedures, research, and
criteria the designer employs in problem solving. Upon completion, students will be able to explain the design process
and the role and function of the designer. Prerequisites: DES 115 and GRA 108
DES·20S
Illustration I
3
o
3
4
This course covers the creation of original illustrations in a wide range of media for a variety of communica
tions needs. Topics include spot drawings and more complex assignments in various media such as watercolor, inks,
markers, and collage. Upon completion, students will be able to deal with the requirements for reproduction and assess
the appropriateness of concept and style in an illustration. Prerequisite: Full 4th quarter standing in curriculum
188
�DES-210
3
Layout
o
3
4
This course provides an introduction to the design of advertising and the role and responsibilities of the layout
designer. Topics include the creative process, developing ideas, tools, techniques, layout stages and fonnats, color,
presentation, and the various advertising media. Upon completion, students will be able to develop an advertising con
cept from thumbnails through roughs to comprehensive fonn suitable for presentation to the client. Prerequisite: Full
4th quarter standing in curriculum
DES-21S
2
Illustration II
4
o
4
This course is a continuation of DES 205 and concentrates primarily on the requirements for editorial and
advertising illustration. Emphasis is placed on refining a methodology for the selection of appropriate fonn, style, and
medium to interpret specific content. Upon completion, students will be able to apply advanced conceptual skills in
understanding and creating images from the standpoints of cultural context and symbolic content. Prerequisite: DES
205
DES-23S
Design Studio II
2
4
o
4
This course is designed to achieve more complex solutions to visual problems, sometimes using team or group
efforts. Topics include projects which may be single, sequential. or multimedia in nature. Upon completion, students
will be able to evaluate traditional design methods and assimilate new approaches to problem solving. Prerequisite: Full
4th quarter standing in curriculum
DES-240
Portfolio
3
o
3
4
This course covers preparation for employment in the profession, including refinement of existing samples
and rounding out the scope of the portfolio. Emphasis is placed on writing and producing the resume, structuring the
portfolio, and interviewing and presentation skills. Upon completion, students will be able to identify short- and long
range objectives and present themselves in a manner consistent with professionalism. Prerequisite: Full 6th quarter
standing in curriculum
DES-24S
ClientlMedia Relations
2
4
o
4
This course introduces the student to media pricing and scheduling. It also helps the student deal with clients
and their advertising problems while using skills previously acquired. Upon completion, students will be able to com
municate effectively with clients and media representatives and be able to keep the various elements of Commercial
Art/Advertising Design in proper perspective. Prerequisites: Current enrollment as a sixth quarter Commercial
Art/Advertising Design student with GPA if 2.0 or better or instructors consent.
DFT·I01
o
Technical Drafting I
6
o
3
This course provides a study of drawing principles and practices for describing objects in the graphic language
through visualization and preparation of working drawings. Emphasis is placed on orthographic instrument drawing;
isometrics, sections, auxiliaries, and space problems involving points, lines, and planes are introduced. Upon comple
tion, students will be able to viSUalize, analyze, and prepare complete and accurate technical drawings. Prerequisites:
None
DFT-I02
o
Technical Drafting II
6
o
3
This course introduces drawing the parts for drill jig and mill fixture. Emphasis is placed on the workings of
the drill jig and mill fixture. Upon completion, students will be able to understand the basic drawing of the drill jig and
mill fixture. Prerequisite: DFf 101
189
�DFT-1118
Pattern Devel & Layout
3
o
o
3
This course provides instruction to welders in drawing views and pattern stretchouts for pipe intersections.
Emphasis is placed on drawing exact, precision measured patterns and stretchouts using intersections and development
theory. Upon completion, students will be able to draw patterns and templates for pipe connections used in industry.
Prerequisites: BPR 1104 and BPR 1117
DFT-1125
Descriptive Geometry I
2
2
o
3
This course covers graphical analysis of space problems dealing with practical design elements involving
points, lines, planes, connectors, and a combination of these. Topics include intersection of planes, intersection of
solids, visibility, connectors, solid intersections, and mathematical solutions on selected problems. Upon completion,
students will be able to analyze the theory and practice dealing with space problems. Prerequisites: OFf 1170, 1172,
and 1173
DFT-1126
Descriptive Geometry II
2
2
o
3
This course is a study of spatial analysis of advanced problems and applications to industrial settings.
Emphasis is placed on conics and solid geometric shapes, and advanced intersections are solved with graphic solutions.
Upon completion, students will be able to analyze and solve advanced space analysis problems involving points, lines,
planes, solids, and intersections. Prerequisite: OFf 1125
DFT-1140
Cab Sketching & Drafting
2
2
o
3
This course introduces basic concepts of sketching and drafting as related to kitchen cabinets, bathroom vani
ties, furniture construction and millwork projects. Emphasis is placed on the use of drafting tools, dimensioning, letter
ing and the language of drafting. Upon completion, students will be able to construct axonometric, oblique, perspective
and orthographic projections and understand their application. Prerequisite: None
DFT-1141
Cabinetry Design
2
2
o
3
This course is a continuation of OFf 1140 and includes concepts of sketching and drafting. Topics include
custom design of cabinets and built-in furniture such as bookcases, desks, display and storage cabinets, and chests.
Upon completion, students will be able to interpret and communicate with the customer concerning the customer's
needs, intended use of cabinetry and design style desired. Prerequisite: OFf 1140
DFT-1170
Basic Drafting
2
2
3
4
This course introduces the student to drafting and the study of drafting in orthographic projection, reading, and
instrument drawing of principal views. Emphasis is placed on instruction given in the selection, use, and care of instru
ments and on orthographic and pictorial drawings. Upon completion, students will be able to analyze and draw neces
sary detail, assembly, and erection drawings. Prerequisites: None
DFT-l171
Basic Industrial Drafting
2
o
3
3
This course provides drafting instruction and experience in the preparation and interpretation of shop draw
ings; terminology used in manufacturing processes is introduced. Topics include elementary machine parts, both in
detail and assembly drawings; special emphasis is given to notes and specifications. Upon completion, students will be
able to interpret engineering and shop drawings and apply much of this in the shop courses. Prerequisites: None
190
�DFf-ll72
Technical Sketching
1
o
3
2
This course provides a study of theory and practice in making pictorial drawings in both instrument and free
hand. Topics include isometric, dimetric and trimetric, oblique, and perspective theory and practice; exploded views
and shading are included. Upon completion, students will be able to prepare pictorial drawings including shaded,
exploded views for assembly, production, or illustration purposes. Prerequisite: Off 1170 or equiv.
DFf-1l73
1
Industrial Drafting I
2
3
3
This course covers theory and practice in section views and primary and secondary auxiliaries; intersections
and space analysis problems are introduced. Topics include full, half, revolved, removed, and broken out sections the
ory and practice, and simple and successive auxiliaries theory and practice. Upon completion, students will be able to
visualize and prepare working drawings involving sections and primary and secondary auxiliary views. Prerequisite:
Off 1170 or equiv.
DFf-1l74
Manufacturing & Drafting
1
o
3
2
This course covers manufacturing processes with emphasis placed on application to actual production situa
tions; economics and redesign are applied in the laboratory planning. Topics include models, films, and flowcharts;
demonstrations in shop and field trips are utilized to provide realism. Upon completion, students will be able to write
process sheets and design and redesign production tooling and related work. Prerequisites: MEC 1111, OFr 1170
DFf-llS0
2
Trade Drafting I
4
o
4
This course provides fundamental drafting principles with instruction in orthographic projection and working
drawings; included are principles of sectioning and dimensioning and use of drawing instruments. Topics include geo
metric constructions, visualization, shop notes, lettering, and an introduction to sections. Upon completion, students
will be able to prepare to scale complete working drawings and related information. Prerequisites: None
DFT·l190X Industrial Drafting II
1
2
o
2
This course provides instruction in several industrial drafting applications beginning with problems concern
ing precision and limit dimensioning. Emphasis is placed on simple designs, basic mechanisms, motion transfer and
accurate drawings of these principles. Upon completion, students will be able to produce neat, accurate drawings incor
porating these principles. Prerequisites: Off 1173, MEC 1111; Corequisite: Off 1190Y
o
DFf-ll90Y DFf-ll90 Lab
o
3
1
This course provides hands-on application of the principles and techniques introduced in Off 1190X.
Emphasis is placed on producing drawings of simple designs, basic mechanisms and accurately dimensioning these
drawings. Upon completion, students will be able to produce accurate working drawings. Prerequisites: Off 1173,
MEC 1111; Corequisite: Off 1190X
DFf-1l91
1
Tool Drafting I1Computer
o
6
3
This course introduces tool drafting as it relates to manufacturing and machine tools. Topics include basic
drafting and design problems involving jigs and fixtures, and standard parts used in assembly of same using computer
software. Upon completion, students will be able to produce drawings of basic tooling components. Prerequisites: Off
1170,1173 and MEC Ill0, 1111
191
�DFT-1192
3
Design Draft & Tolerances
2
o
4
This course includes theory and practice involving general tolerancing, datum dimensioning and geometric
tolerancing, and true position tolerancing. Topics include MMC, limits, clearance, allowance, interference fits, and geo
metric tolerancing and dimensioning. Upon completion, students will be able to interpret tolerancing and dimensions
and specify geometric and size tolerancing. Prerequisites: PLA 1160 or MEC 1111 and Off 1173
1
DFT·1193X Industrial Drafting III
o
3
2
This course introduces design sketching, design drawings, layout drafting, production drawings, and simpli
fied drafting practices. Emphasis is placed on specifications, parts list and bill of materials. Upon completion, students
will be able to produce a complete set of working drawings. Prerequisites: Off 1170, 1173, 1I90X, 1I9OY, 1191 and
1125; Corequisite: Off 1193Y
o
DFT-1193Y DFT·1193 Lab
o
3
1
This course provides hands-on application of the principles and techniques introduced in Off 1193X.
Emphasis is placed on producing drawings including specifications, parts list and bill of materials. Upon completion,
students will be able to produce a complete set of working drawings. Prerequisites: Off 1125, 1170, 1173, 1190X,
1190Yand 1191; Corequisite: Off 1193X
DFT·l194
2
Tool Drafting II1Computer
2
3
4
This course includes details and assembly drawings made from industrial specifications; basic design princi
ples are introduced with the study of tool design for production. Topics include tool design drawings involving standard
parts and handbook usage and a brief introduction of dies. Upon completion. students will be able to design and draw
jigs. fixtures. and other tooling attachments for production. Prerequisites: Off 1173, 1190 and 1191
DFT·1195
3
Steel Fabrication Draft
o
3
4
This course provides introduction to shop drawings related to welding. riveting, boiting, or other joining meth
ods of steel plates, bars and structural shapes. Emphasis is placed on student preparation of working drawings for shop
purposes. Upon completion, students will be able to draw basic structural details of fabricated steel. Prerequisite: Off
1173
DFT·I61
Computer Aided Dft I
1
o
3
2
This course introduces basic computer drafting techniques used in the mechanical drafting industry. Topics
include the development of computer graphics. the components and operation of a computer, and the methods of pro
gram execution. Upon completion, students will be able to name the components of a computer and complete a
mechanical drawing. Prerequisites: None
DFT·162
Computer Aided Drt II
1
o
3
2
This course is a continuation of Off 161 with emphasis on the use of the more advanced computer functions.
Emphasis is placed on layout of detailed working drawings, sectioning of drawings, and use of the plotter. Upon com
pletion, students will be able to construct and dimension a detailed working drawing and produce a copy of the drawing
on the plotter. Prerequisite: Off 161
192
�ECO-I07
o
Free Enterprise Applic I
o
3
1
This course provides students the opportunity to apply their communications and team-building skills in free
enterprise projects. Topics include small-group activities that promote the free enterprise system to the community and
that build self-esteem. Upon completion. students will be able to plan. organize and present free enterprise issues in
innovative ways either as an individual or as part of a group. Prerequisites: ECO 152. 153, 106 recommended
ECO-l68
o
Free Enterprise Applic II
o
3
1
This course is a continuation of Free Enterprise Applications I. Topics include the continued participation in
free enterprise activities and the building of self-esteem. Upon completion, students will be able to plan, organize and
present a wider range of free enterprise issues in more innovative ways. Prerequisites: ECO 107
ECO-I09
o
Free Enterprise Appli In
o
3
1
This course is a continuation of Free Enterprise Activities I and II. Topics inclUde refinement of free enter
prise activities and team-building skills culminating in participation in annual collegiate competitions. Upon comple
tion, students will be able to plan, organize and present an extensive array of free enterprise issues in a wide range of
innovative ways. Prerequisites: ECO 108
ECO-lSl
5
Basic Economics
o
o
5
This course is designed to improve the student's understanding of economics for non-business and non
economics majors. Topics include introduction to the principles of macroeconomics and microeconomics and their
application to contemporary domestic and international relations. Upon completion, students will be able to relate basic
economic principles to everyday situations. Prerequisites: None
ECO-lS2
5
Macroeconomics
o
o
5
This course covers principles and concepts that apply to the total economy. Emphasis is placed on fiscal pol
icy and national interests such as inflation, unemployment, and economic growth. Upon completion, students will be
able to anticipate impacts of fiscal policy and related actions as they apply to the entire economy. Prerequisites: None
ECO-lS3
5
Microeconomics
o
o
5
This course covers principles and concepts that apply to making choices by individuals, firms, and industries.
Emphasis is placed on supply, demand, utility, market structures, and the use of the marginal approach to making
choices. Upon completion, students will be able to explain how various parts of the economy behave and react to
changes in the economy. Prerequisites: None
ECO-222
2
Economics
2
o
3
This course is designed to explain the basic economic principles and institutions necessary for explaining and
solving business and government economic problems. Emphasis is placed on the price system, the market economy sta
bilization policy, the supply and demand for money, unemployment, and inflation. Upon completion, students will be
able to understand, appreciate, and explain alternative solutions for the more common economic problems facing pri
vate and government sectors. Prerequisites: None
193
�EDU-125
Childcare Credential I
3
o
o
3
This course is designed to familiarize the student with the principles and practices used in early childhood
education. Topics include guidelines for identifying, planning. organizing. and implementing appropriate programs and
facilities needed for teaching young children. Upon completion. students will be able to assist in the teaching of
preschool children. Prerequisites: None
EDU-126
Child Health, Safety, Nut
3
2
o
4
This course provides an overview of childhood illnesses, basic first- aid, safety precautions, and nutrition for
young children. Topics include illnesses and symptoms, first-aid, safety procedures, and nutrients essential for life and
well-being. Upon completion, students will be able to recognize and use good principles of health, safety and nutrition
when working with young children. Prerequisites: None
EDU-127
Creative Teaching
3
2
o
4
This course presents students with a theoretical basis for creative expression in a wide variety of classroom
activities for infants, toddlers, and preschool. Topics include curriculum activities such as art, science, drama, music,
dance, reading readiness, math, social studies, and health. Upon completion, students will be able to design and pro
mote creative expression in all areas of a curriculum for young children. Prerequisites: None
EDU-128
Childcare Credential II
3
o
o
3
This course is an overview of administrative topics common to most child care programs. Topics include an
emphasis on state licensing and federal certification guidelines of child care programs. Upon completion, students will
be able to develop a hypothetical program to demonstrate understanding of the above concepts. Prerequisites: None
EDU-130
Creative Curr Activities
3
2
o
4
This course spans the theoretical and developmental activities for children in the early primary grades (1-3).
Emphasis is placed on helping children reach their full creative potential in art, music, dramatic play, and specific cur
ricular areas. Upon completion, students will be able to develop effective and enjoyable learning and skill building
activities for children in the early primary grades. Prerequisites: None
EDU-131
Positive Discipline
3
o
o
3
This course covers an examination of the causes of discipline problems and a variety of techniques for han
dling discipline problems. Topics include statistics on discipline, assertive discipline model, stress and time manage
ment, self-esteem, classroom management, and behavior modification. Upon completion, students will be able to state
the causes of misbehavior and develop an effective discipline plan. Prerequisites: None
EDU-132
Language Arts Techniques
3
o
o
3
This course provides communication skills in reading, writing, and speaking, individually and in groups for
small children. Emphasis is placed on improvement of reading. writing, and speaking skills, including methods and
materials for teaching. Upon completion, students will be able to assist in the teaching of language arts. Prerequisites:
None
EDU-134
Art for the Classroom
3
o
o
3
This course includes basic figure and landscape drawing and creation of art activities. Topics include male and
female figures, Cumberland County flat landscapes, and cut and paste art activities. Upon completion, students will be
able to introduce at least twenty new art activities to their students. Prerequisites: None
194
�EDU·135
Legal Issues In Education
3
o
o
3
This course is designed to examine the roles of the schools and educators in the legal structure. Topics include
landmark Supreme Court decisions, censorship, tort liability, negligence, in-school injuries, current litigations, and the
local law library. Upon completion, students will be able to discuss the liability in education and utilize the local law
library. Prerequisites: None
EDU·136
Creative Writing & Speak
3
o
o
3
This course is designed to assist students in designing and implementing learning experiences that will moti
vate children to write and speak. Emphasis is placed on activities designed to teach writing and speaking, with opportu
nities for practice. Upon completion, students will be able to assist classroom teachers to motivate children to write and
speak. Prerequisites: None
EDU·137
Basic Reading Skills
3
o
o
3
This course is an introduction to teaching reading to the young child. Emphasis is placed on the development
of reading skills, methods, and materials. Upon completion, students will be able to assist in the teaching of basic read
ing skills to young children. Prerequisites: None
EDU-225
Working w/Except Children
3
o
o
3
This course is designed to familiarize prospective teachers' aides, assistants, parents, and teachers with the
educational needs of exceptional children. Topics include giftedness, physical limitations, visual and hearing impair
ments, mental retardation, emotional disturbances, learning disabilities, and communications disorders. Upon comple
tion, students will be able to assist the regular exceptional-child teacher in the classroom. Prerequisites: None
EDU·226
Pgm Planning in Preschool
3
o
o
3
This course presents the basic knowledge, skills, attitudes, and philosophies which are the foundation of qual
ity early childhood education. Topics include early childhood development and learning theories, the teacher's role, the
educational setting and planning the curriculum. Upon completion, students will be able to formulate their own philoso
phies and approaches to caring for young children. Prerequisites: None
EDU-227
3
Childrens Literature
o
o
3
This course is a survey of literature appropriate for preschool and early childhood age children. Emphasis is
placed on the principles of selecting literature for children and methods of instruction. Upon completion. students will
be able to select appropriate literature and methods for motivating children to read and enjoy children's literature.
Prerequisites: None
EDU-228
3
Techniques of Counseling
o
o
3
This course includes a basic overview of counseling techniques utilized during the counseling process.
Emphasis is placed on understanding and facilitating the helping process. Upon completion, students will be able to
assist in the counseling process through effective listening and making the client aware of alternatives. Prerequisites:
None
EDU-229
3
Pgm Ping for InfantslTodd
2
o
4
This course presents the basic skills and knowledge necessary for the care and teaching of infants and tod
dlers. Emphasis is placed on the interrelation of emotional, social, cognitive, physical, and language development pat
terns. Upon completion, students will be able to match curriculum activities with developmental levels. Prerequisites:
None
195
�EDU·231
o
Child Care Applications
o
6
2
This course is the observation of the activities of a preschool child in a child care center. Topics include super
vised visitation in one or more child care centers and organized discussion concerning these observations. Upon com
pletion, students will be able to continue other courses designed to help the student have a better understanding of
children. Prerequisites: None
EDU·232
3
Parent Education
o
o
3
This course gives an overview of how to build a relationship and communicate with parents. Topics include
basic listening and responding skills to be used in a structured interview in parent-teacher conferences. Upon comple
tion, students will be able to build a working relationship with parents. Prerequisites: None
ELC·I0IX
4
Fundamentals of Elect I
o
o
4
This course introduces the elementary principles of electricity with reference to both alternating current and
direct current voltage sources. Topics include basic electric units, Ohm's Law, Kirchhoff's Laws, Super-position
Theorem, Thevenin's Theorem, sinusoidal waveforms, inductance, capacitance, and complex algebra. Upon comple
tion, students will be able to analyze passive A.C. and D.C. circuits by applying several methods of analysis.
Prerequisites: None; Corequisites: MAT 114 and ELC IOIY
ELC·IOlY
o
ELC·IOl Lab
6
o
3
This course provides the opportunity to verify basic principles of electricity by constructing and making mea
surements on actual electric circuits. Emphasis is placed on the proper use of basic electrical measuring instruments
including voltmeters, ampmeters, digital multimeters, and oscilloscopes. Upon completion, students will be able to use
electrical measuring instruments to verify their theoretical analysis of basic electric circuits. Prerequisites: None;
Corequisite: ELC 101X
ELC·I03X
Fundamentals of Elect II
2
o
o
2
This course is a continuation in the study of electricity fundamentals, including the application of network the
orems. Topics include maximum power transfer, Kirchhoff's loop analysis, Kirchhoff's nodal analysis, complex power,
transformers, and resonance. Upon completion, students will be able to achieve in the many directions of more
advanced and specialized courses in Electrical or Electronic Technology. Prerequisite: ELC 101; Corequisite: ELC
103Y
ELC·I03Y
o
ELC·I03 Lab
o
3
1
This course provides a laboratory experience in which the student can develop a better understanding of elec
tric principles by performing experiments and making observations. Emphasis is placed on developing expertise with
laboratory equipment, analysis of experiments, and conveying electric principles in a written format. Upon completion,
students will be able to utilize electrical measuring devices to verify elementary principles of electricity. Prerequisite:
ELC 101; Corequisite: ELC 103X
ELC·l112
ACDC Current
S
o
IS
10
This course is a study of the structure of matter and the electron theory and the relationship between voltage,
current, and resistance in parallel circuits. Emphasis is placed on electron theory, voltage, current and resistance, wire
size, and voltage drop. Upon completion, students will be able to wire simple circuits such as door bells, single pole
light switches, and 3- or 4-way switches. Prerequisites: None
196
�ELC-I1l2A ACDC Current
2
o
6
4
This course is a study of the structure of matter and the electron theory and the relationship between voltage,
current, and resistance in parallel circuits. Emphasis is placed on electron theory, voltage, current and resistance, wire
size, and voltage drop. Upon completion, students will be able to wire simple circuits such as door bells, single pole
light switches, and 3- or 4-way switches. Prerequisites: None
ELC-1l12B ACDC Current
2
o
6
4
This course is a continuation of ELC ll12A and covers matter and the electron theory and the relationship
between voltage, current, and resistance in parallel circuits. Emphasis is placed on electron theory, voltage, current and
resistance, wire size, and voltage drop. Upon completion, students will be able to wire simple circuits such as door
bells, single pole light switches, and 3- or 4-way switches. Prerequisites: ELC ll12A
ELC-1l12C ACDC Current
I
o
3
2
This course is a continuation of ELC ll12B and covers matter and the electron theory and the relationship
between voltage, current, and resistance in parallel circuits. Emphasis is placed on electron theory, voltage, current and
resistance, wire size, and voltage drop. Upon completion, students will be able to wire simple circuits such as door
bells, single pole light switches, and 3- or 4-way switches. Prerequisite: ELC Ill2B
ELC-1l13
ACDC Machines & Controls
5
o
IS
10
This course provides basic concepts of ACIDC current flow, inductive and capacitive reactance, phase angle
impedance, and power factor for motors and transformers. Emphasis is placed on number of poles and motor speed,
inductive reactance and capacitive reactance power factor, resonance, and antiresonance circuit. Upon completion, stu
dents will be able to explain the operation of motors and make them more efficient. Prerequisite: ELC 1112
ELC-I1l3A ACDC Machines & Controls
I
o
3
2
This course provides basic concepts of ACIDC current flow, inductive and capacitive reactance, phase angle
impedance, and power factor for motors and transformers. Emphasis is placed on number of poles and motor speed,
inductive reactance and capacitive reactance power factor, resonance, and antiresonance circuit. Upon completion, stu
dents will be able to explain the operation of motors and make them more efficient. Prerequisite: ELC 1112
ELC-1l13B ACDC Machines & Controls
2
o
6
4
This course, a continuation of ELC III3A, provides the basic concepts of ACIDC current flow, inductive and
capacitive reactance, phase angle impedance, and power factor for motors and transformers. Emphasis is placed on
number of poles and motor speed, inductive reactance and capacitive reactance power factor, resonance, and anti
resonance circuit. Upon completion, students will be able to explain the operation of motors and make them more effi
cient. Prerequisites: ELC ll13A
ELC-I1l3C ACDC Machines & Controls
2
o
6
4
This course, a continuation of ELC 1113B, provides basic concepts of ACIDC current flow, inductive and
capacitive reactance, phase angle impedence, and power factor for motors and transformers. Emphasis is placed on
number of poles and motor speed, inductive reactance and capacitive reactance power factor, resonance, and anti
resonance circuit. Upon completion, students will be able to explain the operation of motors and make them more effi
cient. Prerequisites: ELC 1113B
197
�ELC-1123
4
National Electrical Code
o
o
4
This course introduces the National Electrical Code and local and state laws covering installation of electrical
wiring and equipment. Emphasis is placed on services, calculations, grounding wire size, types of insulation, motor
control, and hazardous locations. Upon completion, students will be able to select materials and design equipment
installation in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Prerequisites: None
ELC-1124A Residential Wiring
3
o
3
4
This course provides instruction in planning, layout, and installation of wiring in residential application such
as service, switchboards, branch circuits, and feeder. Emphasis is placed on blueprint reading, load calculation, and
wire sizes. Upon completion, students will be able to install the service and wiring in a residential structure.
Prerequisite: ELC 1113
2
ELC-l124B Residential Wiring
o
6
4
This course, a continuation of ELC 1I 24A, provides instruction in planning, layout, and installation of wiring
in residential application such as service, switchboards, branch circuits, and feeder. Emphasis is placed on fuse and
breaker size, services, and conduits. Upon completion, students will be able to install the service and wiring in a resi
dential structure. Prerequisite: ELC 1124A
ELC-1124X Residential Wiring
5
o
6
7
This course provides instruction in planning, layout, and installation of wiring in residential applications such
as service, switchboards, branch circuits, and feeder. Topics include blueprint reading, load calculation, wire size, fuse
and breaker size, services, and conduits. Upon completion, students will be able to install the service and wiring in a
residential structure. Prerequisite: ELC 1113; Corequisite: ELC 1124Y
o
ELC-1124Y ELC-1124 Lab
o
3
1
This course provides hands-on experience in installing wiring in residential applications. Topics include ser
vice, switchboards, branch circuits, fuses, breakers, and conduits. Upon completion, students will be able to install the
service and wiring in a residential structure. Prerequisite: ELC 1113; Corequisite: ELC 1124X
ELC-112SA Commercial & Indus Wiring
3
2
3
5
This course provides instruction in layout, planning, and installation of wiring systems in commercial and
industrial complexes with emphasis on the National Electric Code. Emphasis is placed on layouts, floor plans, wire
size, and conduit size. Upon completion, students will be able to run conduit and pull wire to light receptacles.
Prerequisite: ELC 1124
ELC-112SB Commercial & Indus Wiring
2
2
3
4
This course, a continuation of ELC 1125A, covers layout. planning. and installation of wiring systems in com
mercial and industrial complexes with emphasis on the National Electric Code. Emphasis is placed on motor control,
heater size, switch sizes, and conduit installation. Upon completion, students will be able to run conduit and pull wire
to light receptacles, motor switches, and panels and make necessary connections. Prerequisite: ELC 1125A
198
�5
ELC·1125X Commercial & Indus Wiring
4
3
8
This course provides instructions in layout, planning, and installation of wiring systems in commercial and
industrial complexes with emphasis on the National Electric Code. Emphasis is placed on layout. floor plans, motor
control. wire, conduit. heater, and switch sizes, and conduits installation. Upon completion. students will be able to run
conduit and pull wire to lights, receptacles, motor switches, and panels and make necessary connections. Prerequisite:
ELC 1124; Corequisite: ELC 1125Y
o
ELC·1125Y ELC·1125 Lab
o
3
1
This course provides hands-on experience in installing wiring systems in commercial and industrial applica
tions. Emphasis is placed on layout, floor plans, motor control, wire, conduit. heaters, and switches. Upon completion,
students will be able to install conduit and connect wires to lights, receptacles, motor switches and panels. Prerequisite:
ELC 1124; Corequisite: ELC 1125X
ELC·1131
2
Preventive Maintenance
o
3
3
This course provides general preventive maintenance (P.M.) procedures for various types of electrical appara
tus such as motors, switchgear, transformers, batteries, etc. Topics include instruction on setting up a P.M. Program
with specifics concerning record keeping and evaluation of information gathered. Upon completion, students will be
able to study chart recordings of current, voltage, temperature, and speed to aid in troubleshooting problems before they
occur. Prerequisites: None
ELC·1132
2
Ind. Instrumentation
o
6
4
This course is a study of the basic principles and instruments used in the measurement and control of indus
trial processes. Emphasis is placed on electronic, pneumatic, and hydraulic measurement devices which measure and
control temperature, pressure, flow, humidity, etc. Upon completion, students will be able to assist in maintaining and
troubleshooting industrial instrumentation devices. Prerequisites: None
ELC·1180
3
Basic Electricity
o
o
3
This course covers the determination of resistance or impedance, voltage, current, and power for basic DC and
AC, and transformer and power supply connections. Topics include electricity generation, magnetism, resistance, volt
age, current, power, series, parallel, and series-parallel circuits, transformers, rectification, and welder connections.
Upon completion, students will be able to calculate resistance, currents, voltage drops, and power of basic DC and AC
circuits, and explain basic circuit connections. Prerequisites: None
ELC·l40
Intro to Electricity
4
6
o
7
This course introduces fundamental principles, concepts, and theories of direct and alternating current.
Emphasis is placed on relationships among resistance, current, voltage, capacitance. inductance, time constants, and
reactance; in the context of simple series, parallel, and series-parallel circuits. Upon completion, students will have a
knowledge of basic D.C. And A.C. Circuits and laboratory methods of analysis associated with them. Prerequisites:
None
ELM·l140
Electromech. Devices
2
o
6
4
This course is a study of the theory and operation of selected electromechanical devices used in industrial
automatic control systems. Topics include electrical motors, sensors, actuators, and switching devices. Upon comple·
tion, students will be able to describe the operating characteristics and limitations of selected electromechanical
devices. Prerequisites: ELN 1101
199
�ELN·lOO
3
Intro to Electronics
2
o
4
This course is a study of electronic devices and circuits and their applications in electronic control circuitry.
Topics include diodes, SCR's, transistors, transistor amplifiers, transistor switches, and logic circuitry. Upon comple
tion, students will be able to apply the concepts studied to troubleshoot and analyze electronic problems in control cir
cuitry. Prerequisites: None
ELN·I03X
2
Active Devices I
o
o
2
This course provides a basic study of the P-N junction diode and transistor concepts using descriptive narra
tives, mathematical equations, device characteristic curves, and models. Topics include atomic structure of semicon·
ductor materials, biased and unbiased P-N junctions, diode applications, and basic transistor amplifier configurations.
Upon completion, students will be able to analyze and explain verbally and mathematically basic diode and transistor
amplifier circuits. Prerequisite: ELC WI; Corequisite: ELN 103Y
ELN·I03Y
o
ELN·I03 Lab
2
o
1
This course provides hands-on experience through laboratory experiments based upon lecture materials dis
cussed in ELN 103X classes. Topics include diode characteristics and models; diode rectifiers, clippers, and clampers,
and common base, common emitter, and common collector transistor configurations. Upon completion. students will be
able to construct and test basic diode and transistor circuits using laboratory instruments and analyze test results.
Prerequisite: ELC 101; Corequisite: ELN 100X
ELN·I04X
4
Active Devices II
o
o
4
This course provides in-depth study of bipolar junction transistors and field effect transistors using both a
descriptive and mathematical approach to design and analysis. Topics include graphic analysis of BIT and FET, bias·
ing. stabilization, large and small signal analysis, hybrid parameters, and cascaded amplifiers. Upon completion, stu
dents will be able to investigate, and explain in detail, the design and analysis of transistor amplifiers using BIT's and
FET's. Prerequisites: ELN 103 and ELC 103; Corequisite: ELN I04Y
ELN·I04Y
o
ELN·I04 Lab
o
3
1
This course provides hands-on experience through laboratory experiments based upon lecture materials dis
cussed in ELN I04X classes. Topics include use of transistor curve tracer, bias and stabilization. hybrid parameters,
amplifier gain, and coupling of amplifier stages. Upon completion. students will be able to design. construct. and test
multi- stage BIT and FET amplifiers using laboratory instruments. and analyze and explain test results. Prerequisites:
ELN 103 and ELC 103; Corequisite: ELN I04X
ELN·I05X
2
Basic Logic Circuits
o
o
2
This course provides an in-depth study of integrated logic circuits (RTL. HTL. TIL. IIL, ECL, MOS, and
CMOS) with emphasis on circuit and system design. Topics include special base mathematics, logic codes. Boolean
algebra, gates, multivibrators, coders, AD/DA converters, timers, counters, adders, mUltiplexers, and registers. Upon
completion, students will be able to write and simplify Boolean equations for logic system design and discuss micro
computer circuit systems. Prerequisite: ELN 103; Corequisite: ELN 105Y
ELN·I05Y
o
ELN·I05 Lab
2
o
1
This course provides hands-on experience designing and constructing logic systems using integrated circuit
logic gates and discrete components. Emphasis is placed on logic systems design using integrated circuits AND, or,
NAND, NOR, counters, registers, adders, and decoders. Upon completion, students will be able to explain the princi
ples of design and applications of logic circuits and systems. Prerequisite: ELN 103; Corequisite: ELN 105X
200
�ELN·I06
Passive Networks I
2
2
o
3
This course provides an in-depth analysis of passive networks under conditions of varying frequency or tran
sient conditions. Topics include transfer functions, Bode plots, and Pascal programs of various filter networks, differen
tiator network, and integrator network. Upon completion, students will be able to investigate and explain the design and
analysis of differentiators, integrators, and passive filters under varying frequency conditions. Prerequisites: ELC 103
and MAT lIS
ELN-llOl
Basic Electronics
2
o
3
3
This course is a study of solid-state devices and usage of electronics by electricians in industry. Emphasis is
placed on basic theory, construction and placement in equipment. Upon completion, students will be able to understand
solid state and perform some maintenance procedures. Prerequisites: ELC 1113
ELN-11l8
Industrial Electronics I
3
o
6
5
This course covers operating characteristics and application of industrial electronics, such as switch gear,
motor starters, time delay, counters, timers, power supplies and programmable controls. Emphasis is placed on push
buttons and control stations, time relays, overload protection, individual dashpot relay, and programmable controllers.
Upon completion, students will be able to perform maintenance, trouble-shoot industrial gear, and program simple
logic. Prerequisite: ELC lIB
ELN·11l9
3
Industrial Electronics II
o
6
5
This course covers industrial electronic systems, such as motor controls, alarm system controls, welding con
trol, programmable controllers, and other basic types of industrial systems. Topics include solid state control, logic con
cept, and descriptions of programming devices. Upon completion, students will be able to perform maintenance,
trouble-shoot industrial switch gear, and program simple logic. Prerequisite: ELC 1118
ELN·141
Solid State Devices
4
6
o
7
This course is a study of electronic concepts dealing with solid state devices. Topics include characteristics,
operation and functions of solid state devices. Upon completion, the student will be able to diagnose and troubleshoot
solid state devices. Prerequisite: ELC 140
ELN·142
Solid State Circuits
2
4
o
4
This course is a study of active control devices and circuits. Topics include characteristics, performance, and
troubleshooting. Upon completion, the student will be able to collect data, verify predictions, and troubleshoot solid
state circuits. Prerequisite: ELN 141
ELN-143
4
Digital Electronics
6
o
7
This course examines basic numbering systems, computer logic, and computer organization. Topics include
logic fundamentals, gates, logic symbols, diagrams, microcomputer terminology, machine language programming, and
input/output devices. Upon completion, students will have an understanding of microcomputer logic and techniques of
microcomputer programming and troubleshooting. Prerequisites: ELN 141
ELN·l44
3
Micro C Troubleshooting
6
o
6
This course introduces the techniques required for troubleshooting and repairing microcomputers. Topics
include flow diagrams, diagnostic software, and hands-on experience. Upon completion, the student will be able to ana
lyze, diagnose, and repair microcomputers. Prerequisites: ELN 142 and 143
201
�ELN·145
3
Computer Sys Diagnosis
6
o
6
This course covers digital system diagnosis and repair. Topics include disk drives, printers, receivers, signal
tracing procedures, and the proper use of tools and equipment used to troubleshoot and repair computer systems. Upon
completion, students will be able to diagnose, calibrate and repair computer systems. Prerequisites: ELN 144
ELN·206
2
Active Network Analy I
o
3
3
This course includes a philosophical and mathematical study of transistor application to audio amplifiers and
stabilizing circuits. Topics include circuit gains, frequency response, stability, and methods of interstage coupling.
Upon completion, students will be able to apply information learned to the study of more advanced circuits.
Prerequisite: ELN 104
ELN·207
2
Active Network Analy II
o
3
3
This course provides a study of the internal circuits of integrated operational amplifiers and the overall appli·
cations of operational amplifiers. Topics include operational amplifier applications to oscillators, comparators, active
filters, and mathematical operators. Upon completion. students will be able to apply operational amplifiers to logic and
linear systems. Prerequisites: ELN 106 and 206
ELN·209
3
Passive Networks II
o
o
3
This course provides a study of sophisticated resonant circuits and their behavior in coupling and impedance
matching networks. Topics include quality factor, bandwidth, selectivity, universal resonance curve, voltage and cur
rent rise, impedance matching networks, and resonant transformers. Upon completion, students will be able to explain,
in detail, verbally and mathematically the behavior of resonant circuits used in coupling and impedance matching net
works. Prerequisite: ELN 106
ELN-214
2
Computer Principles
4
o
4
This course includes the evolution of computer architecture in three stages of increasing complexity using aca
demic computers with emphasis on microcomputers. Topics include the detailed study of computer architecture and
associated instructional sets and assembly language. Upon completion, students will be able to apply information
learned to real-tine microcomputers. Prerequisites: ELN 106 and 206
ELN-216
6
Microcomputers
o
6
8
This course provides a study of a real·line microprocessor computer and associated family of chips using
instant design circuit boards. Topics include computer interfacing, software design, and system hardware expansion.
Upon completion, students will be able to study the industrial application of computers, computer peripherals, and
transmission standards. Prerequisites: ELN 207, 209, and 214
ELN-220
4
Electronic Systems
4
o
6
This course introduces electronic systems from the block diagram concept with emphasis on communication
systems such as amplitude, frequency, and digital modulated transmitters and receivers. Topics include noise, LC cir
cuits, RF oscillators, modulation, demodulation, communication techniques, digital communications, transmission
lines, wave propagation, and antennas. Upon completion, students will be able to analyze electronic communication
systems with respect to their design and operation. Prerequisites: ELN 207,209, and 214
202
�ELN-235
Indus Mechanisms & Instr
5
6
o
8
This course introduces electro-mechanical and electronic circuits as they apply to industrial control systems.
Topics include three phase systems, transducers, classification of control systems, measuring means, final control ele
ments, and special solid state components. Upon completion, students will be able to understand the methods, tech
niques, and skill required for installation, service, and operation of various industrial control systems. Prerequisites:
ELN 207, 209, and 216
ELN-240
4
Industrial Appl. Of Micro
o
3
5
This course is a continuation of ELN 216 with emphasis on the expanding family of special purpose chips and
computer peripherals. Topics include theory of special purpose chips, computer peripherals, and computer applications
to industrial processes. Upon completion, students will be able to maintain, modify, operate, and assist in the design of
computers for industry. Prerequisites: ELN 216
EMS-120
4
Intro to Emer Med Science
2
o
5
This course introduces the student to the emergency medical care system, the components of the system, and
their professional roles as emergency Medical Technicians. Topics include basic life support material and basic EMT
skills presented in a class and laboratory setting. Upon completion, students will have fulfilled the first part of the
Emergency Medical Technician-Basic program. Prerequisites: None
EMS-Ill
Emergency Skills I
3
2
6
6
This course is a continuation of material in EMS 120. Emphasis is placed on the fundamental cognitive and
manipulative skills practiced in emergency medical care. Upon completion, students will be able to apply for the
Emergency Medical Technician-Basic Level certification exam. Prerequisite: EMS 120
EMS-130
Emergency Skills II
5
4
o
7
This course covers principles involved in performing physical assessment, medical and trauma management.
Topics include the use of intravenous therapy, MAST, EOA, semiautomatic defibrillators and SQ injections. Upon
completion, students will be able to apply for the Emergency Medical Technician-Intermediate level certification exam.
Prerequisites: EMS 120 and 121; Corequisite: EMS 131
EMS-131
o
Clinical I
o
6
2
This course provides initial advanced life support emergency medical experience in the clinical and field set
tings at the EMT-Intermediate level. Emphasis is placed on rotation sites which include the emergency department, IV
team, venipuncture laboratory, clinics, and field ambulance. Upon completion, students will have fulfilled a component
ofthe required rotational hours for these clinical sites. Prerequisites: EMS 120 and 121; Corequisite: EMS 130
EMS-132
Med Comm: Extrication/Res
2
2
o
3
This course presents an introduction to medical communications, extrication, and rescue. Emphasis is placed
on two-way radios, transmitting units, telemetry, disentanglement, packaging. and removal of patient. Upon comple
tion, students will have fulfilled the majority of the hours required in the EMT-P program for the modules correspond
ing to these topics. Prerequisites: None
203
�EMS-140
4
Emergency Skills III
2
o
5
This course is designed to prepare the student for advanced cardiac life support. Emphasis is placed on the res
piratory system and pharmacology skills including drug administration, ET insertion, and drug calculations. Upon com
pletion, students will be able to advance to EMS 220. Prerequisites: EMS 130 and 131; Corequisite: EMS 141
EMS-141
o
Clinical II
o
12
4
This course provides paramedic level emergency medical experience in specific clinical settings and in the
field environment. Emphasis is placed on rotation sites including the operating room, recovery room, respiratory ther
apy team, emergency department, and field ambulance. Upon completion, students will have fulfilled a component of
the required rotational hours for these clinical sites. Prerequisite: EMS 130 and 131; Corequisite: EMS 140
EMS-220
5
Cardiology
2
o
6
This course provides exposure to the mechanical and electrical anatomy and physiology of the cardiovascular
system. Emphasis is placed on arrhythmia recognition, pharmacological and electrical intervention. Upon completion,
students will be able to apply for the Emergency Medical Technician-Advanced Intermediate level certification exam.
Prerequisites: EMS 140 and 141; Corequisite: EMS 221
EMS-221
o
Clinical III
o
12
4
This course provides paramedic level emergency medical experience in specific clinical sites and in the field
ambulance. Emphasis is placed on rotation sites including the cardiac care unit, intensive care unit, operating room,
emergency department, and field ambulance. Upon completion, students will have completed the majority of the
required hours for these clinical sites. Prerequisites: EMS 140 and 141; Corequisite: EMS 220
EMS·230
3
Emergency Skills IV
o
o
3
This course presents cognitive and motor manipulative skills necessary in administering advanced life support
emergency medical care to patients with specific system complications. Topics include the following modules: muscu
loskeletal system, soft tissue system, pediatrics, ob-gyn patients, and psychiatric patients. Upon completion, students
will have fulfilled the majority of the hours required in the EMT-P program for the modules. Prerequisite: EMS 220
and 221; Corequisite: EMS 231
EMS-231
o
Clinical IV
o
12
4
This course provides paramedic level emergency medical experience in specific clinical sites and in the field
ambulance. Emphasis is placed on rotational sites including the newborn nursery, intensive care nursery, pediatric area,
labor and delivery, and the field ambulance. Upon completion, students will have completed the required rotation hours
for these clinical sites as prescribed for a paramedic program of instruction. Prerequisites: EMS 220 and 221;
Corequisite: EMS 230
EMS-232
2
Water Rescue
2
o
3
This course discusses water rescue concepts and techniques for emergency medical personneL Emphasis is
placed on personal approaches, scuba concepts, extrication procedures, and use of adjunct rescue equipment. Upon
completion, students will have achieved the cognitive and motor manipulative skills necessary for water rescue of
emergency patients. Prerequisites: None
204
�EMS·233
2
Emergency Skills V
2
o
3
This course is a review of all EMT skills. Emphasis is placed on all basic, intennediate, and paramedic level
skills utilized in caring for medical and trauma patients. Upon completion, students will be able to perfonn all skills
included in a paramedic program at basic, intennediate, and paramedic levels. Prerequisites: EMS 230 and 231;
Corequisite: EMS 234
EMS·234
o
Clinical V
o
9
3
This course provides paramedic level emergency medical experience in specific clinical settings and in the
field environment. Emphasis is placed on rotation sites including the psychiatric care unit, the emergency department,
and the field ambulance. Upon completion, students will have fulfilled a component of the required clinical and field
hours for these sites. Prerequisites: EMS 230 and 231; Corequisite: EMS 233
EMS·235
Methods of Instruction
2
2
o
3
This course provides the student experience in a teaching role. Topics include all previous EMS material.
Upon completion, students will be able to develop mini-courses that will be required for their continuing education
credits. Prerequisites: EMS 233
EMS·237
Seminar
3
o
o
3
This course provides an environment for advanced study in EMS topics. Emphasis is placed on researching
emergencies resultant from infectious disease, drugs and alcohol, endocrine problems, CNS problems, the environment,
and trauma. Upon completion, students will be able to research and hold discussions on topics related to their profes
sion. Prerequisites: EMS 233
ENG·lot
3
Grammar for Composition
o
o
3
This course is designed to improve students' communicative skills by a thorough analysis of standard English
usage. Emphasis is placed on the components of grammar and their function in communicating ideas effectively in sen
tences and short compositions. Upon completion, students will be able to construct sentences reflecting standard
English usage. Prerequisite: None
ENG·I02
3
Composition I
o
o
3
This course is designed to help students improve self-expression in expository writing. Emphasis is placed on
principles of standard English usage, effective organization (paragraph and essay level) and transition, and the writing
process. Upon completion, students will be able to compose various modes of discourse such as description, classifica
tion, and illustration. Prerequisite: ENG 101
ENG·103
3
Composition II
o
o
3
This course is designed to help students improve their communications skills. The course emphasizes the fun
damentals involved, offers assorted specimens of current professional writing for study and analysis, and requires stu
dents to produce a variety of compositions such as process, description, progress, status, and periodic reports.
Prerequisite: ENG 102
ENG·HOI
3
Comm SkiDs in Grammar
o
o
3
This course is designed to help students improve self-expression in written composition and oral usage.
Emphasis is placed on grammar, diction, sentence structure, punctuation, and spelling. Upon completion, students will
be able to apply principles of standard English grammar in both fonnal and infonnal situations. Prerequisites: None
205
�ENG·ll02
3
Vocational Communications
o
o
3
This course includes a review of major grammatical principles and the development of writing skills.
Emphasis is placed on writing clear, effective, well-developed paragraphs and essays and applying standard grammar
rules to writing. Upon completion, students will be able to communicate effectively through good language usage in
writing, to think more clearly, and to reason more forcefully. Prerequisites: 1101 for most curriculums
ENG·ll03
3
Report Writing
o
o
3
This course is designed to help the student develop competency in report writing. Emphasis is placed on writ
ing letters, writing informal reports, and developing communications skills. Upon completion, students will be able to
write reports, memoranda, business letters, letters of application, and data sheets with accuracy and clarity.
Prerequisite: ENG 1102
ENG·120
3
Comp for Non Native Speak
o
o
3
This composition course is designed to meet the unique language needs of students who are non-native speak
ers of English. Reading, speaking, and grammatical skills will be developed through extensive writing exercises. Upon
completion, students will be able to construct a variety of paragraphs in clear English prose. Prerequisites: None
ENG·ISO
5
Prep for College Writing
o
o
5
This is an intensive writing course designed to provide entry-level skills for ENG 151 and instruction and
practice in writing effective sentence structures, logical paragraphs, and essays. Emphasis is placed on standard English
usage. Upon completion, students will be able to write various modes of discourse such as description, classification,
and illustration. Prerequisite: Appropriate score on placement test.
ENG·151
5
English Composition
o
o
S
This is a computer-assisted composition course designed to develop the student's expression of clear, effec
tive, standard expository writing. Emphasis is placed on sentence structure, mechanics, and the study of rhetorical
methods of exposition to obtain clear, logical, and well-organized compositions. Upon completion, students will be
able to write organized, mechanically correct compositions, reflecting careful thought and awareness of basic grammar,
syntax, and punctuation. Prerequisites: Appropriate score on placement test or ENG 150
ENG-152
English Composition & Lit
S
o
o
5
This course develops students' abilities in researching, writing, and documenting the research paper and in
analyzing and interpreting short fiction, poetry, and drama. Emphasis is placed on plot, theme, character, and figurative
language in selected literary works and on a short literary paper. Upon completion, students will be able to construct a
mechanically sound research paper and be able to understand, analyze, and write about literary works. Prerequisites:
ENG 151
ENG·160
3
Oral Communications
o
o
3
This course is a study of basic concepts, techniques, and principles of oral communications. Emphasis is
placed on preparation and delivery of informative, demonstrative, and persuasive speeches, and other speaking assign
ments. Upon completion, students will be able to produce effective oral presentations. Prerequisites: None
ENG·161
5
Comm through Speech
o
o
5
This course is designed to improve students' communication skills as speakers and to emphasize their analyti
cal and critical responsibilities as listeners. Emphasis is placed on research, organization, listener analysis, and delivery
skills. Upon completion, students will be able to communicate more effectively in both formal and informal situations.
Prerequisites: ENG 160
206
�ENG-25I
5
American Literature I
o
o
5
This course provides a survey of American literature from the seventeenth through nineteenth centuries,
focusing on major literary trends and featuring authors from John Smith to Walt Whitman. Topics include Colonialism,
Neoclassicism, Romanticism, and revolution. Upon completion, students will be able to understand, appreciate, and
write compositions about the major literary works of the period. Prerequisites: ENG 151 and ENG 152
ENG-252
5
American Literature II
o
o
5
This course provides a survey of American literature from the mid-nineteenth century to the present, focusing
on major literary trends and featuring authors from Walt Whitman to Donald Barthelme. Emphasis is placed on
Realism and twentieth-century literature. Upon completion, students will be able to understand, appreciate, and write
about the major literary works of the period. Prerequisites: ENG 151 and ENG 152
ENG-261
5
English Literature I
o
o
5
This course provides a chronological survey of English literature from Anglo-Saxon poetry to Restoration
drama. Emphasis is placed on selected works of major writers in the context of the chief traditions of their age. Upon
completion, students will be able to discuss major works and trace major trends of English verse and prose through the
eighteenth century. Prerequisites: ENG 151 and ENG 152
ENG-262
5
English Literature II
o
o
5
This course covers readings from the late 1700's to the present, focusing on major literary trends of the era.
Topics include Romantic, Victorian, and Modem English literature, and the course covers authors from William Blake
through Ted Hughes. Upon completion, students will be able to analyze, appreciate, and write compositions about the
major works of the period. Prerequisites: ENG 151 and ENG 152
ENG-27I
5
World Literature I
o
o
5
This course surveys literary classics of Western culture from the ancient world through the Renaissance.
Emphasis is placed on analyzing works as they typify period, culture, and genre and reflect ideas formative of modem
Western thought. Upon completion, students will be able to discuss the content and style of major works that have
seized the Western mind. Prerequisites: ENG 151 and ENG 152
ENG-272
5
World Literature II
o
o
5
This course surveys literary classics of Western culture from the eighteenth century to the present day.
Emphasis is placed on analyzing works characteristic of Neoclassicism, Romanticism, Realism, Naturalism, and
Modernism. Upon completion, students will be able to discuss major literary works and trends of the eighteenth
through twentieth centuries. Prerequisites: ENG 151 and ENG 152
ENG-28I
3
Literature By Women
o
o
3
This course provides an historical overview of the literary accomplishments of women. Emphasis is placed on
works of women from six historical eras in the context of traditional genres and from the standpoint of gender-specific
themes and forms. Upon completion, students will be able to analyze and discuss contemporary and historical issues
with women as a central concern. Prerequisites: ENG 151 and ENG 152
ENG-29I
3
Creative Writing
o
o
3
This course is designed to encourage students to find their own authentic voices through exposure to various
examples of fiction, poetry, and the essay. Emphasis is placed on each individual's writing and contribution to class
discussions. Upon completion, students will be able to make critical decisions concerning their own writing.
Prerequisites: ENG 151 and ENG 152.
207
�ENG-97
3
Grammar and Composition
2
o
4
This course is designed to help students employ standard English usage in written expression. Emphasis is
placed on rules of grammar, sentence structure, punctuation. and spelling as applied to compositions. Upon completion.
students will be able to apply standard rules of grammar. Prerequisites: None
ENG-98
Composition
3
2
o
4
This writing course is devoted to teaching developing writers the skills necessary for effective. college-level
composition. Emphasis is placed on paragraph organization and the five-step writing process (generating and organiz
ing ideas, writing. revising. and editing). Upon completion, students will be able to write college-level compositions.
Prerequisites: None
FLO·207
3
Floral Design I
2
o
4
This course covers the principles of floral design. retail marketing, and other factors pertinent to the florist
trade. Emphasis is placed on flower selection, arrangement, display, and the development of appropriate pricing and
marketing. Upon completion, students will be able to construct floral displays, corsages, silk arrangements, and other
products commonly found in the retail florist shop. Prerequisites: None
FLO·209
Non·Commercial Floral Dsg
2
2
o
3
This course introduces the construction of horticultural arrangements and floral designs. Emphasis is placed
on developing the awareness and skills necessary to design and implement aesthetically pleasing floral designs. Upon
completion, students will be able to design and construct floral arrangements using living and/or silk flowers and other
related horticultural arrangements. Prerequisites: None
FRE·151
Elementary French I
5
o
o
5
This course introduces the beginning student to the basic elements of grammar, phonetics, every-day vocabu
lary and common expressions needed to develop language skills. Emphasis is placed on basic oral communication.
reading and writing, drills and repetition of grammatical structure and laboratory exercises. Upon completion, students
will be able to express basic needs, recognize and be understood with simple identifications, and use this level vocabu
lary. Prerequisites: None.
FRE·152
Elementary French II
5
o
o
5
This course continues the goals of the first level, introducing more verb tenses, vocabulary, formats and struc
tures with commonly used expressions. Emphasis is placed on the development of basic skills of reading, writing and
oral competency, with drills, practices and laboratory work. Upon completion, students will be able to understand and
convey basic thoughts and to participate in structured conversations. Prerequisites: PRE-lSI or equiv.
FRE·251
Intermediate French I
5
o
o
5
This course is a more detailed study of grammar, designed to improve understanding, speaking, reading and
writing at a level of moderate difficulty. Emphasis is placed on selected readings. dialogues, common idioms and
expressions with attention to communicative use of advanced structures. Upon completion, students will be able to
speak and understand at a simple conversational level, and read and write compositions using regular and irregular
verbs. Prerequisites: PRE IS2 or equiv.
208
�FRE-2S2
S
Intermediate French II
o
o
S
This course introduces grammatical structure with more advanced verb tenses and vocabulary widely found in
common native daily conversation. Emphasis is placed on controlled dialogues, short composition and essays, transla
tions, and comments and interpretation of audio and video materials. Upon completion, students will be able to increase
their mastery in oral-aural ability, and to engage in conversations at near native level. Prerequisites: FRE-251 or equiv.
FSE-lOl
3
Intro to Funeral Service
o
o
3
This course includes the principles of funeral service and its history. Emphasis is placed on the ethical obliga
tions and fundamental requirements involving skill, aptitude, and qualifications of funeral directors. Upon completion,
students will be able to recognize historical names, places, and events from the past which directly effect the future of
funeral service. Prerequisites: None
FSE-llS
Funeral Law
3
o
o
3
This course provides the student with insight into the fundamentals of mortuary law. Emphasis is placed on
North Carolina Mortuary Law, OSHA, anatomical donations, vital statistics, and general law relative to mortuary law.
Upon completion, students will be able to complete death certificates, notification of death forms, medical examiner
forms, and other required forms. Prerequisites: None
FSE-121
3
Funeral Service Practices
o
o
3
This course helps develop a knowledge of funeral service procedure of various religions and provides a study
of the customs and funeral practices in the U.S. Topics include the study of liturgical and non-liturgical Protestant,
Catholic, Jewish, and many other religious groups. Upon completion, students will be able to discuss the different reli
gious and fraternal groups and know how their services are conducted. Prerequisites: None
FSE-122
4
Anatomy for Funeral Serv
o
o
4
This course provides the student with sufficient knowledge of general anatomy to serve as a working basis for
studies in other related subjects. Topics include anatomical terminology, understanding the normal structure and func
tion of the human body with emphasis placed on the circulatory system. Upon completion, the student will be able to
understand the normal structure and function of the human body in order to develop habits of healthy living.
Prerequisites: None
FSE·206
3
Embalming Chemistry
2
o
4
This course covers the fundamentals of organic chemistry and biochemistry as related to the funeral service
profession. Emphasis is placed on chemical changes in the human body during life, after life, and during chemical
preservation. Upon completion, students will be able to use various embalming chemicals and various solutions in the
embalming process. Prerequisite: None
FSE-209
3
Intro to Embalming Pract
o
o
3
This course introduces the student to the various procedures in an embalming room setting. Emphasis is
placed on the laboratory environment and equipment employed in standard funeral homes. Upon completion, students
will be able to identify various instruments, select chemicals, and conduct themselves in a professional manner in the
preparation room. Prerequisites: None
209
�FSE·210
3
Embalming Theory I
o
o
3
This course covers the purpose, history, and need for embalming, types of death, and signs of death which the
student must fully understand. Topics include ethics of embalming law, laws relative to decomposition, anatomical lim·
its, and linear guides, and discussion of theoretical cases. Upon completion, students will be able to demonstrate theo·
retical case analysis to actual embalming procedures used in funeral homes. Prerequisites: None
FSE·211
3
Embalming Theory II
o
o
3
This course is a continuation of FSE 210 primarily designed to go into more detail about disease and how it
may affect the embalmer. Topics include sanitizing, positioning features, mixing of chemical solutions, and case analy
sis. Upon completion, students will be able to become more involved in the death process and protect themselves as
well as the pUblic. Prerequisite: FSE 210
FSE·214
Restorative Arts I
2
4
o
4
This course utilizes the general aspects of restorative art as applied to funeral service. Topics include anatomi
cal modeling, expression, and familiarization with tools, materials, and techniques. Upon completion, students will be
able to reconstruct human features, properly employ color in cosmetics, and demonstrate special laboratory skills.
Prerequisites: None
FSE·215
Restorative Arts II
2
4
o
4
This course covers the terminology of traumatic and pathological conditions frequently seen and restored in
funeral service. Topics include basic restoration, legal aspects, use of photographs, and stains and their solvents. Upon
completion, students will be able to use materials and techniques in the actual restorations of human remains.
Prerequisite: FSE 214
FSE·222
o
Embalming Practice I
o
3
1
This course is designed for students with the general knowledge of embalming techniques. Emphasis is placed
on the actual preparation of the remains in our laboratory. Upon completion, students will be able to utilize sanitation
and disinfection procedures properly and prepare the body for burial properly. Prerequisites: None
FSE·223
o
Embalming Practice II
o
3
1
This course is a continuation of FSE 222 and covers proficient embalming skills which the student is required
to demonstrate. Emphasis is placed on the student's ability to understand and relate to the actual embalming process.
Upon completion, students will be able to analyze each case to determine the proper techniques to be used in that par
ticular embalming situation. Prerequisite: FSE 222
FSE·224
4
Funeral Home Operations
o
o
4
This course will outline all phases of funeral home operations, and students will develop a basic approach to
successful business techniques. Topics include establishing a funeral home, choosing and financing a location, build
ing, remodeling, merchandising, caskets, vaults, and planning. Upon completion, students will be able to discuss proper
procedures in operating, supervising, and owning their own funeral home. Prerequisites: None
FSE·245
Pathology I
3
o
o
3
This course is designed to provide the student with general knowledge of the disease process. Topics include
pathological terminology, basic body functions, trauma, disease process, and etiology. Upon completion, students will
be able to recognize various terminology used in the medical profession and will have a more acute awareness of the
disease process. Prerequisites: None
210
�FSE-247
Funeral Counseling
3
o
o
3
This course is a study of the principles of counseling that will be of assistance to funeral directors whose work
requires counseling ability. Topics include the personality and role of the counselor, techniques of counseling, and
philosophies of counseling. Upon completion, students will be able to relate more effectively to those who are experi
encing the grief process. Prerequisites: None
FSE-249
Seminar
3
o
o
3
This course will review the entire two years of courses in Funeral Service Education. Topics include anatomy,
chemistry. restorative art, embalming, pathology. microbiology, psychology, sociology. history, accounting, and busi
ness law. Upon completion, students will be able to successfully pass the National or State Board Exam. Prerequisite:
Dept. Chrp. Approval
FSO-IOI
Foodservice Math Princi.
2
o
o
2
This course develops knowledge of the operational procedures for preparation, service and management roles
in foodservice. Topics include portion control, converting recipes, production reports. recipe yields. sales checks. pric
ing menus and financial statements. Upon completion, students will be able to apply basic math skills to the operational
procedures for preparation, service and management positions in foodservice operations. Prerequisites: None
FSO-I02X
Food Preparation I
3
o
o
3
This course includes the scientific principles of food preparation and cooking procedures. Topics include
stocks, soups, sauces. gravies. beverages. cereals and cereal products, vegetables, fruits. and salads. Upon completion,
students will be able to apply their understanding of these basic principles used in the foodservice industry.
Prerequisites: None; Corequisite: FSO 102Y
FSO-I02Y
o
FSO·I02 Lab
o
6
2
This course includes application of the scientific principles of food preparation and cooking procedures.
Topics include stocks, soups, sauces, gravies, beverages, cereals and cereal products, vegetables, fruits, and salads.
Upon completion, students will be able to apply their understanding of these basic principles used in the foodservice
industry. Prerequisites: None; Corequisite: FSO 102X
FSO·I05
Sanitation & Equipment
3
2
o
4
This course develops knowledge of the recommended standards of personal hygiene. use and care of equip
ment, sanitation and safety in foodservice operations. Topics include basic principles of personal hygiene, sanitation
and safety as related to food storage, preparation and service. Upon completion, students will be able to develop a sani
tation and safety plan and properly care and use equipment for a foodservice operation.
FSO·I07X
2
Baking I
o
o
2
This course is designed to teach fundamental principles, procedures and techniques used in the bakeshop.
Students willieam bakeshop organization and how to use baking tools and equipment. Emphasis is placed on ingredi
ent functions, bakers percentages, measuring techniques, yeast dough formulas and preparation and quick bread formu
las and preparation. Upon completion. students will be able to select and accurately measure ingredients, use correct
mixing techniques in the bakeshop, and successfully prepare yeast and quick bread products. Prerequisites: None;
Corequisite: FSO-I07Y
211
�FSO-I07Y
o
FSO-I07 Lab
o
6
2
This course provides hands-on training in the fundamental principles, procedures and techniques used in the
bakeshop. Students will learn bakeshop organization and how to use baking tools and equipment. Emphasis is placed
on ingredient functions, bakers percentages, measuring techniques, yeast dough formulas and preparation and quick
bread formulas and preparation. Upon completion, students will be able to select and accurately measure ingredients,
use correct mixing techniques in the bakeshop, and successfully prepare yeast and quick bread products. Prerequisites:
None; Corequisite: FSG-I07X
FSO·1l2X
Food Preparation II
3
o
o
3
This course develops the skills and knowledge of meat analysis and identification. Topics include meats, beef,
poUltry, and seafood; also included are milk, eggs, cheese, and sandwiches. Upon completion, students will be able to
apply the basic knowledge and techniques in the foodservice industry. Prerequisite: FSG 102; Corequisite: PSG 112Y
FSO-1l2Y
o
FSO-1l2 Lab
o
6
2
This course provides hands-on training of laboratory methods and techniques as they relate to supporting
instruction material of PSG 112X. Topics include meats, beef, pOUltry, and seafood; also included are milk, eggs,
cheese, and sandwiches. Upon completion, students will be able to apply the basic knowledge and techniques in the
food service industry. Prerequisite: PSG 102; Corequisite: FSG 112X
FSO-1l3
Dining Room Service
2
2
o
3
This course includes an overview of the waiter/waitress duties and responsibilities in a variety of foodservice
operations. Topics include interpreting the menu, ordering the meal, serving and cleaning, and preparing and presenting
the check. Upon completion, students will be able to apply their knowledge and skills in a job as a waiter or waitress in
the foodservice field. Prerequisites: None
FSO-llS
Bar and Beverage Mgmt.
2
2
o
3
This course is designed to give students basic skills and knowledge in bar management and the service of
wine, beer and alcoholic beverages. Topics include equipment use, facility planning, staffing, products and techniques
of mixology, purchasing, marketing, laws and regulations concerning alcoholic beverages. Upon completion, students
will be able to properly organize and operate a mixology beverage station in order to service customer needs.
FSO-117X
Baking II
2
o
o
2
Baking II (Intermediate) is designed to teach intermediate skills in baking and dessert preparation. This course
provides practical bakeshop experiences with pies, pastries, and basic dessert products. Emphasis is placed on sugar
cooking, basic creams, dessert sauces, pie doughs, short doughs, tarts, puff pastries, choux paste, strudel, phylla and
meringues. Upon completion, students will be able to successfully prepare a variety of pastry products, assemble and
bake a variety of pies and prepare attractive desserts. Prerequisites: PSG 107 or Department Chair approval;
Corequisite: PSG 117Y
FSO-117Y
o
FSO-1l7 Lab
o
9
3
This course provides hands-on training of intermediate skills in baking and dessert preparation. This course
provides practical bakeshop experiences with pies, pastries, and basic dessert products. Emphasis is placed on sugar
cooking, basic creams, dessert sauces, pie doughs, short doughs, tarts, puff pastries, choux paste, strudel, phylla and
meringues. Upon completion, students will be able to successfully prepare a variety of pastry products, assemble and
bake a variety of pies and prepare attractive desserts. Prerequisites: PSG 107 or Department Chair approval;
Corequisite: PSG 117X
212
�FSO-1l9
1
Mixology
2
o
2
This course includes the proper techniques of mixing drinks, products to use, sanitation, and organization of a
mixology station. Topics include use and care of hand tools and equipment of a mixology station and regulations of the
Alcoholic Beverage Control Agency. Upon completion, students will be able to operate a mixology station properly in
the foodservice industry. Prerequisites: None
FSO-120
1
School Foodserv Menu Ping
2
o
2
This course is an overview of the principles of planning nutritious, appealing, and low cost meals that meet
requirements of USDA for Child Nutrition Programs. Topics include menu planning requirements and policies, com
modities quality assurance, and food habits as controlled by USDA. Upon completion, students will be able to explain
and implement the USDA regulations as they apply to menu planning in Child Nutrition Programs. Prerequisites: None
FSO-122
Quantity Food Prod I
2
o
6
4
This course is an overview of quantity meal preparation. Topics include menu planning, recipe development,
recipe and menu costing, portion control, yield studies, meal organization and service. Upon completion, students will
be able to plan, organize, cost and serve quantity meals. Prerequisites: FSO il2X and FSO il2Y
FSO-124
1
Garnishing
o
3
2
This course provides the fundamental principles of food decoration and design with emphasis on garnishing
tools and materials. Topics include preparation of garnishes for plates, platters, special dishes, desserts, entrees, hors
d'oeuvres, buffets, and cafeteria lines. Upon completion, students will be able to apply their understanding of food
design and decoration used in the foodservice industry. Prerequisites: None
FSO-12S
Catering
2
o
o
2
This course is designed to provide the fundamental skills needed to carry out various types of catering events.
Emphasis is placed on organizing services, contracting catering services, on and off premises catering, accommodator
service, Kosher catering, menu planning for catered events. Upon completion students, will be able to organize, plan
menus, make arrangements and write contracts for various types of catering events. Prerequisites: None
FSO·127
Baking III
2
o
6
4
Baking III (Advanced) is designed to teach advanced baking principles and techniques in the bakeshop. This
course provides practical experience with advanced dessert assembly and decoration. Emphasis is placed on cake for
mulas, mixing and baking cakes, tortes, European style cakes, cookies, assembling and decorating cakes, cookies and
dessert products. Upon completion, students will be able to successfully prepare, assemble and decorate cakes, cookies,
petits fours, tortes and a variety of dessert products in the bakeshop. Prerequisites: FSO 107, il7 or Department Chair
approval
FSO-128
Resource Mgmt in FSO
3
o
o
3
This course is a study of the responsibilities of workers and supervisors in dealing with personnel in the hospi
tality industry. Topics include planning of human resources, job analysis. recruitment and selection, training, team
building, performance evaluation, compensation and labor relations. Upon completion, students will be able to be com
petitive and successful in dealing with people and obtain the skills necessary to meet organizational needs.
213
�FSO·130
Seminar I
2
o
o
2
This course will use a seminar approach to prepare students for employment in the foodservice industry and
review work experiences in COE 110. Emphasis is placed on foodservice opportunities, current trends and issues in the
industry, problems in the industry and job seeking skills. Upon completion, students will be able to discuss current
issues in the foodservice industry, provide solutions to work problems and write a professional resume. Prerequisite:
Completion of all first year foodservice courses; Corequisite: COE 110
FSO·131
1
Confectioneries I
o
6
3
This course introduces the principles and development of skills in sugar cookery and candy making. Emphasis
is placed on the elements of sugar cookery and the preparation of crystalline, noncrystalline, spongy, molded candies
and fondants. Upon completion, students will be able correctly and successfully prepare and judge the quality of pre
pared confectioneries. Prerequisites: None
FSO·132
1
Confectioneries II
o
6
3
This course introduces the principles and development of skills in preparations of chocolates and marzipan.
Emphasis is placed on hand-dipped candies, truffles, continental chocolates and marzipan. Upon completion, students
will be able to correctly and successfully prepare and judge the quality of the prepared confectioneries. Prerequisite:
FSO 131
FSO·133
1
Modified Diet Preparation
o
6
3
This course includes application of the scientific principles of food preparation to modified diets. Topics
include preparation of diabetic low-fat. calorie controlled. low sodium and soft and bland diets. Upon completion, stu
dents will be able to properly prepare modified diets. Prerequisite: FSO 205
FSO·134
3
Geriatric Nutrition
o
o
3
This course discusses the physical, psychological and nutritional changes of the aging population. Topics include
the aging process, nutritional status, energy and nutrient needs, and food choices and habits. Upon completion. students
will be able to identify and understand the natural changing needs of the aging population. Prerequisite: FSO 106
FSO·135
1
Garde Manger I
o
6
3
This course is an introduction to basic cold food preparation and display. Topics include appetizers, cold
sauces, salads. vegetable and fruit carvings, aspics, culinary arts and displays. Upon completion, students will be able
to design and display cold food buffets and use basic culinary art skills. Prerequisites: FSO 102X and FSO 102Y, FSO
112X and FSO ll2Y
FSO·136
1
Garde Manger II
o
6
3
This course exposes the students to advanced cold food production and culinary art design and display.
Emphasis is placed on preparation of cold entrees, pates, galantines, chaud froids, terrines and display and presentation
of cold buffets and centerpieces. Upon completion, students will be able to prepare, design and display a variety of cold
buffets items for service or competition. Prerequisite: FSO 135
FSO·137
3
Fast Food Management
o
o
3
This course is an introduction to the operating procedures of fast food operations, chains and franchises.
Emphasis is placed on marketing, cost controls, labor pools, computerized information systems. supervisory roles, short
order cooking and delivery systems. Upon completion, students will be able to successfully maintain and operate a
multi-unit facility within the company guidelines.
214
�FSO·I38
Advanced Cake Decorating I
1
o
6
3
This course is designed to provide intermediate and advanced cake decorating skills. Emphasis is placed on
advanced border and flowers, color flow, marzipan, filigree, stringwork, pattern making, cake designing, and tier cake
assembly. Upon completion, students will be able to design and decorate cakes and desserts using advanced cake deco
rating techniques. Prerequisite: FSO 127
F80·139
International Foods
1
o
6
3
This course is designed to introduce students to a variety of cultural and international foods, meal styles and
traditions. Emphasis is placed on French, Italian, German, Greek, Oriental, Asian and other cultural ethnic and multina
tional foods and preparation techniques. Upon completion students will be able to plan menus, prepare foods and serve
meals using traditional methods of international foods. Prerequisites: FSO 102X and FSO 102Y, FSO 112X and FSO
1I2Y
F80·140
Professional Catering
3
o
o
3
This course is designed to orient students in setup and operation of a successful catering business and prepara
tion of foods used in catering. Topics include facility planning, legal aspects, sales and marketing, catering functions,
hors d'oeuvres, canapes, hot foods, beverages and off-premise delivery. Upon completion, students will be able to pre
pare and serve foods and operate a professional catering business. Prerequisites: None
F80·141
o
F80 Computer Application
o
3
1
This course is designed to introduce students to computer software to create spreadsheets of purchases, inven
tories, labor and sales reports, as a management tool. Emphasis is placed on introduction to computer systems and
Lotus 123, daily sales reports, physical inventories, budgeting, recipe costing. Upon completion, students will be able
to create and read computer spreadsheets to use in management of foodservice facility. Prerequisite: CAS 101
F80·145
Food Plan. In Childcare
2
o
3
3
This course introduces students to nutrition and menu planning principles, food preparation and food manage
ment skills necessary to provide meals to children in childcare facilities. Emphasis is placed on child nutrition, USDA
requirements in meal planning for different age levels, kitchen and meal organization and basic preparation techniques.
Upon completion, students will be able to plan, organize and prepare appealing and nutritious meals for children of var
ious age groups that meet USDA requirements. Prerequisite: None
F80·146
Ice Carving
1
o
3
2
This course is designed to teach basic skills in ice carving. Topics include tools of the trade, ice handling, pat
tern design, and techniques of ice carving. Upon completion, students will be able to handle and carve ice for decora
tion. Prerequisites: None
FSO·147
Practical Food Prep I
5
o
12
9
This course introduces the principles of sanitation, equipment operation, kitchen safety, food theory, cooking
terminology, cooking and baking principles. Emphasis is placed on sanitation, equipment, personal hygiene, accident
prevention, recipe structure, terminology, measuring, weighing procedures, ingredients and cooking methods. Upon
completion, students will be able to prepare soups, sauces, salads, fruits, vegetables, meats, pOUltry, fish, breads and
eggs using various cooking tools.
215
�FSO·I48
5
Practical Food Prep II
o
12
9
This course is a continuation of FSO-147, expanding content to quantity cooking, meal organization, dining
room operations. customer service and food presentations. Emphasis is placed on preparation of typical food dishes,
convenience products, appetizers, desserts, garnishes, food presentation, quantity cooking, meal styles and service tech
niques. Upon completion. students will be able to prepare food in quantity for various meal styles. set up and provide
service for various meal styles. Prerequisite: FSO 147
FSO-202
2
Quantity Food Prod II
o
6
4
This course is designed to continue development of skills in food preparation. on a quantity level, of whole
meal preparations. Topics include planning food bar concepts, cafeteria line serving. short-order meals, brunches,
breakfast, selective menus, and convenience foods in menu planning. Upon completion, students will be able to apply
their knowledge and skills in foodservice management. Prerequisite: FSO 113 and FSO 122
FSO-204
3
Purchasing
o
o
3
This course teaches fundamentals of sound food purchasing methods and procedures based on cost control,
specifications. quantity. and storage. Topics include source selection, price considerations, buying strategy, service and
vendor relations, and value analysis as a purchasing tool. Upon completion, students will be able to use effective pur
chasing techniques in foodservice management. Prerequisites: None
FSO-205
3
Menu Planning
o
o
3
This course is designed to teach the mechanics of menu planning. Included are manual methods and comput
erizing the menu planning process. Emphasis is placed on menu planning for hospitals, nursing homes, elderly groups,
adolescents and children, college students, industrial groups, state institutions and restaurant customers. Upon comple
tion, students will be able to plan menus applying consumer worker, management and nutritional considerations for
various subgroups. Prerequisite: FSO 106
FSO·211
2
Seminar II
o
o
2
This course will be used to review experiences received in work experience COE 210. Topics include resume
writing, problem research, and areas covered in work experience. Upon completion, students will be able to provide
solutions to their work problems and will be competent in foodservice management jobs. Prerequisites: All other FSO
courses; Corequisite: COE 210
FSO-212
Buffets and Banquets
2
o
6
4
This course emphasizes production techniques on a large scale in the planning, preparing and merchandising
of buffets, banquets and catered events. Topics include staffing, marketing, selecting appropriate menus and prepara
tion of food for buffets, banquets and catered events. Upon completion, students will be able to plan and prepare buf
fets, banquets, and catered affairs for varying group sizes. Prerequisite: FSO 202
FSO-223
3
Food Serv Cost Control
o
o
3
This course is designed to orient students to maintaining budgets and controlling costs through analysis of pur
chasing, production and inventory systems. Emphasis is placed on forecasting income and expenses. analysis of control
systems, inventory control, and calculating cost percentages. Upon completion, students will be able to effectively cal
culate and administer cost control measures to maintain budgeted dollars cost. Prerequisite: ACC 110
216
�F80·227
Merchandising
1
o
3
2
This course is an overview of the principles of foodservice merchandising. Emphasis is placed on menu
design, menu pricing, on-premises promotions, personal selling, advertising. and behavior of foodservice consumers.
Upon completion, students will be able to design a marketing plan for a foodservice establishment. Prerequisite: FSO
122
GER·151
Elementary German I
5
o
o
5
This course introduces the beginning student to the basic elements of grammar, phonetics, every-day vocabu
lary and common expressions needed to develop language skills. Emphasis is placed on basic oral communication.
reading and writing. drills and repetition of grammatical structure and laboratory exercises. Upon completion, students
will be able to express, recognize and be understood with simple identifications. and use this level vocabulary.
Prerequisites: none
GER·152
Elementary German II
5
o
o
5
This course continues the goals of the first level, introducing more verb tenses, vocabulary, formats and struc
ture with commonly used expressions. Emphasis is placed on the development of basic skills of reading, writing and
oral competency, with drills, practices and laboratory work. Upon completion, students will be able to understand and
convey basic thoughts and to participate in structured conversations. Prerequisites: GER 151 or equiv.
GER·251
5
Intermediate German I
o
o
5
This course is a more detailed study of grammar, designed to improve understanding, speaking, reading and
writing at a level of moderate difficulty. Emphasis is placed on selected readings, dialogues, common idioms and
expressions with attention to communicative use of advanced structures. Upon completion, students will be able to
speak and understand at a simple conversational level, and read and write compositions using regular and irregular
verbs. Prerequisites: GER 152 or equiv.
GER·252
Intermediate German II
5
o
o
5
This course introduces grammatical structures with more advanced verb tenses and vocabulary widely found
in common native daily conversation. Emphasis is placed on controlled dialogues, short composition and essays, trans
lations, and comments and interpretation of audio and video materials. Upon completion, students will be able to
increase their mastery in oral-aural ability, and to engage in conversations at near native level. Prerequisites: GER 251
orequiv.
GRA·108
Lettering/fypography
2
4
o
4
This course introduces the discipline, functions, and tradition of typography in visual/verbal communication,
exploring both the technical and aesthetic aspects of the letter form. Topics include terminology, hand lettering, type
indication, copy-fitting, current methods of type composition, and field trips when they are feasible. Upon completion,
students will be able to discuss the interrelationships of type and image in the creation of effective design.
Prerequisites: None
GRA·112
Intro to Computer Graphic
2
4
o
4
This course is a practical introduction for the artist or designer to operate the MacIntosh computer and learn to
use it as a tool for illustration and page design. Emphasis is placed on drawing with the aid of the computer, as well as
elementary word processing and page layout. Upon completion, students are familiar with disk operating systems
(OOS) and have a basic understanding of various software programs. Prerequisite: DES 104 or consent of Instructor
217
�GRA·117
3
Production Basics
o
3
4
This course covers basic infonnation and current methods in the production of multiple printed communica
tions. Topics include major printing processes, paper, ink, binding, color separation, preparing camera-ready art, and
field trips when they are feasible. Upon completion, students will be able to utilize graphic arts tenninology, tools, and
production equipment such as stat cameras, platemakers, and film and paper processors. Prerequisites: DES 104 or
Instructor consent
GRA-118
2
Advanced Typography
4
o
4
This course provides further exploration of typographic fonn through both abstract and applied exercises.
Emphasis is placed on more involved assignments in typography, requiring research, an emphasis on phototype, and
creative camera techniques. Upon completion, students will be able to utilize the technical and aesthetic potentials of
typography in complex visual problem solving. Prerequisite: GRA-108
GRA-212
3
Adv. Computer Graphic
2
o
4
This course provides further instruction in the use of digital-laser equipment and specialized software to pro
duce images and typographical elements for graphic design. Emphasis is placed on advanced software programs to gen
erate professional quality illustrations, logotypes and similar applications. Upon completion, students will be able to
utilize these tools and techniques in complex visual problem solving and will appreciate the potential of this medium
for increased flexibility and productivity in the design process. Prerequisite: GRA 112
GRA-217
3
Production/Printing
o
3
4
This course includes advanced pre-press art and printing techniques with special emphasis on screen printing
production. Topics include principles, history, contemporary applications, stencil methods, direct and indirect, printing
equipment, and producing an edition. Upon completion, students will be able to understand the importance, versatility,
and relevance to the designer of this important commercial process. Prerequisite: GRA 117
GRA-232
3
Advertising Solutions
2
o
4
This course is designed to allow the student to stress either design or illustration, depending upon evidence of
his/her area of greater strength. Emphasis is placed on advanced solutions to more complex assignments which may be
independently conceived and directed. Upon completion, students will be able to concentrate efforts toward achieving
their highest levels of competence and professionalism. Prerequisite: Full 5th quarter standing in curriculum
HIS-151
5
Western Civilization I
o
o
5
This course introduces the student to Westero civilization from pre- history to 1600 A.D. Topics include
Ancient Greece, Rome, Christian institutions of the Middle Ages, and the development of national monarchies in
Western Europe. Upon completion, students will be able to discuss and identify socio-political problems and solutions
during this period. Prerequisites: None
HIS-152
5
Western Civilization II
o
o
5
This course is a continuation of HIS 151, and covers the period of history from 1600-present. Topics include
the religious wars, the industrial revolution, European government restoration, World Wars I & II, and alliances. Upon
completion, students will be able to discuss and identify the historical socio-political problems and solutions during this
era. Prerequisites: None
218
�HIS-153
5
American History I
o
o
5
This course is a survey of American history from the discovery of America through the end of the nineteenth
century. Topics include migrants to the New World, colonial peoples, new thought, the American Revolution, slavery,
the Civil War, and reconstruction. Upon completion, students will be able to discuss American social and political
reform and development up to the start of the twentieth century. Prerequisites: None
HIS-154
5
American History II
o
o
5
This course is a continuation of HIS 153 from the beginning of the twentieth century to the present. Topics
include industrialization, World War I, the Great Depression, World War II, the cold war with Russia, and social
unrest. Upon completion, students will be able to discuss America's foreign and domestic political and social decisions
developed since the tum of the century. Prerequisites: None
HIS-155
World Civilization I
5
o
o
5
This course introduces the student to World history from the dawn of civilization to approximately the year
1500 A.D. Topics include food gatherers and food growers, Eurasian civilizations, Greco-Roman civilizations, the rise
of Christianity, Islam, and Bryzantic cultures. Upon completion, students will be able to better understand the social,
political, and cultural differences being demonstrated among present day societies. Prerequisites: None
HIS·156
5
World Civilization II
o
o
5
This course is a continuation of HIS 155 and covers the period of World history from the year 15OO-present.
Topics include the Moslem world, the Confucian world, West European expansion, India, and China, and second
Industrial revolution. Upon completion, students will be able to better understand the social, political, and cultural dif
ferences being demonstrated among present day societies. Prerequisites: None
HIS·251
5
North Carolina History
o
o
5
This course is a study of geographical, political, economic, and social conditions existing in North Carolina
from America's discovery to the present. Topics include state institutional development before, during, and after the
colonial period, Civil War, and World Wars I and II. Upon completion, students will be able to discuss major life styles
of North Carolinians historically, politically, and socially from the states beginning to the present. Prerequisites: None
HIS-2S2
5
Black History
o
o
5
This course introduces the student to the role played by Blacks in the historical development of this country.
Topics include the slave trade, western pioneers, the quasi-free Negro, the Civil War, reconstruction, democracy and
the Black Revolution. Upon completion, students will be able to identify the social and political problems facing blacks
in society and offer insight for reform. Prerequisites: None
HIS-253
5
The French Revolution
o
o
5
This course will investigate the French Nobility and the reason for the revolution, the 1st republic and the
"Age of Metternich". Topics include the nobility, Napoleon's rise to power, the rise and fall of his empire, and the
impact of the revolution. Upon completion, the students will be able to better understand France's relationship with
other nations as a result of the French Revolution. Prerequisites: None.
219
�HIS·254
5
The Civil War Era
o
o
5
This course will examine the social, political and economic forces that led to the outbreak of the civil war and
the problems of reconstruction. Topics include taxes, economic embargoes, the dissolving of the union, slavery and
abolitionists. Upon completion students will be able to understand the relationship that existed between the North and
South during that period of time. Prerequisites: None.
HIS·255
3
U.S. Diplomatic History
o
o
3
This course will research American diplomacy from the colonial period to the present with emphasis on pres
ent day foreign relations. Topics include the Monroe Doctrine and expansion, debate over imperialism, isolation and
South American and European policies. Upon completion, student will be able to develop an understanding of the his
tory of our relationships between nations of both hemispheres. Prerequisites: None.
HOR·120
Plant Materials I
4
2
o
5
This course is designed to develop the student's knowledge and understanding of herbaceous plant material.
Emphasis is placed on the identification, utilization, propagation, and landscape uses of economically important plants.
Upon completion, students will be able to identify common herbaceous plants, be panially prepared for the Plantsman
Certification Test, and be knowledgeable of plant use. Prerequisites: None
HOR·121
4
Plant Materials II
2
o
5
This course is designed to develop the student's knowledge and understanding of wood plant material.
Emphasis is placed on the identification, utilization, propagation, and landscape use of trees, shrubs, vines, and ground
covers. Upon completion, students will be able to identify common woody plants. be partially prepared for the
Plantsman Certification Test, and be knowledgeable of plant use. Prerequisites: None
HOR·125
5
Plant Science
2
o
6
This course introduces general botany and provides a study of fundamental principles of plant culture.
Emphasis is placed on plant physiology, morphology, and anatomy and other factors relating to plant culture. Upon
completion, students will be able to apply basic principles of botanical science to horticultural and agronomic science.
Prerequisites: None
HOR-137
3
Greenhouse Management
2
o
4
This course covers the application of the basic principles of plant and soil science in greenhouse crop produc
tion. Emphasis is placed on the production of greenhouse crops, greenhouse construction, physical maintenance, and
environmental control. Upon completion, students will be able to plan and implement crop production and those factors
related such as chemical application, photoperiod control, and fertilization. Prerequisite: HOR 125 or Dept. Chrp.
Approval
HOR·139
Bedding Plant Production
2
2
o
3
This course introduces students to ordering, scheduling, and preparing bedding plant crops for commercial
sale. Topics include the identification, production, and maintenance of bedding plants. Upon completion, students will
be able to produce or work with bedding plants in a commercial business. Prerequisite: None
HOR-141
Intro to Landscape
2
2
o
3
This course is designed to introduce basic concepts of drafting and surveying skills necessary for topography
site analysis. Emphasis will be placed on proper use of drafting and survey equipment. Upon completion, students will
be able to draw a topographical site analysis map. Prerequisites: None
220
�HOR·200
3
Landscape Horticulture I
4
o
5
This course introduces residential and commercial landscape principles and practices. Emphasis is placed on
drafting, common elements of good design, plant material selection, and proper utilization. Upon completion, students
will be more able to read, plan, draft, and render a landscape design. Prerequisite: HOR 121 or Dept. Chrp. Approval
HOR·201
3
Landscape Horticulture II
4
o
5
This course introduces residential and commercial landscape development, cost analysis, and installation of a
landscape design. Emphasis is placed on job cost estimates, installation of a planned landscape design, and post instal
lation maintenance. Upon completion, students will be able to read blueprints of a landscape design, develop cost esti
mates, and implement the design. Prerequisite: HOR 200
HOR·203
2
Residential Landscape Dsg
2
o
3
This course covers basic residential landscape horticulture principles with an emphasis on practical applica
tion for the homeowner. Topics include planning, design, plant selection, proper maintenance, and special effects to
enhance a residential landscape. Upon completion, students will be able to apply basic landscape principles to enhance
the aesthetic and practical value of a private residence. Prerequisites: None
HOR·204
4
Plant Management Practice
2
o
5
This course is designed to identify the general principles and practices involved in turf, nursery, and orchard
establishment and management. Topics include ornamental nursery management, fruit orchard management, and sod
production. Upon completion, students will be able to plan, direct, and manage the operation of a small ornamental,
fruit, or turf nursery. Prerequisite: HOR 125
HOR·20S
3
Horticulture Marketing
2
o
4
This course covers marketing principles utilized in the retail horticulture trade. Topics include how to operate
a small business such as a garden center involved in selling horticultural plants and supplies. Upon completion, stu
dents will be able to perform sales or management tasks in a small retail horticulture business. Prerequisites: None
HOR·207
2
Indoor Plant Care & Ident
2
o
3
This course introduces the identification, care, and arrangement of common indoor plants in the home. Topics
include plant identification, selection, cultivation, care and utilization of home plants. Upon completion, students will
be able to display indoor plants in an aesthetically pleasing arrangement and care for all cultural requirements.
Prerequisites: None
HOR-210
3
Vegetable & Fruit Prod
2
o
4
This course covers the basics of fruit and vegetable production which include variety selection, soil prepara
tion, culture, and harvest techniques. Emphasis is placed on variety selection, soil management, propagation, cultiva
tion, insect and disease control, harvesting, and marketing. Upon completion, students will be able to plan, establish,
and manage a fruit or vegetable operation. Prerequisites: None
HOR-213
3
General Houseplant Hort
2
o
4
This course covers the basics of identifying, growing, and using indoor plants. Emphasis is placed on identifi·
cation, culture, propagation, and uses. Upon completion, students will be able to identify specific houseplants by com
mon and scientific names and know culture and propagation techniques. Prerequisites: None
221
�HOR-215
1
Irrigation Design
4
o
3
This course is designed to provide hands-on training and experience in plane surveying and irrigation technol
ogy for horticultural applications. Topics include care and use of instruments, taping, differential and profile leveling,
transit, stadia, transit-tape surveys, hydraulics, basic irrigation design, overhead systems, low pressure "trickle" sys
tems, distribution patterns, pump/reservoir requirements and installation methods. Upon completion, students will be
able to apply the theory of surveying and irrigation technology to determine boundaries, areas, volumes, and implement
a basic irrigation system design. Prerequisites: None
HOR-217
Vegetable & Fruit Garden
2
2
o
3
This course covers basic aspects of home vegetable and fruit gardening in a limited area. Topics include effi
cient planning, crop succession and utilization, variety selection, soil preparation, care, and maintenance of the garden.
Upon completion, students will be able to develop an efficient vegetable and fruit production area for home use.
Prerequisites: None
HOR-219
2
Hort Plant & Prod Display
2
o
3
This course provides a practical introduction to horticultural product display. Emphasis is placed on the design
and implementation of a successful plant and product exhibit. Upon completion, students will be able to determine
important factors in plant and product appeal and implement an attractive exhibit. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing
HOR-220
1
Computers in Horticulture
o
3
2
This course introduces hands-on experience in the use of micro-computers as tools in horticulture business.
Topics include how to operate a microcomputer and use major types of software applicable to horticulture business.
Upon completion, students will be able to utilize word processing, inventory control, and production management soft
ware. Prerequisites: CAS 101
HOR-233
3
Plant Propagation
2
o
4
This course covers the study of the fundamental principles involved in the sexual and asexual reproduction of
plants. Emphasis is placed on seed production techniques, grafting, stem and root propagation, and a brief introduction
to micropropagation technique. Upon completion, students will be able to select and implement a propagation program
for several commonly utilized horticultural plants. Prerequisites: None
HOR-235
Landscape Management
2
4
o
4
This course provides a practical introduction to residential landscape maintenance. Topics include lawn,
shrub, tree, flower maintenance and related pruning, disease, and insect chemical control measures. Upon completion,
students will be able to maintain commercial or residential grounds utilizing current technology, equipment, and pesti
cides. Course offers excellent review for NC Commercial Pesticide license. Prerequisites: None
HOR-237
3
Turf Management
2
o
4
This course is designed to identify the principles and practices involved in turf establishment, culture, and
management. Emphasis is placed on grass identification, site and soil requirements, soil preparation, fertilization, pest
control, and maintenance practices. Upon completion, students will be able to plan, direct, and maintain a commercial
or residential turf area. Prerequisite: HOR 125
222
�HOR-240
Fruit and Nut Production
3
2
o
4
This course covers the basics of fruit and nut production which will include cultivar selection, soil preparation,
and harvest procedures. Emphasis is placed on production and culture of peach, plum, blueberry, strawberry, grape,
pecan, walnut, bramble crops, and other regional fruit and nut crops. Upon completion, students will be able to plan,
establish, and manage an orchard or nut production. Prerequisites: None
HOR-248
1
Seminar
o
o
1
This course introduces students to current topics in horticultural production, marketing, and sales. Emphasis is
placed on professionalism in horticulture, new production techniques, and new trends in plant material selection. Upon
completion, students will be able to deliver an organized presentation on a pertinent horticultural topic. Prerequisites:
None
HYD-1135
2
Hydraulics & Pneumatics
o
6
4
This course covers basic theories of hydraulic and pneumatic systems used in industry. Topics include use of
standard hydraulic symbols, pumps, control valves, control assemblies, and actuators used in hydraulic circuits. Upon
completion, students will be able to explain sizing of piping, controls, fluids, and reservoirs required for successful
operation of hydraulic and pneumatic circuits. Prerequisites: None
INS-215
5
Life Insurance
o
o
5
This course covers types of life insurance, policy provisions, applicable laws and regulations, and buying
practices. Topics include term, permanent, endowment and special life plans, and required and optional policy provi
sions. Upon completion, students will be able to discuss types of life insurance, appropriate policy provisions, appropri
ate legal principles, and their applicable use. Prerequisite: None
INS-216
5
Property & Casualty Ins
o
o
5
This course covers types of property and casualty coverages, policy provisions, applicable laws and regula
tions, buying procedures, government property, and casualty coverages. Topics include general liability insurance,
automobile insurance, homeowner's insurance, commercial, fire, and extended coverages, worker's compensation, and
various policy provisions. Upon completion, students will be able to discuss types of property and casualty coverages,
appropriate policy provisions, and appropriate legal principles and their applicable uses. Prerequisites: None
INS-217
Insurance Adjustment
3
o
o
3
This course covers methods, theories, and practices involved in insurance claims handling by adjusters. Topics
include tort law, auto and homeowner's insurance policies, investigation, negotiation, and evaluation and settlement of
injury and property claims. Upon completion, students will be able to discuss and apply various adjusting principles
and concepts involved in settlement of property and casualty claims. Prerequisite: INS 216
INS-2IS
2
Medicare SupplL-T Care
o
o
2
This course covers the types of medicare coverages, long-term care coverages, medicaid, policy provisions,
applicable laws and regUlations, and buying practices. Topics include hospital insurance, supplementary medical insur
ance, medicare supplement insurance, medicaid assistance, and long-term care. Upon completion, students will be able
to discuss long- term care coverages, medicare coverages, medicaid, appropriate policy provisions, legal principles and
their applicable use.
223
�INS-220
2
Financial Services
2
o
3
This course provides an overview of the environment in which fmancial service professionals assist clients in
meeting their financial security needs. Emphasis is placed on identifying client objectives and formulating and assess
ing plans to achieve them. Upon completion, students will be able to be more effective in information gathering and
client counseling techniques. Prerequisites: None
INS-221
Income Tax
2
2
o
3
This course deals with the federal income tax system with particular reference to the taxation of life insurance
and annuities. Emphasis is placed on the income taxation of individuals, sole proprietorships, partnerships, corpora
tions, trusts, and estates. Upon completion, students will be able to render more professional financial service planning
that can result in avoidance, minimization, or deferral of taxation. Prerequisites: None
INS·223
2
Fin Stmt Analyllns Ben
2
o
3
This course covers various topics related to personal and business fmancial statements and describes individ
ual insurance coverages concerning life. personal, property. and liability risks. Emphasis is placed on the techniques of
financial statement analysis and personal budgeting relative to individual insurance needs and liability risks. Upon
completion, students will be able to analyze a client's fmancial condition as it relates to insurance and risk manage
ment. Prerequisites: None
INS-224
2
Insur Environment & Oper
2
o
3
This course concerns legal aspects of contract formation. policy provisions, assignments, ownership rights,
creditor rights, beneficiary designations, and disposition of life insurance proceeds. Emphasis is placed on insurance
company types, organizations, and regulations with one assignment addressing psychological aspects of death and
dying. Upon completion, students will be able to explain the regulatory aspects of company investments, reserves, pri
vacy, surrender values, policy approval, and company examination. Prerequisites: None
INS-225
2
Grp Benefits & Social Ins
2
o
3
This course analyzes group insurance benefits, including the regulatory environment, contract provisions,
marketing, underwriting, rate making, plan design, and alternative funding methods. Emphasis is placed on both gov
ernment and private group programs related to the economic problems of death, old age, employment, and disability.
Upon completion, students will be able to coordinate the various government programs and social insurance with group
benefits available from the private sector. Prerequisites: None
INS-226
2
Pension & Retirement Pins
2
o
3
This course introduces qualified and nonqualified deferred compensation, pension, profit sharing plans, and
funding instruments for these plans. Emphasis is placed on design, cost factors. and income and estate tax aspects of
qualified and nonqualified plans. Upon completion, students will be able to assist individuals and business owners in
planning for employee retirement income. Prerequisites: None
INS-227
Employee Benefits
2
2
o
3
This course focuses on the economic problems arising from death, old age, unemployment, and disability, and
the benefit plans that alleviate them. Emphasis is placed on Social Security and other government programs. group
insurance benefits, pension plans, and other deferred compensation arrangements. Upon completion, students will be
able to apply their knowledge of the fundamental features of employee benefit plans sponsored by employers.
Prerequisites: None
224
�INS-128
2
Investments
2
o
3
This course relates to various aspects of investment principles and their application to personal financial plan
ning. Emphasis is placed on investment markets, evaluation of common stock, real estate, debt management, mutual
funds, variable annuities, and tax-sheltered investments. Upon completion, students will be able to discuss the growing
importance of money management and assist in personal portfolio management. Prerequisites: None
INS-229
2
Wealth Accumulation Ping
2
o
3
This course deals with the establishment of a "living estate" through wise investment and tax planning.
Emphasis is placed on real estate investment, tax-sheltered investments, and various retirement and tax planning vehi
cles. Upon completion, students will be able to advise and counsel individual investors on the strategies and means of
accumulating wealth. Prerequisites: None
INS-230
Estate & Gift Tax Ping
2
2
o
3
This course is concerned with estate and gift tax planning including the nature, valuation, disposition, admin
istration, and taxation of property. Emphasis is placed on providing a basic understanding of unified estate and gift tax
systems. Upon completion, students will be able to assist individuals in development of appropriate personal estate
plans using various estate planning devices. Prerequisites: None
INS-231
Ping for Business Owners
2
2
o
3
This course concerns the tax and legal aspects of organizing a business and the problems in continuing the
business after an owner's death. Emphasis is placed on insured buy-sell agreements, retirement of a business owner,
corporate recapitalizations, stock dividends, and stock redemptions. Upon completion, students will be able to assist
business owners in the techniques of business uses of life and health insurance plans. Prerequisites: None
INS-232
2
Financial Planning Applic
2
o
3
This course applies what students have learned in earlier ChFC courses with a case study approach to typical
financial and estate problems. Emphasis is placed on sample cases from simple fact patterns to complex situations
involving personal and business fmancial problems. Upon completion, students will be able to put into practice applica
tions of integrating the tax, insurance, and investment planning strategies covered in earlier courses. Prerequisites:
None
INS-234
Advanced Estate Planning
2
2
o
3
This course addresses the federal estate and gift tax marital deductions as critical factors in the comprehensive
estate planning process. Topics include TAMGRA rules (1988), rates of transfer taxation and citizen vs non-citizen
spouse tax rates. Upon completion, students will be able to discuss the issue of taxation of inter-vivos transfers vs taxa
tion of testamentary transfers.
INS-235
2
Personal Risk MgmtlIns I
2
o
3
This course focuses on personal property-liability insurance products for handling loss exposures faced by
individuals and families. Emphasis is placed on the role of homeowners, automobile, and liability insurance in handling
loss exposures faced by the typical family. Upon completion, students will be able to apply product knowledge in for
mulating solutions to common personal liability problems. Prerequisites: None
225
�INS-236
2
Personal Risk MgmtlIns II
2
o
3
This course focuses on the use of life and health insurance products for handling loss exposures faced by indi
viduals and families. Emphasis is placed on the role of investments, retirement planning, business insurance, and estate
planning in handling loss exposures. Upon completion, students will be able to apply product knowledge in formulating
solutions to common personal financial problems. Prerequisites: None
INS-237
2
Multi-Line Ins Laws/Oper
2
o
3
This course focuses on the legal aspects, underwriting, and pricing of life, health, and property-liability insur
ance products. Emphasis is placed on multi-line insurance laws, operations, and claims handling. Upon completion, stu
dents will be able to provide, as a practitioner, a comprehensive analysis of personal lines of insurance to clients for
meeting their loss exposures. Prerequisites: None
INS-247
3
Principles of Insurance
o
o
3
This course consists of a presentation of the basic principles of life, health, and accident insurance and the
individual application thereof. Topics include the subject matter on which state examinations for life and/or accident
and health agents will be based. Upon completion, students will be able to analyze and procure personal lines of insur
ance on a more consumer oriented basis. Prerequisites: None
ISC-I04
2
Value Analysis
2
o
3
This course introduces the principles of cost-function relationships in products and processes. Topics include
product and process analysis, value engineering, value purchasing, and function enhancement. Upon completion, stu
dents will be able to analyze products and processes for function and value. Prerequisites: None
ISC-120
3
Principles of Indus Mgmt
o
o
3
This course provides an introductory overview of the history and evolution of American industry. Emphasis is
placed on functional areas of the industry and their contribution to overall organizational effectiveness. Upon comple
tion, students will be able to apply the principles of functional industrial management in the organizational setting.
Prerequisites: None
ISC-l40
3
Manufacturing Process
o
o
3
This course provides an overview of the various materials and processes in today's industrial sector. Topics
include properties of materials, process selection, cost factors, and processing innovations. Upon completion, students
will be able to analyze industrial processes for function, cost, and feasibility. Prerequisites: None
ISC-201
Production & Inv Control
2
2
o
3
This course is designed to survey concepts of control in production processes and inventory management.
Topics include production scheduling, ROP, MRP, JUST IN TIME, TIME PHASING, and COMPUTER SYSTEMS.
Upon completion, students will be able to analyze production and inventory systems for inefficiencies and formulate
functional solutions to reduce the inefficiencies. Prerequisites: ISC 120 and 140. and MAT 112
ISC-202
3
Quality Control
o
o
3
This course is designed to survey the principles of process control by statistical methods. Topics include data
collection, analysis, control charts for variables and attributes. and problem solving. Upon completion, students will be
able to tabulate and present data and construct, plot. and analyze process control elements. Prerequisites: None
226
�ISC-203
2
Industrial Safety
2
o
3
This course provides an overview of the principles of functional risk management in the industry. Topics
include job safety analysis, accident prevention models, special analysis of hazards, and employee motivation. Upon
completion, students will be able to evaluate jobs for safety hazards, effect hazard elimination, and develop safe condi
tions. Prerequisites: None
ISC-205
3
Purchasing
o
o
3
This course is designed to survey the concepts of modem industrial purchasing. Emphasis is placed upon just
in-time, single sourcing methods in high output industries. Upon completion, students will be able to implement the
concepts and systems for optimizing procurement. Prerequisites: None
ISC-221
3
Intro to Ind Engineering
2
o
4
This course provides an overview of the principles of motion and time study, process efficiency studies, and
cost reduction. Topics include motion economy, time study, synthetic time systems, line balancing, standard data, and
reporting. Upon completion, students will be able to apply the principles of industrial engineering to work stations and
processes to effect efficiency and cost reduction. Prerequisites: ISC 120 and 140
ISC-225
3
Computer Aided Mfg
4
o
5
This course is designed to survey areas of computer integration in the manufacturing system. Topics include
computer inventory systems, graphics, and control concepts. Upon completion, students will be able to apply basic
computer knowledge to problem solving and manufacturing efficiency. Prerequisites: MAT 112, esc 103 and 116,
ISC 140
ISC-226
3
Materials Handling
o
o
3
This course is designed to survey materials management, movement, and storage. Topics include automatic
storage and retrieval, equipment, and plant layout. Upon completion, students will be able to analyze materials manage
ment requirements and objectives and formulate viable strategies to accomplish them. Prerequisites: ISC 120 and 140
ISC-234
Industrial Mgmt Seminar
2
o
3
3
This course provides classroom preparation for Industrial Management's practicum course. Emphasis is
placed on actual problems encountered by industrial managers and methods of problem resolution. Upon completion,
students will be able to evaluate process and product problem parameters and formulate viable solutions. Prerequisite:
Sophomore standing
ISC-236
2
Management Science
2
o
3
This course is designed to survey quantitative methods of management and operations. Topics include statis
tics, project scheduling, linear programming, and decision theory. Upon completion, students will be able to apply sci
entific principles of management to industrial operations. Prerequisites: MAT 112 and 113, BUS 112, ISC 140
ISC-241
3
Industrial Training
o
o
3
This course introduces the student to the fundamental principles of industrial training. Topics include leaming
curve analysis, training project analysis, task analysis, simulators, training models, and manual preparation. Upon com
pletion. students will be able to complete a training analysis and prepare training audio and visual aids. Prerequisites:
None
227
�ISC-2S1
3
Organizational Effective
o
o
3
This course provides both a theoretical and applicatory approach to organizational behavior. Topics include
time management, motivational models, productivity models, creativity projects, and stress analysis. Upon completion,
students will be able to apply effective organizational behavior techniques in the industrial setting. Prerequisites: None
LEX-IOI
3
Intro to Paralegalism
o
o
3
This course includes an overview of the federal and state legal systems, observation of actual trials, and a
study of legal tenninology. Topics include an introduction to investigation, litigation, legal ethics, paralegal duties, con
stitutionallaw, legal research, and statutory and caselaw. Upon completion, students will be able to name sources of
law, describe courtroom procedure, identify courts and their jurisdiction, and recognize unauthorized practice of law.
Prerequisites: None
LEX-lOS
3
Partnership & Corp Law
o
o
3
This course introduces the student to the creation, organization, operation, and tennination of the proprietary,
partnership, and corporate fonns of business. Topics include types of business enterprise, the fonnation and operation
of sole proprietorships, partnerships, corporations, dissolution, and tax consequences. Upon completion, students will
be able to prepare corporate charters, by-laws, other necessary corporate documents, partnership agreements, dissolu
tions, and check lists. Prerequisites: None
LEX-lOS
3
Admin & Governmental Law
o
o
3
This course involves a study of the scope and authority of administrative agencies of federal and state govern
ment and the role of paralegals in them. Emphasis is placed on the role of governmental agencies, exhausting adminis
trative remedies, rules of evidence, and practice before such agencies. Upon completion, students will be able to
represent a client before agencies where pennitted, investigate cases, prepare necessary foOlls, and follow appellate
process. Prerequisites: None
LEX-In
3
Family Law
2
o
4
This course involves the study of annulment, divorce, separation agreements, child custody, support, alimony,
equitable distribution, adoption, and name changes. Emphasis is placed on drafting documents relating to the above
topics and recent legislation modifying prior caselaw. Upon completion, students will be able to draft complaints and
judgments relating to divorce, custody, support and equitable distribution, and to complete adoption forms.
Prerequisites: None
LEX-US
Contract Law & the VCC
3
o
o
3
This course is designed to cover the requirements of enforceable contracts, remedies for breach of contract
and selected articles of the Unifonn Commercial Code. Emphasis is placed on the law of contracts and Unifonn
Commercial Code as it relates to commercial paper, sales, and secured transactions. Upon completion, students will be
able to apply the principles learned to the practice of business law in a law office. Prerequisites: None
LEX-Il7
3
Tort Law
o
o
3
This course involves the study of the law of negligence, intentional torts, and strict liability. Emphasis is
placed on negligence with the preparation of pleadings, discovery devices, and the settlement brochure as course pro
jects. Upon completion, students will be able to identify the elements of various torts and prepare pleadings, discovery
devices, and the settlement brochure. Prerequisites: None
228
�LEX·US
2
Elements of Criminal Law
o
o
2
This course covers substantive criminal law - the elements comprising each crime and the facts sufficient to
establish each element. Emphasis is placed on the analysis of all significant misdemeanor and felony crimes in North
Carolina. Upon completion, students will be able to determine whether a specific factual situation is sufficient to sup
port a criminal conviction for a particular crime. Prerequisites: None
LEX·U9
3
Criminal Procedure
o
o
3
This course covers the procedures involved in a criminal case including both police procedures and those pro
cedures which govern the trial of criminal case. Topics include arrest, search and seizure, confessions, pretrial discov
ery, gUilty pleas, pretrial motions, special defenses, sentencing and capital cases. Upon completion, students will be
able to identify improper police procedures and to assist in disposition of a criminal case through guilty plea or trial.
Prerequisites: None
LEX·130
4
Legal Research
2
o
5
This course teaches students to research law using statutory, caselaw, and constitutional authorities. Emphasis
is placed on N.C. authorities as well as federal laws. Upon completion, students will be able to competently research
legal problems on both the state and federal levels. Prerequisites: None
LEX·131
2
Legal Writing
4
o
4
This course is a continuation of LEX 130 and teaches the student the mechanics of legal writing. Emphasis is
placed on teaching students to analyze legal authority, draft legal issues, and use proper writing style. Upon comple
tion, students will be able to write a legal memorandum of law, a trial brief, and an appellate brief. Prerequisite: LEX
130
LEX·135
5
Civil Litigation I
o
o
5
This course involves the study of N.C. Rules of Civil Procedure relating to complaints, answers, counter
claims, crossclaims, and third party practice, service of process, and default judgment. Emphasis is placed on the practi
cal aspects of service of process and the preparation of the above mentioned documents. Upon completion, students
will be able to accomplish service of process and draft pleadings as well as use with confidence the Rules of Civil
Procedure. Prerequisites: None
LEX·136
3
Civil Litigation II
o
o
3
This course is a continuation of Civil Litigation I and involves the study of motions and orders as well as the
discovery devices. Emphasis is placed on the preparation of discovery devices and pretrial motions. Upon completion,
students will be able to effectively use the discovery devices and to draft and serve motions. Prerequisites: None
LEX·140
2
Bankruptcy & Collections
2
o
3
This course involves the study of the two types of individual bankruptcy, specifically, straight bankruptcy and
Chapter Thirteen. Emphasis is placed on the taking of fmancial information, preparing bankruptcy petitions, and the
notification of creditors. Upon completion, students will be able to take financial information, prepare bankruptcy peti
tions, and deal with creditors. Prerequisites: None
229
�LEX-204
4
Investigation
o
o
4
This course is designed to provide the student with a working knowledge of various aspects of civil and crimi
nal investigation. Topics include interviewing techniques, obtaining records, sketching and photographing accident and
crime scenes, collecting and preserving evidence, and tracing missing witnesses. Upon completion, students will be
able to prepare questionnaires, interview witnesses, obtain criminal, motor vehicle, medical, and accident records, trace
missing witnesses, and sketch scenes. Prerequisites: None
LEX-214
Property I • Real Estate'
4
o
o
4
This course involves study of land ownership, present and future interests, absolute and conditional transfers,
retained powers, and documents necessary to establish Interest in land. Topics include freehold and less than freehold
estates, fixtures, types of ownership, contracts, deeds, mortgages, intangible interests, liens, and recording. Upon com
pletion, students will be able to identify personalty, realty and fixtures, intangible interests of estate conveyed, and
requirements of deeds and explain recording system. Prerequisites: None
LEX-21S
2
Property II-Title Search
4
o
4
This course is a continuation of LEX 214 and involves the actual examination of real estate titles to determine
ownership, encumbrances, liens, and taxes. Topics include establishing the chain, checking out conveyances and liens,
checking taxes and assessments, and writing the opinion. Upon completion, students will be able to trace chain of title,
locate all liens, prepare forms for closing, and write rough draft of title opinion. Prerequisites: LEX 214 and 224
LEX-216
3
Property BI·RE Closing
o
o
3
This course includes a study of intellectual property; a study of real estate closing. Topics include patent,
trademark and copyright law; conventional, FHA, VA, FmHA closings, and closing documents. Upon completion, stu
dents will be able to prepare and explain necessary documents and conduct various types of real estate closings and
explain intellectual property law. Prerequisites: None
LEX-220
3
Remedies
o
o
3
This course familiarizes the student with the various legal and equitable remedies which are available to a
plaintiff in a lawsuit. Topics include a study of legal damages in tort and contract cases, injunctions, specific perfor
mance, declaratory judgments, and restitution. Upon completion, students will be able to evaluate a potential lawsuit as
to which of the available legal and equitable remedies are most desirable. Prerequisites: None
LEX-224
Wills, Trusts & Estates
4
2
o
5
This course includes a study of types of wills and trusts, probate and estate, administration, intestacy, wills
and estates checklist, death taxes, and administration of trusts. Topics include terminology, law of wills, contesting
wills, small estates, taxation, testamentary trusts, probate, and administration of estates. Upon completion, students will
be able to draft and probate simple wills, compute death taxes, identify types of wills and trusts, and administer estates
and trusts. Prerequisites: None
LEX·225
Law Office Management
2
o
o
2
This course includes study of types of law practice, setting up and maintaining administrative and mini-maxi
systems, billing, flowcharting, and monitor systems. Topics include forms of law practice, monitoring, time-keeping,
filing, bookkeeping, billing systems, drafting resumes, library maintenance, and case management systems. Upon com
pletion, students will be able to set up and maintain various law office systems, hire and supervise non-lawyer person
nel, and monitor case progress. Prerequisites: None
230
�LEX-226
Consumer Protection
3
o
o
3
This course includes the study of factors creating the need for consumer protection, consumer protection laws,
and government agencies administering those laws. Emphasis is placed on government agencies including the Food and
Drug Administration, Federal Trade Commission, and Consumer Product Safety Commission. Upon completion, stu
dents will be able to identify the procedure to enforce consumer rights through courts and government agencies.
Prerequisites: None
LEX-228
Constitutional Law
3
o
o
3
This course is an introduction to constitutional analysis by familiarizing the student with the basic principles
of constitutional law. Topics include a study of the most significant portions of the U.S. Constitution as they relate to
current events. Upon completion, students will be able to better understand the practical application of the U.S.
Constitution as it relates to their daily lives. Prerequisites: None
LEX-291
Seminar
3
o
o
3
This course includes the exchange of internship experiences by the students, review of critical courses, guest
speakers, and evaluation of all courses required by curriculum. Topics include work experiences of interns, written
evaluation of courses, evaluation of internship, and review of major courses. Upon completion, students will be able to
join the working world of legal assistants under supervision of attorneys. Prerequisites: All courses except LEX 216
and 228
MAS-HOO
Intro to Bricklaying
2
o
6
4
This course covers the history of the bricklaying industry, the types of brick, and the tools needed in the trade.
Topics include laying foundations and concepts in arithmetic as it applies to masonry. Upon completion, students will
be able to better understand the fundamentals of masonry. Prerequisites: None
MAS-HOI
Masonry Concepts
2
o
6
4
This course covers the types of brick, bonding, and various uses of tools needed in masonry. Topics include
laying brick and an introduction to reading blueprints. Upon completion, students will be able to read simple blueprints,
will be knowledgeable in the different types of brick and tools. Prerequisites: None
MAS-ll02
Fund of Bricklaying I
2
o
6
4
This course introduces bonding, actual use of the tools, and spreading mortar. Topics include laying block and
more in-depth interpretations of blueprint reading as it applies to masonry. Upon completion, students will be able to
spread mortar, interpret blueprints, and lay brick. Prerequisites: None
MAS-ll07
Fund of Bricklaying II
4
o
18
10
This course introduces the practical application of selecting mortar, the proper use of bonds, expansion strips,
and wall ties, and methods of caulking. Topics include the construction of various building elements to include walls,
Chimneys, and arches. Upon completion, students will be able to read details of blueprints for grades, foundations,
walls, elevations, chimneys, fireplaces, and arches. Prerequisites: None
MAS-ll07 A Fund of Bricklaying II
2
o
6
4
This course is designed to introduce bonds and how they are used. Topics include the construction of walls
and other masonry projects. Upon completion, students will be able to lay brick to the line and will be more skilled at
bonding. Prerequisite: None
231
�1
MAS-1107B Fund of Bricklaying II
o
6
3
This course is a continuation of MAS 1107A and introduces the practical application of selecting mortar and
the proper use of wall ties. Topics include construction of walls and chimneys. Upon completion, students will be able
to lay brick and block walls with some skill and accuracy. Prerequisite: MAS 1107A
MAS-1107C Fund of Bricklaying II
1
o
6
3
This course is a continuation of MAS lI07B and includes the proper use of bonds, expansion joints, and
methods of caulking. Topics include the construction of fIreplaces and arches. Upon completion, students will be able
to read details of blueprints for foundations, wa\ls, chimneys, fireplaces, and arches. Prerequisite: MAS lI07B
2
MAS-110SA Fund of Masonry I
o
6
4
This course introduces students to the actua\ layout of masonry lintels and fireplaces. Topics include the ca\
culation of required quantities. Upon completion, students will be able to do estimates of basic structures. Prerequisite:
None
MAS·110SB Fund of Masonry I
2
o
6
4
This course is a continuation of MAS l108A and covers more difficult blueprints and the use of tile and stone.
Topics include estimating materials and the cost of materials. Upon completion, students will be able to estimate with a
good deal of accuracy and read more complex blueprints. Prerequisite: MAS 1I08A
MAS·1l0SC Fund of Masonry I
2
o
6
4
This course is a continuation of MAS lI08B and provides more hands-on experience and in-depth estimation
of materials, cost, and labor. Topics include labor and materia\ costs. Upon completion, students will be able to esti
mate materials, cost, and labor and will have attained speed and accuracy in laying masonry units. Prerequisite: MAS
1I08B
MAS-I108X Fund of Masonry I
6
o
12
10
This course introduces students to the layout and construction of footings and walls. Topics include brick and
concrete footings, various types of walls, and bonding. Upon completion, the students will be knowledgeable in the
construction of masonry footings and walls. Prerequisites: None; Corequisite: MAS l108Y
o
MAS·110SY MAS-110S Lab
o
6
2
This course provides hands-on application of the procedures and techniques introduced in MAS l108X.
Emphasis is placed on footing and masonry wall construction. Upon completion, the students will have the skills neces
sary to layout and construct footings and wa\ls. Prerequisites: None; Corequisite: MAS 1 108X
MAS·1109A Fund of Masonry II
2
o
6
4
This course is designed to include a variety of masonry techniques. Topics include grading and forming. Upon
completion, students will be able to demonstrate the basics of laying out building lines and digging footings.
Prerequisite: None
MAS·1109B Fund of Masonry II
2
o
6
4
This course is a continuation of MAS II09A and includes fundamenta\s of masonry. Topics include mixing
by proportions and stepped footing. Upon completion, students will be able to lay brick and block under more difficult
circumstances than previously covered. Prerequisite: MAS II09A
232
�2
MAS-1109C Fund of Masonry II
o
6
4
This course is a continuation of MAS II09B and is designed to employ the techniques and fundamentals of
the entire course. Topics include the curing of concrete. Upon completion, students will be able to compete for jobs by
demonstrating skill in various techniques and much improvement in speed and accuracy. Prerequisite: MAS II09B
6
MAS-1109X Fund of Masonry II
o
12
to
This course is designed to include all the fundamentals and techniques used in masonry construction.
Emphasis is placed on columns, concrete masonry, and fireplaces. Upon completion, students will be knowledgeable in
the fundamentals and techniques used in masonry construction. Prerequisite: MAS 1108; Corequisite: MAS 1109Y
o
MAS-1109Y MAS-1109 Lab
o
6
2
This course provides hands on application of the procedures and techniques introduced in MAS ll09X.
Emphasis is placed on columns, concrete, and frreplaces. Upon completion, the students will have the skills necessary
to construct columns and fireplaces and to pour concrete. Prerequisite: None; Corequisite: MAS II09X
MAS-I110
3
Masonry Estimating
o
o
3
This course introduces the procedures for estimating costs of materials and labor in connection with masonry
projects. Emphasis is placed on the total quantities of materials and labor needed to construct a building or other
masonry project. Upon completion, students will be able to perform a quantity take-off from blueprints and determine
the cost of constructing the project. Prerequisite: None
MAS-I 113
4
Masonry Regulations
o
o
4
This course covers building codes and the minimum requirements for local and state masonry construction
regulations. Emphasis is placed on the minimum requirements of the North Carolina Building Codes relating to resi
dential structures. Upon completion. students will be able to determine if the masonry portion of a residential structure
is in compliance with the North Carolina Building Codes. Prerequisite: None
MAT-110t
3
General Math
2
o
4
This course is designed to develop basic mathematical concepts and principles. Topics include whole num
bers, fractions, decimal fractions. percents, and English and metric measurement systems. Upon completion, students
will be able to solve practical problems in their specific area of study. Prerequisites: None
MAT-1102
3
Algebra
2
o
4
This course introduces basic algebraic concepts and develops basic algebraic skills. Topics include signed
numbers, solving equations, exponents, roots, radicals, formula evaluation, and graphing. Upon completion, students
will be able to apply these algebraic concepts to solve practical problems and employ them in subsequent math or sci
ence courses. Prerequisite: MAT 1101 or equiv.
MAT-U03
Geometry
3
o
o
3
This course provides an introduction to basic concepts in elementary geometry. Emphasis is placed on angles
and their measures, triangles, areas, and perimeters of polygons, circles, geometric solids and geometric constructions.
Upon completion, students will be able to apply their knowledge of these principles to their specific areas of study.
Prerequisite: MAT 1101 or equiv.
233
�MAT-ll04
Trigonometry
3
2
o
4
This course provides an introduction to the trigonometric concepts which relate to mechanical drafting and
shop problems. Topics include fundamental concepts of triangles, right triangle trigonometry, trigonometric functions
for any angle, and the solution of oblique triangles. Upon completion, students will be able to employ their knowledge
of right and oblique triangles in the solution of practical problems. Prerequisite: MAT 1102
MAT -1105
Math for Nurses
2
2
o
3
This course provides the practical nursing student with a review of fundamental mathematical concepts, with
applications to nursing procedures. Topics include whole numbers, fractions, decimals, percents, proportions, systems
of measurement, oral and injectable medications, and pediatric dosages. Upon completion, students will be able to use
basic mathematical concepts in the calculations for various types of adult and pediatric medications. Prerequisites:
None
MAT-Ill
5
Basic Mathematics
o
o
5
This course provides a rapid review of concepts in arithmetic, systems of measurements, elementary algebra,
and basic statistics. Topics include whole numbers, fractions, decimals, ratios, proportions, percents, English and met
ric measurement, signed numbers. linear equations, and statistical graphs. Upon completion, students will be able to
employ their knowledge of these topics in the solution of practical problems in their specific areas of study.
Prerequisites: None
MAT-1l16
Math for Plumbers
3
2
o
4
This course provides skills necessary for the layout, measurement, and computation of pipe lengths, volumes,
pressures, and capacities of water tanks and pipes. Topics include basic arithmetic, linear equations, linear measure
ment using angles to compute offset, diagonal, rise or run, percent, areas, and volumes. Upon completion, students will
be able to apply skills learned to solve practical problems in the plumbing trade. Prerequisites: None
MAT-I12
5
Algebra I
o
o
5
This course is designed to provide the student with fundamental concepts of algebra and trigonometry. Topics
include basic operations of algebra, linear equations and inequalities, exponents, polynomials, and right triangles. Upon
completion, students will be able to apply their knowledge of algebra and trigonometry to solve practical problems.
Prerequisite: MAT III or MAT 94 or equiv.
MAT-113
5
Algebra II
o
o
5
This course is a continuation of MAT 112 with additional study of algebraic techniques. Emphasis is placed
on factoring, algebraic fractions, graphing and solving linear systems, roots, radicals, and quadratic equations. Upon
completion, students will be able to apply their knowledge of algebra to solve practical problems. Prerequisite:
MAT 112
MAT-1l4
5
Algebra & Trigonometry I
o
o
5
This course is designed to develop the elementary algebraic and trigonometric skills necessary for the solution
of practical problems. Topics include the four basic operations with algebraic expressions, functions, trigonometry,
j-operator, exponents, and vectors. Upon completion, students will be able to interpret and employ trigonometric
concepts and use algebraic skills in solving practical problems. Prerequisites: MAT 95, 96, and 97 or MAT 112, 113
orequiv.
234
�MAT·115
Algebra & Trigonometry II
5
o
o
5
This course, a continuation of MAT 114, develops skills in solving equations and inequalities and in graphing
techniques with algebraic and transcendental functions. Topics include systems of equations, logarithmic and exponen
tial functions, graphs of trigonometric functions, higher degree equations, inequalities, variation, and progressions.
Upon completion, students will be able to solve higher degree equations and inequalities and use graphic techniques on
exponential, logarithmic, and trigonometric functions. Prerequisite: MAT 114
MAT-116
5
Basic Calculus I
o
o
5
This course, a continuation of MAT 115, develops skills in using trigonometric identities, solving trigonomet
ric equations, analyzing functions, and differentiating algebraic functions. Emphasis is placed on trigonometric identi
ties, solving trigonometric equations, analytic geometry, limits. differentiation, and applications of the derivative. Upon
completion. students will be able to solve trigonometric equations, analyze functions. and apply differentiation to prac
tical problems. Prerequisite: MAT 115
MAT-117
3
Basic Calculus II
o
o
3
This course is a continuation of MAT 116 and develops skills in using the techniques of differentiation and
integration. Topics include integration and differentiation of logarithmic. trigonometric. inverse trigonometric, expo
nential, and algebraic functions. Upon completion, students will be able to solve practical problems using the tech
niques of differentiation and integration. Prerequisite: MAT 116
MAT-ISO
S
Geometry
o
o
S
This course introduces fundamental concepts of geometry and trigonometry that are necessary for solving
problems related to the Machining Technology program. Emphasis is placed on using geometric and trigonometric con
cepts to solve related problems. Upon completion, students will be able to apply geometric and trigonometric concepts
to machine shop problems. Prerequisite: MAT 113
MAT-lSI
Trigonometry I
S
o
o
5
This course reviews geometric concepts and extends trigonometric concepts to include oblique triangles with
application to practical shop problems. Topics include geometric propositions and trigonometry of right and oblique tri
angles (the sines and cosines laws). Upon completion, students will be able to apply both geometric and trigonometric
concepts in the solution of problems encountered in the machine shop. Prerequisite: MAT 150
MAT·1S2
5
Trigonometry II
o
o
S
This course covers the fundamental concepts of solid (three dimensional) geometry and includes the solution
of compound angles. Emphasis is placed on use of plane trigonometry and solid geometry to solve compound angles
from pictorial and orthographic drawings. Upon completion, students will be able to solve compound angle problems
pertaining to the tool and die shop. Prerequisite: MAT 151
MAT·160
S
Euclidean Geometry
o
o
S
This course provides an axiomate development of Euclidean Geometry with an emphasis on deductive and
inductive mathematical reasoning. Topics include points, lines, planes, angles, triangles, polygons, quadrilaterals, cir
cles, spheres, surfaces, solids, congruence, similarity, locus relationships. ratio and proportion. Upon completion, stu
dents will be able to solve problems involving geometry in sequential mathematics, science, and engineering courses.
Prerequisites: MAT 95 and MAT 96 or equivalent.
235
�MAT·162
5
College Mathematics
o
o
5
This course provides the student with a survey of mathematical topics applicable to a liberal arts education.
Emphasis is placed on sets, logic, the metric system, consumer mathematics, probability, and statistics. Upon comple
tion, students will be able to employ their knowledge of these topics to specific areas in their curricula. Prerequisites:
MAT 95 and MAT 96 or equiv.
MAT·163
5
College Algebra
o
o
5
This course provides a conceptual approach to the principles of algebra while concurrently strengthening the
student's manipUlative skills in algebra. Topics include the basic concepts of algebra: equations, inequalities. absolute
value, and functions (linear, polynomial, rational, and inverse). Upon completion. students will be able to work effec
tively with functions and equations and apply this knowledge to further mathematical studies. Prerequisites: MAT 95
and MAT 96 or equiv.
MAT·167
5
Concepts of Math I
o
o
5
This course is designed to provide the student with the concepts that are fundamental in elementary school
teacher training. Topics include problem solving, logic. sets, numeration systems. number theory, rational numbers.
real numbers, computer literacy and logo. Upon completion, students will be able to apply their knowledge of these
topics to teaching mathematics in the elementary school. Prerequisites: MAT 163 or equivalent.
MAT·I68
5
Concepts of Math II
o
o
5
This course is a continuation of MAT 167 and will emphasize geometrical concepts, critical thinking and
problem solving. Topics include plane geometry, three-dimensional geometry. coordinate geometry, probability and
statistics. Upon completion, students will be able to apply their knowledge of these topics to teaching mathematics in
the elementary school. Prerequisites: MAT 167 or equivalent
MAT·170
5
Logic
o
o
5
This course examines deductive and inductive reasoning with emphasis on Aristotelian and symbolic logic and
common fallacies in the use of language. Topics include symbolic analysis, including the use of truth tables and validity
indicators of categorical, hypothetical, conjunctive, and disjunction syllogisms. Upon completion, students will be able
to use deductive and inductive methods into their reasoning process. Prerequisites: MAT 95 and 96 or equivalent.
MAT·ln
5
Finite Mathematics
o
o
5
This course introduces a number of important mathematical concepts to students in a variety of disciplines.
Topics include set theory. matrices, linear programming, probability, statistics. and the mathematics of fmance. Upon
completion, students will be able to better understand the use of quantitative mathematical concepts in their areas of
study. Prerequisite: MAT 163
MAT·175
5
Elements of Calculus
o
o
5
This course introduces the student to concepts of differentiation. integration. and their applications to solving
mathematical problems. Topics include functions, graphing, differentiation, integration, and their applications in prob
lem solving. Upon completion, students will be able to apply graphing techniques, differentiation, and integration in
solving practical problems. Prerequisites: MAT 163.
236
�MAT·1SO
5
Statistics I
o
o
5
This course provides an introduction to descriptive statistics and inferential statistics, with emphasis on para
metric methods based on a single population. Topics include descriptive statistics, basics of probability, probability dis
tributions, normal distributions, hypotheses testing, and estimates and sample sizes. Upon completion, students will be
able to describe important characteristics of a set of data and draw inferences about a population from sample data.
Prerequisites: MAT 163 or equivalent
MAT-181
5
Statistics II
o
o
5
This course is a continuation of MAT 180, with emphasis placed on parametric methods involving more than
one population, and on nonparametric methods. Topics include tests comparing two parameters, correlation and regres
sion, chi-square and analysis of variance, and nonparametric statistics. Upon completion, students will be able to test
hypotheses based on more than one population and employ nonparametric methods of inferential statistics.
Prerequisites: MAT 180.
MAT·185
Pre-Calculus 1
5
o
o
5
This course is designed to emphasize those topics in college algebra which are fundamental to the study of
calculus. Topics include review of basic concepts; equations and ineqUalities in one variable; functions; systems of
equations and inequalities. Upon completion, students will be able to apply their knowledge of college algebra to the
study of calculus. Prerequisites: MAT 163 or equiv.
MAT·186
Pre-Calculus II
5
o
o
5
This course, a continuation of MAT 185, is designed to emphasize topics in trigonometry, analytic geometry
and other areas fundamental to the study of calculus. Topics include exponential and logarithmic functions; right and
oblique triangles; trigonometric identities and equations; conic sections; vectors; Binomial Theorem. Upon completion,
students will be able to apply their knowledge of trigonometry, logarithms and conic sections to the study of calculus.
Prerequisite: MAT 185
MAT-190
Calculus I
5
o
o
5
This course introduces basic concepts necessary to provide a comprehensive treatment of limits and an intro
duction to derivatives and integrals. Topics include Cartesian plane and functions, limits and continuity, the derivative
and its applications, and the integral. Upon completion, students will be able to apply differentiation and basic integra
tion techniques to algebraic functions of one variable. Prerequisite: MAT 186 or equiv.
MAT-261
Linear Algebra
5
o
o
5
This course introduces students to topics relating to the solution of systems of equations with several
unknowns. Topics include systems of equations, matrices, determinants, vector spaces, linear transformations, eigen
values, and orthogonality. Upon completion, students will be able to solve systems of equations and perform various
vector space calculations including dot products, determinants, eigenvalues and linear transformations. Prerequisites:
MAT 190.
MAT·271
Calculus II
5
o
o
5
This course is a continuation of MAT 190 with emphasis on applications of integration and differentiation and
integration of transcendental functions. Topics include applications of integration, differentiation and integration of
transcendental functions, and techniques of integration. Upon completion, students will be able to solve application
problems using integration techniques and apply differentiation and integration to problems involving transcendental
functions. Prerequisite: MAT 190 or equiv.
237
�MAT·272
5
Calculus III
o
o
5
This course is a continuation of MAT 271 with emphasis on infmite series, conic sections, plane curves, paramet
ric equations, polar coordinates and vectors. Topics include infInite sequences and series, Taylor and MacLaurin poly
nomials, conic sections, parametric equations, the polar coordinate system, and vectors. Upon completion, students will be
able to solve problems using infinite series, parametric equations and vectors. Prerequisites: MAT 271 or equivalent.
MAT·273
5
Calculus IV
o
o
5
This course is a continuation of MAT 272 with emphasis on vectors in space, functions of several variables,
multiple integration, and vector analysis. Topics include vectors, functions of several variables, double and triple inte
grals, change of variables, vector fields, and line integrals. Upon completion, students will be able to solve problems
involving vectors, functions of several variables, and multiple integration. Prerequisites: MAT 272 or equivalent;
Corequisite: MAT 274
MAT·274
s
Differential Equations
o
o
5
This course introduces differential equations of the first and second order, with applications in geometry and
physics. Topics include methods of variable separable, homogeneous equations, variation of parameters, Laplace trans
form, and Inverse transforms. Upon completion, students will be able to solve ordinary differential equations by the
standard methods and apply differential equations in geometry and physics. Corequisite: MAT 273
MAT·91
3
Basic Math I
2
o
4
This course is designed to improve the mathematical background of those students who need to review the
basic operations of arithmetic. Topics include the four basic operations of addition, subtraction, multiplication, and
division of whole numbers, common fractions, and decimal fractions. Upon completion, students will be able to per
form the four basic operations of arithmetic with emphasis on practical application. Prerequisites: None
MAT·92
3
Basic Math II
2
o
4
This course covers the relationships between percent, ratios, and proportions and introduces signed numbers.
Emphasis is placed on ratio, proportion, percent, and operations with signed numbers. Upon completion, students will
be able to solve problems involving percent by using proportion as well as perform the four basic operations with
signed numbers. Prerequisite: MAT 91 or equiv.
MAT·93
3
Basic Math III
2
o
4
This course covers the English and metric systems of measurement, roots and radicals, basic geometry, and
basic algebra. Emphasis is placed on roots and radicals, English and metric measurements, Pythagorean theorem, alge
braic expressions, and linear equations. Upon completion, students will be able to apply their skills to solve practical
problems using basic geometry and elementary algebra. Prerequisite: MAT 92 or equiv.
MAT·94
3
Pre·Algebra
2
o
4
This course provides a rapid review of arithmetic, basic geometry, and elementary algebra. Topics include
basic operations of arithmetic and signed numbers, percent, radicals, metric and English systems, perimeter, area, vol
ume, and right triangle. Upon completion, students will be able to apply arithmetic and basic geometry to solve prob
lems. Prerequisites: None
238
�MAT·95
Algebra I
3
2
o
4
This course introduces basic mathematics concepts and develops the algebraic skills needed in subsequent
courses in either mathematics or science. Emphasis is placed on number systems, solving equations and inequalities,
exponents and polynomials, factoring, and applications. Upon completion, students will be able to use the algebraic
skills acquired to solve problems as well as continue to subsequent mathematics or science courses. Prerequisite: MAT
940requiv.
MAT·96
Algebrall
3
2
o
4
This course is a continuation of MAT 95, covering more advanced topics in algebra. Emphasis is placed on
rational expressions, graphing, linear systems, roots and radicals, and quadratic equations. Upon completion, students
will be able to use the algebraic skills acquired to permit them to achieve success in college level or technical mathe
matics courses. Prerequisite: MAT 95 or equiv. Algebra I course
MAT-97
Algebra m I Trig
3
2
o
4
This course provides a comprehensive review of basic algebra and covers the trigonometric concepts pertain
ing to right triangles, oblique triangles, and vectors. Topics include basic numeric and algebraic concepts, ratio, propor
tion, variation, right triangle trigonometry, graphing, trigonometric functions, oblique triangles, and vectors. Upon
completion, students will be able to graph functions, solve both right and oblique triangles, and apply algebraic and
trigonometric concepts in solving technical problems. Prerequisites: MAT 95 and 96 or two years of algebra
MAT·98
3
Math of Dosages/Solutions
2
o
4
This course provides the pre-ADN student with a review of mathematical topics and a discussion of calcula
tion of dosages and solutions. Topics include fractions, decimals, percents, proportions, systems of measurement, oral
and injectable medications, intravenous medications, and pediatric dosages. Upon completion, students will be able to
employ mathematical concepts in the calculation of dosages for various types of adult and pediatric medications.
Prerequisite: Instructor approval
MEC·l00
3
Industrial Specifications
o
o
3
This course is designed to acquaint the student with industrial specifications on nuts, bolts, steel, gears, dow
els, and other tools for machines and equipment. Emphasis is placed on studying machine tool and hand tool specifica
tions, job sheets, and procedure sheets along with specification sheets. Upon completion, students will be able to use
the specification charts and the machinist handbook. Prerequisite: None
MEC.I0~X
Theory & Practice I
3
o
o
3
This course introduces machine shop technology. Emphasis is placed on identification and basic fundamentals
of tools and machinery in a machine shop. Upon completion, students will be able to understand procedures and safety
of using hand tools, inspection equipment, and grinders. Prerequisites: None; Corequisite: MEC 101 Y
MEC-I0IY
o
MEC·I0l Lab
o
12
4
This course provides practical hands-on use of the machine shop equipment. Emphasis is placed on proper use
of the tools, inspection equipment, and grinders. Upon completion, students will be able to use the tools, inspection
equipment, and grinders in a machine shop. Prerequisites: None; Corequisite: MEC 101X
239
�MEC·102X
Theory & Practice II
3
6
6
3
This course introduces lathe and lathe accessories used in machine shop operations. Emphasis is placed on
operation of the lathe and lathe accessories. Upon completion, students will be able to explain the purpose and opera·
tion of the lathe. Prerequisite: MEC 101; Corequisite: MEC 102Y
MEC·162Y
6
MEC·162 Lab
2
6
3
This course provides hands-on experience with the lathe, band saw, and drill press. Emphasis is placed on
practicing the operation of the lathe, band saw, and drill press. Upon completion, students will be able to operate the
lathe, band saw, and drill press safely. Prerequisite: MEC 101; Corequisite: MEC 102X
MEC-163X
Theory & Practice III
3
6
6
3
This course introduces the mill machine and its attachments. Emphasis is placed on proper operation of mill
machines. Upon completion, students will be able to explain the uses of the mill machine and its attachments.
Prerequisite: MEC 102; Corequisite: MEC 103Y
MEC·163Y
MEC-163 Lab
6
2
6
3
This course provides hands-on experiences in operating the mill machine and its attachments. Emphasis is
placed on using the different functions of the mill machine and its attachments. Upon completion, students will be able
to safely operate the mill machine and its attachments. Prerequisite: MEC 102; Corequisite: MEC 103X
MEC-l64X
Theory & Practice IV
3
6
6
3
This course provides more emphasis on the use of machine shop equipment. Emphasis is placed on set-up and
machining of different metals and shapes. Upon completion, students will be able to explain the operation and tooling
for machine shop equipment. Prerequisite: MEC 103; Corequisite: MEC 100Y
MEC·l64Y
MEC-l64 Lab
6
6
9
3
This course provides hands-on experience operating all machinery in the machine shop. Emphasis is placed on
each machine. Upon completion, students will be able to operate with more understanding of machines and metal
shapes. Prerequisite: MEC 103; Corequisite: MEC 100X
MEC-165
Physical Metallurgy
3
2
6
4
This course is designed to acquaint the student with the equipment used in heat treating of ferrous and nonfer
rous metals. Emphasis is placed on the effects of hardening, tempering, and annealing upon the structure and physical
properties of metals. Upon completion, students will be able to use equipment for heat treatment and will know what
quench medium to use with different types of steels. Prerequisite: MEC 103
MEC-l66
Precision Machines
1
4
9
6
This course is designed to assist students in machining parts in close tolerances and to help them understand
the importance of these processes to industry. Emphasis is placed on close tolerances, surface finish, and proficiency
using precision measuring and gauging instruments. Upon completion, students will be able to machine parts to very
close tolerances. Prerequisite: MEC 104
240
�MEC·ll04
3
Structure of Metals
2
o
4
This course covers the identification of metal structures, markings, manufacturing and classification, proper
ties, and specifications derived from manuals and charts. Topics include processing metals through controlled experi
ments by preparation and hands-on work performed by the student in the lab. Upon completion, students will be able to
identify specific metals through lab and microscopic processing and determine properties of metal through lab tech
niques. Prerequisites: None
MEC-ll08
Industrial Materials
1
o
3
2
This course includes a study of modem industrial materials with emphasis on their physical properties and
applications. Emphasis is placed on methods by which materials are produced and processed; testing data is analyzed
and recorded on diagrams. Upon completion, students will be able to use manuals, select certain qualities, and do basic
materials testing. Prerequisite: PRY 1101
MEC-I110
Machine Processes I
1
o
3
2
This course introduces the basic equipment used in a machine shop. Emphasis is placed on understanding the
uses of the equipment and attachments. Upon completion, students will be able to understand the uses of the various
equipment in a machine shop. Prerequisites: None
MEC·llll
Intro to Mfg Processes
3
o
o
3
This course covers manufacturing methods and processes, including textbook material and shop demonstra·
tions. Topics include various manufacturing processes not previously covered presented by text, films, and field trips.
Upon completion, students will be able to explain the broad capabilities of the most important manufacturing processes.
Prerequisite: MEC lllO or equiv.
MEC·1112
Machine Shop Processes
1
o
6
3
This course introduces the basic equipment in a machine shop. Emphasis is placed on understanding the uses
of machine shop equipment and attachments. Upon completion, students will be able to use the various machines in a
machine shop. Prerequisites: None
MEC·1136
Mech.lnd. Sys.
2
o
6
4
This course is a study of mechanical components used in industrial machine operations. Emphasis is placed on
drives, mechanical belts, gears, couplings, and clutching systems. Upon completion, students will be able to understand
and maintain this equipment. Prerequisite: None
MEC·1152
Gauges & Special Tools
1
o
6
3
This course includes an overview of precision gauges and special tools and their application to production.
Topics include the making of slide tools, form tools, fly cutters, and grinding fixtures. Upon completion, students will
be able to apply these skills to industrial situations for production machining. Prerequisite: None
MEC·1153
Tool Making
2
2
6
5
This course is a continuation of MEC 1152 with advanced instructions in form dressing procedures, surface
finishes, precision tolerances, and general tool making. Topics include complicated jigs and fixtures, safety, magnifica
tion and amplification of error. Upon completion, students will be able to demonstrate proficient use of these devices in
challenging situations. Prerequisite: MEC 1152
241
�MEC-1154
2
Die Making I
o
6
4
This course introduces students to the principles of dies and metal stamping and the terminology common to
the trade. Topics include accuracy, surface finish, importance of clearances, radiuses, and the press cycle. Upon com
pletion, students will be able to design a simple progressive blanking and piercing die. Prerequisite: Machine Shop
MEC-1155
2
Die Making II
o
9
5
This course is a continuation of MEC 1154 and covers the development of correct working habits and close
tolerance machining. Topics include insufficient and excessive cutting clearances, bending stresses, stripping forces,
bend allowance curves, and angular clearances. Upon completion, students will be able to demonstrate techniques used
by diemakers in industrial situations. Prerequisite: MEC 1154
MEC-1156
2
Die Making III
o
6
4
This course is a continuation of MEC 1155 involving advanced theory and design of progressive dies. Topics
include pilot locations, grinding operations, blank development, and set-up of a three or more stage progressive die.
Upon completion, students will be able to discuss, design, machine, and assemble a multiple station progressive die.
Prerequisite: MEC 1155
2
MEC-1198X Automotive Machine Shop
o
o
2
This course is provided to familiarize the student with cylinder block boring equipment, cylinder head surfac
ing, valve reconditioning, and piston pin servicing equipment. Emphasis is placed on proper use of equipment and
maintaining close tolerances to specifications during repair work to automotive engine parts. Upon completion, stu
dents will be able to use properly and safely automotive engine reconditioning equipment. Prerequisites: None;
Corequisite: MEC 1198Y
o
MEC-1198Y MEC·1198 Lab
o
6
2
This course is the shop application of the 1198X course. Emphasis is placed on the operation of lathes, boring
bar, cylinder head resurfacing equipment, valve guide and seat equipment, and piston pin fitting. Upon completion, stu
dents will be able to use safely and correctly the automotive machine equipment. Prerequisites: None; Corequisite:
MEC 1198X
MEC-1290
EDM Machining I
2
2
3
4
This course provides an introduction to the basic EDM machine tool types, set up, operation and uses.
Emphasis is placed on the proper settings for VOltages, amperages, frequency, and selection of electrode materials.
Upon completion, students will be able to explain proper settings and discuss situations applicable to EDM machining.
Prerequisites: None
MEC·1291
2
EDM Machining II
2
o
3
This course, a continuation of MEC 1290, is designed to further acquaint the student by actual applications of
both conventional and wire EDM machines. Emphasis is placed on MDI programming and different set-ups as applied
to both machines. Upon completion, students will be able to set power settings, program a part, set-up the machines and
produce the final product. Prerequisites: MEC 1290
242
�MEC·201X
3
Numerical Cnlrl in Mfg I
o
o
3
This course introduces the student to basic programming of the ANILAN GXM on a standard milling machine
an the Compac 5 CNC Lathe. Emphasis is placed on using codes to complete a simple part program. Upon completion
students will be able to use codes and follow a simple part boundary. Prerequisites: MAT 150, MEC 104; Corequisite:
MEC20lY
MEC·201Y
o
MEC·201 Lab
o
3
1
This course provides practical experience in programming the ANILAN GXM on a standard milling machine
and the Compac 5 CNC Lathe. Emphasis is placed on the set-up and operation of control units. Upon completion, stu
dents will be able to set-up and operate the control unit for simple parts. Prerequisite: MAT ISO, MEC 104;
Corequisite: MEC 20lX
MEC·202X
Numerical CnlrJ in Mfg II
2
o
o
2
This course is designed to further acquaint the student with CNC controls including operating the (Fanuc) 3TC
controller and the ANILAN GXM control unit. Emphasis is placed on complex part programs and machine set-up.
Upon completion, students will be able to set-up equipment and run part programs. Prerequisite: MEC 201, MAT 150;
Corequisite: MEC 202Y
MEC·202Y
o
MEC·202 Lab
4
6
4
This course is designed to further acquaint the student with CNC controls like the (Fanuc) 3TC controller and
the ANILAM GXM control unit. Emphasis is placed on the Cartesian coordinates, keyboard, modes of operation,
address codes, programming, and operation. Upon completion, students will be able to do complex part programming
and run the machine. Prerequisites: MEC 201, MAT 150; Corequisite: MEC 202X
MEC·203X
Numerical Ctrl in Mfg III
2
o
o
2
This course is a continuation of MEC 202X and includes further development on CNC Controls and doing
complex part programs with the use of personal computers. Emphasis is placed on doing complex part programs and
showing how personal computers are interfaced with equipment. Upon completion, students will be able to complete a
program on a computer and download it to the machine. Prerequisites: MAT 151, MEC 202X, MEC 202Y, MEC 211;
Corequisite: MEC 203Y
MEC·203Y
o
MEC·203 Lab
o
15
5
This course is a continuation of MEC 202Y and includes further development of CNC Controls and doing
complex parts program with the use of personal computers. Emphasis is placed on execution of these CNC programs
and the ones developed with the use of a computer. Upon completion, students will be able to run these programs on
the machine, do set-up and download from a personal computer. Prerequisites: MAT 151, MEC 202X, MEC 202Y,
MEC 211; Corequisite: MEC 203X
MEC·211
Basic CAD/CAM
1
4
3
4
This course introduces the student to the basics of Computer Aided Drafting and Computer Aided
Manufacturing. It includes the study of computer graphics, the components and operation of computers, the methods of
program execution, and how to develop a CNC program. Upon completion, the student will be able to construct a
working drawing and produce a CNC Program. Prerequisite: MEC 201; Corequisite: MAT 151
243
�MEC-212
1
Advanced CAD/CAM
2
12
6
This course is a continuation of MEC 203 and MEC 211 and includes further development of CAD/CAM as it
is used in the machine shop by doing more difficult part programming. Topics include Master CAM and CNC pro
grams for machine tool and setting up machine for different parts. Upon completion, students will be able to draw and
design a complex part and develop a useable program. Prerequisites: MEC 203X, MEC 203Y, MEC 211; Corequisite:
MEC213
MEC-213
1
CAD/CAM Applications
4
o
3
This course provides the student with the opportunity to apply theory principles of CAD/CAM and CNC, as it
is used in industry. Topics include how Master Cam is used to produce CNC programs and how to set-up the machine
for different parts. Upon completion, students will be able to use Master Cam and set-up and run the CNC equipment.
Prerequisite: MEC 212
MED·US
3
Medical Terminology & Voc
o
o
3
This course introduces the basic tools for building a medical vocabulary and mastering the identification of
anatomical words and components. Topics include the anatomy, vocabulary related terminology, and pathology of the
musculoskeletal, respiratory, cardiovascular, and nervous systems. Upon completion, students will be able to recognize,
identify, and defme medical words through structural analysis and utilize medical terminology in written and verbal
communication. Prerequisites: None
MKT·Ul
3
Consumer Behavior
o
o
3
This course presents insights into consumer behavior developed from other disciplines and offers practical
application of these concepts to marketing situations. Emphasis is placed on expanding the ideas presented in MKT 139
concerning consumer demographics and lifestyles. Upon completion, students will be able to apply the basics of con
sumer behavior to the marketing plan for a specific product or service. Prerequisite: MKT 139
MKT·121
Retailing
S
o
o
S
This course is an introduction to retailing as a part of the business community. Topics include retail structure,
functions performed, principles governing operational and managerial problems, and retail entrepreneurship leading to
effective decision making. Upon completion, students will be able to apply their understanding of retail importance in
business, consumer buying motives, organization, functions, opportunities, and problems facing retailers. Prerequisites:
None
.
MKT·123
3
Promotion
o
o
3
This course is an overview of the diverse fields of advertising, personal selling, sales promotion, and pUblicity.
Topics include product, service, and idea promotion from the conceptual, managerial, and creative approaches. Upon
completion, students will be able to manage processes, opportunities, and problems in the public relations field.
Prerequisites: None
MKT·139
S
Marketing
o
o
S
This course is a study of the functions of management as applied to the field of marketing. Topics include the
marketing concept, its impact on business, and key concepts of consumerism, research, product, price, promotion, and
distribution. Upon completion, students will be able to integrate marketing concepts, techniques, and strategies into a
business situation. Prerequisites: None
244
�MKT-141
5
Advertising Principles
o
o
5
This course is concerned with giving an overview of advertising from the marketing viewpoint; tenninology,
types of advertising, management, and planning of advertising are studied. Emphasis is placed on the basic steps in
selecting an overall media plan for implementing the marketing strategy for a company. Upon completion, students will
be able to make advertising decisions concerning choice of media, advertising content, and creation for a product, ser
vice or idea. Prerequisites: None
MKT-210
3
Credit Procedures
o
o
3
This course provides the individual consumer and business with an understanding of what credit is, what it
does, and what it can and cannot do. Emphasis is placed on the credit decision, limit setting, and collection policies of
consumers and commercial credit institutions. Upon completion, students will be able to exhibit a basic knowledge of
credit procedures and practices used today by business, industry, and government. Prerequisites: None
MKT-220
2
Advanced Marketing
2
o
3
This course includes explanation of the role marketing plays in the economy and the way marketing is planned
and managed in companies. Topics include the strategic planning process, the marketing environment as it relates to
consumer and organizational buyers, the principles and tools for measuring and forecasting demand, marketing man
agement systems, international marketing and case studies. Upon completion, student~ will be able to develop market
ing strategies, successfully develop marketing plans, and understand how they relate to company goals and forecasts.
Prerequisite: MKT 139
MKT-222
2
Market Research
2
o
3
This course provides infonnation for decision making by providing guidance in developing, analyzing, and
using data. Emphasis is placed on marketing research as a tool in decision making and providing experience for mar
keters in real situations. Upon completion, students will be able to conduct a marketing research project and interpret
the results. Prerequisite: MKT 139
MKT-224
2
Salesmanship
o
3
3
This course is designed to emphasize the necessity of selling skills in a modem business career. Emphasis is
placed on industrial selling, legal aspects of selling, and the techniques involved in various types of sales situations.
The selling process is given a thorough step-by-step treatment in order to expose the student to vital concepts that they
must be acquainted with. Prerequisites: None
MKT-225
3
Techniques in Selling
o
o
3
This course is an overview of selling from its introduction, through the selling process, to the management of
a territory. Topics include selling roles in business and the economy, types of selling, selling skills, and effective sales
management. Upon completion, students will recognize and follow the selling process and evaluate its results.
Prerequisites: None
MKT-226
3
Public Relations
o
o
3
This course is an overview of the range and breadth of public relations. Topics include the basic principles
that guide public relations activities as applied to business, services, institutions, and associations. Upon completion,
students will be able to perfonn the writing. editing. and researching activities of the public relations profession.
Prerequisites: None
245
�MKT-230
3
Marketing Leadership
o
o
3
This course is designed to help students develop leadership skills for business. Topics include self-evaluation,
career planning, communications, assertiveness, image building, motivation, decision making, problem solving, and
stress and time management. Upon completion, students will be able to communicate more effectively and lead a busi
ness in a more effective manner. Prerequisites: None
MKT-233
Fashion in Retailing
2
2
o
3
This course introduces the fashion industry as it relates to retailers. Topics include the history and movement
of fashion, impact on the business world. industry structure, and elements of fashion. Upon completion, students will be
able to demonstrate skills in recognizing and forecasting fashion to fulfill job requirements for entry level positions.
Prerequisites: None
MKT-23S
3
Services Marketing
o
o
3
This course is designed to define services marketing. demonstrate its importance. note its special characteris
tics and relate the marketing concept to services marketing. Emphasis is placed on the basic building blocks of services
marketing. distinctive aspects of services and application of the services marketing mix. Upon completion, students will
be able to explain the difference between goods and services marketing and apply the marketing mix variables to ser
vices marketing. Prerequisite: MKT -139.
MKT-238
2
Commercial Display
4
o
4
This course explores visual merchandising as a tool for increasing the return on promotional investments of a
business. Topics include history and changes in techniques, elements of design, and the development of skills in pres
entation. Upon completion, students will be able to plan and build displays according to the elements of design and
evaluate display effectiveness. Prerequisites: None
MKT-244
3
Physical Distribution
o
o
3
This course deals with the coordination of the physical movement aspects of an organizations' operations so
that a flow of raw materials. parts. and fmished goods is achieved in such a way that cost is minimized for the level of
service desired. Topics include transport, inventory control, warehouse management, order processing. packaging,
material handling. location analysis and international distribution. Upon completion, students will understand the com
ponent of physical distribution as a part of a business logistics system. Prerequisites: None
MKT-248
3
Special Marketing
o
o
3
This course is designed to introduce and develop an understanding of current marketing trends. Emphasis is
placed on direct marketing. non- profit marketing and services marketing. Upon completion, students will be able to
recognize specific marketing problems and identify the players in each of these market segments. Prerequisite:
MKT 139
MUS-lSI
S
Music Appreciation
o
o
S
This course is designed to further the development of knowledge. understanding. and appreciation for all
mediums of music. Emphasis is placed on historical development. forms and styles, and correct listening; analysis is
conducted through lectures. reports. projects. and listening. Upon completion, students will be able to appreciate all
mediums of music and their styles through listening. Prerequisites: None
246
�MUS·152
5
Music Fundamentals
o
o
5
This course was designed as a course in Music Fundamentals for the classroom teacher in elementary school.
Topics include music notation, music reading, and primary keyboarding skills. An emphasis is also placed on methods
and experiences. Upon completion, students will be able to fully understand the teaching of music to elementary school
children. Prerequisites: None
MUS·153
5
Music History I
o
o
5
This course is a sUlVey of the development of music from antiquity through the Seventeenth century. Topics
include music in Western civilization from the chant of the early church to the poly phonic art of the 16th century.
Upon completion, students will be able to recognize early music patterns, ego Gregorian Chant, chamber music and
renaissance music. Prerequisites: MUS 151.
MUS·154
5
Music History II
o
o
5
This course is designed for the development of music from the Baroque era in the early 18th century to the
present day. Topics include stress of performance practices, major composers of Baroque and the rococo, the Viennese
classical school and romanticism. Upon completion, students will be able to identify all the classical music and com
posers of the era along with 20th century concert music. Prerequisites: MUS 153
MUS·155
5
Basic Musicianship
o
o
5
This course is a study of the rudimentary aspects of music, which may be of great benefit to elementary school
teachers. Topics include the major and minor scales, intelVals, and simple chords, and rhythmic drills. Upon completion,
students will be able to understand most basic music programs as applied to early childhood study. Prerequisites: None
MUS·156
5
Keyboarding Literature
o
o
5
This course is a study of keyboard pieces from various musical eras. Correct identification of eras and styles is
important. Topics include most classical music and modern day compositions to include musical structure and type of
instruments used. Upon completion students will be able to be familiar with the different types of music from the key
board in different eras. Prerequisites: None
NUR·lOl
Nursing Child!Adult I
6
4
3
9
This course introduces process threads of the ADN curriculum: life-span functional health patterns, wellness
illness continuum, nursing process and roles of the ADN. Topics include basis concepts of pharmacology, asepsis,
safety, nutrition, ethical-legal aspects and pathophysiology. Upon completion students will be able to apply select com·
ponents of the nursing process to the care of the assigned clients. Prerequisites: None
NUR·I02
6
Nursing ChUdiAdult II
4
3
9
This course re-emphasizes process threads of the ADN curriculum: life-span functional health patterns, well
ness-illness continuum, nursing process and roles of the ADN. Emphasis is placed on patterns of and alterations in
immunologic, integumentary, and musculoskeletal functioning. Upon completion, students will be able to apply the
nursing process to the care of select clients. Prerequisites: NUR 101, BID 160 X&Y, PSY 101
NUR·I03
6
Nursing Child!Adult III
2
9
10
This course focuses on application of the nursing process in the care of clients of all age levels with alterations
in selected functional health patterns. Emphasis is placed on patterns of and alterations in gastro- intestinal, endocrine,
reproductive functions and neoplasia. Upon completion, students will be able to apply the nursing process to the care of
select clients. Prerequisites: NUR 102, BID 161 X&Y, PSY 252
247
�NUR-I04
Nursing Child/Adult IV
4
o
6
6
This course focuses on application of the nursing process to the care of the childbearing family. Emphasis is
placed on patterns of and alterations in reproductive functioning and role relationships. Upon completion, students will
be able to apply the nursing process to the care ofthe childbearing family. Prerequisites: NUR 103, BI0 162 X&Y
NUR-llOI
5
Nursing Skills I
4
9
10
This course is designed to teach the student principles underlying nursing actions. Topics include hygienic
care of the hospitalized patient, assessment of vital signs, and performance of basic nursing skills. Upon completion,
students will be able to define and apply scientific principles that govern basic nursing actions. Prerequisite: Prior
approval to PNE Program; Corequisites: BIO 160X and Y, ENG 101, and MAT 1105
NUR-ll02
3
Nursing Skills II
4
o
5
This course is a continuation of Nursing Skills I. Topics include principles governing performance of more
complex nursing actions, such as sterile dressing changes, catheterization, and gastric gavage. Upon completion, stu
dents will be able to demonstrate understanding of these principles by providing skilled and safe nursing care to
assigned patients. Prerequisites: NUR 1101, BIO 160X and Y, MAT 1105, ENG WI; Corequisites: NUR 1103; Pre- or
Corequisites: BI0 161X and Y
NUR-ll03
Medical & Surg Nursing I
6
o
12
10
This course deals with the causes, prevention, treatment, and nursing interventions for diseases and disorders
of various body systems. Topics include physiologic and psychologic aspects of patient care and nursing the patient
with general manifestations of illness. Upon completion, students will be able to provide care for patients with a variety
of medical and surgical conditions. Prerequisites: NUR 1102, BIO 16OX, BIO 160Y
NUR-l110
Nursing Transition
3
o
o
3
This course is designed to assist the Licensed Practical Nurse in the transition to the role of the Associate
Degree Nurse. Topics include philosophy and conceptual framework of the ADN Program, the nursing process, and
scope of practice of the RN. Upon completion, students will be able to describe the roles of the ADN: provider and
manager of care and member of the discipline. Prerequisites: BIO 160 - 162X and y, CAS WI, PSY WI, PSY 252,
SOC 101, NLN Mobility Profile I and approval for advanced placement into ADN
NUR-l11l
Maternal- Child Nursing
9
o
12
13
Maternal-child nursing includes concepts related to the care of the child-bearing woman and her family and
provides an introduction to pediatric nursing and basic principles of growth and development. Topics include concep
tion, pregnancy, labor and delivery, the puerperium, care of the newborn, health problems and nursing care of children.
Upon completion, students will be able to provide family-centered maternity care during pregnancy parturition, and
after the birth of the baby as well as apply understanding of growth and development, maturational and childhood
health problems in helping children achieve optimal health status. Prerequisite: NUR 1103; Corequisite: NUR 1112
NUR-l112
Mental Health
3
o
o
3
This course includes the basic mental health concepts applicable to understanding the reactions of self and
others under stress during periods in the lifespan. Topics include personality development, hierarchy of needs, adjust
ment mechanisms, stress and continuum of behavioral reactions to stress, and therapeutic communications. Upon com
pletion, students will be able to apply understanding of the basic concepts necessary to establish a therapeutic
relationship with clients through problem-solving techniques. Prerequisites: NUR 1103; Corequisite: NUR 1111
248
�NUR-1113
7
Medical & Surg Nursing II
2
12
12
This course is a continuation of Medical and Surgical Nursing I. Topics include care of the patient with respi
ratory, circulatory. gastro- intestinal, genito-urinary, endocrine, neurologic, sensory, and orthopedic problems. Upon
completion, students will be able to provide nursing care for patients with problems affecting these systems.
Prerequisite: NUR 1111; Corequisite: NUR 1114; Pre- or Corequisite: CAS WI, SOC 101
NUR-l1l4
Vocational Development
4
o
o
4
This course is a continuation of Vocational Adjustments I and presents the ethical, moral, and legal aspects
inherent in the role of the licensed practical nurse. Topics include the Nursing Practice Act, the practice of nursing by a
licensed practical nurse, licensure by examination, and job applications. Upon completion, students will be able to
obtain employment as a licensed practical nurse, working under the supervision of a registered nurse or licensed physi
cian. Corequisite: NUR lIB, CAS WI, SOC 101
NUR-205
6
Nursing Child/Adult V
2
12
11
This course focuses on application of the nursing process in the care of clients of all age levels with alterations
in selected functional health patterns. Emphasis is placed on patterns of and alterations in mental health functioning.
Upon completion, students will be able to apply the nursing process to the care of select clients. Prerequisite: NUR 104
NUR-206
6
Nursing Child/Adult VI
2
12
11
This course focuses on application of the nursing process in the care of clients of all age levels with alterations
in selected functional health patterns. Emphasis is placed on patterns of and alterations in neurological and neurosen
sory functioning, urinary functioning and male reproductive functioning. Upon completion, students will be able to
apply the nursing process to the care of select clients. Prerequisite: NUR 104
NUR-207
6
Nursing Child/Adult VII
o
15
n
This course focuses on application of the nursing process in the care of clients of all age levels with alterations
in selected functional health patterns. Emphasis is placed on patterns of and alterations in cardiovascular, respiratory,
and multisystem functioning. Upon completion, students will be able to apply the nursing process to the care of select
clients. Prerequisites: NUR 205 and 206
NUR-208
3
Professional Development
o
o
3
This course focuses on the role of the nurse as a manager of care and member of the discipline. Topics include
management of groups of patients, employment expectations and strategies, and contemporary nursing issues. Upon
completion, students will be able to manage the care of a group of clients and supervise the care given by less creden
tialed personnel. Prerequisites: NUR 205 and 206; Corequisite: NUR 207
NUR-3023
2
Nursing Assistant I
2
6
5
This course introduces personal hygiene and basic skills for nursing care of adults. Emphasis is placed on
needs of the elderly; patient's rights; nutrition; elimination; safety; communication; documentation; human body func
tioning; and the role of the nursing assistant. Upon satisfactory completion, the student will be eligible to apply for list
ing as a Nurse Aide I by the North Carolina Board of Nursing. Prerequisites: None
249
�NUR·3024
3
Nursing Assistant II
4
9
8
This course is designed to prepare graduates to perform more complex skills for patients or residents regard
less of setting. Emphasis is placed on infection control; elimination procedures; respiratory procedures; fluid manage
ment; and the role of the Nursing Assistant II. Upon satisfactory completion, the student will be eligible to apply for
listing as a Nurse aide II by the North Carolina Board of Nursing. Prerequisites: NUR 3023 or a Board of Nursing
approved Nursing Assistant I course.
NUR·3025
2
Home Care
2
o
3
This course is designed to prepare students to provide basic health and personal care to patients in the home.
Topics include growth and development; nutrition; medications; safety; home emergencies; family dynamics; and com
munity resources. Upon completion, students will be able to provide home care under the supervision of a licensed
nurse. Prerequisites: Instructor Approval
NUT· lOt
Nutrition
3
o
o
3
This course is a study of the basic knowledge from the field of nutrition and the relationship of poor nutrition
to general and oral diseases. Topics include basic nutrients, nutritional physiology, and the effects of vitamins, mineral,
hormonal, and dietary deficiencies on oral tissues. Upon completion, students will be able to interpret clinical and
dietary findings to provide patient counseling as part of a total treatment plan. Prerequisites: BIO 161 X & Y, and 110
X & y, and DEN 214
NUT·t06
Essentials of Nutrition
4
o
o
4
This course includes principles of nutrition using the four basic food groups and the application of the princi
ples to the planning of nutritionally adequate diets. Topics include four basic food groups, nutrients, balanced menus,
food habits, and current problems/issues in the study of nutrition. Upon completion, students will be able to construct
balanced menus using the four basic food groups and will be aware of issues in the study of nutrition. Prerequisites:
None
ORI-8t
Career Life Planning
3
o
o
3
This course is designed to allow the students to understand themselves and the world of work. Emphasis is
placed on self-assessment, career information, adult life transitions, decision making, and planning. Upon completion,
students will be able to write a tentative, realistic careerllife plan. Prerequisites: None
OSC-tOt
o
Keyboarding Skills I
o
3
1
This course introduces the touch system of keyboarding on the microcomputer. Topics include keyboard intro
duction. Upon completion, students will be able to demonstrate the ability to keyboard using the touch method on the
microcomputer. Prerequisites: None
OSC-I02
o
Keyboarding Skills II
o
3
1
This course is designed to develop correct keyboarding techniques on the microcomputer for business,
accounting, or paralegal students who have acquired the basic touch method of keyboarding. Emphasis is placed on
developing basic word processing skills through letters, memoranda, tables, and reports. Upon completion, students
will be able to keyboard mailable business correspondence on the microcomputer. Prerequisite: OSC 101 or Equivalent
250
�OSC·I03
Keyboarding III
2
o
3
3
This course will continue to develop accuracy and speed in keyboarding on the computer. Topics include key
boarding error-free tables, manuscripts, and business correspondence. Upon completion, students will be able to key
board two error-free documents within 30 minutes and keyboard 40 wpm with a maximum of 5 errors. Prerequisites:
OSC 101 or OSC 105
OSC·I04
2
Keyboarding IV
o
3
3
This course continues the development of technique improvement and office production typing. Emphasis is
placed on production input modes covering arranged, unarranged, handwritten, rough draft, and incomplete copy. Upon
completion, students will be able to produce mailable copy measured by office standards, and keyboard 45 wpm with a
maximum of 5 errors. Prerequisite: OSC-103
OSC·I05
1
Keyboard Skillbuilding
o
3
2
This course provides a complete accuracy- and speed-building program using a scientific, individualized,
diagnostic and prescriptive approach. Emphasis is placed on diagnostic tests to identify the students accuracy and speed
deficiencies followed with corrective drills. Upon completion, students will be able to rhythmically keyboard with
greater accuracy and speed, to increase proofreading skills, and to demonstrate improved typing techniques resulting in
increased accuracy and speed measured by five-minute times writings. Prerequisites: Mastery of Touch Keyboarding
OSC-I06
1
Adv Keyboarding Skills
o
3
2
This course continues the development of the accuracy- and speed-building keyboard program using an indi
vidualized, diagnostic approach. Emphasis is placed on speed development with a continuing concern for accuracy
standards. Upon completion, students will be able to keyboard with greater speed and accuracy as measured by five
minute timed writings and skill-development paragraphs. Prerequisites: OSC-105.
OSC·ll0
Info Processing Concepts
2
o
3
3
This course provides an overview of technologies associated with information processing and the impact of
these technologies on the management of information. Topics include microcomputer systems, applications and sys
tems software, and hardware components as well as hands-on experience in word processing, electronic spreadsheets
and graphics, and database management. Upon completion, students will be able to demonstrate a general knowledge
of microcomputers and their applications. Prerequisites: None
OSC-112
5
Records Management
o
o
5
This course includes a study of the entire records management cycle which stresses the fundamentals of index
ing and filing. Emphasis is placed on alphabetic, numeric, geographic, and subject filing through the use of a practice
set. Upon completion, students will be able to file correspondence and non-correspondence materials efficiently and
perform the retrieval, retention, transfer, and disposal procedures. Prerequisites: None
OSC-118
o
Word Processing on Micro
o
3
1
This course is designed to develop an understanding of the basic capabilities of word processing and provide
hands-on experience in performing word processing functions on the microcomputer. Emphasis is placed on text
editing features in addition to the creation and formatting of letters, reports, and simple tables. Upon completion,
students will be able to utilize the merge function to generate and assemble documents. Prerequisites: OSC 101, OSC
110, or CAS 101
251
�OSC-120
5
Shorthand
o
o
5
This course introduces Gregg Shorthand theory by reading textbook material, writing outlines, and transcrib
ing from textbook material, homework notes and classwork dictation notes. Emphasis is placed on phonetics, penman
ship, brief forms, phrases, principles of joining, developing reading skills, and writing/transcribing from dictation.
Upon completion, students will be able to read at 100 wpm, take dictation at 40 wpm for 2 minutes, and transcribe with
95 percent accuracy. Prerequisites: None
OSC-120A
3
Shorthand
o
o
3
This course introduces Gregg Shorthand theory through reading textbook outlines, writing outlines, and tran
scribing from textbook materials, homework notes and classwork notes. Emphasis is placed on phonetics, penmanship,
word families, brief forms, phrases, and the principles of joining. Upon completion, students will be able to read text
book shorthand outlines, write and transcribe theory outlines, and transcribe with 90 percent accuracy. Prerequisites:
None
OSC-120B
2
Shorthand
o
o
2
This course is a continuation of OSC 120A and includes the study of theory by reading and writing textbook
outlines and transcribing from dictation. Emphasis is placed on improving reading speed, writing and transcribing
shorthand outlines, and writing and transcribing from dictation. Upon completion, students will be able to read at 100
wpm, take dictation at 40 wpm for 2 minutes, and transcribe with 95 percent accuracy. Prerequisite: OSC 120A
OSC-127
3
Dict & Transcription I
2
o
4
This course provides a review of shorthand theory and introduces the student to writing shorthand from dicta
tion of new-matter material. Emphasis is placed on improving penmanship, increasing speed in writing from dictation,
and transcribing accurately from shorthand notes. Upon completion, students will be able to transcribe material dictated
at 50 wpm with 95 percent accuracy and transcribe mailable copy dictated at 40-50 wpm. Prerequisites: OSC 120, OSC
103, and BUS 141
OSC-132
5
Terminology & Vocab I
o
o
5
This course is designed to increase and improve the student's vocabulary and spelling ability for processing
information in the business office. Emphasis is placed on business and professional vocabularies. Upon completion,
students will be able to utilize a broad vocabulary for daily usage and future employment skills. Prerequisites: None
OSC-l34
3
Secretarial Procedures
2
o
4
This course is designed to help the office assistant develop administrative and communication skills needed to
become a more productive and valuable employee. Emphasis is placed on personality development and efficient work
habits. Upon completion, students will be able to process office mail and effectively use postal, shipping, and telephone
services and will understand the office environment. Prerequisite: OSC 20 I
OSC-136
1
Machine Transcription I
o
6
3
This course introduces the student to dictation/transcription equipment and teaches the student to keyboard
from machine dictation applying the "mailable-copy concept." Emphasis is placed on efficient operation of transcribing
equipment, formatting and keyboarding documents from dictation, and producing mailable documents. Upon comple
tion, students will be able to operate the transcription equipment efficiently and transcribe mailable documents within a
reasonable time frame. Prerequisites: OSC 103, BUS 141
252
�OSC·201
4
Info Processing Applic I
o
3
5
This course offers hands-on instruction in the manipulation of the electronic typewriter and information proc
essing equipment. Software packages include introduction to Display Write and WordPerfect and a continuation of
instruction using WordS tar on the microcomputer. Upon completion, students will be able to manipulate information
processing systems to perform office tasks. Prerequisites: OSC 104 and OSC 110
OSC·203
2
Info Processing Applic II
o
3
3
This course is designed to provide hands-on instruction in desktop publishing using word processing software
to generate a variety of documents. Topics include the creation and manipulation of graphic lines, graphic boxes, and
graphic images integrated with text. Upon completion, students will be able to create brochures, newsletters, and forms.
Prerequisite: OSC 201
OSC·205
Info Processing Appl III
4
o
3
5
This course provides instruction and hands-on experience on information processing equipment for general
office and administrative office students. Emphasis is placed on keyboarding letters, manuscripts, business forms, tabu
lations, and legal documents in a simulated office approach. Upon completion, students will be able to produce mail
able copy on the microcomputer and distribute information electronically. Prerequisite: OSC 203
OSC·210
5
Bus Comm for Word Process
o
o
5
This course is designed to develop skills in the technique of writing effective communication for
Administrative Office and General Office students. Emphasis is placed on correctly writing inquiry, sales, credit, col
lection, adjustment, complaint, order, acknowledgment, remittance, and application letters and resumes. Upon comple
tion, students will be able to determine the types of correspondence necessary for office situations and effectively
process the written word. Prerequisites: OSC 104 and BUS 141, ENG 101 and 102
OSC·2IS
I
Advanced Word Processing
o
3
2
This course is designed to develop an understanding of the advanced capabilities of word processing.
Emphasis is placed on special advanced features of word processing including file management, graphics, footnoted
documents, macros, and sorting. Upon completion. the student will be able to perform advanced word processing appli
cations. Prerequisite: OSC 118
OSC·226
3
Diet & Transcription II
2
o
4
This course is an advanced shorthand course designed to increase the student's dictation and transcription rate
and word processing skills. Emphasis is placed on the transcription of mailable copy dictated at 50 to 60 wpm. Upon
completion, students will be able to transcribe material dictated at 70 wpm for 5 minutes with 95 percent accuracy.
Prerequisites: OSC 104 and OSC 127
OSC·227
Diet & Transcription III
3
2
o
4
This course is an advanced shorthand course designed to increase the student's dictation and transcription rate
and word processing skills. Emphasis is placed on the transcription of mailable copy dictated at 60 to 70 wpm. Upon
completion, students will be able to transcribe material dictated at 80 wpm for 5 minutes with 95 percent accuracy.
Prerequisite: OSC 226
253
�OSC·232
Terminology & Vocab II
S
o
o
S
This course is a continuation of the study to increase and improve the student's vocabulary and spelling ability
for word processing. Emphasis is placed on a review of vocabulary and basic office concepts in preparation for
employment testing. Upon completion, students will be able to improve their test-taking skills for employment in civil
service, business, and industry. Prerequisite: OSC 132
OSC·234
3
Office Practice Seminar
o
o
3
This course is designed to develop job-seeking skills and to further involve students in projects and duties that
will be encountered on the job. Topics include financial and legal duties encountered in the office, planning itineraries,
meetings, and workshops, and handling travel arrangements. Upon completion, students will be able to perfonn admin
istrative and decision-making duties needed for job enhancement. Prerequisite: OSC 134
OSC·236
Machine Transcription II
2
o
3
3
This course develops the skill of direct transcription from oral dictation to mailable typewritten fonn.
Emphasis is placed on word processing decisions in editing, punctuation, spelling, and fonnatting. Upon completion,
students will be able to produce mailable copy from dictated material. Prerequisite: OSC 136
PED-ISI
o
Beginning Tennis
o
3
I
This course is designed to teach the student the fundamentals of tennis, to include basic strokes, rules. scoring
and planning strategy. Emphasis is placed on forehand, backhand, strokes, serves, return shots, strategies, scoring and
rules. Upon completion, students will be able to demonstrate elementary skills for ground strokes, serves, volleys, game
rules and strategy. Prerequisites: None.
PED-IS2
I
Fitness For Life
o
3
\2.
This course is designed to provide each student guidance in setting and achieving realistic fitness goals.
Emphasis is placed on cardiovascular, strength, flexibility and endurance exercises that will comprise a personal fitness
plan. Upon completion, students will be able to design their own fitness plan to match their goals and lifestyle changes
toward wellness. Prerequisites: None.
PED-IS3
I
Special Phy. Ed. I
o
3
2
This course is designed for students with physical disabilities or verified health problems that require adaptive
activities. Emphasis is placed on designing a specific set of activities that will enable the disabled student to participate
to their capability. Upon completion, students will be able to demonstrate learned skills and rules (if applicable) of the
adaptive physical activity. Prerequisites: None.
PED·IS4
1
Special Phy. Ed. II
o
3
2
This course is designed to incorporate knowledge and learned skills from PED 153 and to explore more possi
ble activities. Emphasis is placed on widening the scope of activities and to increase awareness of further physical
activities suited to their specific disability. Upon completion, students will be able to demonstrate learned skills and
discuss a variety of possible activities to be explored. Prerequisites: PED 153.
PED·ISS
1
Beginning Swimming (Coed)
o
3
2
This course is designed to instruct the fundamentals of swimming at the beginner level of the Red Cross
Program. Emphasis is placed on water safety, water acclamation, controlled breathing, floating and the front crawl
stroke. Upon completion, students will be able to demonstrate the basic beginner skills of the Red Cross Program as
well as pass a written exam. Prerequisites: None.
254
�PED·IS6
o
Volleyball
o
3
I
This course is designed to teach basic rules and fundamentals of volleyball to include volleys, sets, spikes, and
game strategy. Emphasis is placed on correct hand placement during basic strokes and game rules and strategy. Upon
completion, students will be able to demonstrate skills for serving, volleying, setting, and spiking and be able to playa
game and keep score. Prerequisites: None.
PED·IS7
o
Badminton
o
3
I
This course is designed to instruct students in the basic components of badminton to include rules and strat
egy. Emphasis is placed on execution of basic shots/strokes, positioning and scoring. Upon completion, students will be
able to demonstrate correct serve, smash drops, blocks, scoring and rules for single and double play. Prerequisites:
None.
PED·I58
Health Education
2
o
o
2
This course is an introduction to basic concepts of personal health. Topics include personal and community
health, sexuality, population planning, mental health, nutrition, fitness and health care deliver systems. Upon comple
tion, students will be able to understand general concepts of personal and community health.
PED·IS9
o
Folk Dance
o
3
I
This course is designed to teach the student fundamental folk dance movements along with cultural traditions
from a variety of countries. Emphasis is placed on history and traditions of the folk dance as well as movements and the
dances themselves. Upon completion, students will be able to demonstrate folk dances as well as be knowledgeable of
origins and cultural tradition of the dances. Prerequisites: None
PED·162
o
Cardiovascular Training
o
3
I
This course is designed to introduce students to aerobic workouts to accomplish cardiovascular fitness. Emphasis
is placed on knowledge of cardiovascular system, define target heart rates, diseases that are cardiovascular in nature and
the effects aerobic exercise has on controlling disease. Upon completion, students will be able to establish their own aero
bic fitness plan, monitor their own heart rates, determine target heart rates, and demonstrate aerobic exercise.
PED·166
Camping and Outdoor Ed
1
o
3
2
This course is designed to instruct the student on proper techniques of establishing a campsite and gain knowl
edge of the outdoor environment. Emphasis is placed on the history of the objectives of federal and state involvement
with outdoor recreation and on shelters, fines, and other survival necessities. Upon completion, students will be able to
demonstrate erecting a tent, use of hackpack, building a fire, naming primary flora, and safety procedures.
PED·I68
o
Canoeing' Basic
o
3
I
This course introduces the student to the proper techniques and safety procedures in canoeing. Emphasis is
placed on safety, self rescue techniques, terminology and strokes. Upon completion, students will be able to demon
strate self rescue, name parts of a canoe, an to perform the following strokes: bow, sculling, reverse sculling, sweep,
reverse sweep and J. Prerequisite: Demonstrate beginners swimmers skills.
255
�PED·170
o
Compass Course Training
o
3
1
This course is designed to instruct students in the various types of orienteering and proper techniques.
Emphasis is placed on defining various types of orienteering and being able to demonstrate knowledge and techniques.
Upon completion, students will be able to draw topographic map symbols, negotiate a cross country orienteering course
3-5 km long in a specified time.
PED·I72
o
Beginning Golf
o
3
1
This course is designed to instruct students in the proper methods, procedures and techniques in golf.
Emphasis is placed on golf etiquette, rules scoring, club choice and swing techniques. Upon completion, students will
be able to demonstrate the grip, stance, body posture, use of putter, nine iron and five iron.
PED·174
o
Bowling
o
3
I
This course will provide students with the correct methods and procedures to bowl. Emphasis is placed on
bowling rules, scoring and proper techniques in rolling the ball follow through in rolling the ball and proper scoring
techniques.
PED·178
o
Beginning Self Defense
o
3
1
This course will provide physical fitness through the use of martial art techniques. Emphasis is placed on the
following techniques: stances, blocks, punches, walking and kicks used in self defense. Upon completion, students will
be able to demonstrate correct form, stance, blocks, punches, walking and kicks.
PHI·151
5
Intro to Philosophy
o
o
5
This course is designed as an introductory course utilizing a historical approach to the understanding of phi
losophy. Emphasis is placed on the basic concepts of theories, themes, and arguments of ancient, medieval, modern,
and contemporary philosophers. Upon completion, students will be able to explain some of the basic issues of human
existence and develop his or her own life philosophy. Prerequisites: None
PHI·152
5
Introduction to Logic
o
o
5
This course is designed to help the student acquire the ability and habit of correct reasoning and sound think
ing. Emphasis is placed on the traditional logic and syllogism and modern symbolic logic including classical fallacies
in logical arguments. Prerequisites: None
PHI·153
5
Philosophy of Religion
o
o
5
This course, is an analysis of some of the main concepts, arguments and issues in the philosophy of religion.
Topics include religious language, arguments for Gods existence, the problem of evil, miracles and religious experi
ences. Upon completion, students will be able to more fully appreciate the institution of religion and how it helps man
to be socially responsible. Prerequisites: PHI 151.
PHI·154
5
Introduction of Ethics
o
o
5
This course of (moral philosophy) will emphasize the tools of ethical decision making with application to both
classical and contemporary issues. Topics include, abortion, euthanasia, war, capital punishment, power and knowl
edge, problems of evil and theory of justice. Upon completion, students will be able to more fully understand different
approaches to the problems of moral belief and practices. Prerequisites: none.
256
�PUM·10l
Intro to Pharmacy
S
o
o
S
This course includes an orientation to institutional and community phannacy, responsibilities of pharmacy
technicians, and medical tenninology. Topics include prescription orders (interpretation and dispensing), legal and ethi
cal aspects of phannacy support personnel, and the Health Care System. Upon completion, students will be able to
explain the role of phannacy technicians, recognize medical words, interpret prescription orders, and utilize pharmacy
reference materials. Prerequisites: None
PUM-102
Pharmacology I
S
o
o
S
This course includes a study of the properties, effects, and therapeutic value of the primary agents in major
drug categories. Topics include nutritional products, blood modifiers, honnones, diuretics, cardiovascular. respiratory
drugs, and gastrointestinal agents. Upon completion, students will be able to place major drugs into correct therapeutic
categories and identify indications, side effects, and trade and generic names. Prerequisite: PHM 101
PUM·103
Pharmacology II
S
o
o
S
This course is a continuation of PHM 102 in which the properties, effects, and therapeutic value of major
drugs are discussed. Topics include drugs affecting the autonomic nervous system. muscle relaxants, tranquilizers, anti
epileptic agents, analgesics, anti-inflammatory agents, and anti-infectives. Upon completion, students will be able to
place major drugs into correct therapeutic categories and identify indications, side effects. and trade and generic names.
Prerequisite: PHM 102
PUM·l04
Pharmaceutical Prep I
3
4
o
S
This course is a study of phannaceutical dosage fonns and considerations in their compounding. Topics
include routes of drug administration, dosage fonn design, good manufacturing practices. and injections, sterile fluids,
and products of biotechnology. Lab exercises are designed to develop skills necessary for preparation of intravenous
admixtures both large volume parenterals and intennittent admixtures. Upon completion. students will be able to
describe characteristics of phannaceutical dosage fonns covered and perfonn steps involved in preparation of intra
venous admixtures.
PUM·10S
Pharmaceutical Prep II
3
4
o
S
This course is a study of phannaceutical dosage fonns and considerations in their compounding. Topics
include tablets and capsules, solutions, syrups. suspensions, and elixirs, aerosols, transdennal delivery systems, topical
preparations, ophthalmics. otics, and other preparations. Lab exercises are designed to perfect skill in compounding
techniques. Upon completion, students will be able to describe characteristics of dosage fonns covered and prepare
solutions, capsules, and ointments.
PUM-107
Community Pharmacy
3
o
6
S
This course covers non-prescription drug products, their compositions and indications, and provides appropri
ate lab experiences. Topics include antacids, gastrointestinals. cold and allergy products, analgesics, and diabetes care
products. Upon completion, students will be able to identify selected drug products. explain their composition and indi
cations, and perfonn nonnal clerical and technician-level responsibilities in a retail or health facility phannacy.
Prerequisites: PHM 103, 105, and 110; Corequisite: PHM 1I1
PUM·IOSS
1
Surgical Pharmacology
o
o
1
This course covers basic infonnation on phannacology needed to give effective assistance to the team in the
operating room. Topics include weights and measures, phannacologic agents and anesthesia. Upon completion, stu
dents will be able to use a drug infonnation reference, classify various drugs according to type, care for and handle
drugs at the sterile field. Prerequisites: All first quarter courses.
257
�PHM·I09X
3
Hospital Pharmacy
o
o
3
This course covers hospital phannacy practice in depth. Emphasis is placed on organizational structure, com
mittee functions, use of reference materials, purchasing and inventory control, and drug dispensing systems. Upon
completion, students will be able to explain organizational structure of the hospital, identify committee functions,
explain drug delivery systems, and describe phannacy personnel functions. Prerequisites: None; Corequisite: PHM
100Y
PHM·I09Y
o
PHM·I09 Lab
2
o
1
This course provides the lab portion of PHM 100X and introduces patient profiles, unit dose dispensing, and
intravenous admixtures. Emphasis is placed on transcribing physician orders, filling unit dose carts, and preparing
intravenous admixtures. Upon completion, students will be able to read and transcribe physician orders onto patient
profiles, properly fill the unit dose carts, and prepare intravenous admixtures. Prerequisites: None; Corequisite: PHM
100X
PHM·HO
5
Pharmaceutical Calc
o
o
5
This course includes introduction to the metric and apothecary systems of measurement and calculations used
in phannacy practice. Topics include dosage determinations, percentage preparations, reducing and enlarging formulas,
dilution and concentration problems, aUquots and ratio and proportion problems. Upon completion, students will be
able to make appropriate calculations relating to properly filling a prescription order. Prerequisites: None
PHM·Hl
Pharmacy Seminar
2
o
o
2
This course is designed to provide the students with current trends, concepts, and topics which pertain to con
temporary phannacy practice. Topics include Area Health Education Centers, the role of phannacy in public health
care, nursing home care, and patient education. Upon completion, students will be able to demonstrate conversational
knowledge of topics discussed and present a lecture on approved topic. Prerequisites: All prior PHM courses;
Corequisite: PHM 107
PHM·1l2
o
Hospital Clinical I
o
15
5
This course provides an opportunity for the student to actually work in the hospital phannacy setting under
phannacist supervision. Emphasis is placed on effective communication with personnel, developing proper employee
attitude, and dispensing of medications both to inpatients and outpatients. Upon completion, students will be able to
demonstrate understanding of department roles in patient care, utilize reference materials, dispense medications, and
prepare patient charges. Prerequisites: PHM 101, 109, and 110
PHM-113
o
Hospital Clinical II
o
15
5
This course is a continuation of PHM 112 with the student in a different hospital phannacy. Emphasis is
placed on the use of computers in phannacy operation and preparation of intravenous admixtures. Upon completion.
students will be able to enter information into the computer properly, prepare intravenous admixtures, and dispense
medications to inpatients and outpatients. Prerequisites: PHM 112
PHM·133
Emergency Pharmacology I
5
o
o
5
This course includes a study of the properties, effects, and therapeutic value of the primary agents in major
drug categories. Topics include nutritional products. blood modifiers, hormones. diuretics. cardiovasculars, respiratory
drugs, and gastrointestinal agents. Upon completion. students will be able to place major drugs into correct therapeutic
categories and identify indications, side effects, and trade and generic names. Prerequisite: PHM 101
258
�PHM-143
Emergency Pharmacology II
S
o
o
S
This course is a continuation of PHM 133 in which the properties. effects. and therapeutic value of major
drugs are discussed. Topics include drugs affecting the autonomic nervous system. muscle relaxants, tranquilizers,
antiepileptic agents, analgesics, anti-inflammatory agents, and anti-infectives. Upon completion. students will be able
to place major drugs into correct therapeutic categories and identify indications, side effects, and trade and generic
names. Prerequisite: PHM 133
PHM-148
3
Respiratory Pharmacology
o
o
3
This course includes effects, mechanics of action, routes and methods of administration, distribution, metabo
lism, and excretion of drugs pertinent to respiratory care. Topics include general pharmacology, microbiology, mucoki
netics, sympathominetics. phosphodicaterase inhibitors. corticosteroids, antibiotics, respiratory stimulants and
depressants, and diagnostic agents. Upon completion. students will be able to use references, compute dosages, inter
pret and evaluate prescriptions. describe or prepare the administration of respiratory drugs. Prerequisite: RSP 105
PHM-223
Pharm & Anesthesiology
3
o
o
3
This course provides basic drug terminology, the general principles of drug actions, dosages, routes of admin
istration. adverse reactions. and basic principles of anesthesiology. Topics include drugs commonly used in dentistry
and the general uses of over-the-counter and prescribed drugs for patients. Upon completion. students will be able to
recognize that each patient's general health or drug usage may require modification of the treatment procedures.
Prerequisites: DEN 213. BIO 110
PHO-I07
3
Photography I
o
3
4
This course introduces the photographic process through the basics of black-and-white photography. Topics
include camera operation, light, metering, films, papers, chemicals. developing and printing controls. and finishing pro
cedures; student must furnish camera. Upon completion, students will be able to utilize the aesthetic as well as the tech
nical aspects of photography as a visual language for self-expression. Prerequisites: None
PHO·US
1
Intro To Photography I
2
o
2
This course provides a beginner's introduction to black-and-white photography. Topics include using camera
controls. equipment and materials, darkroom procedures, developing film. and printing techniques. Upon completion.
students will be able to understand photography basics and apply them. Prerequisites: None
PHO-116
1
Intro To Photography II
2
o
2
This course continues the beginner's introduction to black-and-white photography. Emphasis is placed on
refining skills in black-and-white photography. Upon completion, students will be able to understand photography
basics and apply them. Prerequisite: PHO 115
PHO-U7
2
Photography II
4
o
4
This course introduces Photo/Graphics. the manipulation of traditional techniques which explore the design
potential of photography to yield new and unusual images. EmphasiS is placed on processes such as high contrast, mul
tiple printing, posterization. solarization. hand coloring, collage. and presentation methods. Upon completion, students
will be able to use these techniques as tools with which to generate imaginative images for visual communication.
Prerequisite: PHO 107
259
�PHO-227
3
Studio Photography
4
o
5
This course is designed to further refine black-and-white skills, introduce color and color processes, and pro
vide an understanding of basic studio procedures. Topics include studio organization and equipment, lighting, portrai
ture, product photography, special effects, and copying procedures. Upon completion, students will be able to discuss
the professional photographer's problems and the graphic designer's role in contributing to the photographic solution.
Prerequisite: PHO 117
PHS-151
5
Physical Science I
2
o
6
This course is designed for non-science majors and will investigate the basic principles of physical science.
Emphasis is placed on basic concepts of chemistry and physics by making observations and performing laboratory
exercises. Upon completion, students will be able to better understand the physical world around them because of the
scientific principles they observe and experience. Prerequisites: None.
PHS-152
5
Physical Science II
2
o
6
This course is a continuation of PHS 151. Emphasis is placed on the concepts of astronomy, earth science, and
environmental science by making observations and performing laboratory exercises. Upon completion, students will be
able to better understand the physical world around them because of the scientific principles they observe and experi
ence. Prerequisites: PHS 151.
PHS-91X
3
Physical Sci I Level I
o
o
3
This course presents laws of motion, work, energy, power relationships, gravitation, and properties of solids,
liquids, and gases. Emphasis is placed on concepts with emphasis on mathematical calculations. Upon completion, stu
dents will be able to explain basic physical phenomena of the real world. Prerequisites: None; Corequisites: PHS 91Y
and MAT 91
PHS·91Y
o
PHS-9l Lab
2
o
1
This course is designed to develop an understanding of laboratory methods and techniques. Emphasis is
placed on a practical approach by use of suitably chosen laboratory exercises, demonstrations, experiments, and appro
priate audiovisual aids. Upon completion, students will be able to apply the concepts presented in MAT 91 and PHS
91X. Prerequisites: None; Corequisites: PHS 91X and MAT 91
PHS-92X
3
Physical Sci II Level I
o
o
3
This course presents the basic concepts of heat, sound, and light. Emphasis is placed on mathematical calcula
tions. Upon completion, students will be able to explain basic concepts of the physical environment. Prerequisites:
None; Corequisites: PHS 92Y and MAT 92
PHS-92Y
o
PHS·92 Lab
2
o
1
This course is designed to develop a better understanding of the mathematical concepts presented in PHS 92X.
Emphasis is placed on a practical approach by use of suitably chosen laboratory experiments, demonstrations, and
appropriate audiovisual aids. Upon completion, students will be able to apply the concepts presented in MAT 92 and
PHS 92X. Prerequisites: None; Corequisite: PHS 92X and MAT 92
PHS-93X
3
Physical Sci III Level I
o
o
3
This course presents the basic concepts of electricity and magnetism, atomic and nuclear physics, and relativ
ity. Emphasis is placed on mathematical calculations. Upon completion, students will be able to explain basic concepts
of the physical world in which they live. Prerequisites: None; Corequisites: PHS 93Y and MAT 93
260
�PHS-93Y
o
PHS-93 Lab
2
o
1
This course provides experience in laboratory techniques and methods as they relate to the instructional mate
rials in PHY 93X. Emphasis is placed on an inquiry approach using selected experiments, demonstration experiments,
and appropriate audiovisual aids. Upon completion, students will be able to apply the material presented in PHS 93X.
Prerequisites: None; Corequisites: PHS 93X and MAT 93
PHS-94X
3
Physical Sci I Level II
o
o
3
This course is an introduction to some mathematical concepts of physics. Topics include work. energy, power,
simple machines, fluids, and heat. Upon completion, students will be able to apply practical, problem-solving method
ology. Prerequisite: MAT 94; Corequisites: PHS 94Y and MAT 95
PHS-94Y
o
PHS-94 Lab
2
o
1
This course is an introductory laboratory course that uses selected experiments and observations to support the
instructional materials in PHS 94X. Emphasis is placed on the scientific method as the students perform experiments
and make observations of specific PHS 94X concepts. Upon completion, students will be able to apply mathematical
concepts introduced in PHS 94X and MAT 95 as a result of the concrete examples observed. Prerequisite: MAT 94;
Corequisites: PHS 94X and MAT 95
PHS-95X
3
Physical Sci III Level II
o
o
3
This course is a mathematical approach to electricity and magnetism. Topics include electrostatics, electricity,
electromagnetism, induction, and power transfer. Upon completion, students will be able to explain how these concepts
affect the technology of the physical world. Prerequisite: MAT 95; Corequisites: PHS 95Y and MAT 96
PHS-95Y
o
PHS·95 Lab
2
o
1
This course is a laboratory course that uses selected experiments and observations to support the instructional
materials in PHS 95X. Emphasis is placed on the scientific approach using selected experiments on PHS 95X concepts
for observation and calculation. Upon completion, students will be able to apply the concepts introduced in PHS 95X
and MAT 96 as a result of the concrete examples observed. Prerequisite: MAT 95; Corequisites: PHS 95X and
MAT 96
PHY-IOIX
3
Properties of Matter
o
o
3
This course is an introduction course in the properties of matter. Emphasis is placed on the mechanical proper
ties of matter such as density, elasticity, fluid mechanics, temperature, heat, and thermodynamics. Upon completion,
students will be able to explain how these properties affect the technology of the world in which we live. Prerequisite:
Algebra; Corequisite: PHY IOIY
PHY·IOIY
o
PHY-IOI Lab
2
o
1
This course is an introduction laboratory course that uses selected experiments and observations that will sup
port the instructional material in PHY IOIX. Emphasis is placed on the scientific method as the students perform
experiments and make observations of specific PHY 101X concepts. Upon completion, students will be able to apply
the concepts introduced in PHY 10lX because of the concrete examples they observe. Prerequisite: Algebra;
Corequisite: PHY 101X
261
�PRY·I02X
Work, Energy & Power
3
o
o
3
This course is an introduction to the physical concepts of work, energy, and power. Topics include statistics.
forces, translational motion, machines, and rotational motion. Upon completion, students will be able to explain how
these concepts affect the technology of the world in which we live. Prerequisites: Algebra, Trigonometry; Corequisite:
PHY 102Y
PRY·I02Y
o
PRY·I02 Lab
2
o
I
This course is an introductory laboratory course that uses selected experiments and observations to support the
instructional material in PHY 102X. Emphasis is placed on the scientific method as the students perform experiments
and make observations of specific PHY I02X concepts. Upon completion, students will be able to apply the concepts
introduced in PHY 102X because of the concrete examples they observe. Prerequisites: Algebra, Trigonometry;
Corequisite: PHY I02X
PRY ·I03X
Electricity
3
o
o
3
This course is an introduction to the concepts of electricity and magnetism. Topics include electrostatics, elec
trodynamics, magnetic fields, induction, AC theory, and power productions. Upon completion, students will be able to
explain how these concepts affect the technology of the world in which we live. Prerequisites: Algebra, Trigonometry;
Corequisite: PHY 103Y
PRY·I03Y
o
PRY·I03 Lab
2
o
1
This course is an introductory laboratory course that uses selected experiments and observations to support the
instructional material in PHY 103X. Emphasis is placed on scientific method as students perform experiments and
make observations of specific PHY 103X concepts. Upon completion, students will be able to apply the concepts intro
duced in PHY 103X because of the concrete examples they observe. Prerequisites: Algebra, Trigonometry; Corequisite:
PHY I03X
PRY·I04X
Light & Sound
3
o
o
3
This course is an introduction to the physics of sound, light, and modern physics. Topics include harmonic
motion, wave theory, physical optics, and selected topics in quantum mechanics and nuclear physics. Upon completion,
students will be able to apply many of these concepts in their chosen fields. Prerequisite: PHY 102; Corequisite:
PHY I04Y
PRY·I04Y
o
PRY·I04 Lab
2
o
1
This course is an introductory lab that supports the instructional material presented in PHY I04X. Emphasis is
placed on scientific observations and data as students observe and perform selected experiments to show PHY I04X
concepts. Upon completion, students will be able to apply how these physical concepts affect the technology of today
by the observation of concrete examples. Prerequisite: PHY 102; Corequisite: PHY l04X
PHY-llOIX Properties of Matter
3
o
o
3
This course is an introductory course in the properties of matter and heat transfer. Topics include states of
matter, physical properties of matter, temperature, heat, and energy transfer. Upon completion, students will be able to
explain how these concepts relate to the physical environment and their chosen vocations. Prerequisites: None;
Corequisite: PHY llOlY
262
�o
PHY·ll01Y PHY·ll01 Lab
2
o
1
This course is an introductory laboratory course to enhance the topics presented in PHY llOlX. Emphasis is
placed on the scientific approach using selected experiments and demonstrations for observations and calculations.
Upon completion, students will be able to apply the concepts introduced in PHY llOlX as a result of concrete exam
ples observed. Prerequisites: None; Corequisite: PHY llOlX
PHY·ll02X Electricity
3
o
o
3
This course is an introduction to the concepts of electricity and magnetism. Topics include electrostatics,
Ohm's law, circuit analysis, magnetic fields, induction transformers. and an introduction to magnetic fields. Upon com
pletion. students will be able to explain how the concepts of electromagnetism affect the technology in their chosen
vocations. Prerequisites: None; Corequisite: PHY l102Y
o
PHY·ll02Y PHY·ll02 Lab
2
o
1
This course is a laboratory course that uses selected experiments and observations to support the instruction in
PHY 1102X. Emphasis is placed on the scientific approach using selected experiments for observation and calculation.
Upon completion, students will be able to apply the concepts introduced in PHY l102X as a result of concrete exam
ples observed. Prerequisites: None; Corequisite: PHY 1102X
PHY·ll03X Work, Energy & Power
3
o
o
3
This course is an introductory course in the laws associated with the concepts of mechanics. Topics include
motion, Newton's Laws, energy, work. power, and machines. Upon completion, students will be able to explain how
these concepts affect the technology of the physical world. Prerequisite: MAT 1101; Corequisite: PHY 1103Y
o
PHY·ll03Y PHY·ll03 Lab
2
o
1
This course is a laboratory course that uses selected experiments and demonstrations to support the instruc
tional materials in PHY 1103X. Emphasis is placed on the scientific approach using selected experiments for observa
tion and calculation. Upon completion, students will be able to apply the concepts introduced in PHY l103X as a result
of concrete examples observed. Prerequisite: MAT 1101; Corequisite: PHY 1103X
PHY·1l0X
Topical Physics
4
o
o
4
This course is designed to cover fundamental physics concepts for the health sciences. Topics include veloc
ity, work, machines, properties of matter, electricity and wave motion. Upon completion, students will be able to better
apply these concepts to their chosen field of study. Prerequisite: Algebra; Corequisite: PHY 1lOY
PHY·ll0Y
o
PHY·ll0Lab
2
o
1
This course is an introductory laboratory course that uses selected experiments and observations to support the
instructional material in PHY 1 lOX. Emphasis is placed on the scientific method as the student performs experiments
and makes observations of specific PHY I lOX concepts. Upon completion, students will be able to apply the concepts
introduced in PHY IIOX because of the concrete examples they observe. Prerequisite: Algebra; Corequisite:
PHY llOX
PHY·120
Radiographic Physics I
3
o
o
3
This course is an introduction to electromagnetic waves, electricity, and magnetism. Emphasis is placed on
energy waves, electrical energy, power, circuits, electromagnetism, transformers, and AC electricity relating to radi
ographic physics. Upon completion, students will be able to explain the operation of the components of an x-ray
machine. Prerequisite: Algebra
263
�PHY·121
3
Radiographic Physics II
o
o
3
This course examines the mature methods of production and the uses of x-rays. Emphasis is placed on x-ray
devices, circuits, targets, filtration, and dosimetry. Upon completion, students will be able to apply these concepts to
the diagnostic area of x-ray physics. Prerequisite: PHY 120
PHY-l30X
Technical Physics I
3
o
o
3
This course is an introductory study of work, power, and energy. Topics include vectors, translational motion,
machines, and rotational motion. Upon completion, students will be able to explain how these concepts apply to the
technology of their chosen vocations. Prerequisite: MAT 112; Corequisite: PHY 130Y
PHY -l30Y
o
PHY·130 Lab
2
o
1
This course is an introductory lab that presents concrete examples for observation and experimentation of the
PHY 130X concepts. Emphasis is placed on scientific observations and adaptation of physical concepts to vocational
study. Upon completion, students will be able to apply these physical concepts to the technology of their chosen voca
tions. Prerequisites: MAT 112
PHY·l31X
Physics II
3
o
o
3
This course is an introductory study of electricity and magnetism. Topics include static electricity, Ohm's law,
circuits, power, energy, electromagnetism, induction, and AC theory. Upon completion, students will be able to explain
how these concepts affect the technology of their chosen vocations. Prerequisite: MAT 112; Corequisite: PHY 131 Y
PHY·l31Y
o
PHY-l31 Lab
2
o
1
This course is an introductory lab that presents concrete examples for observation and experimentation of the
PHY 131X concepts. Emphasis is placed on scientific observation and adaptation of physical concepts to vocational
study. Upon completion, students will be able to apply these physical concepts to the technology of their chosen voca
tions. Prerequisite: MAT 112; Corequisite: PHY 131X
PHY·l32X
Physics III
3
o
o
3
This course is an introductory presentation of the properties of matter and heat energy. Topics include density,
stress, strain, electric modules, fluid flow, and the effects of heat, temperature, and thermodynamics. Upon completion,
students will be able to explain how these physical concepts affect the technology of their chosen vocations.
Prerequisite: MAT 112; Corequisite: PHY 132Y
PHY-132Y
o
PHY-l32 Lab
2
o
1
This course is an introductory lab that shows concrete examples for observation and experimentation of PHY
132X concepts. Emphasis is placed on scientific observation and adaptation of the concepts discussed in PHY 132X to
vocational study. Upon completion, students will be able to apply these physical concepts to the technology of their
chosen vocation. Prerequisite: MAT 112; Corequisite: PHY 132X
PHY-151X
General Physics I
5
o
o
5
This course is an introductory course in classical mechanics, mechanical and thermal properties of matter.
Topics include force and motion, circular motion, energy, work, power, momentum, density, elasticity, temperature,
and heat. Upon completion, students will be able to explain how these concepts affect the technology of the world in
which we Jive. Prerequisite: College Algebra; Corequisite: PHY 151Y
264
�PRY·151Y
o
PRY·151 Lab
2
o
1
This course is an introductory laboratory course that uses selected experiments and observations that will sup
port material in PHY 151X. Emphasis is placed on the scientific method as the students perform experiments and make
observations of specific PHY 15lX concepts. Upon completion, students will be able to apply the concepts introduced
in PHY 15lX because of the concrete examples they observe. Prerequisites: College Algebra; Corequisites: PHY 15lX
PRY ·152X
General Physics II
5
o
o
5
This course is a continuation of PHY lSI X which includes electricity, magnetism, physical optics, and mod
em physics. Topics include electrical field, electric current, magnetic field, AC and DC circuits, light, relativity, parti
cles and waves, and quantum mechanics. Upon completion, students will be able to explain how these concepts affect
the technology of the world in which we live. Prerequisite: College Algebra and PHY 151X; Corequisite: PHY 152Y
PRY·152Y
o
PRY ·152 Lab
2
o
1
This course is an introductory laboratory course that uses selected experiments and observations that will sup
port material in PHY 152X. Emphasis is placed on the scientific method as the students perform experiments and make
observations of specific PHY 152X concepts. Upon completion, students will be able to apply the concepts introduced
in PHY 152X because of the concrete examples they observe. Prerequisite: College Algebra; Corequisite: PHY 152X
PRY·180
5
Elementary Physics I
2
o
6
This course is designed for non-science majors and discusses in a descriptive fashion the nature of matter,
motion, work and energy. Emphasis is placed on motion, circular motion, energy, work, power, heat, temperature,
sound, laboratory experiments and observations. Upon completion, students will be able to associate discussed con
cepts with practical applications encountered in daily living. Prerequisites: None.
PRY·181
Elementary Physics n
5
2
o
6
This course is designed for non-science majors and is a continuation of Elementary Physics I. Emphasis is
placed on electricity and magnetism,light, modem physics, relativity, astro physics, laboratory experiments and obser
vation. Upon completion, students will be able to associate discussed concepts with practical applications encountered
in daily living. Prerequisites: None
PRY ·251X
College Physics I
5
o
o
5
This course introduces students to mechanics, wave motion, and thermodynamics using elementary calculus
techniques. Emphasis is placed on linear motion, circular motion, work, power, wave motion, and thermodynamics.
Upon completion, students will be able to apply learned problem solving techniques to practical applications in the
workplace. Prerequisites: MAT 271 or equiv. Corequisites: PHY 251 Y.
PRY·251Y
o
PRY·251 Lab
2
o
1
This course is designed to give students some practical experience with laboratory apparati that supports
College Physics PHY-251X. Emphasis is placed on scientific procedures in the performance of experiments and the
recording of data used to verify the concepts presented in PHY-251X. Upon completion, students will be able to associ
ate laboratory experiences with concepts introduced in PHY -251X. Prerequisites: None; Corequisite: PHY 251X
265
�PHY -252X
5
College Physics II
o
o
5
This course is a continuation of College Physics I. Concepts covered include electricity and magnetism, classi
cal optics, and some modem physics. Emphasis is placed on electrostatics, magnetism, Light waves, light quanta, the
atom and special theory of relativity. Upon completion, students will be able to apply learned problem solving tech
niques to practical application in the workplace. Prerequisites: MAT 271 and PHY 251. Corequisites: PHY 252Y.
PHY-252Y
o
PHY-252 Lab
2
o
1
This course is designed to give students some practical experience with laboratory apparati that supports
College Physics PHY-252X. Emphasis is placed on scientific procedures in the performance of experiments and the
recording of data used to verify the concepts presented in PHY -252X. Upon completion, students will be able to associ
ate laboratory experiences with concepts introduced in PHY-252X. Prerequisites: None; Corequisite: PHY 252X
PLA-1160
Intro to Plastic Molding
2
2
6
5
This course includes the different types, uses, and the behavior of plastics and terminology common to the
trade. Topics include injection molding, the standard mold base, and design and machining of mold components. Upon
completion, students will be able to design and apply these techniques used in industrial situations. Prerequisite:
Machine Shop
PLA-1161
2
Mold Making I
2
6
5
This course includes the basic design and machining of the standard injection mold base. Topics include opti
cal finishes, grating, runner systems, ejection methods, venting and cooling, and final assembly procedures. Upon com
pletion, students will be able to design and apply state-of-the-art techniques used in industrial settings. Prerequisite:
PLA 1160
PLA-1162
Mold Making II
2
o
6
4
This course covers the molds, materials, and methods for molding thermoset plastics. Emphasis is placed on
compression and transfer molding techniques. Upon completion, students will be able to design and apply their knowl
edge of thermoset plastics in industrial settings. Prerequisite: PLA 1161
PLA-1163
Mold Making III
1
o
9
4
This course is a continuation of PLA 1162 with advanced instruction involving molds for thermoset plastics.
Topics include the blow molding process and the more recent in-line screw injection process. Upon completion, stu
dents will be able to apply these techniques as needed in industrial situations. Prerequisite: PLA 1162
PLU-ll10
5
Plumbing Pipework
o
15
10
This course introduces the student to the use of plumbing tools, equipment, pipe, fittings, and system design.
Emphasis is placed on recognition of the various types and kinds of pipe and fittings and shop work. Upon completion,
students will be able to assemble the various pipes and fittings into small projects. Prerequisites: None
PLU-llll
2
Domestic Water Systems
o
9
5
This course covers private and public water and sewer distribution systems; water heating devices are also
studied. Topics include water and sewage treatment in cities, and pumps, wells, and septic tanks in rural areas. Upon
completion, students will be able to discuss purification of water from source through final distribution. Prerequisite:
None
266
�PLU·1112
3
Install of Plumb Fixtures
o
9
6
This course enables students to become familiar with major manufacturers of plumbing fixtures and acces
sories, as well as ways of installation and servicing. Emphasis is placed on the many types of fixtures and the materials
and tools needed for installation and service. Upon completion, students will be able to install and service the major
fixtures available to the trade. Prerequisite: None
PLU·1113
Plu. Maint.: Residential
2
o
6
4
This course covers the maintenance and repair of plumbing lines and fixtures in residential applications.
Emphasis is placed on identifying and diagnosing problems relating to water, drain. and vent lines, and plumbing fix
tures. Upon completion, the student will be able to identify and diagnose needed repairs to residential plumbing sys
tems. Prerequisites: None
PLU·1114
2
Plu. Maint.: Commercial
o
6
4
This course covers the maintenance and repair of plumbing lines and fixtures in commercial applications.
Emphasis is placed on identifying and diagnosing problems relating to water, drain, and vent lines. and plumbing fix
tures. Upon completion, the student will be able to identify and diagnose needed repairs to commercial plumbing sys
tems. Prerequisites: None
PLU·1115
Steam & Water Boilers
3
o
9
6
This course introduces the student to the basic fundamentals of installing. operating. and servicing steam and
water boilers. Topics include boiler room safety. boiler applications. proper installation, and maintenance. Upon com
pletion, the student will be able to select, install, operate and maintain steam and water boilers. Prerequisites: None
PLU·1116
Plu Regs: Residential
4
o
o
4
This course covers plumbing codes and regulations relating to residential structures. Emphasis is placed on
North Carolina state regulations and the minimum requirements for plumbing materials and design. Upon completion,
the student will be able to design plumbing systems for residential structures in accordance with state requirements.
Prerequisites; None
PLU·1l17
4
Plu Regs: Small Commercial
o
o
4
This course covers plumbing codes and regulations relating to small commercial structures. Emphasis is
placed on North Carolina state regulations and the minimum requirements for plumbing materials and design. Upon
completion, the student will be able to design plumbing systems for small commercial structures in accordance with
state requirements. Prerequisites: None
PLU·1l18
Plu Regs: Large Commercial
4
o
o
4
This course covers plumbing codes and regulations relating to large commercial structures. Emphasis is
placed on North Carolina state regulations and the minimum requirements for plumbing materials and design. Upon
completion, the student will be able to design plumbing systems for large commercial structures in accordance with
state requirements. Prerequisites: None
PLU·1125
3
Industrial Piping
o
6
5
This course covers piping in commercial and industrial buildings, as well as steam systems, area drains,
valves, and hangers. Topics include design of plumbing systems in multi-story buildings and fixtures and other materi
als used in public buildings. Upon completion, students will be able to design the plumbing system for a small multi
story building. Prerequisites: None
267
�PLU·Il27
2
Plumbing Estimates
o
3
3
This course is designed to help the student make estimates of quantities of materials and cost of installation of
various types of plumbing systems. Topics include design of systems, codes, material take-offs, pricing, and public
relations. Upon completion, students will be able to design a plumbing system and order materials needed for installa
tion. Prerequisites: None
PME·201
I
Sm Equip Oper Rep & Maint
4
o
3
This course covers repair of small engines, principles of operation, and maintenance of small gas powered
equipment. Emphasis is placed on operations of types of small engines and attachments normally used in agriculture
and horticulture. Upon completion, students will be able to disassemble and diagnose problems and repair and operate
small equipment. Prerequisites: None
POL·I02
3
Intrastate Government
o
o
3
This course examines all governments below the national level to include city, county, regional and state gov
ernments. Emphasis is placed on the differences observed between states and other non-national governments. Levels
of politics within government are also explained. Upon completion, students will be able to understand all aspects of
political decision making at the non-national level.
POL-I03
3
National Government
o
o
3
This course introduces the student to an examination of all major functions and branches of U.S. Government
including the executive, legislative. and judicial branches. Emphasis is placed on outlining the basic processes of the
federal bureaucracy, political parties, national campaigning, and national elections. Upon completion, students will be
able to explain the major aspects and functions of the federal government including most decision making processes.
Prerequisites: None
POL-lSI
3
Intro To Political Science
o
o
3
This course is a study of the basic political concepts used by government today and will introduce the field of
political science to new students. Topics include democracy, totalitarianism and authoritarianism. Political ideologies,
legitimacy sovereignty and constitutions. Upon completion. students will be able to understand generally who rules
America and what makes democracy possible, to include understanding public opinion polls. Prerequisites: None.
POL-lS2
American Government
S
o
o
S
This course introduces the student to an examination of all major functions and branches of U.S. Government
including the executive, legislative. and judicial branches. Emphasis is placed on outlining the basic processes of the
federal bureaucracy, political parties. national campaigning, and national elections. Upon completion. students will be
able to explain the major aspects and functions of the federal government including most decision making processes.
Prerequisites: None
POL-lS3
State & Local Government
S
o
o
S
This course examines state and local politics and includes an overview of executive, legislative, and judicial
procedures for most states in the U.S. Emphasis is placed on the procedural differences as they pertain to North
Carolina politics; national and state governmental relationships are also discussed. Upon completion, students will be
able to discuss political power and political relationships within the state and between states and national government.
Prerequisites: None
268
�POL-2S1
5
Comparative Government
o
o
5
This course develops a political comparison of policy and action for the countries of England, France, West
Gennany, Russia, China, Brazil, and South Africa. Topics include each countries' historical past, key institutions, polit
ical attitudes, patterns of interaction, and what the countries quarrel about. Upon completion, students will be able to
gauge the importance of American foreign relations and better understand the international setting for political decision
making. Prerequisite: POL 152
POL-252
S
International Politics
o
o
5
This course will develop the interplay of political forces in the international community with an emphasis on
wartime policy. Topics include international diplomacy, peace treaties, decision making and the international realign
ment of nations. Upon completion, students will be able to better develop a comprehensive set of attitudes toward the
U.S. in its relationship with other nations. Prerequisites: POL 151
POS-I01
Postal History & Organiz
3
o
o
3
This course is designed to trace the delivery of written communication through present day modes. Topics
include private and governmental agencies which have been and are responsible for mail throughout the world, includ
ing the Postal Reorganization Act. Upon completion, students will be able to explain the ancient history affecting the
present organization of the Postal Service. Prerequisites: None
POS-I03
3
Postal Serv Mail Proc I
o
o
3
This course is designed to provide the participant with an awareness of the interrelated factors necessary to
separate large amounts of mail. Topics include bulk mail center operations, ADC operation, and MSC operations. Upon
completion, students will be able to explain the flow of mail from customer to customer while learning the importance
of service standards. Prerequisites: None
POS-I05
3
Postal Serv Mail Proc II
o
o
3
This course is designed to provide the student with an in-depth view of the flow of mail from area distribution
centers to individual post offices. Topics include bulk mail center operations, ADC operation, and MSC operations
with emphasis on meeting service standards between operations. Upon completion, students will be able to explain the
flow of mail from customer to customer and discuss the importance of service standards. Prerequisites: None
POS-I07
3
Postal Serv Labor Relat
o
o
3
This course covers the history of labor relations in the Postal Service, the current state of labor relations in the
Postal Service and the contractual obligations of both parties to the National APWU/NALC contract. Upon completion,
the student will have a working knowledge of the National Contract, and of the pertinent parts of same to the topic of
labor relations. The employee will also study the principles of labor negotiation and of arbitration as a way of resolving
contract disputes. Prerequisites: None
POS-202
3
Postal Service Finance
o
o
3
This course covers the ancillary functions of the finance operation at the MSC level and teaches correct meth
ods used to make daily financial transactions in the Postal Service. Topics include use of daily accounting procedures,
postal auditing procedures, and an overview of the total financial operation in the Postal Service. Upon completion, stu
dents will be able to discuss correct financial procedures used to operate a post office and explain the administrative
support provided by a fmance section. Prerequisites: None
269
�POS-203
3
Postal Customer Service
o
o
3
This course is designed to provide the student with an in-depth knowledge of all services provided to postal
customers. Emphasis is placed on customer relations and retail sales and services. Upon completion, students will be
able to discuss the customer services function and the role customer services plays in the overall operation of the Postal
Service system. Prerequisites: None
POS-20S
3
Postal Delivery & Collect
o
o
3
This course introduces the student to the problems and solutions encountered in collecting mail, transporting
mail, and delivering mail to customers in an economic and proficient way. Topics include carrier operation, delivery
standards, and the Delivery and ColIection Efficiency analysis (DCEA) system used in the Postal Service. Upon com
pletion, students will be able to explain a delivery operation and the DCEA system. Prerequisites: None
POS-207
3
Postal Serv Empl Relation
o
o
3
This course introduces students to the personnel organizational structure of the Postal Service and all the func
tions associated with a personnel operation. Topics include hiring procedures, training, affirmative action, safety, pro
motion, and the federal retirement system. Upon completion, students will be able to explain the complete personnel
operation used in the Postal Service and how employee relations integrate in the total postal operation. Prerequisites:
None
POS-208
Postal Problem Analysis
3
o
o
3
This course covers the area of USPS Human Resources and builds on the foundation laid in POS 201 and 207.
It is organized in the form of roundtable discussion, role playing and in depth individual research. It covers topics such
as Merit Systems Protection Board Hearings, ELM 650 procedures, financial demands and other advanced employee
labor areas. Upon completion, the student will have a broader understanding of applying the procedures found in the
Employee and Labor Relations Manual to practical postal situations.
PS¥-lOl
3
Intro to Psychology
o
o
3
This course is an introductory survey of the field of psychology wherein the student becomes acquainted with
the human being as a biological-social organism. Topics include history and development of psychology, scientific
method, theory of statistical concepts, intelligence, motivation, emotions, and learning. Upon completion, students will
be able to develop a better understanding of the total human being in a social setting as a biological-social organism.
Prerequisites: None
PS¥-110
Occupational Psychology
3
o
o
3
This course is a study of human occupational behavior in a home or workplace setting. Emphasis is placed on
one's self-esteem and its effect on intergroup relationships at the workplace. Upon completion, students will be able to
better understand the psychology of the workplace and better appreciate different occupational life styles. Prerequisites:
None
PS¥-llOl
3
Human Relations
o
o
3
This course examines the basic aspects of human relations, namely the practical, cognitive, and affective
domain of interpersonal relationships as they apply to individuals. Emphasis is placed on the total world relationships
of occupation, home, and society, examining the self-concept and intergroup experiences. Upon completion, students
will be able to involve themselves academically in stress resolution and problem solving, including appreciating differ
ent life styles and occupational choices. Prerequisites: None
270
�PSY·151
5
General Psychology
o
o
5
This course is an introductory survey of the field of psychology wherein the student becomes acquainted with
the human being as a biological-social organism. Topics include history and development of psychology, scientific
method, theory of statistical concepts, intelligence, motivation, emotions, and learning. Upon completion, students will
be able to develop a better understanding of the total human being in a social setting as a biological social organism.
Prerequisites: None
PSY·152
Human Learning & Memory
5
o
o
5
This course is an introduction to human learning information processing with emphasis on duration and capac
ity of short term memory. Topics include theories of human learning, verbal learning, motor learning, memory
processes, retention and forgetting. Upon completion, students will be able to fully understand the learning processes
for both long and short term memory. Prerequisite: PS Y 151
PSY·153
5
Psychology of Pers Adj
o
o
5
This course will provide a method for meeting lifes goals through a psychological adjustment, developed be
each of the students. Topics include dealing with the psychological problems of stress, depression, anxiety and other
everyday problems. Upon completion, students will be able to solve minor adjustment problems by and through the
incorporation of these difficulties in their everyday life. Prerequisite: PSY 151
PSY·154
Educational Psychology
5
o
o
5
This course is a comprehensive introductory survey of the field of educational psychology, incorporating the
principles and techniques of human learning. Topics include developing an understanding of the principles, practices
and research used in studying the learning process. Upon completion, students will be able to concem themselves fully
with the principles and research used in the learning process. Prerequisite: PSY 151
PSY·155
5
Social Psychology
o
o
5
This course examines human behavior as a function of social influences with emphasis on personal attraction,
aggression, altruism and conformity. Topics include basic psychological factors such as perception and motivation
which both shape and reflect social influences. Upon completion, students will be able to understand the dynamics of
their place in the social world by understanding psychological motivators. Prerequisites: PSY 151
PSY·202
3
Changes in Human Develop.
o
o
3
This course is designed to generally highlight the study of the four major changes in human development over
an individual lifespan. Emphasis is placed on the psychological development as well as the biological, social. and
cultural aspects of changes in growth. Upon completion. students will be able to discuss and understand the bio
psychological changes in human development throughout the lifespan. Prerequisite: PSY 101
PSY·204
3
Behavior Disorders
o
o
3
This course is a study of the principles leading to maladaptive behavior in which individuals develop inappro
priate behavioral performance. Topics include various deviations of maladaptive behavior along with student familiar
ization of proper textbook terminology. Upon completion, students will be able to better select and adopt proper and
normal methods of behavior along with understanding adjustment mechanisms. Prerequisite: PSY 101 or equivalent
271
�PSY·251
Stress Management
5
o
o
5
This course is designed to provide understanding of and remediation for types of stress found in the home, at
work, and within personality types. Emphasis is placed on helping all adults from whatever walk of life using different
mental and physical exercises. Upon completion, students will be able to help themselves overcome debilitating stress
by understanding its causes and then eliminating the causes. Prerequisites: None
PSY·252
Human Growth & Develop
5
o
o
5
This course is designed to incorporate all human physical and psychological growth and developmental stages
from infancy through old age. Emphasis is placed on the psychological and integrated with the social, biological, and
cultural influences upon human growth and development. Upon completion, students will be able to discuss the bio
psychological development of humans from infancy through old age. Prerequisite: PSY 151 or equiv.
PSY·253
Abnormal Psychology
5
o
o
5
This course is a study of principal abnormal phases of behavior and the ways by which individuals develop
abnormal habits of thinking and acting. Emphasis is placed on various deviations of abnormal psychology and familiar
izing the student with proper abnormal terminology. Upon completion, students will be able to distinguish between nor
mal and abnormal adjustment mechanisms and explain the prevention and treatment of behavior disorders. Prerequisite:
PSY 151
PSY·254
Grief Psychology
5
o
o
5
This course presents the role of the funeral director in grief counseling. Emphasis is placed on making the
funeral director more aware of the psychological needs the impact of death creates in the bereaved. Upon completion,
students will be able to apply the concepts of death, dying, immortality, grief management, religion, and the funeral in a
funeral services vocation. Prerequisite: PSY 151
PSY-255
5
Human Relations
o
o
5
This course is a study of the basic principles of human behavior, explaining the biological and cultural roots of
behavior and social drive. Emphasis is placed on the elements of social behavior, perception during interaction, two
person interaction, small social groups, and social organizations. Upon completion, students will be able to utilize their
understanding of behavior and individual relationships to improve social competence in work situations. Prerequisite:
PSY 151
PTH-lOl
2
Intro to Physical Therapy
o
6
4
This course includes an introduction to the health care system, physical therapy, the role of the physical thera
pist assistant, basic patient care and transfer skills, and a review of skeletal structures. Topics include surface anatomy,
professional ethics, history, clinic visits, and basic patient care skills. Upon completion, students will be able to explain
the role of the assistant, demonstrate competence in basic patient care skills, and identify skeletal anatomy.
Prerequisite: Consent of Chairperson corequisites: BIO 160X and BIO 160Y
272
�PTH·I02
2
Physical Therapy Proc I
o
9
5
This course, a continuation of PTH 101, includes heat procedures, massage, a review of the muscular system,
and initial clinical experience. Emphasis is placed on physiological effects, indications and contra- indications, and
clinical skill development of the above techniques. Upon completion, students will be able to apply superficial heat
modalities, ultrasound, and massage safely and correctly in lab and clinic, and identify muscles. Prerequisite: PTH 101,
PHY I lOX and Y; Corequisites: BIO 161X, BIO 161Y, and SAP 101
PTH-I03
Physical Therapy Proc II
3
o
6
5
This course, a continuation of PTH 102, emphasizes theory and practice of electrotherapy, cryotherapy, ther
motherapy, biofeedback, and actinotherapy. Topics inclUde low and high frequency currents, deep heat, cold, ultravio
let, and edema reduction. Upon completion, students will be able to apply these modalities and treatment techniques
effectively, efficiently, and safely and demonstrate knowledge of physiological principles involved. Prerequisite:
PTH 102
PTH·I04
3
Physical Therapy Proc III
o
9
6
This course, a continuation of PTH 103, includes selected topics and procedures and part-time clinical experi
ences. Topics include spinal orthopedics, gait, orthotics, amputee care, ADL, and problem-oriented record keeping.
Upon completion, students will be able to safely and appropriately apply knowledge of spinal orthopedics, gait,
orthotics, and prosthetics to patient problems, write a progress note, and satisfactorily complete the clinic rotation.
Prerequisite: PTH 103
PTH-I05
Physical Therapy Proc IV
3
o
12
7
This course, a continuation of PTH 104, emphasizes physical skill acquisition, physiological principles of
selected physical therapy techniques and part-time clinical rotations. Topics include neurology review, treatment of
adult and pediatric CNS patients, spinal cord, bums, and cardiopulmonary conditions. Upon completion, students will
be able to demonstrate safe and correct application of selected therapeutic techniques in lab and in the clinic.
Prerequisite: PTH 104
PTH·I06
Physical Therapy Seminar
3
o
o
3
This course consists of reports and seminars in the latest physical therapy techniques and equipment and allied
health specialties. Topics include reports on extra departmental experience (observing an operation, for example), case
studies, and guest lecturers. Upon completion, students will be able to discuss specialized physical therapy techniques
or equipment, related health fields, and display competence in writing skills. Prerequisite: PTH 105
PTH·ll0
Therapeutic Exercises
3
o
6
5
This course covers basic kinesiologic principles and their application to exercises and ambulation. Emphasis is
placed on skeletal and muscle review, innervations, kinesiology, therapeutic exercises, postural alignment, ambulation
techniques, and relaxation techniques. Upon completion, students will be able to apply therapeutic exercises, teach and
apply ambulation skills appropriately and safely, and describe the anatomy and kinesiology pertaining to patient prob
lems. Prerequisite: BIO 161
PTH-201
PathiPhys for PT Assist
4
o
o
4
This course is designed to present a survey of basic pathology with emphasis on conditions most frequently
observed and treated in physical therapy. Topics include etiology, pathology, manifestations, treatment, and prognosis.
Upon completion, students will be able to explain repair processes, categorize diseases, define pathology, identify
organ/body systems involved, and discuss treatment and prognosis. Prerequisites: BIO 160, 161, and MED 115
273
�PTH-202
Functional Anatomy
2
2
o
3
This course provides a study of applied anatomy and kinesiology and application to musculoskeletal dysfunc
tion and injury. Topics include peripheral soft tissue and joint function and dysfunction, measurement of joint motion
with a goniometer. Upon completion, students will know the different muscle strengths, be able to apply the goniome
ter to determine joint motion, and discuss soft tissue and joint pathologies and treatment programs. Prerequisite:
PTH 103
PTH-210
3
Psychology of Adjustment
o
o
3
This course is designed to assist the student in developing interpersonal relationship skills for effective partici
pation in the health field. Topics include reactions to disability, the grieving process, communication, motivation,
health promotion, prevention, and aging. Upon completion, students will be able to discuss the basis of and methods for
achieving effective interaction with the patients, families, and staff. Prerequisites: None; Corequisite: PSY 151
PTH·215
3
Community HealthfWelfare
o
o
3
This course is designed to survey, identify, and describe various health and welfare resources within the com
munity and includes field trips to selected agencies. Topics include public, private, and voluntary health organizations
and their functions, future trends of health care, and basic health problems. Upon completion, students will be able to
discuss the functions, resources, and proper utilization of community health agencies and the need for such agencies.
Prerequisite: Consent of Department Chairperson
PTH-2IS
I
Clinical Education
o
39
14
This course is designed to place students in two different full-time affiliations for planned learning experi
ences and practice under supervision. Emphasis is placed on reinforcement of learned skills in direct patient care and
presentation of case studies. Upon completion, the student will be able to demonstrate satisfactory performance as a
physical therapist assistant and a member of the physical therapy team. Prerequisite: PTH 105
RAD·IOt
Radiologic Technology I
4
o
3
5
This course is an orientation to the field of radiologic technology. Topics include the principles of ethics, radi
ation protection, radiographic exposure, darkroom chemistry. medical terminology, and upper and lower extremity
positioning. Upon completion, students will be able to utilize medical terminology, process films, demonstrate radiation
safety, manipulate exposure factors, demonstrate extremity positioning, and discuss patient care. Prerequisite:
Curriculum admission
RAD·102
Radiologic Technology II
3
6
o
6
This course provides the student with additional basic principles of radiologic technology. Topics include the
principles of radiographic exposure techniques, nursing procedures, medical terminology, and positioning of the bony
thorax and pelvis. Upon completion, students will be able to utilize medical terminology, calculate radiographic expo
sure techniques, and demonstrate positioning of the bony thorax and the pelvic girdle. Prerequisite: RAD 101,
RAD 111
RAD·I03
3
Radiologic Technology III
6
o
6
This course provides the student with the complete basic principles of radiologic technology. Topics include
the principles of positioning the vertebral column and the cranium, the principles of fluoroscopy, and a comprehensive
review. Upon completion, students will be able to demonstrate positioning of the vertebral column and the cranium and
utilize the principles of fluoroscopy and equipment. Prerequisite: RAD 102, RAD 112
274
�RAD-lli
o
Clinical Education I
o
12
4
This course is performed in the clinical setting providing the student with an orientation to the radiology
department, radiographic equipment, and patient contact. Emphasis is placed on processing radiographs, transporting
patients, practicing radiation safety principles, and positioning patients for chest, abdomen, and extremity radiographs.
Upon completion, students will be able to process radiographs. transport patients. practice radiation safety techniques,
and prepare radiographs of chest, abdomen, and extremities. Prerequisite: Curriculum admission
RAD-1l2
o
Clinical Education II
o
12
4
This course is provided in the clinical setting giving opportunities for varied patient interaction, with the stu
dent choosing examinations to perform for clinical competency. Emphasis is placed on practical experience of position
ing of the upper and lower extremities, bony thorax, and the pelvic girdle. Upon completion, students will be able to
perform examinations for clinical competency, especially of the upper and lower extremities and thorax. Prerequisite:
RAD III
RAD-1l3
o
Clinical Education III
o
15
5
This course is provided in the clinical setting giving opportunities for varied patient interaction, with the stu
dent choosing examinations to perform for clinical competency. Emphasis is placed on practical experience of position
ing of the vertebral column, the thoracic and abdominal viscera, mammography, and fluoroscopic procedures. Upon
completion, students will be able to perform examinations for clinical competency, especially of the vertebral column
and thoracic-abdominal viscera. Prerequisite: RAD 112
RAD·1l4
o
Clinical Education IV
o
33
II
This course is provided in the clinical setting giving opportunities for varied patient interaction, with the stu
dent choosing examinations to perform for clinical competency. Emphasis is placed on practical experience of position
ing of the cranium and fluoroscopic examinations of the gastro-intestinal tract including previous examinations. Upon
completion, students will be able to perform examinations for clinical competency, especially fluoroscopic studies and
cranial examinations. Prerequisite: RAD 113
RAD·204
7
Radiologic Technology IV
o
o
7
This course covers advanced radiography as employed in a clinical setting. Topics include contrast media
examinations, advanced radiation protection, radiobiology, advanced positioning, and pediatric radiography. Upon
completion, students will be able to describe and perform contrast media examinations, advanced positioning, and pedi
atric radiographs and discuss principles of protection and radiobiology. Prerequisites: RAD 103 and 114
RAD·205
7
Radiologic Technology V
o
o
7
This course provides the student with the principles of imaging modalities. Topics include image intensifica
tion, tomography, special radiographic procedures, interventional techniques, computerized tomography, digital imag
ing, ultrasound. and magnetic resonance imaging. Upon completion, students will be able to describe the utilization of
various imaging modalities, identify components of those systems, and identify images from those modalities.
Prerequisites: RAD 204 and 215
RAD·206
5
Radiologic Technology VI
o
o
5
This course is an overview of the preceding RAD courses with an introduction to radionuclides. Topics
include principles of nuclear medicine, quality assurance, cross-sectional anatomy, and review for the registry. Upon
completion, students will be able to describe principles of nuclear medicine, test radiographic equipment for calibra
tion, and sit for the registry exam. Prerequisites: RAD 205, 207, 216, 217
275
�RAD·207
3
Pathology for RAD
o
o
3
This course introduces systemic pathology relating radiographic procedures to pathology when applicable.
Topics include most frequent and serious problems, major manifestations, and specific diseases of the various systems.
Upon completion, students will be able to identify various pathologic conditions by radiograph and describe systemic
disease process, growth disturbances, and the inflammatory process. Prerequisites: RAD 205 and 216
RAD·2IS
o
Clinical Education V
o
24
8
This course is performed in the clinical setting providing varied patient interaction, with the student choosing
those examinations to perform for clinical competency. Emphasis is placed on practical experience with pediatric
patients, special positions, contrast media, cranial radiography, and radiation protection. Upon completion, students
will be able to perform examinations chosen for clinical competency. Prerequisite: RAD 114
RAD·216
o
Clinical Education VI
o
24
8
This course is performed in the clinical setting providing varied patient interaction, with the student choosing
those examinations to perform for clinical competency. Emphasis is placed on special radiographic procedures, operat
ing room radiography, and general diagnostic procedures. Upon completion, students will be able to assist and explain
special radiographic procedures, perform operating room radiography, and perform examinations chosen for clinical
competency. Prerequisite: RAD 215
RAD·217
I
Clinical Education VII
o
33
12
This course is performed in the clinical setting providing varied patient interaction, with the student choosing
those examinations to perform for clinical competency. Emphasis is placed on C-T scan, special procedures, M.r.!.,
Cardiac Cath., lithotripsy, ultrasound, quality assurance, and general diagnostic radiography. Upon completion, stu
dents will be able to perform competencies in general diagnostic procedures and in identified special rotations.
Prerequisite: RAD 216
RAD·218
o
Clinical Education VIII
o
30
10
This course is performed in the clinical setting providing varied patient interaction, with the student choosing
those examinations to perform for clinical competency. Emphasis is placed on C-T scan, ultrasound, nuclear medicine,
quality assurance, and radiation therapy; rotations vary according to the students' needs in clinical competency. Upon
completion, students will be able to perform competencies in deficient areas and improve clinical performance to pro
vide a smooth transition to graduate technologist status. Prerequisite: RAD 217
REC-I09
3
Maint & Facility Mgt
2
o
4
This course is designed to provide hands-on learning of maintaining equipment and managing a recreation
facility. Topics include facility scheduling and design of indoor and outdoor recreation facilities and maintenance of
equipment. Upon completion, students will be able to design an outdoor and indoor recreation facility and schedule
usage and personnel hours to include maintenance of equipment. Prerequisites: None
REC-110
3
Intro to Resources
o
o
3
This course is designed to familiarize the student with the natural and economic resources in the immediate
area. Emphasis is placed on recognizing local assets, ecological studies, environmental impacts, and on developing the
ability to do an area survey. Upon completion, students will be able to conduct a safe and informative field trip and
demonstrate proper courtesy and provide factual information to the community. Prerequisites: None
276
�REC-111
Intro to Recreation
5
o
o
5
This course provides definitions of leisure, play, and recreation and enables the student to focus on the vast
scope of recreation. Emphasis is placed on the terminology in and history of recreation and changes in society that have
affected the philosophy of recreation. Upon completion, students will be able to recognize the difference between pri
vate, public, and commercial recreation and discuss the history pertaining to each. Prerequisites: None
REC-112
1
Arts & Crafts
o
3
2
This course is designed to instruct the student in the various mediums of art. Emphasis is placed on practical
experience in paints, crayon, and chalk projects, as well as ceramics, pottery, and cloth art. Upon completion, students
will be able to program arts and crafts in a recreational setting and demonstrate familiarity with the different arts and
crafts forms. Prerequisites: None
REC-119
Team Sports & Officiating
2
4
o
4
This course is designed to offer a survey of basic rules, skills, and terminology in selected team sports that are
popular in recreation settings. Emphasis is placed on knowledge and understanding of organization, administration, and
promotion of sports rather than on performance. Upon completion, students will be able to evaluate a good team sports
program and know the basics of football, basketball, volleyball, and soccer. Prerequisites: None
REC-120
2
Cultural Art
o
3
3
This course is designed to provide a general knowledge of the fields of arts and crafts, music, dance, and
drama. Emphasis is placed on activity planning and practical skills in all related fields of cultural arts. Upon comple
tion, students will be able to discuss values, scope, and organizational patterns for all areas of cultural programming.
Prerequisites: None
REC-121
5
Pgm Plan & Supervision
o
o
5
This course is designed to instruct students in the organizing and implementation of recreation programs.
Topics include establishing schedules and budgets, learning group dynamics and problem solving techniques and lead
ership roles. Upon completion, students will be able to construct schedules for facilities and personnel, prepare budgets
and cost analysis and to demonstrate and state leadership characteristics through problem solving techniques.
REC-122
2
Public Relations in Rec
4
o
4
This course is designed to teach the students the value of good marketing procedures and the use of visual aids
to accomplish this. Promotional techniques to enhance participation levels and provide information will be utilized.
Prerequisites: None
REC-123
3
Commercial Rec & Tourism
o
o
3
This course is designed to inform students of the job opportunities and the workings of recreation for profit
agencies. Emphasis is placed on private entrepreneurship of commercial recreation endeavors and the effect on our
economy. Upon completion, students will be able to state procedures necessary to begin and maintain a successful
recreation enterprise and to know and state the economic impact of the tourist industry. Prerequisites: None
REC-I24
3
Fitness Management
2
o
4
This course introduces students to basic fitness principles and evaluation techniques so that students will be
knowledgeable in progressive maintenance programming. Emphasis is placed on testing for physical fitness, cardiovas
cular conditioning, evaluation of isometric and isotonic strength, and assessing exercise programs for lifetime value.
Upon completion, students will be able to assess fitness programs for their personal use and plan programs for public's
use in various recreational settings. Prerequisites: None
277
�REC-138
2
Golf and Tennis
o
3
3
This course is designed to teach the student the history, rules, techniques and strategies involved in the two
sports. Emphasis is placed on individual skills, strategies and rules to play the game. Upon completion, the students
will be able to play an entire game using correct procedures, methods and techniques. Prerequisite: None
REC-145
Intro to Therapeutic Rec
3
o
o
3
This course orients students to the various fields of therapeutic recreation and job possibilities therein.
Emphasis is placed on the history and definition of therapeutic recreation, as well as its many models found throughout
the community. Upon completion, students will be able to locate and understand the variety of therapeutic recreation
agencies which will enhance job placement in this field. Prerequisites: None
REC-l48
2
Badminton and Volleyball
o
3
3
This course is designed to instruct the students in the basic rules and fundamentals in badminton and volley
ball. Emphasis is placed on skill techniques, strategy and selection of equipment. Upon completion students will be
able to play and entire game using correct procedures, methods and techniques. Prerequisite: None
REC-201
Group Leadership
3
o
o
3
This course is designed to provide a general orientation to recreational group leadership and basic leadership
methods. Emphasis is placed on group dynamics, problem solving techniques, and activity leadership methods. Upon
completion, students will be able to lead other students in a recreational activity and discuss leadership principles.
Prerequisites: None
REC-202
Intro to Ill/Handicapped
5
o
o
5
This course is designed to introduce the student to the special recreational needs of exceptional and disabled
persons. Emphasis is placed on different disabilities, their causes, limitations, and treatments. Upon completion, stu
dents will be able to describe general characteristics, precautions, and treatment concerns of various disabilities.
Prerequisites: None
REC-203
Sign Language in Rec
2
2
o
3
This course provides students with insight into the problems of the hearing impaired and the various methods
used in communicating in basic sign language. Emphasis is placed on communication skills through various pieces of
equipment and the American Sign Language instruction. Upon completion, students will be able to discuss causes,
degrees, and types of hearing impairments as well as use the American Sign Language. Prerequisites: None
REC-204
Outdoor Leadership
2
o
3
3
This course is designed to instruct students in the proper methods, procedures and techniques in outdoor sur
vival skills. Topics include camping skills, outdoor survival skills, camp counseling techniques and environmental
awareness. Upon completion, students will be able to demonstrate camping techniques, backpacking skills, outdoor
counseling methods and environmental activities for outdoor camping trips.
REC-206
Recreation - Drama
2
2
o
3
This course is designed to teach different techniques in presenting various art forms of drama. Emphasis is
placed on puppetry, storytelling, and improvisations and includes the history and scope of drama. Upon completion,
students will be able to direct and teach creative drama, demonstrate role playing, and explain the uses of each.
Prerequisites: None
278
�REC-212
3
Adaptive PopJActivities
2
o
4
This course is designed to teach modifications and adaptations used in physical and recreational activities for
handicapped persons. Emphasis is placed on techniques and equipment used to adapt various sports, games, and activi
ties for handicapped participants. Upon completion, students will be able to demonstrate proper programming, adapta
tions, and goal setting for physical and recreational activities designed for handicapped individuals. Prerequisites: None
REC-220
2
Camp Counseling
o
3
3
This course provides the student with the skills and knowledge needed to work effectively in various types of
camping situations. Emphasis is placed on outdoor camping equipment. responsibilities of a camp counselor. and
developing the ability to relate information to special populations. Upon completion, students will be able to erect vari
ous types of tents and other equipment and develop a competent camping program. Prerequisites: None
REC-22S
3
Scheduling Activities
o
o
3
This course is designed to instruct students in selecting, planning, and conducting tournaments in all sports.
Emphasis is placed on selection of appropriate types of tournaments for industries, schools, and recreation agencies.
Upon completion, students will be able to draw up a schedule, record results, and plan and conduct whole tournaments.
Prerequisites: None
REC-231
1
Social Recreation
4
o
3
This course is designed to teach students how to plan, organize, and lead social recreational activities and pro
grams. Emphasis is placed on understanding group dynamics and incorporating these techniques in social activities.
Upon completion, students will be able to organize and carry out social events for all age groups in various social set
tings. Prerequisites: None
REC-236
1
Low Organized Games
o
3
2
This course presents materials and strategies necessary to conduct structured activities for youth. ages two
through twelve. Emphasis is placed on characteristics, both mental and physical, of this age group so that activities will
enhance social growth. Upon completion, students will be able to plan, schedule, and conduct actual activities for ages
two through twelve. Prerequisites: None
REC-237
3
Older Adult Activities
2
o
4
This course is designed to instruct students in the basic components of planning programs for older adults.
Emphasis is placed on needs and capabilities of older adults, programming techniques and leadership skills. Upon com
pletion, students will be able to initiate, direct and coordinate facilities, personnel and carry out activities for older
adults. Prerequisites: None
REC-238
3
Therapeutic Methods - Rec
o
o
3
This course is designed to orient students to various rehabilitation therapies and techniques. Emphasis is
placed on practical learning of the stress-related therapies, reality orientation, leisure counseling, creative arts therapies
as well as outdoor adventure programs. Upon completion, students will be able to demonstrate these various techniques
associated with weIIness and therapeutic recreation. Prerequisites: None
279
�REC-240
1
Volunteer Services - Rec
o
3
2
This course will provide students with an overview of volunteer possibilities and opportunities for actual par
ticipation as volunteers. Emphasis is placed on volunteer characteristics and locations where volunteers are used and
actual volunteering activities. Upon completion, students will be able to state the importance of volunteering and be
able to demonstrate capabilities of volunteering in actual locations throughout Cumberland County. Prerequisites: None
REC-245
3
Community Health Resource
o
o
3
This course is designed to study the on-going process of staying mentally, physically, and socially healthy.
Emphasis is placed on the well-being of individuals and communities. Upon completion, students will be able to dis
cuss how heredity, stress, fitness, nutrition, life-style, and environment affects individuals. Prerequisites: None
REC-246
3
Gerontology
o
o
3
This course is designed to acquaint students with all aspects of the aging process. Emphasis is placed on char
acteristics of aging, methods of recreational programming, and guidelines for various institutional settings. Upon com
pletion, students will be able to work effectively with the elderly in planning programs and carrying these programs to
completion. Prerequisites: None
RED-80
3
Applied Reading Skills
2
o
4
This course develops students' applied reading skills. Emphasis is placed on awareness of effective time man
agement, study methods, note- and test-taking, outlining, library utilization, and mnemonics. Upon completion, stu
dents will be able to apply this awareness in mastering college academics. Prerequisites: None
RED-94
3
Prescriptive Reading
2
o
4
This course is designed to remedy reading deficiencies by developing students' literal and critical reading
skills. Emphasis is placed on improving vocabulary, comprehension, and reading rate. Upon completion, students will
be able to read materials efficiently at a minimum of the 7.5 grade level. Prerequisites: None
RED·95
Vocabulary & Reading I
3
2
o
4
This course provides for reading and vocabulary development and is devoted to developing good reading
skills and habits. Emphasis is placed on dictionary skills. word attack, and reading speed and comprehension. Upon
completion, students will be able to utilize independent reading habits that promote success at the 9.0 grade level.
Prerequisites: None
RED-96
Vocabulary & Reading n
3
2
o
4
This course is a remedial reading and vocabulary course devoted primarily to developing good reading skills
and habits. Emphasis is placed on the principles of rhetoric through the reading of selected essays. Upon completion,
students will be able to read efficiently at a minimum of the 11.0 grade level. Prerequisites: None
REL-151
5
Old Testament Survey
o
o
5
This course is a survey of the Old Testament beginning with the pentateuch and continuing through the for
mer, major, and minor prophets. Topics include the Pentateuch (covenant and law), historical books. major and minor
prophets. Upon completion, students will be able to understand the Old Testament as a historical record of God's deal
ings with his chosen people. Prerequisites: None
280
�REL-lS2
5
New Testament Survey
o
o
5
This course is a systematic survey of the twenty-seven New Testament books from the Gospels to revelation.
Topics include the Synoptic Gospels and the Pauline Epistles with emphasis on lectures, reading the test, and class dis
cussions. Upon completion, students will be able to understand and appreciate the New Testament historically and its
relationship with the world today. Prerequisites: None
RLS-IOI
3
Real Estate Mathematics
o
o
3
This course reviews basic math concepts through the complicated mathematical computations. Topics include
computations such as profit, loss, commissions, appraisal, area and volume, interest, discount points, prorations, and
capitalization. Upon completion, students will be able to solve math problems pertaining to real estate. Prerequisites:
None; Corequisite: RLS 103
RLS-I03
4
Real Estate Fundamentals
2
o
5
This course addresses the fundamentals and principles of real estate for the person seeking to become a
licensed real estate salesperson or broker. Topics include real estate laws, rules and regulations, financing, ownership,
brokerage, and property valuation. Upon completion, students will be prepared to sit for the North Carolina real estate
salesman's examination. Prerequisites: None Corequisite: RLS 101
RLS-201
3
Real Estate Law
o
o
3
This course is an advanced level instructional course in real property ownership and interests. Topics include
NCRE Licensing Law and rules and regulations, land use control, law of the agency, contracts, landlord and tenant law,
mortgages/deeds of trust, and real estate closing activities. Upon completion, students will be able to apply their under
standing of real estate law to real estate situations. Prerequisite: RLS 103 or real estate license
RLS-209
3
Real Estate Finance
2
o
4
This course includes an overview of the economics of finance, location of money, the influence of economic
activities, and governmental influences on finance. Topics include sources of mortgage money, mathematics of mort
gage financing, primary and secondary money markets, governmental influences, and mortgage qualification proce
dures. Upon completion, students will be able to apply their understanding of finance to real estate problems more
effectively. Prerequisite: RLS 103 or real estate license
RLS-231
3
Real Estate Brokerage
2
o
4
This course includes brokerage operations, establishing a brokerage fmn, bookkeeping systems, management
concepts and practices, personnel and training, marketing operations, and trust accounting. Topics include manage
ment, personnel, operations, records and bookkeeping systems, and financial operations. Upon completion, students
will be able to plan, establish, operate and manage a real estate brokerage firm. Prerequisite: RLS 103 or real estate
license
RSP-IOS
1
Resp Ther TheorylEquip
o
3
2
This course introduces the student to medical gas theory and physiology of ventilation. Topics include patient
assessment, cardio-pulmonary anatomy and physiology, introductory oxygen administration, and respiratory mechan
ics. Upon completion. students will be able to display mastery of concepts and procedures through demonstration and
written evaluations. Prerequisite: Admission to the Respiratory Therapy program
281
�RSP-I06
I
Resp Ther TheorylEquip II
2
12
6
This course introduces basic therapeutic modalities and equipment for bronchial hygiene therapy, and pro
vides clinical/hospital exposure. Topics include tracheobronchial procedures, humid and aerosol therapy and hyperin
flation techniques. Upon completion, students will be able to demonstrate mastery of concepts and procedures through
clinical evaluation and written examinations. Prerequisite: RSP 105
RSP-I07
1
Resp Ther TheorylEquip III
o
3
2
This course introduces mechanical ventilation concepts and provides an in-depth study of airway care and
maintenance. Topics include life- saving techniques for airway maintenance and the use of emergency equipment,
including implementation of continuous mechanical ventilation. Upon completion, students will be able to describe
indications for and demonstrate appropriate use of advanced life support procedures, including intubation and ventila
tion. Prerequisite: RSP 106
RSP-111
I
Clinical Practice I
o
15
6
This course provides clinical experience for introductory oxygen therapy, implementation of aerosol and
hyperinflation modalities, and chest physiotherapy. Topics include performance of procedures and acquiring clinical
competency in basic modalities of respiratory care. Upon completion, students will be able to demonstrate proficiency
in all areas of basic oxygen therapy, humid and aerosol administration, chest physiotherapy and hyperinflation tech
niques. Prerequisite: RPS 106
RSP·112
I
Clinical Practice II
o
30
11
This course provides clinical exposure to advanced life support techniques and modalities. Topics include
modification of ventilatory support based on data acquired from blood gas analysis and respiratory mechanics. Upon
completion, students will be able to demonstrate proficiency in basic airway care, blood gas sampling and analysis,
implementation of mechanical ventilation, measurement of bedside spirometry and respiratory mechanics. Prerequisite:
RSP III
RSP-131
Clinical Applications I
1
o
3
2
This course provides an introduction to cardiopulmonary evaluation. Topics include acid base balance, blood
gas sampling and analyses, limitations of oxygen therapy, and the physiology of external respiration. Upon completion,
students will be able to interpret patients' acid base and oxygenation status and describe appropriate interventions or
therapeutic modalities. Prerequisites: None
RSP·132
1
Clinical Applications II
o
3
2
This course covers advanced techniques of life support. Topics include acquiring knowledge and skills neces
sary to provide advanced cardiac life support in an emergency clinical setting. Upon completion, students will be able
to demonstrate advanced life support techniques including intubation, CPR, ECG interpretation, defibrillation, and
appropriate drug therapy. Prerequisite: RSP 131
RSP-142
Pulmonary Pathophysiology
3
o
o
3
This course discusses common respiratory abnormalities and disorders. Emphasis is placed on anatomic alter
ations of the lungs, etiology of the disease process, an overview of clinical manifestations and treatment. Upon comple
tion, students will be able to describe basic pathophysiologic concepts and mechanisms of respiratory disorders,
including current treatment and therapeutic interventions. Prerequisite: RSP 148
282
�RSp·213
Clinical Practice m
1
o
15
6
This course establishes continuity between didactic information and clinical experience through exposure in
intensive care units. Topics include collation and interpretation of patient data and implementation of advanced modes
of mechanical ventilation, including neonatal and pediatric application. Upon completion, students will be able to pro
vide total advanced cardiopulmonary assessment and demonstrate proficiency in its application. Prerequisite: RSP 112
RSP·214
1
Clinica1 Practice IV
o
15
6
This course includes study and clinical practice of the principles underlying clinical evaluation of the car
diopulmonary system. Topics include positive pressure ventilation of the adult and pediatric, cardio- pulmonary reha
bilitation, pulmonary function testing, and home health care. Upon completion, students will be able to demonstrate
proficiency in arterial sampling and analysis, interpretation of respiratory mechanics, and application and manipulation
of mechanical ventilators. Prerequisite: RSP 213
RSp·215
1
Clinical Practice V
o
24
I)
This course provides the student with a complete review of didactic materials and clinical involvement in the
critical care areas. Topics include patient assessment, collection and interpretation of data and implementation of an
organized problem solving process. Upon completion, students will be able to apply acquired skills in all realms of res
piratory care therapeutics and modalities. Prerequisite: RSP 214
RSp·233
1
Clinical Application III
o
3
2
This course covers advanced modes of ventilatory support and innovative techniques of patient evaluation.
Topics include pharmacology for ventilatory maintenance, ventilatory monitors, high frequency ventilation, and appli
cation and complications of airway pressure therapy. Upon completion, students will be able to initiate mechanical ven
tilation, choosing appropriate parameters and manipulate settings as indicated by changes in patient status. Prerequisite:
RSP 132
RSP·234
2
Clinical Application IV
o
3
3
This course covers techniques of advanced patient assessment. Emphasis is placed on understanding the
rationale for continuous assessment, developing a systematic physiologic approach to treatment, evaluating respiratory
modalities based on therapeutic objectives, and documenting the information attained. Upon completion, students will
be able to update physiologic assessments, initiate and maintain prescribed therapy, evaluate patients response and
suggest modifications in respiratory management. Prerequisite: RSP 233
RSp·235
2
Clinical Application V
o
3
3
This course provides the student with a comprehensive review of didactic information required for cardiopul
monary credentialing and licensing. Emphasis is placed on medical gas therapy, continuous ventilatory support phar
macology, microbiology, hemodynamics, and equipment. Upon completion, students will be able to complete a mock
licensure examination with at least 70% proficiency. Prerequisite: RSP 234
RSp·236
2
NeonatallPeds Resp Care
2
o
3
This course provides an in-depth study of the disease process and treatment of the fetal, neonate. and pediatric
age group. Topics include development of the respiratory system, evaluation of the newborn, diseases and treatment,
and mechanical ventilation. Upon completion, students will be able to describe and perform techniques for the care of
the pediatric patient. Prerequisites: All fourth quarter courses
283
�RSP-237
2
Cardiopulmonary Evaluat
2
o
3
This course teaches methods and techniques of evaluating respiratory and cardiac functions in the normal and
diseased states. Topics include physiology, electrolyte balance, blood gas relationships, and hemodynamic evaluation.
Upon completion, students will be able to collect and combine appropriate information to accurately assess and evalu
ate patients' cardio-pulmonary status. Prerequisite: RSP 112
RSP-238
2
Organization & Management
o
o
2
This course includes a study of ethical, legal and management skills in respiratory care. Emphasis is placed on
ethical thought, management, and the laws and regulations affecting the practice of respiratory care. Upon completion,
students will be able to discern the main ethical, management, and legal concerns in health care delivery. Prerequisites:
All fifth quarter courses
SAF-IOI
First Aid & Safety
3
2
o
4
This course is designed to provide knowledge, techniques, and procedures for administering basic first aid
assistance, and includes CPR certification. Emphasis is placed on prevention of accidents, identification of emergen
cies, and procedures to follow in first aid crises. Upon completion, students will be able to perform artificial respiration
and cardiopulmonary resuscitation, identify and bandage wounds, and treat for shock, choking, bums, and other emer
gencies. Prerequisites: None
SOC-IOI
3
Intro to Sociology
o
o
3
This course provides the student with the capability to analyze and relate fundamental concepts of sociology
to major elements of social life. Emphasis is placed on the use of the scientific method to study social patterns and
institutions: family, religion, education, politics, and economics. Upon completion, students will be able to discuss pat
terns of socialization, intergroup relations, minority group relations, population growth, and ecosystems. Prerequisites:
None
SOC-I02
3
Family Relationships
o
o
3
This course will incorporate the study of the family as an institution and how this institution is affected by the
variables of love and kinship. Topics include the origin of the family, the childbearing function of the family, and the
instability of the family. Upon completion, students will be able to further understand the social problems associated
with the nuclear and extended families.
SOC·lSt
General Sociology
S
o
o
S
This course provides the student with the capability to analyze and relate fundamental concepts of sociology
to major elements of social life. Emphasis is placed on the use of the scientific method to study social patterns and
institutions: family, religion, education, politics, and economics. Upon completion, students will be able to discuss pat
terns of socialization, intergroup relations, minority group relations, population growth, and ecosystems. Prerequisites:
None
SOC·tS2
Marriage & Family
S
o
o
S
This course covers a study of the family as a social institution, its origin and development, along with other
social institutions in contemporary society. Emphasis is placed on the family form and function in society, gender and
sex role differences, and social relationships between the sexes. Upon completion, students will be able to discuss
social relationships between the sexes and factors contributing to or mitigation against successful, stable marriages.
Prerequisites: None
284
�SOC·153
5
Social Problems
o
o
5
The course explores most of the facets of current social problems and involves the student in the analysis of
social problems using sociological theory. Emphasis is placed on social disorganization, pathology, conflict, violence,
and labeling deviants in contemporary society, including insight into values, goals, and norms. Upon completion, stu
dents will be able to recognize social problems related to physical and mental health, chemical dependency, crime,
deviance, inequality, and environmental crisis. Prerequisite: None
SOC·154
5
Sociology of Education
o
o
5
This course is an examination of education as a social institution developing concerns about its worth and
importance in society. Topics include, the school as a social system, social factors influencing learning, social programs
and status attainment. Upon completion, students wiIl be able to recognize the social benefit of an education and their
need for life long learning. Prerequisites: SOC 151
SOC·155
3
Sociology of Religion
o
o
3
This course is a study of the nature of religion as an institution and its historic and present day effects on
humankind. Topics include the religiously defined beliefs of Durkheim, Hegel, Weber, McKenzie, Wright and Fuller,
distinguishing between magic, science and religion. Upon completion, students will be able to discuss the present day
effects of religion in general and not just a specific denomination. Prerequisite: SOC 151
SOC·251
5
Social Culture
o
o
5
This course introduces the students to social culture using a multi-disciplinary approach with attention to basic
similarities to other cultures. Emphasis is placed on understanding cultural survival of nation, states, and communities
in the most pragmatic manner or method available. Upon completion, students will be able to explain cultural evolution
from primitive to modem societies, incorporating configuration, functionalism, and structuralism. Prerequisites: None
SOC·252
3
Sociology of Gerontology
o
o
3
This course introduces the student to the sociological study of human aging along with the psychological and
socio-economic problems connected with aging. Emphasis is placed on the psychological, biological, and sociological
processes of aging. The complete quality of life will be considered. Upon completion, students will be able to better
formulate a proper plan in dealing with the aged at home or in an institutional setting. Prerequisites: SOC 151
SOC·253
5
Death & Dying
o
o
5
This course is designed to present sociological backgrounds and frustrations that are incorporated into the con
sequences of death and dying. Emphasis is placed on analyzing the different death rates among various groups, races,
and societies, as well as various types of death. Upon completion, students will be able to discuss the social rituals of
death, both cultural and religious, including current death and dying issues. Prerequisites: None
SPA·15I
5
Elementary Spanish I
o
o
5
This course introduces the beginning student to the basic elements of grammar, phonetics, every-day vocabu
lary and common expressions needed to develop language skills. Topics include basic oral communication, reading and
writing, drills and repetition of grammatical structures and laboratory exercises. Upon completion, students will be able
to express basic needs, recognize and be understood with simple identifications, and use this level vocabulary.
Prerequisites: None
285
�SPA-152
5
Elementary Spanish II
o
o
5
This course continues the goals of the fIrst level, introducing more verb tenses, vocabulary, fonnats and struc
tures with commonly used expressions. Topics include the development of basic skills of reading, writing and oral
competency, with drills, practices and laboratory work. Upon completion, students will be able to understand and con
vey basic thoughts and to participate in structured conversations. Prerequisites: SPA 151 or equiv
SPA-25I
5
Intermediate Spanish I
o
o
5
This course is a more detailed study of grammar, designed to improve understanding, speaking, reading, writ
ing at a level of moderate diffIculty. Topics include selected readings, dialogues, common idioms, and expressions with
attention to communicative use of advanced structures. Upon completion, students will be able to speak and understand
at a simple conversational level, and read and write compositions using regular and irregular verbs. Prerequisites: SPA
152 orequiv
SPA·252
5
Intermediate Spanish II
o
o
5
This course introduces grammatical structures with more advanced verb tenses and vocabulary widely found
in common native daily conversation. Topics include controlled dialogues, short composition and essays, translations,
and comments and interpretation of audio and video materials. Upon completion, students will be able to increase their
mastery in oral-aural ability, and to engage in conversations at near native level. Prerequisites: SPA 251 or equiv
SPA-260
5
Spanish Business Language
o
o
5
This course offers a comprehensive study of the language, vocabulary and special tenninology used in today's
business practices and procedures. Topics include oral and written understanding of commercial correspondence, as
well as observations on fonnalities and customs. Upon completion, students will be able to communicate and deal
effectively with the most generally used practices and tenninology by the Spanish speaking peoples. Prerequisites: SPA
252 or equiv.
SPA-262
5
Spanish Civilization
o
o
5
This course is taught in English, it does not fulfIll a language requirement and pre-supposes some knowledge
of European history. Topics include civilization of Spain, its culture and that of the Hispanic world, from early to pres
ent times. Upon completion, students will be able to understand, know and enjoy arts, music, readings of translated lit
erature, and many audio-video materials on Hispanic folklore. Prerequisites: None
SRV·IOI
Surveying I
2
o
6
4
This course introduces the theory and practice of plane surveying and presents the basics associated with mea
suring angles and distances. Topics include care and use of instruments, taping, differential and profIle leveling, transit.
stadia, and transit-tape surveys. Upon completion, students will be able to apply the theory and practices of plane sur
veying to detennine boundaries, areas, and volumes of land measurements. Prerequisites: None corequisite: MAT 114
or completion of MAT 113
SRV-I02
Surveying II
2
o
6
4
This course is a continuation of SRV 101 with advanced applications of the theory and practice of the princi
ples of land surveying. Topics include triangulation of ordinary precision, use of plane table, topographic surveys, and
mapping. Upon completion, students will be able to apply the theory and practice of plane surveying to more compli
cated and intricate land measurements. Prerequisite: SRV 101
286
�SRV·I03
Surveying III
2
o
6
4
This course covers the principles and techniques used in route surveying to determine the path of a continuing
line. Topics include simple, compound, reverse, parabolic, and spiral curves as well as geometric design and layout of
highway systems. Upon completion, students will be able to design and plan highway and utility line surveys and do
cross-sections forlayout and staking. Prerequisite: SRV 101
SRV·201
Topo and Photogrammetry
3
o
3
4
This course provides understanding of various techniques used in preparing topographic maps. Topics include
interpretation and use of aerial photographs, production of photo maps, photogrammetric calculations and ground con
trol. Upon completion, students will be able to prepare a topographic map. Prerequisite: SRV 102
SRV·204
Surveying IV
2
o
6
4
This course is a continuation of SRV 103 with advanced applications of electronic distance measuring devices
and is designed to complete the series on surveying. Emphasis is placed on solar and stellar observations, study and
application of state plane grid coordinate systems, and aerial surveys. Upon completion. students will be able to apply
the principles of surveying to any situation involving the measurement and determination of points on the earth.
Prerequisite: SRV 103
SRV·210
3
Const. & Site Surveying
o
3
4
This course covers basic site and construction surveying. Topics include grid topos, lot and building corners,
location of batterboards, building location and plot plans. Upon completion, students will be able to layout a site for
construction and locate a building upon it. Prerequisites: SRV 101, SRV 103
SRV·224
3
Surveying Law
o
3
4
This course provides an overview of law as related to the practice of surveying. Topics include surveyor's
responsibilities, deed descriptions, title searches, eminent domain, adverse possession, and riparian rights. Upon com
pletion, students will be able to identify and apply the basic legal aspects associated with the practice of land surveying.
Prerequisite: None
SUR·I091
9
Intro to Surgical Tech.
4
o
11
This course is designed to assist the student in acquiring basic knowledge and skills in surgical aseptic tech
nique for application in the operating room. Topics include ethical and legal responsibilities, prevention and control of
infection, duties of the scrub and circulating technologists. Upon completion, students will be able to assist the scrub
and circulating technologists in the performance of their duties as a team member in the operating room. Prerequisites:
All first quarter courses
SUR·I093
6
Surgical Procedures I
o
o
6
This course includes a study in obstetrics, the more common operative procedures related to the body systems,
terminology, special considerations, and instrumentation. Topics include anatomy review, wound closure, and total
intraoperative care of the surgical patient during general, gynecologic, and genitourinary surgery. Upon completion,
students will be able to define surgical terminology. identify abdominal incisions and the layers of tissue penetrated.
and instruments and supplies used. Prerequisites: All first quarter courses; Corequisites: All second quarter courses
287
�SUR·I094
o
Clinical Practice I
o
15
5
This course provides practical experiences in the actual clinical setting with a variety of planned activities to
perfect skills learned in the classroom. Emphasis is placed on acquiring skills in scrubbing, gowning, gloving, acquiring
dexterity handling instruments, sutures, supplies, and anticipating team members' needs. Upon completion, students
will be able to perform as members of the operating team in the scrub and circulating position by applying skills
acquired. Prerequisites: All first quarter courses; Corequisites: All second quarter courses
SUR·I095
o
Clinical Practice II
o
15
5
This course is a continuation of SUR 1094, with emphasis on basic skills and planned experiences in the oper
ating room and delivery rooms. Emphasis is placed on applying skills to thoracic, plastic, reconstructive, orthopedic,
and neurological procedures, as well as delivery room procedures. Upon completion, students will be able to perform
scrub technologists duties in the operating room, prepare the delivery rooms and scrub on cesarean sections.
Prerequisites: All second quarter courses; Corequisites: All third quarter courses
SUR·I097
6
Surgical Procedures II
o
o
6
This course is a continuation of SUR 1093 and covers the more complicated surgical procedures that require
greater knowledge and skills. Emphasis is placed on anatomy review, special considerations, and instrumentation in
thoracic, plastic, reconstructive, ophthalmic, orthopedic, and neurological surgery. Upon completion, students will be
able to define terminology, identify instruments, discuss the general scheme of surgical procedures, and practice patient
safety measures. Prerequisites: All second quarter courses; Corequisites: All third quarter courses
SUR·I098
Seminar I
2
o
o
2
This course provides the student with opportunities to verbally relate surgical procedures observed with SUR
1093 and SUR 1094. Topics include preoperative diagnosis, postoperative diagnosis, operation, types of anesthesia,
and points of particular interest during the operative procedure. Upon completion, students will be able to discuss the
operative procedures assigned, relate their contributions, and give an overall account of room activities. Prerequisites:
All first quarter courses; Corequisites: All second quarter courses
SUR·I099
Seminar II
2
o
o
2
This course is a continuation of SUR 1098 with opportunities for the student to verbally relate surgery
observed with SUR 1095 and SUR 1097. Topics include preoperative diagnosis, postoperative diagnosis, operation,
types of anesthesia, and points of interest during the operative procedure. Upon completion, students will be able to dis
cuss the operative procedures assigned, relate their contributions, and give an overall account of room activities.
Prerequisites: All second quarter courses; Corequisites: All third quarter courses
SUR·l1oo
4
Surgical Procedures III
o
o
4
This course is a continuation of SUR 1097 with emphasis on specialty operative procedures that require
greater knowledge and skills. Topics include anatomy review, special considerations, and instrumentation in ear, nose,
throat, neck, cardiovascular, and pediatric surgery. Upon completion, students will be able to define terminology, iden
tify instruments, practice patient safety measures, and discuss the general scheme of surgical procedures. Prerequisites:
All third quarter courses; Corequisites: All fourth quarter courses
SUR·HOI
o
Clinical Practice III
o
18
6
This course is a continuation of SUR 1095 with emphasis on perfecting skills in the operating room, short stay
unit, and central service. Emphasis is placed on specialty procedures that require more technical skills, short procedures
that require speed and efficiency, and advanced central service responsibilities. Upon completion, students will be able
to function at entry level in the work force as a surgical technologist. Prerequisites: All third quarter courses;
Corequisites: All fourth quarter courses
288
�SUR-l102
Seminar III
2
o
o
2
This course provides comprehensive testing and review to locate didactic weaknesses in preparation for the
national certification exam. Topics include a review in anatomy and physiology, microbiology, surgical pharmacology,
introduction to surgical procedures, and theory of surgical procedures. Upon completion, students will be able to deter
mine areas of didactic weakness. prepare and take the exam with confidence, and will have a foundation for gainful
employment. Prerequisites: All third quarter courses; Corequisites: All fourth quarter courses
WLD-I06
1
Techniques of Welding
o
6
3
This course covers the arc and gas welding processes with practical exercises in welding materials together in
all positions. Emphasis is placed on a discussion of arc welding machines, gas components, and safety procedures.
Upon completion, students will be able to use arc and gas welding equipment to join metal plates in the flat, horizontal.
vertical. and overhead position. Prerequisites: None
WLD-l105
Auto Body Welding
2
o
6
4
This course provides an introduction to the practical operations of the MIG welding system and includes weld
ing practices in all positions. Emphasis is placed on the study of the machines and equipment for MIG welding with
practical welding exercises in all welding positions. Upon completion, students will be able to properly set up and oper
ate MIG welding systems and to weld metals efficiently in all the welding positions. Prerequisite: WLD 1180 or 106
WLD-1l20
3
Oxy-Fuel & Basic Welding
o
12
7
This course covers the oxy-acetylene welding processes, principles of welding and cutting equipment, care
and safe use. Emphasis is placed on familiarization with oxy-acetylene equipment for welding and cutting materials
and brazing and soldering processes. Upon completion. students will be able to use essential gas welding equipment
safely and weld and braze materials in all welding positions. Prerequisites: None
WLD-1l20A Oxy-Fuel & Basic Welding
2
o
6
4
This course covers the processes of gas welding. cutting, brazing, and soldering and describes the safe use of
the essential equipment. Emphasis is placed on familiarization with essential equipment for gas welding processes;
welding is practiced in the flat and horizontal position. Upon completion, students will be able to use essential gas
welding equipment safely and weld and braze materials in flat and horizontal welding positions. Prerequisites: None
I
WLD-1l20B Oxy-Fuel & Basic Welding
o
6
3
This course is a continuation of WLD 1120A and covers the processes of gas welding. cutting, brazing, and
soldering and describes the safe operation of equipment. Emphasis is placed on the equipment used for gas welding and
cutting processes including practice welding in the vertical and overhead positions. Upon completion, students will be
able to use gas welding equipment safely and produce weld or braze joints of materials in all welding positions.
Prerequisite: WLD 1120A
WLD-1l21
3
Shield Metal Welding
o
IS
8
This course covers the operation of arc welding machines, safety, selection of electrodes, and problems
encountered in the welding process. Emphasis is placed on machines, their electrical systems, and electrode data evalu
ation. Upon completion, students will be able to weld plates in all positions. Prerequisite: WLD 1180 or 106 or 1120
289
�2
WLD-1121A Shield Metal Arc Welding
o
6
4
This course covers the operation of arc welding machines, safety and selection of electrodes, and problems
encountered in the welding process. Emphasis is placed on machines for welding, electrical systems, electrode data
selection, and practice in flat and horizontal position welding. Upon completion, students will be able to use arc weld
ing machines safely to weld steel plates in the flat and horizontal positions. Prerequisite: WLD 1180 or 106 or 1120
1
WLD-1121B Shield Metal Arc Welding
o
9
4
This course is a continuation of WLD 1121A and includes machines, safety and selection of electrodes, and
welding process problems. Emphasis is placed on the operation and electrical systems of arc welders and practice weld
ing in the vertical and overhead position. Upon completion, students will be able to weld plates in the overhead and
vertical positions. Prerequisite: WLD 1121A
WLD-1123
2
Gas Shielded Arc Welding
o
6
4
This course is designed to teach the operation and use of inert-gas- shielded arc welding methods (TIO/MIO).
Emphasis is placed on the study of the equipment, its safety and operational demands, and practice in all welding posi
tions. Upon completion, students will be able to set up and operate TIO and MIG welding machines and weld various
size metals in all welding positions. Prerequisites: WLD 1120 and 1121; or WLD 106 or WLD 1180
WLD-1124
Pipe Welding
4
o
12
8
This course provides practice in the preparation and welding procedures essential to joining pipe systems.
Emphasis is placed on pipe codes and measurements and specifications and techniques of welding pipe, including lay
out of pipe joints. Upon completion. students will be able to prepare pipe joints, then weld them together using pipe
welding processes in the horizontal and vertical position. Prerequisites: WLD 1120 and 1121
WLD-1124A Pipe Welding
2
o
6
4
This course introduces students to pipe welding techniques and preparation of pipe for welding. Emphasis is
placed on studies of pipe codes and specifications and techniques of horizontal pipe welding. Upon completion, stu
dents will be able to make templates, layout pipe joints, and join pipes using proper welding techniques in the horizon
tal position. Prerequisites: WLD 1120 and 1121
WLD-1124B Pipe Welding
2
o
6
4
This course is a continuation of WLD I 124A and teaches students the procedures of pipe welding. Emphasis
is placed on review of pipe codes, laying out of pipe joints, and techniques of vertical pipe welding. Upon completion,
students will be able to make templates, layout pipe joints. and join pipes using proper welding techniques in the verti
cal position. Prerequisite: WLD 1124A
WLD-1126
Mech Testing & Inspection
1
2
3
3
This course covers the mechanical testing and inspection of welds relating to the various tests and procedures
used in industrial applications. Emphasis is placed on the physical testing of weld beads in destructive and non-destruc
tive testing through ultrasonic sound and x-ray techniques. Upon completion, students will be able to evaluate weld
beads for quality through destructive and non-destructive testing processes. Prerequisite: WLD ll20, WLD ll21,
WLD ll23, WLD 1124
290
�WLD·1127
Comm & Industrial Prad
2
o
9
5
This course covers the procedures and practices in field construction and industrial plants and transferring this
knowledge to gainful projects. Emphasis is placed on teaching students how to layout projects including welding pr0
cedures in pipe and structural steel units. Upon completion, students will be able to layout detailed field and structural
plans and weld pipe and plates in all positions. Prerequisites: WLD 1123 and 1124
WLD·l128
3
Certification Practice
o
6
5
This course provides practice in welding metals to meet certification standards as established by specific
codes. Emphasis is placed on the various tests established by industry and the American Welding Society using specific
principles and welding procedures. Upon completion, students will be able to weld metals in all welding positions and
test the welds to detennine if quality welds have been produced. Prerequisites: WLD 1123 and 1124
WLD·l180
1
Basic Welding
o
6
3
This course covers the basic arc and gas welding processes alluding to welding machines and equipment.
Emphasis is placed on arc welding machines, gas welding components, and fiat plate welding is practiced. Upon com
pletion, students will be able to set up arc and gas welding equipment safely and successfully and join metal plates in
the fiat position. Prerequisites: None
WLD·1181
MIG & TIG
1
o
6
3
This course is a continuation of electric inert gas welding (TIG and MIG) and emphasizes fundamentals of
machines and operations. Topics include the TIG and MIG welding details and practice in plate welding in all welding
positions. Upon completion, students will be able to use TIG and MIG welding machines to join aluminum, steel, and
stainless steel in all welding positions. Prerequisite: WLD 106 or 1180
ZEEl001
1
Elective
291
o
o
1
�Fayetteville Technical
Community College
�ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS AND STAFF
Robert Craig Allen ............................................................. President
B.S., Appalachian State University
M. Ed., UNC-Chapel Hill
Ed. D., North Carolina State University
Robert W. Atkinson ........................................ Director of Emergency Services
B.A., Shaw University
M.A., Central Michigan University
James C. Basnight. ....................... Assistant to the Vice President for Academic Affairs
B.S., Atlantic Christian College
M.A., East Carolina University
Hubert F. Bullard .......................... Associate Vice President for Continuing Education
B.S., Pembroke State University
M.S., North Carolina State University
Sanford Cain .................................................. Director of Facility Services
A.A.S., Fayetteville Technical Community College
Robert L. Carter ....................................... Vice President for Risk Management
B.S .• UNC-Chapel Hill
M.B.A., UNC-Chapel Hill
Valeria Collins .................................................... Counseling Coordinator
B.S., S.C. State University
M.S., Troy State University
Barbara Copeland................................ Director of Marketing and Communications
B.S., Northern lllinois University
M.S., Northern Illinois University
Forrest H. Deshields ................................ Assistant to the Associate Vice President
for Continuing Education
A.B., Atlantic Christian College
M.A., East Carolina University
Ed. S., East Carolina University
Bob Ervin ..................................................... Dean of Business Programs
B.A., Wake Forest University
M.B.A., Campbell University
294
�John T. Fernald ............................ Associate Vice President for Student Development
A.B., UNC-Chapel Hill
M. Ed., North Carolina Slate University
Ed. D., Nova University
Shirley Greene ................................................................ Counselor
B.A., North Carolina Central University
M.S., North Carolina A & T University
Neal F. Hardison........................... Associate Vice President for Curriculum Programs
B.S., East Carolina University
M.L.S., East Carolina University
Sharmon Herring ................ Director of Human Resource Development/Business Services
B.S., Meredith College
M.B.A., Campbell University
Patricia Hickmon ............................. Director of Institutional Resource Development
B.A., Tift College of Mercer University
Edward J. Jackson .................................... Dean of General and Service Programs
B.S., Campbell University
M. Ed., Campbell University
Ed. D., Nova University
Mary G. James ................................................... Dean of Health Programs
B.S.N., Florida A & M University
M. Ed., North Carolina State University
M.S.N., UNC - Greensboro
Mary Knutson ................................................................. Counselor
B.S., Old Dominion University
M.A., East Carolina University
Charles E. Koonce ......................................... Director of Extension Education
B.S., Campbell University
M. Ed., North Carolina State University
Donald La Huffman ................................................ Director of Admissions
B.A., North Carolina Central University
M.A., North Carolina Central University
Sheila B. Locklear .............................................................. Registrar
A.A.S., Fayetteville Technical Community College
295
�Robert Massey, Jr ............................. Director, Adult High School Diploma Program
B.S., Fayetteville State University
M.A., Catholic University of America
Donald A. McCaskill ........................................................... Counselor
B.S., Pembroke State University
M.Ed., North Carolina State University
Larry B. Norris ......................................... Vice President for Academic Affairs
B.A., Pembroke State University
M.A., University of Arkansas
Ed. D., North Carolina State University
Patricia H. Nunalee ................................................. Learning Lab Director
B.S., East Carolina University
Sylvia T. Pierce .......................... Assistant to the President for Research and Planning
A.B., Queens College
M.A.Ed., UNC - Charlotte
Ed. D., North Carolina State University
George E. Pope ................................................................ Counselor
B.S., Appalachian State University
M.A., Appalachian State University
Linwood Powell .................................. Vice President for Administrative Services
B.S. Campbell University
M. Ed., North Carolina State University
Ed. D., Nova University
Daniel Prescott ................ Assistant to the President for Management Information Services
B.A., University of Vermont
M.S., Troy State University
Susan S. Rose ................................................... Library Services Director
B.A., North Carolina State University
M.L.S., UNC - Chapel Hill
Leonard Shaw ................................................................. Counselor
B.S., Fayetteville State University
M.Ed., East Carolina University
296
�J. B. Simpson ...................................... Director of Curricular Data Management
B.S., University of Tennessee
M.B.A., University of Utah
Betty Smith ................................................................... Controller
B.S., Campbell University
Certified Public Accountant
Charles G. Smith.............................................. Director of Industry Services
B.S., Atlantic Christian College
M. Ed., North Carolina State University
Eddie S. Smith ................................................................ Counselor
B.S., Florida Memorial College
M.A., North Carolina Central University
Ed.S., UNC - Greensboro
Harold B. Thompson ........................................... Vice President for Personnel
B.S., Fayetteville State University
M. Ed., North Carolina State University
Sue Thome-Crytzer .......................................... Director of Literacy Education
B.S.Ed., East Carolina University
M.Ed., Campbell University
Sheridan Turpin ........................................... Director of Community Services
B.A., Pembroke State University
W. Stephen Wagoner ................................. Dean of TechnicaINocational Programs
B.S., North Carolina State University
M.A.Ed., East Carolina University
Doris Warren .................................................................. Counselor
B.S., East Carolina University
M.Ed., UNC - Greensboro
Ed.S., East Carolina University
Ben Watson ................................................................... Counselor
B.A., Barber-Scotia College
M.A., Appalachian State University
John Wheelous ................................................................ Counselor
B.S., Appalachian State University
M.A., Appalachian State University
297
�Betty 1. Williamson ............................................ Dean of Learning Resources
B.S., East Carolina University
M.A., East Carolina University
Helen Winstead ......................................................... Dean of Students
B.S., Pembroke State University
M. Ed., North Carolina State University
Ed. D., Nova University
Patricia Wright. ................................................... Media Services Director
B.A., Oklahoma Christian College
M.C.O., Georgia State University
298
�FACULTY
James H. Anderson .............................................................. Biology
B.S., Campbell University
M.Ed., Campbell University
Ann N. Ashford.................................................................. English
B.A., Duke University
M.A., Duke University
Jinx Averitte ......................................................... Recreation Associate
B.S., Colorado State University
M.Ed., Colorado State University
Herbert B. Ayers ............................................................ Mathematics
B.A., Furman University
M.A., Pembroke State University
M.Ed., University of Miami
Ed.D., University of Florida
Ruth Baldwin ................................................ Respiratory Care Technology
B.s., Medical College of Georgia
M.Ed., Fayetteville State University
Iris Barbour ..................................................................... English
B.A., University of Florida
M.A.Ed., Pembroke State University
Carol W. Barker ................................................................. Biology
B.S., N.C. State University
M.A., University of Georgia
Ellon S. Barlow ..................................................... Pharmacy Technology
B.S., UNC - Chapel Hill
Charles Bell ..................................................... Architectural Technology
N.C. State University
Pamela K. Best .................................................. Associate Degree Nursing
B.S.N., East Carolina University
M.S.N., East Carolina University
299
�Rennie P. Beyer .......................................... Business Computer Programming
A.A.S., Fayetteville Technical Community College
B.M., UNC - Greensboro
M.M., UNC - Greensboro
Donald G. Biggerstaff ..................................... Business Computer Programming
B.S., Pembroke State University
M.S., Nova University
Larry J. Black ................................................................... English
B.A., Campbell University
M.A., Campbell University
Johnny Blackwell ............................................................ Accounting
B.S., North Carolina Central University
M.B.A., Bradley University
James Blair ......................................................... Electrical Installation
A.A.S., Fayetteville Technical Community College
Janice A. Blum .................................................................. Biology
B.S., Methodist College
M.A., N.C. State University
Mary Cam Boudreau ...................................................... Dental Hygiene
B.S., Old Dominion University
M.Erl., Campbell University
William Boyles ..................................................... Residential Carpentry
B.A., Pembroke State University
Brenda K. Britt ................................................... Business Administration
B.A., St. Andrews Presbyterian College
M.S., UNC - Greensboro
M.B.A., Campbell University
Frankie Brock ................................................... Associate Degree Nursing
B.S.N., Lenoir Rhyne College
M.S.N., UNC - Chapel Hill
Carmen F. Brown ........................................................ Dental Assisting
Diploma, Fayetteville Technical Community College
300
�Joseph Brum ....................................................... Public Administration
B.A., Methodist College
M.B.A., Campbell University
Ed.D., Nova University
David Brumble........................................................... Criminal Justice
B.A., Fayetteville State University
M.C.J., University of South Carolina
William Butler .................................................................. Welding
A.A.S., Fayetteville Technical Community College
Granville C. Byrd ...................................... Electronics Engineering Technology
B.S., North Carolina State University
M.S., Rochester Institute of Technology
John Cade ............................................. Automotive Technology/Automotive
Service Technology
A.A.S., Fayetteville Technical Community College
Serenia Carnegie ........................................................ Practical Nursing
B.A.S.N., Methodist College
Eleanor Lynn Cartledge .......................................... Associate Degree Nursing
B.S.N., East Carolina University
M.S.N., UNC - Greensboro
Marie Cash ................................................................. Mathematics
B.S., Methodist College
M.Ed., Campbell University
Darl H. Champion ........................................................ Criminal Justice
B.A., Indiana University of Penna
M.S., University of South Carolina
Donald Chavis ........................ Air Conditioning, Heating & Refrigeration Technology
Diploma, Fayetteville Technical Community College
Walter R. Coker .................................................. Business Administration
B.S., Clemson University
M.B.A., Syracuse University
301
I
�Sandra Coleman............................................................. Mathematics
B.S., Memphis State University
M.A., University of Nebraska at Omaha
William C. Copeland ................................................ Marketing & Retailing
B.S., University of North Alabama
M.B.A., Golden Gate University
Edwin E. Core ..................................................... Plumbing & Pipefitting
Master Plumber; Level I, II, III
Certified Plumbing Instructor
Steven Core ........................................... Automotive Technology/Automotive
Service Technology
A.A.S., Fayetteville Technical Community College
Thomas P. Coyne ........................................................ Political Science
B.A., Campbell University
M.S., North Carolina State University
Ed.D., Nova University
Walter C. Craver ................................................................. History
B.S., Appalachian State University
M.A., Appalachian State University
Ingrid Cummer. .......................................... Horticulture Business Technology
A.A.S., Fayetteville Technical Community College
Polly B. Davis ................................................................... English
B.S., University of Georgia
M.Ed., University of Georgia
Paula de la Cerna ................................................ Associate Degree Nursing
B.S.N., Pace University
M.P.H., UNC - Chapel Hill
Phillip Deese ........................................................ Drafting-Mechanical
North Carolina State University
Carol Dickey ........................................................ Paralegal Technology
B.A., UNC - Chapel Hill
J.D., UNC - Chapel Hill
302
�Kenneth E. Digby .................................................. Industrial Management
B.S., Ohio State University
M.B.A., University of Bridgeport
Ed.D., Nova University
Chris Diorietes .............................................................. Mathematics
B.S., Campbell University
M.Ed., Pembroke State University
Sarah Dunham ................................................................... English
B.A, UNC - Greensboro
M.Ed., Georgia State University
William L. Eanes .................................................... Recreation Associate
B.S., Appalachian State University
M.AE., East Carolina University
Elaine Eckel .................................................. Physical Therapist Assistant
B.S., University of Pennsylvania
M.A, UNC - Chapel Hill
Mary Ellenbogen ................................................ Associate Degree Nursing
AA, Inter American University of Puerto Rico
B.S.N., Incarnate Word College
M.S.N., University of Texas at Austin
Janice Elliott ........................................................... Nursing Assistant
A.A.S., Fayetteville Technical Community College
Lelon Ellis ..................................................................... Masonry
A.A.S., Fayetteville Technical Community College
Richard E. Esslinger ................................................ Industrial Management
B.S., Carson-Newman College
M.B.A., University of Utah
Edwina A. Evans .............................................................. Sociology
B.A., Shaw University
M.Ed., UNC - Chapel Hill
Linwood Fields ................................................................. Welding
Master Welder
303
�Betty Fisher ................................................................ Mathematics
B.S., University of North Carolina at Charlotte
M.S., Radford University
David Fonke ........................................................ Recreation Associate
B.S., East Carolina University
Frank W. Frydl ........................................... Business Computer Programming
B.S., Troy State University
M.P.A, Golden Gate University
Joyce Ricci Fuller .................................... Commercial Art & Advertising Design
B.A., Concord College
Frank Galluccio ...................................... Commercial Art & Advertising Design
AAH., Brookdale Community College
B.S., Utah State University
M.Ed., Utah State University
Laura Galvan ............................................. Business Computer Programming
AS., Del Mar Junior College
B.S., Corpus Christi College
Terry Gause .............................................. Horticulture Business Technology
B.S., North Carolina State University
M.Ed., North Carolina State University
Mary Jane Gentry .................................................. Radiologic Technology
B.S., University of Nebraska
M.Ed., North Carolina State University
Ed.D., North Carolina State University
Kay A. Gilbert ............................. Foodservice Management/Foodservice Specialist/
Practical Foodservice
B.S., East Carolina University
M.Ed., UNC - Greensboro
Karen Gilchrist .................................................................. English
B.A., Trinity University
M.S., Texas A & M University
M.A., University of Florida
304
�Sandra A. Gillikin ................................................................ English
B.A, Methodist College
M.A, East Carolina University
Glenn Thomas Godwin ........................................................... Biology
B.S., East Carolina University
M.A, East Carolina University
Robert S. Gordon ....................................... Electronics Engineering Technology
AA.S., Coyne Institute
Collins G. Gray ................................................................. Biology
B.A., UNC - Wilmington
M.A., East Carolina University
Mamie L. Griffm ................................................................. English
B.A, St. Augustine's College
M.S., N.C. A & T State University
C.AS., East Carolina University
Beverly R. Hall ............................................................. Mathematics
B.S., Texas A & M University
M.Ed., Campbell University
Calton G. Hall ................................................................... Physics
B.S., East Carolina University
M.A, East Carolina University
David Hall ..................................................... Funeral Service Education
B.AS., Methodist College
M.A., Webster University
Fred Hall ............................. Air Conditioning, Heating & Refrigeration Technology
Certificate, University of Maryland
Fayetteville Technical Community College
William T. Hall ................................................... Business Administration
B.S.B.A, East Carolina University
M.B.A., East Carolina University
Melvin Hartley ...................................................... Paralegal Technology
L.L.B., University of Miami
J.D., University of Miami
305
�Tony P. Hayes .......................... Civil Engineering Technology/Surveying Technology
B.S.C.E., University of Tennessee
B.S.LT., East Tennessee State University
Douglas A. Hibbert ............................................... Business Administration
B.B.A., Campbell University
M.B.A., Campbell University
Robert M. Hill ......................................... Electronics Engineering Technology
B.E.T., UNC - Charlotte
Ingelore Holthe ................................................................ Sociology
B.A., North Carolina State University
M.Ed., North Carolina State University
Ed.D., North Carolina State University
Joan Hoover .................................................... Associate Degree Nursing
B.S.N., American International College
M.S., University of Connecticut
Robin M. Horner .............................................................. Chemistry
B.S., Methodist College
M.Ed., East Carolina University
Winona Humphrey ............................................. Early Childhood Education
B.A., Kentucky State University
M.A.E., East Carolina University
Bonnie A. Hunt .............................................................. Accounting
B.A., Pembroke State University
M.S., Radford College
M.B.A., UNC - Chapel Hill
Steven W. Hunter ......................................... Business Computer Programming
A.A.S., Fayetteville Technical Community College
B.M., UNC - Greensboro
M.M., UNC - Greensboro
Gerald J. Ittenbach ............................................................... Physics
B.S., North Carolina State University
M.Ed., East Carolina University
306
�\
Pamela Jackson ................................................... Business Administration
B.A., Albion College
M.P.A., Troy State University
M.B.A., Campbell University
Richard C. Jarvies ............................................................ Accounting
B.S., Fordham University
M.A., American College
George Jeffreys ....................... , .............................. Electrical Installation
A.A.S., Fayetteville Technical Community College
Wallace L. Jenligan .......................................................... Mathematics
A.B., Elon College
M.A.T., UNC - Chapel Hill
Doty B. Johnson ..................................... Commercial Art & Advertising Design
B.A., Purdue University
M.S., lllinois Institute of Technology
Barbara Hill-Jones ............................................................ Accounting
B.S., North Carolina A & T State University
M.B.A., University of Miami
Dickey V. Jones .......................................... Administrative Office Technology
B.S.S.A., UNC - Greensboro
M.Ed., UNC - Greensboro
Larry T. Jones............................................................... Mathematics
B.S., Campbell University
M.A., East Carolina University
Dwain L. Joyce ............................................................ General Office
B.S., Campbell University
M.Ed., UNC - Greensboro
Alton B. King .......................... Civil Engineering Technology/Surveying Technology
B.S., University of Alabama
M.S., University of Utah
Ph.D., Utah State University
Barbara Kuykendall .............................................................. English
B.A., Western Carolina University
M.Ed., Campbell University
307
�Michael G. Landon .............................................. Funeral Service Education
B.S., Lock Haven State College
M.A., Fayetteville State University
Linda Rose Lee .......................................... Administrative Office Technology
A.B., Meredith College
M.A., Appalachian State University
Gerald Lininger ................................................... Business Administration
B.S., The Citadel
M.B.A., Campbell University
Kathleen Lowe ........................................... Business Computer Programming
A.A.S., Fayetteville Technical Community College
B.A., Methodist College
Peppi Masa ....................................................... Basic Law Enforcement
A.A.S., Fayetteville Technical Community College
Carol Malcom ................................................................... Biology
B.S., North Georgia College
M.Ed., Clemson University
Cynthia Mauldin ................................................. Foodservice Management
A.A.S., Fayetteville Technical Community College
Franklin McDonald .................. Automotive Technology/Automotive Service Technology
A.A.S., Fayetteville Technical Community College
Jo McEwan ..................................................................... English
B.A., Fayetteville State University
M.A., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill
Deborah B. McGrath ..................................................... Dental Assisting
A.A.S., Fayetteville Technical Community College
B.S., Pembroke State University
Kathleen McLaurin ............................................ Emergency Medical Science
RN Diploma, St. Louis Municipal School of Nursing
A.A.S., Fayetteville Technical Community College
Michael D. McLaurin ........................................................ Mathematics
B.S., UNC - Chapel Hill
M.A.T., Duke University
308
�Steve E. Medlin .................................................. Business Administration
B.S., UNC - Chapel Hill
M.B.A., East Carolina University
David Miller .................................................................... English
B.S., United States Military Academy
M.A., University of Pennsylvania
Merle S. Modlin ................................................. Associate Degree Nursing
B.S.N., East Carolina University
Loretta M. Monk: ............................................................ Mathematics
B.S., Fayetteville State University
M.M., Utah State University
Carolyn W. Nails .......................................................... General Office
B.S., N.C. Central University
M.B.A., N.C. Central University
James D. New ........................................................... Criminal Justice
B.S., Campbell University
Renu K. Nijhawan ........................................ Business Computer Programming
B.A., Fayetteville State University
I.Sc., Raghu Nath College
Leslie Nordhaugen ............................................................... Physics
B.S., Pembroke State University
M.Ed., Campbell University
Charles M. Oldham ............................................... Business Administration
B.S., East Carolina University
M.B.A., East Carolina University
Pamolu E. Oldham ............................................................... English
B.A., Sweetbriar College
M.F.A., Columbia University
Ronald D. Orban ............................................................ Mathematics
B.A., Pheiffer College
M.S., Stephen F. Austin State University
309
�Ethelyn Page ......................................................... Surgical Technology
Diploma, Highsmith Hospital School of Nursing
B.S., St. Joseph College
Vicki Pate ..................................................................... Sociology
B.A, Auburn University
M.S., North Carolina State University
John Philligan ....................................................... Electrical Installation
AA.S., Fayetteville Technical Community College
Stephen Phillips ..................................................... Residential Carpentry
B.S., Pembroke State University
William K. Pierce ........................................................ Criminal Justice
B.A, UNC - Charlotte
Sharon Plummer ................................................ Associate Degree Nursing
B.S.N., East Carolina University
Janice Powell ................................................... Foodservice Management
B.S., East Carolina University
M.Ed., UNC - Greensboro
Martha Purvis ....................................................... Paralegal Technology
B.A, UNC - Chapel Hill
J.D., Wake Forest University
Marsha M. Ralph ............................................................ Mathematics
B.A., UNC - Chapel Hill
M.Ed., Campbell University
Robert J. Ralph ............................................................. Mathematics
B.S., University of Akron
M.S., University of Akron
Annette Redmond ........................................ Business Computer Programming
B.S., Austin Peay State University
M.B.A, Troy State University
Susan P. Ritter .............................................................. Mathematics
B.S., UNC - Greensboro
M.A., UNC - Greensboro
310
�James Robinson ............................................................... Sociology
B.A., North Carolina A & T State University
M.S., University of Georgia
Walter Rose .................................................................. Real Estate
A.B., East Carolina University
M.B.A., University of Kentucky
Gladys Rosser ................................................................... English
B.S., Fayetteville State University
M.S., North Carolina A & T State University
Tina I. Royal ........................................................ Recreation Associate
B.S., North Carolina State University
M.Ed., Fayetteville State University
Eugene H. Shannon ............................................................ Chemistry
B.S., Western California University
M.S., UNC - Chapel Hill
Michele Shearer ................................................. Associate Degree Nursing
B.S., University of South Carolina
B.S.N., Medical University of South Carolina
M.S.N., University of Pittsburgh
David Sholter ........................................ Commercial Art & Advertising Design
A.A.S., Fayetteville Technical Community College
B.A., Fayetteville State University
Keith F. Smith................................................................... Biology
B.S., Campbell University
M.A.Ed., East Carolina University
Lonnie G. Smith ................................................................. English
B.S., Appalachian State University
M.A., Appalachian State University
Steven Smith ........................................................ Banking and Finance
B.S., Marian College
M.P.S., Western Kentucky University
James Speed ..................................................................... English
B.S., Jackson State University
M.A., Jackson State University
311
�Charles Stone ...................................................... Machining Technology
AA.S., Fayetteville Technical Community College
Beverly Strickland ................................................. Basic Law Enforcement
B.S., Campbell University
M.A., Webster University
Margene E. Sunderland ............................................ Business Administration
A.B., College of Notre Dame
M.A, Central Michigan University
Lettie Sutton ...................................................... Radiologic Technology
B.AS., Methodist College
Kenneth W. Thomson ............................................. Business Administration
B.S., Airforce Institute of Technology
M.S., Airforce Institute of Technology
M.B.A, Oklahoma City University
Catherine Tilghman .......................................................... Mathematics
B.S., Mars Hill College
M.A, Wake Forest University
Robert 1. Timbers ......................................................... Dental Hygiene
B.S., Southern Illinois University
M.Ed., North Carolina State University
Donna M. Turner ......................................... Administrative Office Technology
B.S., East Carolina University
M.Ed., East Carolina University
Daniel Underwood ................................................... Industrial Mechanics
A.AS., Fayetteville Technical Community College
Jimmie C. Vanderpool ............................................. Business Administration
B.B.A, Campbell University
M.A., Webster University
Sandra T. Vernon ................................................... Marketing & Retailing
B.S., East Carolina University
M.A, East Carolina University
312
�Gloria B. Walker .................................................. Business Administration
B.S., Hampton University
M.B.A., Winthrop College
Sandra Ward .................................................... Associate Degree Nursing
B.S.N., Hampton University
M.S.N., Hampton University
John B. Warner ................................................................ Insurance
B.S., UNC - Chapel Hill
M.A., Georgia State University
Phillip Warren ................................................. Physical Therapist Assistant
B.S., Barton College
M.P.T., Baylor University
M.P.H., UNC - Chapel Hill
Jesse B. Waters .................................................................. Physics
A.B., East Carolina University
M.S., College of William & Mary
Kathy Weeks .................................................................... Nursing
B.S.N., Western Carolina University
M.S.N., University of N.C. at Greensboro
Robert E. West .............................................................. Mathematics
B.S., Pembroke State University
M.Ed., Campbell University
'"
"
Floyd D. Whitehead .......................................................... Psychology
B.S., U.S. Military Academy
M.Ed., Tufts University
Ed.D., Duke University
Donald Wilkinson ......................................................... Cabinetmaking
Master Cabinetmaker
Daphne M. Williams ............................................................. English
B.A., East Carolina University
M.A., Appalachian State University
Hosea Williams .................................................. Automotive Body Repair
A.A.S., Robeson Technical Institute
313
�Ronald Wilson ................................................... Architectural Technology
B.Ed., N.C. State University
P.D.A., UNC - Charlotte
Christine W. Womble ............................................................. English
B.S., Fayetteville State University
M.Ed., East Carolina University
Danny H. Wood .................................. Machining Technologyrrool & Die Making
A.A.S., Fayetteville Technical Community College
Cara Wychoff ............................................................... Mathematics
A.B., UNC - Chapel Hill
M.A.Ed., Pembroke State University
Valerie Wynn-Hall ........................................................ Dental Hygiene
B.S., UNC - Chapel Hill
M.A., UNC - Chapel Hill
D.D.S., UNC - Chapel Hill
Nancy Yost ............................................................. Practical Nursing
B.S.N., UNC - Chapel Hill
Jane Young .............................................. Administrative Office Technology
B.A., Marshall University
Samuel Zahran .................................................................. English
B.A., N.C. State University
M.A., N.C. State University
314
�,
ADJUNCT FACULTY
Emile Archambault ....................................................... Criminal Justice
A.A.S., Fayetteville Technical Community College
B.S., Rutgers University
M.A., Leigh University
-'
Bruce T. Barrett, Jr........................................ Horticulture Business Technology
A.A.S., Fayetteville Technical Community College
B.S., Campbell University
Steve Bayer ...................................................... Business Administration
B.S., Campbell University
M.P.A., Troy State University
Frederick Best ................................................................ Real Estate
B.S.• Davidson College
M.B.A., University of Hawaii
Thomas Blanton ..................................... Commercial Art & Advertising Desgin
A.B., UNC - Chapel Hill
M.A., Appalachian State University
-'
Julian Boyles ..................................................... Automotive Technology
A.A.S., Fayetteville Technical Community College
Robert Brotzman ................................................. Architectural Technology
A.A.S., Fayetteville Technical Community College
Ross Brown ........................................................ Marketing & Retailing
B.A., Campbell University
M.B.A., Campbell University
Roger Carroll ................................................................ Accounting
B.S., Los Angeles State College
M.A., Webster College
Gerald Croll ................................................. Civil Engineering Technology
B.S., University of Toledo
I·
Windie Cronrath ............................................................ Mathematics
B.S., North Carolina State University
M.Ed., Campbell University
315
�Linda Curtin ............................................. Business Computer Programming
A.A.S., Fayetteville Technical Community College
B.A., Monmouth College
John Deweese .................................................... Business Administration
B.S., University of Tennessee
M.Ed., North Carolina State University
Sharron Dowless ................................................ Associate Degree Nursing
B.S., East Carolina University
Annette Dunford .......................................................... Dental Hygiene
B.A., Methodist College
Flora Dunham................................................................ Accounting
B.S., Indiana State University
David Goodyear ....................................................... Banking & Finance
B.S., Pembroke State University
David Gray ...................................................... Business Administration
B.S., West Virginia Institute of Technology
M.B.A., West Virginia College of Graduate Studies
Richard Haley ................................................................ Real Estate
B.S., West Virginia University
M.B.A., West Vrrginia University
Rebecca Halford .................................................. Business Administration
B.S., Fayetteville State University
M.P.A., UNC - Chapel Hill
Henry Hamilton ....................................................... Banking & Finance
B.A., University of Tennessee
M.B.A., East Tennessee State University
Marvin D. Hammond ................................................ Drafting - Mechanical
A.A.S., Fayetteville Technical Community College
William Hancock ................................................... Drafting - Mechanical
B.S., Columbia Bible College
M.A.Ed., East Tennessee State University
316
�Donald H. Hannah............................................ AIC, Heating & Refrigeration
A.A.S., Fayetteville Technical Community College
Ada Harris ....................................................... Business Administration
B.S., Fayetteville State University
M.B.A., Webster University
Augusta Haynes ............................................................. Mathematics
B.A., Clafm University
M.A., Hampton Institute
Kenneth Heaney .................................................. Business Administration
B.A., University of Delaware
M.A., Webster University
Don Jackson ..................................................... Automotive Body Repair
B.B.A., Campbell University
Ray Krenek ................................................................. Mathematics
B.S., East Carolina University
M.A.Ed., Fayetteville State University
Cecelia McBryde ..................................................... Surgical Technology
B.A., Fayetteville State University
Sandra Monroe ................................................ Practical Nursing Education
B.S., Hampton University
.
,
!
Joseph Motte ............................................................... Mathematics
B.A., Fayetteville State University
M.A., Fayetteville State University
(
Janet Murphy ................................................... Associate Degree Nursing
B.S., East Carolina University
Lawrence Nicholson .......................................................... Accounting
B.S., Florida State University
M.B.A., Stetson University
Weldon Phillips ............................................................. Mathematics
B.S., University of Mississippi
M.A., Central Michigan University
317
�Joseph Russelburg ................................................ Business Administration
B.A., John Carroll University
J.D., Cleveland State University
Danny Stamps ................................................................... Biology
M.P.H., UNC - Chapel Hill
0.0., Southern College of Optometry
Charles Steven .............................................................. Mathematics
B.S., Fayetteville State University
M.A., N.C. Central University
John Stoudenmire ............................................................ Accounting
B.S., Campbell University
M.B.A., Furman University
Edward Sullivan .............................................................. Real Estate
B.S., Fayetteville State University
Ernest Thornton ..................................................... Electrical Installation
A.A.S., Fayetteville Technical Community College
John Trogdon ............................................................ Criminal Justice
B.A., Fayetteville State University
M.S., University of South Carolina
Catherine White .......................................... Business Computer Programming
B.S., Michigan State UniversIty
David Williams ................................................. Postal Service Technology
B.A., UNC - Chapel Hill
M.A., Northeastern University
318
�Philosophy of the N.C. Community College System
The only valid philosophy for North Carolina is the philosophy of total education; a belief
in the incomparable worth of all human beings, whose claims upon the state are equal before the
law and equal before the bar of public opinion; whose talents (however great or however limited
or however different from the traditional) the state needs and must develop to the fullest possible
degree. That is why the doors to the institutions in North Carolina's system of community colleges
must never be closed to anyone of suitable age who can learn what they teach. We must take the
people where they are and carry them as far as they can grow within the assigned function of the
system. If they cannot read, then we will simply teach them to read and make them proud of their
achievement. If they did not finish high school, but have a mind to do it, then we will offer them a
high school education at a time and in a place convenient to them and at a price within their
reach. If their talent is technical or vocational, then we will simply offer them instruction, what
ever the field, however complex or however simple, that will provide them with the knowledge and
the skill they can sell in the marketplaces of our state, and thereby contribute to its scientific and
..
industrial growth. If their needs are in the great tradition of liberal education, then we will simply
provide them instruction, extending through two years of standard college work, which will
enable them to go on to the university or to senior college and on into life in numbers unheard of
in North Carolina. If their needs are for cultural achievement, intellectual growth or civic under
standing, then we will simply make available to them the wisdom ofthe ages and the enlightenment
ofour times and help them to maturity.
Dr. Dallas Herring
June 1964
William Dallas Herring became a member of the State Board of Education in 1955 and
was elected chairman in 1957. Dr. Herring also served on the Carlyle Commission whose final
report established the basis for the Community College System. Dr. Herring served as the first
chairman of the State Board ofCommunity Colleges. He was also a member of the State Board of
Higher Education and was generally recognized as the outstanding lay leader for education in
the state. Governor Terry Sanford subsequently referred to Dr. Herring as the "prime mover
behind the Industrial Education Center/community college movement:'
319
�
Dublin Core
The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/.
Title
A name given to the resource
College Catalogs
Subject
The topic of the resource
Fayetteville Technical Community College Catalog
Description
An account of the resource
Course offerings for the indicated date ranges along with program descriptions.
Creator
An entity primarily responsible for making the resource
Fayetteville Technical Community College
Format
The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource
pdf
Language
A language of the resource
English
Identifier
An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context
ftcc.cc
Audience
A class of entity for whom the resource is intended or useful.
Former students &/or educators
Dublin Core
The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/.
Title
A name given to the resource
College Catalog (1992-1994)
Subject
The topic of the resource
Fayetteville Technical Community College Catalog
Description
An account of the resource
Course offerings for the indicated date range along with program descriptions.
Creator
An entity primarily responsible for making the resource
Fayetteville Technical Community College
Format
The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource
pdf
Language
A language of the resource
English
Identifier
An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context
ftcc.cc.1992-1994
Audience
A class of entity for whom the resource is intended or useful.
Former students &/or educators.